Con'lenipoliary History Affairs in Ireland - Forgotten Books
history of esarhaddo - Forgotten Books
-
Upload
khangminh22 -
Category
Documents
-
view
0 -
download
0
Transcript of history of esarhaddo - Forgotten Books
HISTORY OF ESARHADDO
(S ON O F S E NNACH E R ZB)
KING OF ASSY RIA, B.C.
k
681\
—668
E ranzlate‘
a from the Qtum iform finzm'
ptiuns upon t lin‘
uzt z arm
QIafiIetfi in the British museum QEuIIzctiun
TO GE TH E R WITH
QBt fg in aI m m
A GR AMJII A TICAL ANAL Y S IS O F E ACH I/VO R D , E XPLANA Tl ONS O F
TH E ID E O GR APH S B Y E X TR A CTS FR OM TH E Bl -LINGUALS Y LLABAR IE S
,A ND L IS T O F E P O NY MS , E TC.
E RNE ST A . BUD GE ,
MEMBE R O F TH E S O CI ETY O F BIBLICA L A R CH /E O LO GY
L O ND O N
TR U BNE R C O . ,L U D G A TE H I L L
(A ll r ights re se rved)
Gi b is Bo ok i fs E e h i c a tzb
H I S TR US T Y F R I E ND A ND T E A CH E R ,
TH E R E V . A . H . S A Y CE ,MA .
D ep u ty qf Comp a r a t i v e P h i lo logy , O xf o rd, 61°C. fir e . fir e .
B Y T H E A UT H O R ,
IN GR ATE FUL R EMEMBR ANCE O F MANY Y E AR S , VALUABLE TUITIO N.
P R E F A C E .
TH E histories o f Sennacherib and A ssur-bani-pal,kings of
A ssyria,have alr e ady been written by the late Mr . George
Smith . Sennacherib ruled over A ssyria from B.C. 705 toB.C. 6 8 1 A ssur-bani-pal from B.C. 6 6 8 to B.C. 6 26 . But fromB .C . 6 8 1 to B.C. 6 6 8 a ki ng called E sarhaddon reigned
,and
the annals of this king have been translated to form the presenth istory. E sarhaddon was the son of Sennacherib
,and father
of A ssur-bani-pal . Thus we have the history o f father,son ,
and grandson consequently,a fair knowledge o f the warlike
e xpeditions which were undertake n,and what countries were
subdued by the A ssyrians,between the years B.C. 70 5 and
B.C. 6 2 6 . Sennacherib,E sarhaddon and A ssur-ban i -pal were
certainly three of the greate st kings that ever ruled overA ssyria. The ir reigns
,taken together
,cove r nearly eighty
years bu t an exact idea o f the influence that this family hadupon A ssyr ia can only be made out clearly from the recordsand documents which they themselves caused to be written .
Sennacherib was the true type of the O riental conquerordelighting in war for its own sake
, p roud, cruel, and fond o f
power . The B ible preserves for us a speech of the R abshakehi Th is i s th e A ccadian E'fi
”EY» t YYfi: D .P.
,R A B-S A X
,
borrowe d by th e H e b re ws unde r the form nag/2m r a b is th e S em itic e qu iva le nt of the A ccadian EY»,
GA L, gre a t.”
PREFACE.
o f Sennacherib, so well known on account o f the boastfulnessand pride so v ividly portrayed in every word . The comme ncement
,Thus saith “th e gre at king
,the King of A ssyria,” 1 i s
the o ft -repeate d formula beginning all the inscriptions of thi smonarch . We can quite understand such a king asking,Where are the gods o f Hamath and of A rpad who arethey among all the gods of the countries , that the Lord shoulddel iver J erusalem ou t o f mine hand for he frequentlyboa sts
,the gods of his country I carried off
,I spoiled .
The sway of E sarhaddon was,however
,milder
,and although
he warred as much as the king h is father,who went befo re
,
yet he exhibits many signs of gentleness, and it is evidentthat he tried to pacify al l those subj ects that successful warfarehad allowed him to conquer . It must be clear to al l howvaluable are the cuneiform inscriptions that give us the historyo f this monarch . Th e B ible mentions him but three times byname ;2 he i s alluded to once .
3
E sarh addon’
s son,A ssur-bani-p al , was the l iterary king p a r
exc e l le nce,and he records of himself that Ne b o and Ta sm i t
gave him broad ears,and his seeing eyes regarded the
engrave d characte rs o f the tablets,the secrets of Nebo
,the
l ite rature o f the l ibrary,a s much as is suitable, o n tablets
I wrote,I engraved
,I explained
,and for the in spection of my
subj ects in the midst o f my palace I placed iv . pl .The following i s his full and interesting account of his sub
j e c t ion of Tirhakah, King o f E gypt and Cush , translated fromthe large decagon cyl inder containing the A nnals o f A ssur
‘
em E!» ki ss: A ? <LEJ22 Kings xix. 37 ; Isa iah xxxvii . 38 ; E zra iv. 2 .
32 Chron . xxxiii . 1 1 .
PREFACE. ix
b an ip al, recently brought from th e E ast,and bearing the
number RM I in th e B ritish Museum collectionI In my first expedition to the land ofMegan and Me lukhkha
,then I w e nt .
2 Tirhakah,King of E gypt and Cush
,
3 o f whom E sarhaddon,King of A ssyria
,the father, my
be ge tte r,
4 his overthrow h ad accompl ished, and had ruled over his land,then he
,Tirhakah
,
5' the power o f A ssur (and) I star, th e great gods, my lords,de spise d
,and
6 he truste d to his own might . A gainst the kings,7 p refects, which w ithin E gypt, the father, my begetter, hadappointe d
8 to slay,plunder
,and capture E gypt
,he came
9 ag ainst them ,h e e n te re d and dwe lt within Memphis
,
1 0 the city wh i ch the father,my be ge tter
,had capture d
,and
to the borde r o f A ssyria had adde d it.1 1 I was walking w ith in Nineve h
, (when) one came and1 2 repeate d to m e concerning these de e ds.1 3 My heart groaned and was smitte n down my l iver.1 4 I l ifted up my two hands ; I besought A ssur and Istar, theholy on e .
1 5 (Then) I asse mbl e d my powerful fo rce s, (with) whichA ssur and Istar
1 6 had fi lle d my two hands. A gainst the lands o f E gy pt andCush
1 7 I se t straight the expe dit ion2 7 Tirhakah , King o f E gypt and Cush, within M emphis
,
2 8 o f the march of my expedition he ard,a nd to make battle 5
(his ) we apo ns29 and army me he asse mbled
, (with) hi s soldie rs .23 In the se rv ice o f A ssur, Be l , th e gre at gods, my lords ,2 4 th e marchers b e fore me in a gre at fie ld battle
,I ae com
pl ish e d the ove rthrow of his army.
PREFACE.
Tirhakah,within Memphis
,heard of the de fe at of hi s army
the terror o f A ssur and Istar overwhelmed him, and hewent backward
,
the fe ar (approach) of my lordship covered him .
The city M emphis he turned from,and for the sav ing o f
his lifehe fle d to the midst of Thebe s.That c ity I captured
,my army I caused to enter and to
dwell within it.
Co l . 2 .
20 Tirhakah fled from hi s locality, (but) the fire of the weapon
o f A ssur,my lord
,
2 1 overwhelmed him,and he went to hi s dark destiny.
His grandest work was the institution o f the great l ibraryo f clay tablets at Koyunj ik.
A ndnow as regards the texts,tr anslations and notes that a r e
contained in th i s book. I have used a ll the princip al historicaltexts
,and every l ine o f these has been carefully compared
with th e origi nal clay tablets and cyl inders in the BritishMuseum . But it cannot be expected that every noti ce c once rning E sarhaddon which may be found upon contract o rother tablets will be given in so smal l a book.
In the first place,i t would necessitate a strict and careful
e xamination of every tablet and tablet-fragment in theBritish Museum collection
,which alone would require many
many months to be devoted entirely to the purpose—no smal ltask ei ther
,as any wil l see who knows the nature o f the writing
on the tablets .Secondly
,when done
,the chances are that it would p lace
the book entirely out of the reach of commercial enterpri se .
PREFACE. xi
These two reasons,taken together
,will account for th e
omiss ion o f the text and translation of a tablet conta iningA ddresses to E sarhaddon
,and also of anothe r containing
an account o f E sa rh addo n ’
s buildings,and numbere d K 305 3 .
The translat ions ar e as litera l as poss ible, and all adde dwords are enclose d in bracke ts . Parts o f the texts relatingth e histo ry of E sarhaddon hav e been translated before by myfrie nd Dr . J ul ius O pp e r t , Professor of A rabic in the Unive rs ityof France
,
“th e profound scholar and earliest “ pione e r of
A ssyrian in France .The grammatical analysis has been thrown into a vocabularyarranged according to the order of th e E nglish alphabet . Theobj e ct has bee n to make the words easily acce s sible and useful . Wh e re ve r I have known a Semitic e quivale nt for th eA ssyrian word it has been given
,but words properly Syriac
have been turned into Hebrew lette rs. The sense of someof the words i s only known fr om the context
,and of course
there are some the meaning of which I do not know at all .Here I take the opportunity of expre ssing my great obliga
tion s to the R e v . A . H . Sayce,M.A .
,fo r several years past
my k ind friend and teacher . It i s to him that I am inde btedfo r anything I may know o f A ssyrian . The whole of th eMS . for this book was read by him be fore it went to pre ss
,
and it owes much to h is scholar ly and accurately critical e y e .
My thanks are also due to Mr . Pinches for copies of textsand verifications of ex isting copies .
The te xt i s printe d in W241,iv. 6 8
,and tran slate d i n th e R e co r ds of
the Pas t, v ol . xi .
2 S e e E xp edi t io n S c ie n tifique e n Mesop ota m ic exéc u tée p a r o rdre da
Gou ve rne m e n t de 1 85 1 d 1 854 . Pa rMM. F . Fre sne l,F . Thom a s e t J . O pp e r t .
Pa ris, 1 85 7
—64.
P R E FA CE .
New advances are made in A ssyrian with eve ry new table tthat is found . O ld readings a r e corrected
,new words are
found,and what i s almost un inte ll igible to—day be comes
quite cle ar to-morrow . With such progress going on,no book
can b e perfe ct ; and as for this, I feel that“m s zvnnwn r
‘m maW Ne w s ite wa s me 0 W h e n mow
z tm suwrmp 153W ~a‘> ppm arm pm as m suw
“ Truly I have committed e rrors,for the re is no man who
does not err ; so that my e rror cleaves to me . I pray, the refore
,that whoever unde rstands and knows them
,may correct
my errors according to h i s wisdom .
E . A . BUD G E .
CH R IST’
S C O L L E G E,CAM BR I D G E
,
Oc tobe r,1 8 80.
1 I quote from Le vita , Massor e th E u-m as sor e tk, p . 268, by D r . Ginsb urg .
Longm an s . 1 86 7 .
C O NT E NT S .
PA GE
TH E GENE ALOGY AND ACCE SSION O F E SARHAD D ON, AND P'RIN ‘
CIPA L E VE NTS O F HIS RE IGNLIST O F TEXTS USE D OR CONSULTE D FO R THIS BO O K
SYSTEM O F TRANSLITERATION O F ASSYRIAN SIGNS0
i
0 1 2—1 3
WILL O F SE NNACHE RIB
E SA R H A D D ON’
S BATTLE AT KH ANIE A BBAT
TH E WAR AGAINST NABU-ZIR -NA PISTI-E SIR
EXPED ITION AGAINST ABD I-MILCUTTI , K ING O F TS ID ON 32—4 1
EXPE D ITION AGAINST CILICIAARABIAN WA R O F E SARHAD D ON
TH E BUILD INGS O F E SARHAD D ON 74—7 7
TH E BUILD ING O F TH E PALACETH E NAME S O F TH E E IGHT K INGSTH E NAME S or TH E TWENTY-TWO xINe s o r TH E COUNTRYo r TH E H IT
'
I‘
ITE S AND THE S E A -COAST” . 103—1 08
E sAnIIAD D ON’
s E GYPTIAN CAMPAIGN 1 09- 1 23
NAME S O F THE KINGS APPOINTE D OVER E GYPT BY E SARHAD D ON 1 24—1 29
1 30—1 60
IND EX 1 6 1—1 63
E R R A T A .
Page 3 , lin e 1 , in ste ad of ide ograph re ad ide ographs .
7 S aulm ug ina S am ullu-sum a-ue inand wh e re ve r it occurs .
2 2 , 99 1 3 ,
22 , n
24 , 9a 1 9,
3 2 , 9,
ABBA IRBAina -khats-zu-va im -khats—zu-va
3 3 ,
s' i-gar - s i-in
93 9 720te , 1° 8 , 9 9 Tsarpan ituv
1 09. Conce rn ing th e history of Tirhakah , se e a pape r by D r . Birchwhich will app e ar in th e Tr am . S oc . Bi b . A TCIZ., vol . vn .
part 2 .
A D D E ND A .
I . While Th e H i story of E sa r ha ddon was passing through thepre ss D r . S chrade r ’s ne w work , Zur K r i ti lc de r I ns c lzm
'
f te n Tig la t/z
P il e se r’
s I I . de s A s a rka ddon a nd de s A su/r b a n ip a l , appe a red. O n
page s 34 and 3 5 h e ide ntifie s som e of th e towns and coun trie s m e n
t ion ed by E sarhaddon , and printed on pa g e s 1 03—1 07 of this book .
Thus , con ce rn ing ’S am sim uruna”h e says, E in e S tadt de s Nam e ns
S am s im ur un ist b is j e tzt in Pa last ina—Pho n ic ie n ii b e rhaupt n ichtn achzuwe ise n . H e points o ut (as I have also done on page 1 0 7 ofThe H is tory of E sa r ha ddon) that th e hithe rto acce pted re ading ofA m tikh adatsti is wrong , and shoul d b e Karti-kh adatsti ,”Newstadt,
”mw h m p (A ssyrisch rege lre cht 1101 11 u
p) , b edeute tund e in fa ch e in cyp r isch e s Ka pxq6aw Karthago ist . D r . S chrade rl ike wise points out that in E sarhaddon
’
s List of K ings th e K ingof A rvad i s cal le d, Matanb aa l b ut in A ssu r ban ipal
’
s listY a c inlu
”
(5am ) ; also th e n am e of th e K ing of Be th -A m m on in th eform e r l ist i s Pudu ilu b ut in th e latte r A m m inadb i , H e b .
and thinks “ dass wi r es b e i die s e r zwe ite n Liste n ichtswen ige r als m i t e in e r gedanke nlose n ode r gar frivol -le ichtsinn ige nR e produ c ir ung de r fr ii h e re n de s A sa rhaddon zu thun hab e n . A l so ,s e e Zu sa tz e ,
” pa g e 3 6 of D r . S chrade r’s bo ok , for th e Opin ion ofProfe ssor R . A . Leps ius , of J e na , conce rn ing th e town of Lidir ,
s ituated in Cyprus.
II . In th e “ Vocabulary all part s of th e ve rb suzubu haveb e e n com pared with th e H e b rew am. Bu t I b e l ie ve i ts corre cte quivale nt to b e found in th e Cha lde e fi l l”? or J FK} , to save ,” “ tode live r ; Syria c Com pare Targum on Isa iah xx. 6 , finWD J
a? the m se lve s they de li ve r (save ) not 3 71112273 7 {<1}t 3m ,
a nd who i s th e wicke d m an that shall b e saved (E ph r a em ,
Carm in a,O pp . i ii . p . 635 R odige r , Chre stom athy, p . 79) NJD ’N
a ph 3mm ”,“ that I shall save th e world” (J ohn xi i . In th e
e xpr e ss ion , an a suzub n ap sate su ,
” for th e saving of h is l ife , I
would com pare th e word “su zub
” with Chal'de e regr et , or R ab b in ic“de li ve rance , e scape .
”
I II . Ittag il, from J dagalu . With this com pare Chalde efide r e , c onfide r e , fidu c iam pon e re v e l collocare ;” and se e Psalm ix. 1 I ,wh e re “1 5 3 " i s tran sl ated by on e MS . E
lfi n“ and they trusted.
”
I »’r& Av i i “ I w l& (Ll .
Ii ” I i > ~ El =lll ” I k»
> <l< > l<l§ E ll III I Em E lli lR M 1 , c o l . 1 , line s 8 , 9 .
iv . 68, 52 5
mm : awn flaws -1573 w m o awn
un‘m 1 1 0:m: mnnrm Nan W 1
nan: 1a in: 1 3m m p ow-m i15m m as rm wSm mom
zrnnn u: fi rt'
fib x
(Isa i . xxxvu . 37 ,
nam e m atte 2'
1T'
IJD‘pw TIWN1 7 7:mn was
(R ASE I on E z ra iv .
unnn 133 mmWDN"
PDT w”nmn SNWWQ mg r mj o 5;
("
PH m u m on E z ra iv .
TH E GE NE A LOGY A ND A C C E SS ION O F
E SA R HA DDON,A ND PR INC IPA L
E V E NTS O F H IS R E IGN.
E SARHAD D O N was the son o f S e nnacherib,king o f A ssyria
,
B .C. 7 0 5—6 8 1 . Th e S in -akhi- irib of the cuneiform in sc r ip
tions 1 8 theTW) P o f th e B ible ;
LXX. E e vvaxqp t'
p , 01‘
E e uvaxrjp e ip.
J osephus,S ew axfip tfio s ;
Herodotus,S a uaxd Bo s‘.
The son s of Sennach e rib were1 S h ar e sar
,B ibl ical (Nergal- sarra-yu t sur )
2 A drammelech,
3 E sarhaddon, llWND Q S ,written and z axe pao vés , B e ro sus and LXX. ;
i
A o a p iOa vo s ,‘ Ptolemy
’
A 0'
a p éBa v, E zraE axe pOé v , Codex A lex .
’
Axe tpda wo'
9,
Com pl .
The account of the death o f Sennache rib i s told us by theB ible
,and very briefly
,for we read ( 2 K ings x ix . 3 7 ) A nd
it came to pass as h e (S ennacherib) was worshipping in t h ehouse ofNi sroch his god, that A drammelech and Sharescr h i s
B
GE NE A LOG Y A ND A CCE S S IONsons smote him with t h e sword ; and they escape d into theland o f A rmenia . A nd E sarhaddon h is son re igned in hi sstead .”J ose phus says (A nt , x . 1
,s e c . 5 ) that Sennacherib wa s
burie d “ in his own t emple calle d A r aske ”(’
e v 1!a’Apd0'
i<37
It has been generally thought that E sarhaddon was S e nn a c h e r ib
’
s eldest son,and thi s seems to have be en the idea of
Polyhistor,who made Sennache rib plac e a son
,A sordane s
,o n
the throne of Babylon during his own l ife time (A p . E u se b .
,
671m m,Can . i . The te stimony of a small table t
i i i .,1 6 ) supports thi s v ie w .
It has be en aptly calle d the “Wi ll o f Sennacherib .reads
I,S ennacherib
,king of multitude s
,king O f A ssyria
,
have given chains of gold,etc .
,to
E sarhaddon,my son
,who was afterwards named
A ssur - e bil -mucin-pal,
dl t ilii ~ l<l§ fi l SEE E l)according to my wish .
The nam e o f E sarhaddon is written in the following ways
I —l& Efi t ii‘i “ ID .P. A ssur akha - I D I N - na .—i . 49, I .
n e wD .P. A ssur- akha- idinn a .
—i . 48, 2 , I .
I S rD .P . A ssur-akha-idin n a .
— i . 48 , 5 , I .
It means A ssur gave a brother .1 Th e se e ve n ts a re m e ntione d
,with addition s , by Be rosus (Be rosus a nd
A byde nus ap . E use b ius,Chron . A r m e n
,e d. A uc h e r, vo l. i . pp . 42,
Ge se n ius,The a sa u r us
, p . 962 .
2 S m ith ’s D ie t . of Bi b le , la rge e dition .
3 R e cords of the Pa s t, vol. i . p . 1 36 .
4 GE NE A LOG Y A ND A CCE S S ION26 Bend thin e eye s2 7 Upon me—trust to me (for)28 I am Istar O f A rbela .
A fter the battle ( B.C. E sarhaddon marched intoNineveh . But about thi s time Nabu-z ir-n ap ist i - e ser, son ofMerodach -Baladan
,an O ld enemy o f A ssyr ia , raise d an army
and went to attack the city of Ur,whose e ponym ’s name was
Nin - gal- iddin a ( f) . He was successful in hi s sie ge , and captur e d th e ci ty. E sarhaddon sent out his officers , and Nahuzir-n ap ist i - e sir , knowing this , fled to E lam, asking prote ctionfrom Umman-alda s
,king O f that country . But this wa s
refuse d ; and in col . 2 , l ines 33 and 34, we read that he hadtruste d to th e k ing of E lam
,wh o had not cau sed his l ife to be
spare d .” Nahid-Marduk,anothe r son of Merodach -Baladan ,
h e aring of the death of his brothe r,came to Nineveh and
sought all iance with E sarhaddon,who received h im graciously;
and gave him the sea e coast to rule ove r .A nother revolt in Syria now claimed the att ention of the
A ssyrian king . A bdi-m ilc u tt i , king o f th e city of Zidon , hadmade alliance with ’
Sanduar r i , king of Cundi and 'S izu.
E sarhaddon m a rche d against Zidon, besieged and capture d it .H e cut off th e heads o f A bdi-m ilc u t t i and ’
Sanduar r i,and
,
hanging them upon the necks of their gre at m e n,e xhibite d
them in the wide spaces (R ehoboth ) in Nineve h .
A ll Pale stine and th e ne ighbouring regions now submitte dto E sarhaddon—viz .
,twe lve districts in Palestine
,and ten in
Cyprus . E ach k ing sent presents .A t this time
,also
,he captured the city o f A rzani, perhap s
a city of E gypt .E sa rh addon
’
s ne xt expedition was against the Gimirrai,or
Kimm e r ian s,whose king was cal led Te u sp a . He conque red
them,and, at th e same time, the inhabitants O f Cili c ia and
Duha submitted.Soon afte r this
,E sarhaddon attacke d th e Mann a i
,but in
this attempt h e appears not to have been quite as succe ssful .How e ve r , fiv e M e dian chie fs came to Nineve h and submittedto E sarhaddon .
O F E S A R H A D D O N.cl
E sarhaddon now attempted the conque st of A rabia . Manyo f th e A ssyrian kings before E sarhaddon had made some conque sts in th e land of E dom . But h e we nt far ther
,and reached
two cities , called Bazu and Kh az u ( the B ibl ical Huz andBuz) , and conque red eight kings and qu e e ns . The journ e y,howeve r
,was very difficult
,and l ittle mor e i s said about it.
A king,called La i li e
,asked that the gods which E sarhaddon
had captured from him might b e restored . His re quest wa sgrante d
,and E sarhaddon says I spoke to him of brother
hood,and e ntrusted to him th e sovere ignty o f th e districts o f
Bazu .
”
E sarhaddon be ing maste r o f A rab ia,Syria
,Me dia
,and the
other countrieswhich had rebe lled aga inst him,w a s now trouble d
by E gyp t. B e fore the reign of E sarhaddon,an E thiopian
,
calle d Sabaka,had conque re d E gyp t . He die d
,and S ab atok
,
h i s succe ssor,made good hi s cause
,and was recognised as
k ing.
‘ But now Tirhakah fought S ab atok,who was vanquishe d,
taken prisoner,and put to de ath .
2
Tirhakah had been a stubborn and rebellious e nemy agains tSe nnacherib
,the father Of E sarhaddon . It was his army that
h ad opposed Se nnacherib at the t ime of the overthrow o f theA ssyr ian army. Tirhakah
,havi ng reigned about twe nty years
,
considered himself well establi she d on the E gyp tian throne, sohe made an alliance with Behlu
,king of Tyre
,and as it i s said
“'
Th e yoke of A ssur,my lord
,they despised ; they were
insole nt and rebe ll ious .”E sarhaddon had entere d into a con ve ntion with Bahal
,
by which,in return for servi ces
“
rende re d by the Tyrians, theA ssyrian monarch ceded to the king of Tyre a considerableport ion Of the coast of Palestine
,including A ccho
,Dor
,and al l
the northern coast o f th e Phil istines,with the cities and Ge bal
,
and Lebanon,and the cities in the mountains be hind Tyre .” 3
This very se rious re belli on aroused E sarhaddon and broughth im and hi s army against the rebels. H e starte d from the
O pp e rt ,Mém o ir c su r les R app o rts de l’E gyp te e t de l’
A ssyr i e , p . 14 .
3 Ma ne tho , e di te d Unge r, p . 25 1 .
3 Sm ith ’
s A ssyr ia , p . 34 .
6 GE NE A LOG Y A ND A CCE S S IONcity A phek
,and marched as far as R ap ikh i a j ourney o f
30 ca sbu,or 2 1 0 miles.
Th e A ssyrian army was short of wate r,and was obliged to
drink whatever water could be found,for h e says
Marsh w ate rs from buckets I caused m y army to drink .
He then marche d into E gypt,and Tirhakah was beate n .
E sarhaddon ne xt divide d E gypt into twenty provinces ; all ,e xcept two
,being governed by E gyptian generals .
The exceptions areSar- ludar i
,king o f th e city ofTs iahnu (Zoan , orTan is) , and
Bucur-Nin ip , king o f the city of Pekh nu ti .E sarhaddon caused to be carve d upon the rocks of theNahr-e l -Kelb a long inscription
,in which he cal led himself
King O f E gypt,Thebe s
,and E thi opia .”1 B.C. 6 7 2 .
E sarhaddon n owbegan his buildi ngs . He first built “ tenfortresse s in A ssyria and A ccad . He then repaired andenlarged the palace at Nineveh
,which had been made for
the custody of the camp-baggage.” The twenty-two kingsof Syria (for the ir nam es see te xt) brought him material s fo rhis works . He began a palace at Calah
,but it was never
finishe d ; and he built one for his son, A ssur- bani-pal, atTa rb itsi (modern Sh e r e f Khan) .While E sarhaddon was yet king
,he set his son A ssur-bani
pal upon the throne to re ign with him . This i s evident fromiii . I
, 7 , 9, where it i s said9 E sarhaddon , king of A ssyria, the father, my bege tte r .1 0 The will of A ssur and B elti s the gods
,his minist ers
,he
e xalte d .I I Which (gods) commanded him to establish my kingship .The inscription then goes on to say that
,on the 1 2 th day
of May,E sarhaddon gathered to ge ther the principal m e n of
the ki ngdom,and it was decreed that A ssur-bani-pa l should
be made king. This event must have taken p lace betweenB.C. 6 7 1 and B .C . 6 6 8 .
O pp e rt,Mémo z'
r es sur le s R app orte de l’E gyp te e t de l ’A seyr ic , pp . 38 , 43,
80,e t se q .
O F E S A R H A D D O IV. I
When E sarhaddon returned to A ssyria,Tirhakah rai sed a
large army and we nt to besie ge Memphis . The ci ty fell intohis hands after a “murde rous siege .”l
Th e ac c oun t o f hi sde fe at i s given by the annals o f A ssur-bani-pal . E sarhaddondied in the year B.C. 6 6 8 .
He left o n e son,A ssur-bani-pal
,king of A ssyria
,and
another called generally S aulm ug ina , king of Babylon .
The ir name s are thus written :A ssur ban i pal
, I V FI- Q EZ II
I > r II
S au lm ugina , I :I4 32 T IIQ J Y.
E sarhaddon was truly “ the great king,and he adopte d
the poli cy of holding court at Nin e veh and Babylon . Babylon was the scene of many great battle s
,and during its exist
ence was fought for ofte ne r than,perhaps
,any other city in th e
Babylonian and A ssyrian empire s . I t was said to have beenbuilt in very early t ime s
,be came capital unde r Kh am m u r agas,
and held this position for 1 200 years (Babylon ia , p .
Kham m u ragas (about B.C. 1 700 ) call s himself king o f
Babylon .
”H e buil t there a temple to Merodach .
It was conquered by Tuc u lti -Nin ip B.C. 1 2 7 1 by Tigla thPile se r I . B.C. 1 1 1 0 ; by Tiglath -Pi le se r II . B.C. 7 3 1 ; byMe rodach-Baladan B.C. 7 2 2 ; by Sargon B.C. 7 2 1 i t wassacked and burnt by Sennacherib B.C. 6 92, b ut restored byE sarhaddon B .C. 6 7 5 ; captured by A ssur-bani-pal B.C. 6 48 ,
also by Nabu-pal-yu tsur B.C. 6 26,and finally taken by the
Medes and Persians B.C. 5
In his capacity o f ruler he was comparatively me rciful andkind
,for th e phrase “ r i e m u arsi-su ”
( I showed mercy tohim) occurs fr equently in the inscr iptions ; also hi s restoration
O pp e r t, L es S a rgon ide s , p . 57 .
Fo r th e m e a su i e m e nt of its wa lls, e tc .
—S e e D iodo rus S i c ulus, vo l. i .pp . 1 1 8, 1 20. A m ste lodam i , 1 746 .
8 GE NE A LOG Y,E TC. , O F E S A R H A D D ON.
to his ene mies of the gods which h e had captured is probab lywi thout equal among the deeds of the mighty
.
kings of A ssyriawho went before .” A nother proof o f his ge nerosity to h i senemies is shown by the fact of his rele asing Manasseh
,king
o f J udah,and restoring to him his kingdom after h e had
been carried captive to B abylon ( 2 Chron . xxxii i . Heextended the A ssyrian empire by th e conquests o f A rabia andE gypt
,and does not appear to have taken delight in warl ike
expe ditions fo r their own sake,but only undertook them when
necessity required for the submission o f his enemies .
L IST OF TE XTS USE D O R CONSULTE D‘
F O R TH IS BOOK .
The brick legends lithographed in i . 48 .
48
No . 1 0 3 1 i . 45 , 4 7 .
2
Broken Cyl inder,NO . 1 1 4, l ithographe d in iii . 1 5 , I 6 .
Black Stone i . 49.
Broken Cylinder (unnumbered) .K 308 2, K 3086 Containing the account o f th e expe ditions 202 7 to E gypt .K 1 6 79. Containing th e equivalent parts o f l ines for
i .,xlv . 4 1 , 48 .
K 2 6 7 1 . War against E lam .
K 305 3 . Title s and genealogy of E sarhaddon .
K 4473 . Wa r against S idon .K 4444. Wa r against Balu
,king of Tyre .
K 26 6 3 . Bears the name of E sarhaddon,date d 2 7 th day of
Iyyar.R M. 3 . Belongs to a Cylinder ofA ssur-bani-pal
,and contains
a li st o f names of tributary kings and cities,
by which the spe ll ing of many names inii i . 1 3 , has bee n correcte d .
iii .,xvi . No. 3 . The Wil l of Sennacherib .
The system of transliteration adopte d in the fo llowing pagesi s th e same as that used in Professor Sayce ’s A ssyr ianand is as fol lows
Aa a ha a
11 1,a lso v
L I S T O F E PONY MS ,
B.C. 68 1 -668 .
- t l i ~ 2w
7 + ( ti ll 7
4
$5 1 i t" (El)
« 4
wr 1»
==Y II II
(We 4° 4 1 7 5” l ‘l GE! 1* lii ll» > El D
f l I» E ll (W‘Y E l
L I S T O F E PONY MSF O R EACH YEAR D UR ING TH E R E IGN O F E SARHAD D ON .
The A ssyrian word lim -m a i s translated eponym by thegeneral conse n t of scholars . A Zim mu
,o r e ponym
,was ap
po inte d e very year,he ld o tfic e for a ye ar
,and gave his name
to th e ye ar . A bout thirty of th e king’s ministers had th eright of being eponyms .‘
REFERENCENAME O F EPONY M. TO TABLETS
6 8 1,D .P .
,Nabu- akhi-ure s
D .P .
,A ssur-akha- iddina ina D .P.
,
cussu i t tu sib (Canon ) .E sarhaddon upon the thron e sat.
6 80,D .P .
,Da-na- a -nu
6 79, D .P .,Istu -R am m an u -anin u
6 78 , D .P .
,Ne rgal - sar-u t su r
6 7 7 , D .P .
,A b u - ra -m u
6 76 , D .P .
,Bam-b a -a
6 7 5 , D .P .
,Nabu-A khi- iddin a
6 74, D .P.
,Sar-nuri
6 73 , D .P .,A -khaz-e l
6 7 2 , D .P .
,Nabu-bel -u tsu r
6 7 1 , D .P .
,D h e b e t - ai
6 70, D .P .
,Sal lim-bella- assib
6 6 9, D .P .
,Samas- casad- a ib i
6 6 8,D .P .
,Mar-la- rim
1 E ponym Ca non , p . 24.
2 Mr . Sm ith re fe rs to ta b le t K 3789 for th e n am e of th is E ponym D a n a nu,
b ut th e tab le t i s n ot date d,and th e lin e of wh ich h e m ake s D ananu re ads
i n ayum e c a s'
p a iddinu,
on th e day wh e n m on e y th e y gave . (For te xt ,se e opposite p age . )
WA J,i i i . 1 6 . NO . 3 .
l > + 7 11Ea s t I» r i llr t l (E T H R
2 é fi i ‘ -Y& Q EE P» (Wf llQ f l (F
3 t il‘fia ( ii ~ ll& t lllé ll > ~ ll& ( ll " HQ
Q 9; I» (LEI V II H l<
R E VE R S E .
—:E CEYVEIYH
E 4
8 I“V t ill?441 d lW Y 4 1
9“ I =lll= ( IE! S E fill! &» l ll
li fl‘fi ‘l flm l ll
fi ll?446 wi ll > t lrl 7 6 IE Wa: 7 + -
'
F
TH E WILL OF SENNA C H E R IB .
O BVE R S E .
1 D .P. ,D .P .
,Sin-akhi- irba sar c is ’sat i .
( I) Se nnache r ib, King of multitudes,2 Sar m at A ssu r
'
e si r i kh u r a tsi tulat KARN IKing of A ssyria
,brace lets of gold
,heaps of ivory
,
3 khu r a tsi gagi khur at si e s ir i itti sa -a - ti (f)a cup of gold
,crowns of gold
, (and) chains with them ,
4 ina du -ma-ki an -nu-te sa tu- lat- s’u -nuthe se be nefits (goods ) of which the re are he aps
5 D .P.,ibba D .P .
,l ikh -khal D .P . ,
z adhu
crystal stone,
stone,bird ston e .
R E VE R S E .
6 I bar ma- na 2 5 cibi ci saka l - su -nuO n e and a -half manch , tw o and a half Sh ek e ls, acco rdingto th e ir weight
7 a - na D .P .
,A ssur- akha—iddina abil -ya sa arcatu
to E sarhaddon my son who afterwards8 D P . A ssur- ebil -mucin - pal sum- su
A ssur - ebil -mucin - pal hi s name9 na—b u -u ci- i r u- ah—awas named according to my wish .
a -din c isat-tu B it D .P.
,A -muk
I gave the treasure of th e templ e of Amuke r ik- irba c a - nu - ur—a - n i D .P . Nabuirik irba the ha rp is ts (f) of the god Ne bo .
i . 48 . No . 2 .
sunat»M ! at
« sin
W.A i 48 . No . 4
i fl lfi ‘ fi‘ C‘é U fl l
i . 48 . No . 5 .
2 t lli « I« —l
3 CST—l -l «
T ITLE S O F E SA R H A DDON .
No . 2 . i . 48 .
1 E - GA L D .P .
,A ssur-akha—iddin a
Th e palace o f E sarhaddon2 sarru dan-nu sar c is’s’at i sar mat A ssurth e powerful king
,king o f multitude s
,king o f the country
o f A ssyr i a,
3 abil D .P .,S in-akhi - irba sar mat A ssur
son o f Sennache rib,king of the country o f A ssyria
,
4 abi l D .P.
,Sar-g in sar mat A ssur
son o f Sargon,king o f A ssyria.No . 4. i . 48 .
1 mat D .P .,A ssur- akha-iddin a sar c iss’ a ti sar mat A ssur
the country o f E sar haddon,king of mu ltitude s
,king o f
A ssyria,
2 mat Khat- ti mat Mu -tsur mat Cus’ i(king o f) the land o f the Hittite s, of E gypt, (and) Cush,
(E thiopia )No . 5. i . 48 .
1 a -n aLc u D .P.
,A ssur-akha- iddin a- sarru rabu
I am E sarhaddon,th e great king ,
2 sarru dan-nu sar c is's’a t i sar mat A ssur sakkan akthe strong king
,king o f multitude s
,king of A ssyria
,
prie st3 CA f D IMI R -(R A ) D .A .
,sar mat Sumir-D .A .
o f Babylon,king of Sumir
4 u A ccad D .A .
,sar sarr1 mat Mu—tsur
and A ccad,king of the kings o f E gyp t
5
”mat Khat- tu mat Cu- s’ iof th e country of the Hittites
,E gypt ( 3) of Cush .
c
BA TTLE OF E SA R H A DDON A GA INST H ISBR OTH E R
,A T KH A NIR A BBA T
,B.C. 6 80.
WA T , i i i . I 5 c o l . I .
1 u -sar -rid-va u -sa-ats-batI caused to descend and I caused to take
2 la-ab -b i- is an -na-dir-va its-tsa-ri- ikh c a-bat- tiIn heart I was discouraged
,and was stri cken down my
liver.3 as-su e -pis sarru-ti BIT-A BI -ya u i
-pi-s'a rit-ti-yaA s regards th e making of the royalty of the house of myfather, the ex tension o f my dominion,
4 a -na D .P.,ASSUR D .P.
,S IN D .P.
,SAMAS D .P.
,BE L D .P.
,
NABU u D .P.,NE R GA I;
to the gods A ssur,Sin
,Samas
,B el
,Nebo
,and Ne rgal
,
5 D .P .
,ISTAR sa N INUA D .A .
,D .P .
,ISTAR sa D .P .
,ABBA-ll
the goddess Istar of Nineveh, (and) the goddess Istar of
A rbela.,6 Ka-a-ti as-si-va im -
gu-ru ci-b i- ti
my hands I l ifte d up and they were kind to my prayers .
7 ina an -n i -su -nu c i-nuv SE RU ta-gi l-tuBy their grace establ ished
,a trusting heart (body)
8 is—tap-pa - t u -niv-va (h) a -l i c la- c a - la-tathe y sent
,and ( said) march ! do not restrain thyse lf
22 BA TTLE O F E S A R H A D D ON
as: e r rW Elkw wl > -II f l l~ ll f l l>
7 + ‘lA ll =Ell ( ti—l i =El
E l:7 7 “ Em l»» =Ell H M l<I
( t i l: i
1 4 i» H LEI 1°> l<l h i i=El 7 11 i°l “ l ( Cal: ll 43 1
1 6 ll “ 1 m: 4 11 W =E 4Mt i ll
w A é si ll ” l =EE I<LEJ i i E 11
ll (U > i¢v t‘ ll<E?
El» H -ll& ElllElH H
P H Ei ll ( lfF I =lll
A GA INS T H IS BR OTH E R . 23 .
-
9 i -da-a- c a n i- it - tal-lac -va n i-na- a -t a gir-ri-a-c a
1 2
I 3
1 4
(with) thy hands, we march ; and we abhor thy e nemies .
E s'r -e u Y U-me SANNA Y U-me ul u c -ci pa -an UMMA NI -ya
u l-at-gulO n the first day (and) second day I fought not, the frontof my army I set not in array
,
ar- c a-a u l-a -cin pi-kit—ti s’ usI tsi-mit-ti N IR Ithe b inde r part I form e d not
,the overseers o f the horse s
trained to (bear) the yoke ,u l u -nu-u t TA K H A TS I-ya u l a -su -surwi thout the furniture of my battle
,I did no t se t in line ( t )
tsi-di- it gir-ri-ya u l-as-pu -u c
prov isions for my j ourney I i ssued not.
sal-gu cu-uts- tsu ARAKH S E BA TTU dan-na-at e n-te-naSnow
,storming ( in ) the month S ebat (came the) mighty
darkness,
u l-a-durI feared not
,
ci-ma ITSTSUR I s’ i-s’ i- in -n i m u -up-
pa-ar- si
l ike a sis inni bi rd flying
a -na D .P .
,Gab -kha-akh i -ri- tsi ap- ta-a 1 -da-ai
agai nst the officer Gab-khakh, of the land I opened( out) my force s
Khar-r a -an N INUA D .A ., pa
-as-ki - is u r -t u-ukh- i s ar-di-vathe road (to) Nineveh, with difficulty quickly I descended,and
1 8 e l- la-m u -uh-a ina I R TS I - ti v mat Kh a-u i-rab-bat gi -mir kur a-di-su -im
be yond me, in the re gion of ‘the country of Kh an ir ab b a t ,the whole of their warriors,
24 BA TTLE O F E S A R H A D D ON
i t an ~ 1< =1E Ell< em =sn a»ss1 51 =m= 1» E ll
s » =m< ~ 1< 1» 51 »11=s11 =1 411 1 7 A ~ 1< 51
t i? 1* EU > > l~ H Ml< =Ell
26 05 1 Mk 1?
A GA INS T 1 1 1 5 BR O TH E R . 25
ts i-r u-ti pa -an gi r-ri-ya tsab-tu-va u -rac-sa D .P.
,CACC I
su -nu
powerful in front of my army placed themselves and girdedo n their weapons .
pu- lukh-ti RAB I BE L I -ya 1 s -khup-su -nu-ti - vaThe fear of the great gods
,my lords
,overwhelmed them,
and2 1 ti- ih TA KH A TS I -ya dan-n i e -m u-v -ru -v a e -m u -u makh-khu-u rthe onset of my powerful atta ck they saw
,and collected
in front.D .P .
,Is-tar b i - lat KABAL I TA KH A TS I r a-ah- i -mat sa-an
gu- ti-ya
Th e goddess Istar,the lady of war (and) battle , the lover
o f my obedience,
i -da-ai ta-z i- iz -va D .P.
,MITPA NI -Su -nu tas-bir
my forces she fixed,their bows she broke
,
24 _ta-kha- tsa-su-nu r a-ao-su tap-dhu-ur -vatheir assembled fighting m e n she struck and
2 5 ina PUK H R U- Su -nu nam-b u -u um-ma-an -nu yu -s’ar-a -n iin the ir assembly disturbed
,the army turns away from me .
26 ina ci-b i-ti-sa tsir-ti id-ai i t-ta sa ats-b i- t u u - se-midBy her supreme command
,my hands the standard which
I had rai sed,I caused to carry.
Bro k e n Cy l inde r . i i i . 1 5 ,c o l . 2 .
<1» =l £55 11 E ll E l l> ‘ l( l
w as“E l c lM fi ll E l «E l
5 1 11 7 ”1ML i > ~ El sl» \ a
311' 1 , Esm e a <E l «H M
E ll 51: 5+ =Ell
es 11 11 1s «1: { E1 »1 w —1 f 1» 1 »—11 »1
6 »1 (WE ll > =ll > > l ~ =Ell ll H l< lTV
7 4 H 11 =El =Ell E ll Ell< =lll= 1°
8 H t llt‘b t lllt l
‘H llfi E ll :IZ E =Ell
E l =lll= ( i ll IZIl =lll<
28 TH E WA R A GA INS T
9 “ f l ( l=l: =ll 11a ( 5 1:m ( l> El ( lw ll<l
=EllH ( 5 11 : ll 1°> :@E? El ( l .
=llll “1° Ei fiMl< =Ell ( 5 311 E ll =ISI
1 3 ‘lll Z =55 ll<=i <i l El ==l ll -ll<l &» lll
I 4 5 1 11 l» T 5; ll ( li’
F i‘ I =lll=
76 H
’
l ¢III i lll 7 6
‘lfi ll t i ll l» El ll “ l 1* C l16 > El Ell< 555 1-17 ==l =llll
$ 1 El H »l l»» El» l»» =ll f l»l A ? f l
1 8 ” I * II 7 + > ~El 76 > II > E§ l =ll
NA BU-ZIR -NA PI S Tl -E S IK . 29
9 na- di- e a -kh i u l - ir—si-va ar-di u l yu -m as—sirth e gifts of a brother he presented not
,and ( to do) homage
he approached not,
1 0 va D .P .
,r ac - b u - su a - di makh - ri—ya
and his ambassador to my pre se nce
1 1 u l is - pu -rav-v a sul-m u SARRU- ti-ya u l i s—alhe sent not
,and ( concerning ) the peace of my kingdom he
asked not,
1 2 ip- se - te - e - su lim -n i -e - ti ina c i - rib N INUA . D .P.
,as-me - e - va
his e v il deeds within Nineveh I heard,and
l ib - b i i - gug- va its - tsa- ri - ikh c a-bat- ti D .P.
,su - par SAK I—ya
my heart groane d and was stricken down my l iver. Myoffi cers
,
D .P .
,P I KH A '
I‘I sa pa
- a - di MAT I - Su u -ma- ah - ir tsi- r u - u s—suthe prefects of the borders of hi s country I hastened againsthim
,
va—su—u D . P.,NABU- ZI R -NA P I STI - BS I R b a - r a—nu u
and he (name ly) Nabu-zir-n api sti - e sir , gross (I) andna—pal—cat—ta- nua rebel
,
a—lac UMMA NI -ya i s -me- va a - na mat E la—ma, D .A .
,se- la
pi so f th e march of my army heard
,and to the country of E lam
,
l ike a foxin -na—bit.he fled away.
as- su ma—mit I L I RAB I e—par-ku,D .P.
,AS - SUR
,D .P .
,S I N
,
D .P.,SAMAS
Since the covenant o f th e great gods h e had brok e n,
A ssur,Sin
,Samas
,
D .P .,BE L u D .P .
,NABU au - nu e u - tu e -me - du - su - va
B el and Nebo,sin ( and) guilt place d upon him ,
TH E WA R A GA INS T
( E l E lll 1* ( E l El ( E l
E fi l i‘ E ll «
E
ll H l< EEfi
ll “ l E ll Ell< E EE l E lll= H l< E Ell
ll “ l 1" E d? ( IE l Lfi ll Ez l t a ElE lll== E1311 > ~El ll H IEII H l<
3 ‘l E ifiv ll l E ll é lrl H l< ‘l’ E ll<l
d l ‘l Efi t I E llk i‘ D i 7
L S15”
i s My E 111E El »El l ‘l > =l:l ll E i lM l< EElll E ll" Ml‘ I E : E llll i‘l
ll J l E 1 1 < (E l =E Hz l Ca El E lllEE ’ l Elf V >
t
l ( E ll W
NA BU-ZIR -NA PIS TI -E S IR . 3 1
1 9 ci-rib MAT E la—ma D .A .
,i - na- r u - su ina cacc( i)
within th e land of E lam they overwhelmed him withweapons .
20 D .P.
,NAH ID D .P .
,Mar-duk A K H - Su ip
- si t MA T E - lam - tiNahid-Merodach his brothe r
,of the matter ( in) the country
of E lam,
2 1 sa a -na A K H - su i -tib - b u—su e -m u -u r -va
which to h i s brothe r had happened,saw and
2 2 u l-tu MAT E -lam- ti in - nab - tu—va a -na e -pis A R D - u - ti -yafrom the country of E lam had fled and to make subm is
sion to me, ( l it. my homage ”
)
2 3 a -na MAT ASSUR D .A .
,il - li c-av - va yu
- tsal- la- a b i-ln - t ito the country of A ssyria came and he besought (prayed)my lordship.
MAT tam -tiv a - na s’ i-khir- ti—sa ri-du - u t AK H I - S u u - sat-gi lTh e se a coast
,to it s whole extent
,the dominion of his
brother,I
pa-nu-u s-su
e ntru sted to him .
sat -ti sam-ma la - na-par - c a - a it-ti ta-mar-ti - su c a -bit-teY early a sum unvarying with hi s numerous presents
26 a -na N INUA D .A .
,i - l ic- av—va yu - na-as - sa -ka S E PA-
ya
t o Nineveh he came and he kissed my two fe et.
E XPE D IT ION A GA INST A BD I MILCUTTI
K ING OF S IDON,A ND S A ND UA R R I,
K ING OF CUNDI A ND S'
IZU.
i . 45 c o l . I .
(w as “W3
«A3 ”A ? (E l
4 ” I“ ”w ” l"
»l E »l<YE l
f l =Ell E l t l <l> ll ( lfl:
8 E l —ll<l E111 =lll= El El 61 Em —El
9 »=l:l 5111 E NE Ell t i l =ll1 E V
E XPE D IT ION A GA INST A BD I MILCUTTI,
K ING OF S IDON,A ND S A ND UA R R I ,
K ING OF CUNDI A ND S’
IZU.
i . 45 c o l. I .
48
Br i t ish Museum,Numb e r 1 0—3 1
2
D .A .,u A ccad D . A .
( Sumir) and A ccad11 MAT AS SUR
,D A .
and the country o f A ssyri asar mat A ssur
,D .A .
king o f the country of A ssyria,
D .P. ASSUR P .P.
,S IN D .P. SAMAS
,
the gods A ssur,S in
,Samas
,
5 D P. NABU D .P.
,MARD UK D .P .
,ISTAR sa N1NUA
,
Nebo,Marduk
,the goddess Ista r ofNineveh
,
6 D .P .,I STAR se ABBA-ll D .A . RAB I BE L 1 - e u
the goddess Istar of A rbela,the great gods his lords
,
7 u l-tu tsi- i t D .P.,Sam-S i a-di e-rib D .P . ,
Sam-S i
(who) from the rising of the sun to the setting o f th e sun
8 it—tal- lac-u -va ma-khi-ra la- i -su-u
he hath marched,and an opponent has not had.
“
9 Ca - sid D .P. ,Tsi-du -um-u i sa ina GABAL tam-tiv
The conqueror of Tsidon , which ( is) upon the border ofthe s e a
,
34 E XPE D ITION A GA INS T
1 0 $11 f l» 7L —ll& EllIEl E ll > >
t
lll l» I
( lE l =ll1 f l E v E El ( li p EE zl
- IH
l =:
l ( li p E ll IEl f l > <l< E 4 1 1 E l
E ll -El E'F =l lEl l»» =Ell
«51 El 1 =111= 5 17 E 1: t 1 (LEI E 111 A1
4141
1 9 E . E T E lllt I ( ll E ll& ( ll ‘l E1128l» ll 5 1 ‘l
20 E5 11 E>E ll »:l:l E
”E ll E l E lll E l El
5 1: 164W M l< =llll El»
11 J l es A w l ( li =ll E l E l
I c om pa re (E l El ll( &ll :l> < ll lw
36 EXPEDITION AGAINS T
=lll l» I fulfi l l»»ll? E > El
=E V ll
t i l»» (PE I =Ell =ll rat : lE l»»
ll a» > =H ll “ Y (E l =lll i ‘ J ?
(E l
2 8Men ll a Ar as »=L:l > LEJ Y 1 7 L
29 > fl: ” P wi ll ) V
3° »=ll ( l A ll ) sta t é l
=Ell W
‘lll C: =lll= 16 (h E ll
(PEI! l i ii t i l (P M4”
26
30
3 1
3 5
36
A BD I-MILCUTTI A ND S A ND UA R R I . 37
NI S I -Su UMMI sa u i-b a la i -sa -a
H is m e n (and) wom en whic h num be r h ad no t
A LP I va tsi-e -u i 1m m
oxe n and she e p, a sse s
a-b u-c a a -n a c i-r ib MA T A ssu n D .A .
,
I tu rn e d (drove ) t o th e m idst o f th e c oun try o f A ssyr ia .
u -
pa-khir -va S A R R A NI MA T khat -ti
I a sse m ble d al so th e kings o f th e land of th e H itti te s,
va a-kh i tam -t iv c a -l i-su -nu
and th e se a c o ast th e who le o f them
m a pa-an ya) sa nuv-va A LU u-se -p is
-va
in to m y p r e se nc e . A n o th e r c i ty I c aused to m ake and
A L D .P.
,Assu n ) A K H A - IBB IN-na at-ta -b i u i -b it-su
th e c ity o f E sarhaddon,I c alled its nam e
NI S I khu -b u-u t D .P. ,MITPA NI -ya sa S A D -i
th e m e n,th e spo il of m y b ow fr om th e m oun ta ins .
va t am -t iv tsi -id D .P.
,S am -si
and th e se a o f th e r ising sun
m a l ib -b i u -se - si - ih
in th e m idst of ( i t ) I c au se d to dwe ll
D .P .,su -
p ar- S A K ya D .P .
,P I K H A TU e l i- su -nu as-c un
m y ge n e r al a s p r e fe c t o ve r the m I e stablishe d,
va D .P .,s'
a -an -du -ar -r i
and S’
andu arr i
S A R A LI Cun -di D .P.,S
'
i-zu -u
king of th e c ity Cundi, (and) th e c i ty S’
izu,
38 E XPE D ITI ON AGAINS T
3 7 E% ‘v > ~El FEE > ~El HF t lll<
ll “ l i ‘ =E =ll> FEE
ll ” f l ll W Y»E l 1* =:lll= El
ll “ f l I ll > i° E l l
ll “ Y E l ll ”f l P d? —II t i ll t i l
45 <E l El :l h i ~ ll<l ( t i: f l “E lr =E
48 t lll l»» H A it : ( b : - ll El
A BD I -MILCUTTI A ND S A ND UA R R I . 39
3 7 D .P .
,NA CI R U ak- tsu la p a
—lakh b e - lu - ti -ya
an e n em y, de str oying, no t a r e ve r e r o f m y lo rdsh ip ,
sa I LI yu-m as-sar -u -va
whom th e gods h ad de se r t e d, and
a -n a S A D - i m a r -tsu -ti it-ta -
gi l
to th e rugge d m o untain s tru ste d
u D .P .,A b -di -m i l- c u-u t -t i S A R A L Tsi-du -n i
a lso A bdi -m i l c fi t t i,king of th e c ity Tsido n
4 1 a -n a r i -ts u -t i -su i s-c un -va
t o h is he lp e st abl i she d (go t) and42 S UM [L I R A BI a -na a -kha - i iz - c u r -u -va
l
th e n am e o f th e gr e at gods to e a c h o the r they r e m em be r e d,and
43 a -n a e -m u -ki -su—un i t - t ag - ln
to the ir fo r c e s they truste d.
421 a -na - c u a -n a ASSUR BI L-
ya a t -ta-gi l—va
Bu t I,t o A ssu r m y lo rd t ruste d, and
45 c i -m a i t s- tsu -r i u l-tu c i - r ib S A D - i
l ike a bird from w ithin th e m oun tain
a -m as - su -va ao - c i -éa kak -ka -s’
u
I dr e w h im o u t and I c u t o ff h i s he ad.
as-su da - n a - an D .P .
,ASSUR BI L-
ya
Be side s, b y th e m ight o f A ssu r , m y lo rd,NI S I c u l-luv m i-im -m a
th e m e n all o f the m ,who e ve r (the y w e r e ,)
K A K KA D I D .P.
,S
’a -a h -du - u -ar - r i
th e he ads o f S ’andfi arr i
1 Com pa re‘IW'QIU
'NS OW'
J -l J o shua xxi i . 7 , “Ne ithe r m ake
m e ntion (r em em b e r) th e nam e of the ir gods .
”
‘
40 E XPE D ITI ON A INS T TH E
5° ( lb li ll l == l ( li t: S i ll E l ‘l M l‘
5 1 (E l V <l=l: Efi El” l» l =lll ll
5 3 »ll<l s llll =3 l3 l (E l =ll 1°l
s4 V a s } -t ll ( ll ll
as 1644
E XPE D ITIO N A GA INST TH E CIMME R I A NDCILICIA .
WA i . 45 ; c o l- 2
t S EEM<LE_ l =ll I
2 ll »; l y l l? (E l =lll= 5m ll
3 ( lfFQ t ft—‘
l El» 5826 “ i ll V
4 EN M l< ll i ll ll rl E l > ¢t l=llll
t i l =Ell a s f l <l> ~
-=ll (E l =lll= V ” F I t l
( l’ ; lll¢ fi ll
CIMME R I A ND CILICIA . 4 1
50 va,D .P.
,A b -di -m i- il- c u-ut- ti
and A bdi-m i lc fi tti5 1 in a c i- sa -di NI S ( I ) R A BI-su—nu a -lu l-va
upon th e n e cks of the ir gr e a t m e n I hung and
5 2 i t-t i,D .P.,NrN'
GUTI,u Z ICA R I u S INNI S TI
toge the r w i th th e m usic ian s,bo th m al e and fem ale
53 i n a ri -b i t NINUA,D .A .
,e - t e - i t-t i-ik
thr ough th e w ide spac e s ofNine ve h, I m ade pass through .
54 sa—li l A L A r—z a -u i
spo ile r o f th e c i ty A rz a in ,
n a MA TMu -u ts- r i
o f th e c oun try of E gyp t .
E XPE D ITIO N A GA INST TH E CIMME R I A NDCILICIA .
i . 45 ; c o l . 2 .
id—c i - e - eu
h e ga the r e d i t
2 a—na MA T A S - S U R,D .A .
,u—ra—a
t o th e c oun t ry o f A ssyr ia I br ought .3 ina di-kh i A BULLI GA BA L A L- sa NINUA
,D .A .
In fron t of th e gr e at gate a t th e bo rde r of th e c i tyNin e ve h,
4 i t- t i A -sl CA LBI D A BI
w ith wild bulls,
dog ( s and) be ar (s) .1 Com pare ina BA B tsi
-it,D .P .
,S am -S i ga b al , D .P .
,NINUA
,D .A .
,u-s a-an-ts ir
e u,D .P .
,si-ga
-ru . In th e ga te of th e ri sing sun ,a t th e b o rde r of Nin e ve h,
I c ause d him to b e guarded in woode n b onds. i i i . 25 , 93 .
42 E XPE D ITI O N A GA INS T TH E
5 =m= 1° Y’ 1 7 4 ”V”CH I’ If"
6 (H i ll Y N 535! i N3 4 161at" W W
E "WWEEH I flH =YYY=
8 45 ~ ie€ 41 m w !
9 1? 4 1a Ema sawI =m=
H i ‘ t: W W 4» ‘Y Q EE V
”
V <Y=t a a i n!
.3 V « ck-
J r T»» I 7 4‘
a ! m; 151! E!
( t i : 4 4 Y» Sp z ; a 44?w ! a: 4MY »:n Y»» I 7 L cm 7
4 ~ r<
A H 5 5“m y”E 16 , 16 4 4
3
u Em $ 1 > ~EYMI( (inse r e rte d h e by W.A . . iI
=m 442am 1 5 f»
44 E XPE D ITI ON A GA INS T TH E
1 7 =ISI i» 455 «MWat EU> EY i» <=z i
1 8 ==Y M d ) =l + M as
23 ll 4» i f» ‘l 1* ( E Tll 4? 4”
A si r ‘F a wn“
cm 1»
J rww1 5 =m= > EY i s P H
10 . ( 5 3ht EY E "
3
ti t—l ] q » a w nY
CIMMERI A ND CILICIA . 45
a-di ALAN I TS A K H R I sa li - v e—t i - su - nu
toge ther w ith th e sm all c i ti e s wh ic h borde r e d them
a l v—e ac - sud a s- lu la sal lat sun
I b e sie g e d, I c aptur e d, I spo ile d (them ) o f the ir spo i l ,ab b u l ag
-
gu r in a I S A TI ac -vu
I thr ew down,I dug up , w i th fi r e I burn e d.
si tu—te - su - nu sa kh i - idh—dhuTh e r e m ainde r o f them
,wh o r e be ll io n
va ku l - lul - tav 1a i - su—uand c urse s h ad n o t (u tte r e d) ,c ab—tu n i -i r b e - ln - t i -ya e—m id- su -nu - t i
th e he avy yoke o f m y lo rdship I p lac e d (sto od) upon the m .
D a - i s (va r . ad- i s) MA T Par - n a—c i n ac -ru ak-tsu
Th e tr am ple r (I tram ple d upon ) th e c oun t ry Farma c i,
an e n em y, de stroyi ng
a - si—b u - u t MA T TUL-a-su r -r i
th e inhabitan ts o f th e c oun try ofTe l-A ssur
sa i - na p i- i NI S I
whic h in th e language of th e m e n (na tive s)AL m e -ekh - r a—nu D .P.
,Pi—ta—a—nu
o f the c i ty Mekh ranu , th e c ity Pitanu
1 - n am - b u—u z i - c ir - su -nu
they c all the i r n am e .
m u—sap -
p i—ikh (va r . u—sap -
p i- ikh ) NI S I MA TMan - na - a i
Th e sc atte r e r of (I sc att e r e d) th e m e n o f th e c oun t ry
Van,
Ku -tu -u la éa - an -ku
Gu t ium disobe die n t,
46 EXPEDITION AGAINST TH E
V 5 3 ”El “ I ll H Y“
fi H ll ll ll ”4”fi ll > ~ El A“ i s
3 1 t E J ) ti ll"
t ) E )
ll l > > l~ 1 ll
V W “ Y r =Wvi a s!
»EY =m= 1° 4 1°
i I =Y¥ Elk =YYY= H P =Ell
3 7 ( z ): A ) (LEJ =m r =W« i
ll H P si r“:
44a <5 " =eu
i t f l 4a 11 J ! 7 11 A r“
l t ; a“ i i i .,1 5
,
W M Y
CIMMERI AND CIL ICIA . 47
29 sa um -m a - na -a - t i (va r . UMMA NU) D .P.,Is—pa—c a - a i
who th e a rm i e s o f Ispac a i (king o f)
30 MA T A s-
gu-z a ; a i m a—ru la m u - se - z i - b i - su
the c oun try o f th e A sgu za i, a r e be l fo r c e,no t saving h im ,
i - na - ru (var . a -n a—ar ) ina CACC Ih ad o ve rwhe lm e d (I o ve rwhe lm e d) w i th w e apo n s .
D h a - r id,D .P.
,D .P .
,NABU -ZI R -NA P I STI -BS I R AB I L
,D .P.
,
D .P. MARD UK -ABLA- I D INNATh e r e p e lle r o f Nabu - z ir - nap i st i
- e sir,son o f Me roda c h
Baladan,
sa a—na SAR MA T E—lam - ti i t-t ag- lu-va
wh o to th e king of th e c oun try of E lam h ad tru ste d and
34 la u -se—z i - b u n ap- sat—s
’
u
h ad n o t c au se d h is l ife to b e save d.
3 5 D P . Na—ah - id D .P .
,Mar -duk A K H -s
'
u
Nahid-Me rodac h , h i s bro the r ,
36 A s- su e -p is A R D
- u - t i -ya
in o rde r to m ake m y subm ission subm iss io n t o m e ) ,3 7 u l - tu c i - r ib MA T E—lam - ti in - n ab - tu - va
fr om w ithin the c oun t ry of E lam h ad fled,and
3 8 a -n a N INUA D .A . AL b e - lu - t i -ya
t o Nin e ve h, th e c ity o f m y lo rdship39 i l
—l i c - av -va yu- n a - as-si -ik S E PA -
ya
c am e and kisse d m y fe e t .
40 MA T tam -tiv a -na S i -kh i - ir -ti-sa
The c oun try of th e se a se a-c oa st) to i ts Who le e xt e n t,
48 EXPEDITION AGAINST TH E
42 “ IH
Q »? i ‘ =llll l i s“
? i t 4 ”43 V (El =ll¥ i
‘ =ll¥ ( Ii W W =t l =i i
i E ) ; i ii . 1 5 ,
s p—B a t
a -u -u -u i ii . 1 5 ,
W “: ”ll‘l 4k“(WA I . i i i . , 1 5 ,
mm: m m am a) as)r a -m a -nu -a s ,
“th e y turned th em se lv e s away, is inse rte d a fte r W by
W. A .I . i ii.,1 5
,23 .
CIMME R I A ND CILICIA . 49
4 1 r i -du—u t A K H - su u - sat—gi l p a -nu -u s-su
th e dom in 1on o f h is br o the r I c aus ed to b e e n tru ste d to
Na—b i-ah (va r . as- lul ) MA T BIT,D .P .
,D ak-kur - r i
Th e di stu rbe r o f (I spo ile d) th e c oun try o f Be th-D akkur r i,
43 sa c i - r ib MA T Kal—di a i - ab CA -D IMI R (R A ) D .A
whi c h (i s) w ithin th e land o fChalde a, an e n e m y o f Babylon ,
44 c a -m u -u (va r . a o- vu ) , D .P.
,D .P.
,S AMA s—ih - n i S A R -su
th e burn e r o f (I burn e d) S am a s-ibn i i ts king45 is—khap—pu khab-b i- ln la pa
-li—khu z i c -ri BE L I
a ravage r w i cke d, n o t r e ve r ing th e m e m o ry o f th e lo rds,
46 sa E K I LI ABL I CA D IMI R - R A,D .A .
,
wh o th e lands o f th e so n s o f Babylo n (Babylon ians )
47 u Bar - sap, D .A .
,ina pa
- r i-ik-te i t - b a - ln-va
and Bo r sippa, by vio le n c e h ad c ar ri e d away . A nd
48 as - su a-na - c u pu-lukh- t i
,D .P.
,BE L u
,D .P.
,NABU i -du - u
as fo r m yse lf, th e fe ar o f th e gods Be l andNe b o I kn e w .
TH E A R A BIA NWA R O F E S A R H A D D O N.
IN lin e s 5 5 and 56 , pr in t e d be low ,it i s state d tha t S e n
n a ch e r ib h ad c o nqu e r e d th e c i ty o f E dom,in A r abia . A
n o t ic e o f this e vent is fo und on a table t (K ve ry m u c h
de fa c e d,a c opy of whi c h i s p r in t e d in Sm ith’
s S e nna che r ib,
p . 1 38 . Th e invasion by S e nn ac he r ib t ook p lac e abou tB.C. 6 9 1 . A t th e t im e of E sarhaddon
,Khaz ai l w as king
o f A r abia,andwhe n h e die d E sarhaddon be stow e d th e t hr on e
up on Y au tah o r Y ah lua,th e son of Khaz a il . This o c c ur r e d
du r ing th e r e ign o f E sarhaddon,and Y au tah pa id h is ap
p o in t e d t r ibut e , a s Khaz a il h ad don e be fo r e h im ,un til som e
tim e afte r th e de a th o f E sarhaddon . A ssur -ban i-p al, was kingo f A ssyr ia , and S au lm ugina, h i s bro the r , h ad r e vo lte d. I t w a s
the n that Y au tah jo in e d in th e r e vo lt and r a ise d two a rm i e s
o n e h e se n t t o Pa le st in e,and th e o the r to th e he lp o f th e
Babylon ian s. H e h ad r e fuse d to p ay h is t r ibu te , and h is c ondu c t is thu s te r se ly de sc r ibe d b y A ssu r -ban i -pa l i i i .
23 , 1 05 ) Fo r wh e n E lam wa s sp e aking se dit ion w ith
A c c ad,h e he ard
,and the n h e disr e garde d fe al ty t o m e
, ( e ve n )m yse lf A ssu r - ban i -p al , th e King, th e n oble he r o , th e p ow e rfulc hi e f, th e wo rk o f th e h ands o f th e god A ssur . H e fo r so okm e
,and to A b iyate h and A im u
, son s o f Te ah r i , h is fo r c e s w i ththe m
,fo r th e ass istan c e o f Sau lm ugin a , m y r e be ll iou s br o the r ,
h e se n t,and e stabl ishe d h i s fa c e . Th e p e ople o f A rab ia h e
c ause d t o r e vo l t w ith h im,and c ar r i e d o ff t h e plunde r o f th e
ARABIAN WA R O F ESARH ADDON 53
p e ople whom A ssu r,Istar , and th e gre a t gods h ad give n m e .
H i s was,how e ve r
,t o tally de fe ate d, fo r ano the r n o t ic e says
Th e A r abian s wh o e sc ap e d fr om b e fo r e m y w ar r io r s th e godNin ip de str oye d. In wan t and fam in e the ir l ife w as passe d,and fo r fo od they e a t the fle sh of the ir c hildr e n
To Y au tah m isfo r tun e happ e n e d, and h e fle d aw ay alon e to
Nabait i .” A ssur -ban i -pal p lac e d A b iyate h upon th e thr on e of
Y au tah . Th e a c c oun t o f the se e ve n ts, give n in i i i . 2 5 ,
8 1, go e s o n t o sta te that A ssur -ban i-pa l bro ught Y au tah o u t
fr om Nabate a,and ke pt h im c ha in e d in th e Gate o f th e R ising
S un,in Nin e ve h .
TH E A R A BIA N WA R O F E S A R H A D D O N.
i . 45 c o l . 2 , 55—58 .
i n I? l a“ > =l =lli
«E l
( =El ) 74 ll > l<l¢ E l
E I T =llls I > > l~
i . 45 ; c o l . 3 .
( ti ll E ll —El ) II “ I t‘ > >T (E l
QNNNNNN =lll= EEi ll II
( IWII ) I?” F”
Ell i * l?4”4 E l l M l< i lll =ll> H l< I =llll
TH E A R A BIA N WA R O F E S A R H A D D O N.
i . 45 ; c o l . 2, 55-
58 .
5 5 D .P.
,A -du-m u-u al dan - nu -te MA T A—r i-b i
(To ) th e c i ty o f E dom, a fo r tifie d c i ty o f th e c oun try o f
A rabia
5 6 sa,D .P .
,D .P .
,S IN-A K H I -A R BA SAR MA T A S SUR
,D .A .
,
whi c h S e nna c he r ib,king of th e land of A ssyr ia ,
5 7 (A BU) b a-nu -u -a i c -su -du -va
th e fa the r,m y b e go t te r, h ad c onque r ed, and
5 8 (b us ) -su - su NA MCUR - Su 1 L1 -su
i ts w e a lth,i ts r i c he s
,its gods .
i . 46 ; c o l . 3.
1 ( is-lu-la ) a—na MA T A SS UR,D .A .
,
h ad c ar r i e d away to th e c oun try of A ssyr ia .
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 D .P .
,Kh a -z a-a - il sa MA T A -ri -b i
Kh azail (king) of th e land o f A r abia,
4 i t-t i ta -m ar - t i - su c a-b i t-te
wi th h i s num e r ou s p r e se n t s,
5 a - n a NINUA,D .A .
,AL b e -ln -t i -ya
to Nin e ve h,th e c i ty o f m y lo rdship .
TH E ARABIAN WA R O F E S A R H A D D O N. 57
6 il-lic - av-va yu- n a-a s-si- ik S E PA -
ya
h e c am e and h e kisse d m y two fe e t ,
7 as-su n a-dan 1 L 1 -su yu-tsal - la -a-n i-va
whe n th e gift of giving back) h e suppli c a te d o f m e .
The n 1
8 r i-e -m u ar- si-su ~ vac om pa ss ion I showe d (to ) h im ,
and
9 I LI sa- tu -nu au -khu - éu-nu ud-dis- va
o f the se gods the ir injur ie s I r e pai r e d, and
1 0 da-na-an,D .P .
,A SSUR BI L-
ya
th e m ighty (de eds) o f th e god A ssur , m y lo rd,1 1 u si-dhir SUM-
ya e li-su - nu u -sa -as-dhi r -va
and th e wr it ing o f m y nam e upo n them I c ause d to b ewr it te n and
,
1 2 u -tir -va ad-din - su
I r e sto r e d and I gave ( the m ) to h im .
1 3 D .P .,Ta-b u -u -a ta r - b it E .GA L-
ya
Th e wom an Tabua, on e r e ar e d ( in ) m y palac e ,
1 4 a -na SA R R -u -ti e li -su-nu as-c un -va
to the so ve r e ignty o ve r them I e stablished,and
,
1 5 i t-ti 1 L I- sa a-n a MA T-sa u -ti r -si
toge the r w ith h e r gods, to h e r land I r e sto re d h e r .
1 6 MW,D .P . ,
Gam -m al i e l i m a-da- a t -t e
S ixty-fiv e c am e ls m or e than th e tri bu te
1 A sim i lar story is told of Y autah , son ofKha zai l, in Sm i th ’s A ssur -ba nip a l, page 283 .
58 TH E ARABIAN WA R O F ESARH ADDON1 7 E EY E EW> E H —ll<l H I‘ H”: T
1 9 <l» ll <l E Elrl l IR IIE lllE t a r-l I El
l t Eli l E ll E lllE
E ll» ( W
2 5 1 8 ll E i ll b T l lE - I ( V
ll EEH r EE El l»
2 7 Y Y> ~
60 TH E ARABIAN WA R O F E S A R H A D D ON.
5+ i i i .,1 5 ,
25 s » :E Eia s »lll< —m
$5 w 1‘ Wa ll E lllE it (TE
’
F”En—fl
”MA EMA
li E ’ l t i ll E lllE J r E <EE
W ( Li : E EEl ‘l l» (Ci : E ll H l<
E ll<l EEll
4 ? ~ II EEll
E ll
llll EEEE l»»
W a i i i . 1 5 , 1 3.
J I i»?=III= h—EI II b ! " 51927 sua tu,
“that dis tric t ,
inse r te d afte r e -ti -ih, by W.A .I . i ii . 1 5 , 1 6 .
TH E ARABIAN WA R O F ESARH ADDO N 6 1
28 pu-ku t—tu u A BNI c a - z a-b i - t i (va r . c a - b ar -n i )
br oke n and ston e s de c e itfu l (gr e a t H e b .
29 XX. CAS-BU kak-kar TS I R u AKRAB Itwe n ty kashu o f gr o und (whe r e ) snake s and sc o rp ion s
30 sa c i -m a z ir -b a-b i m a - ln -u u -
ga-ru (va r . a -gar )
whic h,like grasshoppe rs, the y fi lle d th e gr ound.
3 1 XX. GA S -BU MA T Kha -z u-u S A D -di,D .P .
,S A G -G I L-MUT
Tw e n ty ka sbu o f th e land o f Khazn,a m o un ta in o f SAG IL
MUT ston e,
3 2 a -na A R CI -ya u -v as-sir -va e -t i-ik (va r . n a -gu-u su -a -tu )
be hind m e I l e ft,and I pa sse d thr ough tha t distr i c t ,
33 sa u i -tu Y U-m e u l- lu -t i
( in to ) whi c h, fr om an c ie n t t im e s (days) ,
34 la il- l i- c u SARRU pa -n i m akh- r i-ya
h ad n o t m ar c he d ( any) king p r e c e ding m e .
3 5 Ina c i-b i t,D .P .
,A S S UR
,BI L-
ya ,
By th e c om m and o f A ssur,m y lo rd,
36 ina c ir -b i-su sal-dh a-n i s a t -ta l-lac
w ith in i t r oyally I m ar c he d.
3 7 SAMNA S A R R A NI sa c i-r ib n a—gi - e su -a- tu
E igh t kings, whic h (w e r e ) w i thin that distr ic t,
6 2 TH E ARABIAN WA R O F E S A R H A D D ON.
- l»»- I 7 L Ill E l I 7‘ ‘l’
39 ( E lll l»»- I 7 L EE IEII > EIE lll i t E 4 1 (E l
V <=1l= ‘l E El E
'
F ” l El E l
4.4 m=was <l» ll<l <1» .El a 45 E 111
I ll 44H
E
47 > > l~ lw w I ‘l’ EE IEU E El Et -‘
ll q l
48 ( E EIEI I 7’
E El E lllE fi E llll
TH E ARABIAN WA R O F ESARH ADDON 63
38 a -du c 1 L1 -su-nu BUS U-su -nu NA MCUR - Su - nu
I sle w ; the ir gods, the ir w e alth, the ir r i c he s
3 9 u N1 s 1 - su -nu as-lu-la a -n a c i-r ib MA T A S SUR,D .A .
,
and the i r m e n I spo ile d. To th e in te r io r o f th e land o f
A ssyr ia,
40 D .P.
,La- ai - li- e S A R
,D .P.
,Y a-di—ah
Lail ie,king o f th e c i ty of Y adiah
,
4 1 sa u l-tu la-pa-an
,D .P .
,CA CCI -ya ip
-
pa r-si-du
whic h fr om be fo r e m y w e apo n s had fled
sal-la -at 1 L 1 -su i s-m e—e - va
o f th e spo iling of h is gods h e he a rd,
a -n a NINUA .
,D .A .
,A L b e - ln - t i -ya
to Nin e ve h, th e c i ty of m y lo rdship ,
ar di m akh- r i -ya il- l i c - av-va
to m y p r e se n c e h e c am e,and
yu-n a-a s- s i- ik S E P A -
ya
h e ki ssed m y tw o fe e t .46 r i-e -m u ar - si - su -va ak-ta-b i - su a -khu - tuv
Com passion I show e d h im ,and I spoke “
to h im of br o the rho od ;
4 7 1 L1 - su sa as- ln - la da—n a—an , D .P .
,A SSUR BI L -
ya
(on ) h is gods whi c h I h ad c ar r i e d o ff (spo ile d) th e m ighty(de e ds) o f A ssur m y lo rd
48 e li - su - nu as -dh ur - v a u - t ir—va ad-din - su
upon them I wr o te,
“
and I r e sto r e d (the m ) and I gave(them ) to h im .
fl 41A =w 11 41s
41 5 s E at E l E l
5m m E ll cara H E 1
59 ( tilt E E II Q ( ‘l’ .El: E lllE “ l
5 0wm sm m m m w w m w m
TH E ARABIAN WA R O F E S A R H A D D ON. 6 5
n a-gi- e , D .P .
,Ba - a - z i su - a - tu
Th e distr ic t s of this land o f Bazu
50 u -sat-gil pa- nu -us-su
I c au sed to b e '
e n tru ste d to h im
5 1 BI LA T
'
(TIG-UN) m an -da -at—tu b i-ln—ti-yao ffe r ing (and) tr ibu t e to m y lo rdship
5 2 u -c in t si-ru -u s - su
I fixe d upon h im ,
53 D .P.,BE L-b a -sa A BI L
,D .P .
,E u -n a -u i S A R Gam -b u -la - a i
Be l-basa,so n o f Bunan i
,king o f th e Gam b u lai
54 sa ina x1 1 KA S -BU kak-kar ina MI E u K A NI TSUTS I
wh o o ve r tw e lve kasbu o f gr ound am ong th e wate r s and
r e e dy m ar she s
5 5 c i -m a nu -u -n i sit - c u -nu sub - tav
like a fish (fishe s) th ey w e r e e stabl ishing the ir dwe ll ing
p lac e ( se at) .
56 Ina c i -b it A SSU R BI L-
ya khat-tu in a-khats-z u - va
By th e c om m and o f A ssur,m y lo rd, te r ro r sho ok h im and
c i- i dh e -im ra-m a -n i -su
a c c o rding to h is own de c r e e
BI LTU (TIG -UN) u m an -da -a t -tu
offe r ing and t r ibut eALP U m akh-kh i suk-lu l sam -n a
gr e at ox(e n ) c omp le te ? e igh t ?
60
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
TH E WA R A GA INS T S ID IR PA RNA A ND
E PA RNA , KINGS O F ME D IA .
i . 46 c o l. iv .
I E lllE «i f-ll El E lllE ” l E? <l~ "Nb
2 E l”E ll 4° <l» ll<l ( Y' E l E lllE E H
3 > E ll‘l ’ f l» EE > > l E II E E ll E lll 7 L
4 Elll H’
l ES E.
EE ll E lflE Enl i E El El
sll’ ll I ll ( li Efi ‘l l» EV E“
7 <E ll =i -l<lt H r s =w« E
n H r En<1 t i
‘
t ll I
E; E l E l (MMECll J r t uV :E A l E ll filII E”l»»
W «E mu»El E ll v wanH l <
6 8 TH E WA R AGAINST SIDIR-PARNA“ H
¢ k fi r
( IE! E tév r I Elll
ESE =m 7L ~ i<
V ll l lME‘E E lll lw w l aL z lE
Etll l»» tlH 1El : I a-L
w !«A —»v ( lEl
m l =1= ¢l~ =i E 5: -u v E n E
l Ei ll El i f l E Ell Ex E II > =ll E ll E E ll
( Bi ll E t lrl ll ’ l “ l
A ND E PA RNA,KINGS O F ME D IA . 69
1 0 sa pa- a -di MA T Bi - i c -u i S A D—di
,D .P .
,UGNI
whi c h ( is o n ) th e bo rde r s o f th e land o f Bi c u i,th e
m oun ta in s o f m arble ( c rysta l)1 1 sa ina S A R R A NI A BI -ya M IMMA la i c - b u - s
’
u
whic h ( land) am ong th e kings, m y fa the r s , none had tr od
1 2 I R TS I - t iv MA T su - un
th e te r r i to ry o f the ir c oun try
1 3 D .P. , S i -di r -pa- ar - n a
,D .P.
,E -
pa- ar - na
S idir -parna (and) E parna
D .P.
,BE L I ALAN I dan—nu—t i
th e lo rds of th e p ow e rful c i t ie ssa la - c i t -nu—su a—n a n i - i- r i
wh o h ad no t subm i t te d to m y yokesa - a - su—nu a—di NI S I - su - nu
,D .P .
,s’
us’
i r u - c u - b i - su—nuthe y the m se lve s t og e the r wi th the ir m e n , ( the ir) ho rse s,the i r char io ts ,
1 7 A LP I tsi—e—ni IMI R I , D .P.,u -du - r i
o xe n,she e p , asse s, flo cks,
1 8 sal - lat- sun c a - b it—tu a s- lu-la a - n a MA T A S SUR,D .A .
,
the ir gr e at spo il I c arr i e d o ff ( sp o ile d) to th e land of
A ssyri a .
1 9 D .P .
,Upp i ts, D .P.
,BI L A LI sa
,D .P .
,Pa -ar - tac - c a
Uppits, lo rd o f th e c ity of Par tac c a
20 D .P.
,Za - na - éa - n a
,D .P .
,BI L A LI sa
,D .P .
,Pa - ar -du c—c a
Zanaéana,lo rd o f th e c ity o f Par tac c a
,
2 1 D .P .
,R a -m a—t e -ya , D .P .
,BI L A LI sa U—ra - c a—z a-b ar -na
R am ateya lo rd o f th e c ity o f Ur ac az ab arna
70 TH E WA R AGAINST SIDIR-PARNA
El E ll ll ll ll’ ll EElrl I vt filll
El E lI‘lI E l 7 L M l< El
E li: &i E? E l (E l ElE lll t t fi li l t‘ I
ll E ’ l EZl—fi l flE l E E ll H lEll H l<
so lEIl =m= My =m= Ii ): E l
3 2 Efi'
E l ‘l >E lli t i ll Efi
33”
E ll El: ll ( lELi t I E lll
A ND E PA RNA,KINGS O F ME D IA . 7 1
2 2 MA TMa -da - a i sa a - sar - su -nu ru - u -ku
( c hie fs) o f th e c oun try o f th e Me de s, who se t e rr i to ry ( is)afar o ff.
sa in a ta r - tsi S A R R A NI A BI -ya I R TS I -tiv MA T A S SUR , D .A .
(Tho se c hie fs) who in th e tim e of th e kings, m y fathe r s ,(to ) th e c oun t ry o f A ssyr ia
la ip—pal
- c i - tu -n iv -va la - i c - b u -sukak-kar - sa
h ad n o t c ro sse d ove r,n e ithe r h ad the y t rodde n i ts so i l .
2 5 pu- lukh- tu r a - ru—b a t A ssUR BI L—ya ié-khup - su -nu—ti - va
Th e fe ar (and) te r r o r o f th e god A ssur m y lord o ve rwhe lm ed them and
2 6 D .P .
,m ur -n i - ié-c i R A BI , D .P .
,H O NI dh i- ih MA T- su
gr e a t wa r hor se s, ( and) c ho ic e m arble o f h is land
2 7 a - n a NINUA,D .A .
,A L b e -lu - ti -ya
to Nin e ve h,th e c i ty o f m y lo rdsh ip
28 i s-su—n iv - va yu- n a-as- s i -ku S E PA—ya
they h ad br ought , and the y kisse d m y two fe e t .
29 as- su , D .P .
,BI L I A LAN I sa ka - a -tav id- c u - su—nu - t i
A s r e gards th e lo rds o f c i t ie s wh o (m y) hands had stru ck
them,
30 b e-lu -u -ti yu
- tsal -lu -va
m y lordship t hey im plo r e d and
3 1 e -r I-su -In -n I c i t -ru
the y asked of m e a t r e a ty.
3 2 D .P .
,S U-PA R -SA K I -ya, D .P .
,P IK H A TI
My offic e r s,th e pr e fe c ts
33 sa pa-a—di MA T su—un
o f th e borde r s of the ir c oun try
7 2 TH E WA R AGAINST SIDIR-PARNA
v—EEl 7 ‘
( E n tai l I E lll
f l ” l E E‘l’ ” Ir
‘l > > l E II
4°
{f l ( lE l E ll<l EEll E EE ll
:E H
”El ‘lll I: t Ell
‘lrl
E é l H t H l< ” I El» l»
A ND E PA RNA,KINGS °
O F ME D IA . 7 3
3 4 i t—t i -su—nu u -m a -ah - ir -va
w i th them I urge d on and
3 5 NI S I a -si-b u -u t ALAN I sa-tu -nu
th e m e n , inhabit an ts of tho se c i tie s,
3 6 i c -bu-su - va yu-sac -n is- su S E PA - u s-su -nu
they t ram ple d (upon ) and-
they m ade to subm it to the ir
fe e t3 7 B I LAT (TIG -UN) m an -da—tu b e -lu -t i—ya sat- t i sam -m a iv
c in t si-ru—su -un
o ffe ring (and) t r ibute t o m y lordship , ye ar ly th e sum,I
fi re d up on them .
Ul- tu,D .P.
,A S SUR
,D .P.
,SAMAS
,D .P. ,
BE LU u,D .P . ,
NABUFr om (th e t im e wh e n ) th e gods A ssur , S alm as, Be l, andNe b o
39 D .P.
,ISTA R sa N I NUA
,D .A . , D .P .
,I STAR sa A R BA - il
,D .A .
Th e godde ss Ista r ofNin e ve h, th e godde ss Ista r o f A rbe la
40 e li n a-CI- r I-ya Ina l i-i -ti
o ve r m y e n em i e s by th e law (whi c h)
4 1 yu-sa-z i -zu-u i am -tsu-u m a-la l ib -b i -ya
they h ad c au se d to fix fo r m e,I found th e fuln e ss (of th e
de sir e ) o f m y he ar t.
42 in a c i-sit-t i na- c i -r i sat lu -u -t i
By th e a c qu isitio ns fr om e n em i e s
43 sa ina tu -
gu l-ti 1 L1 RAB I BE L I -ya
whic h in th e se rvi c e of th e gr e a t gods my lo rds
44 ik- su -da ka-ta-a i
m y two hands have c ap tur ed.
TH E BUILD INGS O F E S A R H A D D O N.
Ell] El ll< E lli s ‘l’ 1* E 4? (E l
r E «E l Em: A Ell< El
( ll ‘l ( ll E llA =m= ll E’
s: El
E lllE ~ l<lts l» Ei ll ( E l El ‘l l»
f l l» .El El E llll El» El E H A l
E ll ( lE l E lll E Ell EH—E E ’ l ll
sz =m= 16 f l» I ll E’ l E l A l Av
El: E l ( lEIL H
lE A BE E E l ( E l
1» —El =El “ l (E ! -ll<l E llA ElflEli E El i s I
7 6 TH E BUILD ING OF TH E PA LA CE .
sfi’
Ell > +
( ll E f l Elll ) A ElEH
lEE
TH E BUILD ING O F'
TH E PA LA CE .
i . 47 ; c o l . 5 .
E l
2 El E li l E ll E l l II
3 C‘fi ll It c lll
4 =llll El” R I: E:ll E l ll E i l
5 ll ”f l T-ll E E ‘l‘ Ill E El
TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 7 7
'
5 6 sa,D .P.
,A S SUR SAR I L I
Whic h the god Assur,the King of gods
5 7 a—na e s- ci SARRU - ti -ya is- ru - c a
to the hand? of my kingship hath grante d
5 8 (a-na sit) - cin, D .P.
,sUsi
for the establishment of horses,
59 ( si- par-du ) - ukh , D .P .,R UCUBI (va l r MA TA TI )
(3
) of chariots and the men of the countrie s
TH E BUILD ING O F TH E PA LA CE .
i . 47 ; c o l . 5 .
1 ( sa ak- ta) - sad se- ci-b u ina, D .P.,MITPA NI -ya
which I captured ravishing with my how
2 ma- al - lu mus- sic- cu u - sa- as- si- su - nu- ti-vafull tax (es) I caused them to bear and
3 il- b i-nu LAB IN I MA H D Ithey made many bricks .
4 E -GA L TSA K H -t a su - a—tuThat small palace
5 a - na s i- khi- ir-ti- sa ag- gur-va
to its whole extent I dug up and1 Th e text of the transliteration in bra ckets, in lines 5 8 and 59, is restored
from WALL,i i i . 1 6 , 6 .
2 Com pa re 1355 E xodus v . 7 .
7 8 TH E BUILD ING OF TH E PA LA CE .
7 ( 131 1 ‘l ‘lll ll 4”lw =t
l
8 i ll r E ll V =lll= 4b ( YEP-nq ( is; W.A .I . i ii .
,
9 mi ll A‘
lr =E > £E§ ll mi l t‘ :E
‘l > EY ll
=ll El ll 5515? lb »
fi: H Y(
V ll a
( l> 7L
l 5‘
s E l 7L H l< El
=l E lw w El» I» =l > ifiv Y'
> E II lw
til ll l» t l E 1154”::Y 4?
( E l: ‘l (E! t lll i ‘ ”fi ll Bi ll 3 =lll
“ l “ l
r =m h » r» H W W’
s !
TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 7 9
6 kak-ka - ru ma- ah - du C IMA a -si l T IM-MA
much earth like the line of a rop e
7 u l - tu lib - b i BO I L I ab -duk- va
from the interior of the lands I dug and8 e - li- sa u - rad-di (va r . u - ri—di)upon it
,I added ; ( and)
9 ina D .P .
,pi- i - li A BNU S A D - i dan -u i
with alabaster a stone from the great mounta in-r o tu-la- a u s ~ m a ~ al ~ l i
the mound I filled up1 1 ad- ci- e -va 20 2 S A R R ANI MA T khat ti
I gathered,and twenty-two kings o f the land . of the
H ittites1 2 sa a -khi -tam-tiv u GA BA L tam - t iv c a - li-su - nuof the sea- coast and the middle of the sea
,the whole of
them1 3 u -ma-ah- ir—su -nu-t i- va
I hastened them on and1 4 D .P .
,GUS UR I RAB I
,D .P .
,tim-me RAB I
great beams (for) a great floor (of)
1 5 D .P. , A -b i -me, D .P.
,E R INU,
D .P .
,S UB—MA N
Abime wood,cedar wood, sherbin wood
1 6 u l-tu ci- rib MAT S’ i - r a - ra MA T Lib - na- nafrom the inte rior of the land of S'irara (and) the land o f
Lebanon,
1 7 S A L LAMA ss’
I sal- lat tsa—tsa-a - tesphinxes (female colossi) and a height of statuary work
80 TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .
1 8 $ 8 =E E ! P» ll 4 M
ai r—i i > II > fl& li q ll l
’ "
=ll~ =Ell Hll d: i E ll E ll
S S i s =m f ! as =m¢ ~ TY<Y
=Wa s “4 1 1 5 “t“E ! W 4
em El» Y» EEE: —=Y W H R
W “ Y es i t'
ll H 121! H P t an
TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 8 1
D .P.,A ZKUP PA TI a -gur
-ridoor posts of burnt brick
,
1 9 sa,D .P. , S AMULLU, D .P .
of S am u lla stone ( alabaster)
20 D .P. , CU-M I -NA, D .P . , CU - M I - NA TUR -D A
Cumina stone,strong Cumina stone
2 1 D R D .P . , A-LA L- D U
stone22 D .P.
,G I - NA-K H I - GUB- BA u l—tu c I- rib khar- sa -n i
stone from the interior of the forests,
23 a - sar nab-n i - ti- su—nuthe place of their production
,
24 a - na khi-sakh - ti E -GA L-
ya
for the requirements of my palace,2 5 mar—tsi- is pa- as-ki - i slaboriou sly (and) with difficulty
26 a -n a N INUA,D .A . , yu
-sal-di—du - u—n ito Nineveh they had caused to be brought.
2 7 Ina A R K H U S E GA MA GA R U Y U-m u mit-g a 'riIn a fortunate month (on) a favou rable day,e - li tu- li- e su - a - tuupon that mound
,
H E CA LI rab-b a - a - ti
great palacesa -na m u -sab b e - lu—t i—yafor the dwe lling of my lordshipah -ta—u i tsi-ru -u s—su
I bu ilt upon i t .
82 TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .
”Id? s » E "
Y =m= st» fi e s
3 5 i > ~ El r El i ll I ll “ l
3 7 =lll= t‘ 4 ”ll =ll > E_E_ ll V
38 t l 443 l»» t l
39 k 164W ( ll ‘l ‘l
42 i n {E} :E s !» :E II
TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 8 5
44 na-tsi—ru cip- si m u - sal - li-m uthey protect the footstep s , making peace
45 tal-lac-ti S A R b a - n i - su—nu(to be u pon) the path of the King, their creator (whomade them) .
46 IMNU u SUME LU u - sa - ats- b i - ta(Positions) to th e . r igh t hand and left I caused to take(occupy)
47 s i- gar- si-uithe avenue of them .
48 E -GA L,D .P.
, p i- i - li u
,D .P .
,E R INI
A palace of alabaster and of cedar wood
49 at ( l ) te m u -du-ti(Z)
50 a - na m u l - ta-u -ti b e - lu - ti-yafor the renown of my lordship
5 1 nac - lis u - se -piscomplete ly I caused to be made .
5 2 sal LAMA S S I E R I mas- sa - a - teFemale colossi of painted ( 7) bronz e,
53 sa a -khi- e n -na- a p a -na va (ar-c a )which (were ) on this side, in front and behind, (I raised) .
O O O O O O O
1 Th e cylinder conta ining this inscription i s b roken here,b ut another line
is evidently wanted to com plete the sentenc e .
86 TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .
i . 47 ; c o l . 6 .
I =l 442 i l l r EH lr r»
2 ( =l ) ll
=llll El»
8 11 $ 111 ( ll ‘Y H !
4 41° > ~ ll<l
2 Mr . Norris inserts (D ie t , p . 105 7 ) the two signsa fte r cim a , but I h a ve been unable to find the tabletwhic h gave this reading .
88 TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .
s a nwa s
u =s rannew
1 3W “ l Ea rn! Q fi S i ll fl
i ‘
H
E ll Q ll Q ll
s i flfl l c s
-TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 89
9 u—rat- tar a ci-ribI hung (them) within (it) .da- na- an
,D .P.
,A S S UR BIL-ya
Th e mightiness of the god A ssursa ina MA TA TI nac-ra -a - te(with) which in hostile landsi - ln -b u -su
he had clothed himself,
na,D .P.
, khar-ra - cu-te e - si-ka ci-rib-sa
priests ( f) I established within it.
1 4 D .P.,CI R U R A BU tam -sil MA T kha-ma niv
A gr eat plantation like (that) of the land of A manns,1 5 sa c a-la e MA H D U u E TS ( 1 ) MA H D Uwhich (contained) all spices and tree ( s) ,
1 6 khar - ru -su i -ta- a - sa e -midits ditch
,its walls
,I made to stand °
I 7 ci - sal - la-sa ma-rab u-rab—b i -v aits al tar in siz e I made large
,and
1 8 tal- lac-ta- sa ma- ah- di s u -rab-bisits paths greatly I enlarged
1 9 a -na mas - cit,D .P .
,susI ci—rib- sa
for the reception of horse s within it.
1 A sim ila r a ct ° is recorded of Tigla th-Pile se r I .,B.C. 1 1 30, in 1 .
1 5,1 6—27 , where it is sa id, “Th e ceda r, the li c c a r ina tree a nd the a lm ug ,
from the c ountries I ha ve conquered, these trees whic h none of the kings , m yfathers, that were before m e,had planted, I took, and in the p lantations of
m y land 1 planted, and by the nam e of planta tion I ca lled them ; whatsoeverthere wa s not in m y land I took (and) the planta tions of A ssyria I
established .
”
90 TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .
(V E EEl Elllt 1° 1°“g i l l
2 1 E lllE” T
lt llll —‘ l ll C
2 2 E llll Elr E l ll l ( t i : E EEl V
ll ( lfl: E16 E ll V
E ll El =L<l i ii "
.5 Ed El» Elfl ll
H W H W E Y
r» a »v <lEl
2 8 5? I 7 L r Ell< V r ‘
lEl > ‘ ll<l
x» H “3° El &i E l Clll E H (El El
3 1 E lllE E lllE Q Ei ll $ 111 Ei ll ll ll
92 TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .
H lM T E El r - (El t lll ‘lllI nt
ECll 16» EE%
Es; El» l»» E lll l»»
3 7 (E l t lll V =lll=
74 E
'
F <l» ll<l I E lll
Ei ll
40 as; E llEl: a: H E El ll ( E t lrl ll< I 7 4
1» r » v ( E l
TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 93
3 2 I L I sa—tu-nu ina ci-rib lib—b i- su—nuThose gods in the interior of their hearts
33 ik-tar-ra-b u SARR-u-tiapproached my kingdom .
34 D .P .
,R AB I u NI S I MA T-
ya c a - li-su-nuTh e chiefs and men of my land
,the whole of them
,
3 5 ina ta-gul-t e u ci-ri-e -tiin service and homage
3 6 ina is- sik-ta si-la-a-tiwith submission
,peaceful
3 7 ci-rib-sa u -se- sib- va
within it I caused to be seated,and
38 u - sa-li- z a nu-par su -un
I caused to be glad their soul .39 CA R A NI cu-r u-un -nu b i -ci-ra tsur-ra - su-un
'
Grape wine 1 f
40 n i - sak- n i gu- la-a mukh-kha-su -nu u -sa- cin
(as tr ibute ?) upon them I established .
4 1 Ina ci- bit A S SU R SA R I L I u I L I MA T ASSUR, D .A .
By the command of Assur, King of the gods, and thegods of the land of Assyria
1 Th e nam es of five sorts of Wi nes a r e given by a b i-lingua l list in WA L ,
1 1 . 44,9-1 3 . In WILL
,i . 65 , 22, we read,—.c a r a nuv m a t I zdlla v ma t
Tua himm u, ma t Ts imm in i m a t K hib univ m a t A rdna ba n iv m a t'
S 12tsa v m a t
Bi t-Gub a tiv m a t Bi tdtiv cim a m é ndr i la na b i v in a,D .P. , p a ssa r u ,
D .P.,
Ma r duk va,D .P .,
Ts irp a n i tuv b e lt-a lu udds s iv .
“Wines from the c ountriesof I za llav , Tuah imm u
,Tsim inn i
,Kh ib un i v
,A r anab an iv
, S utsav, BethCub a tiv , Bi ta tiv , like river waters (in quantity)without num ber in the b owlofMa rduk and Tirp anituv , m y lords, then I poured out .
”
94 TH E BUILDING O F TH E PA LA CE .
42 > =lt l E H 1 7L !
as =i==
::m a s; H e s s E ll
E a E a
lE ll E l E l ll »El -El ll V
M l< {IE
I==lw l 1» mg
H'
”LE—ll C I % ‘l E lll ll< E lli“
( e art h—E (W.A L i i iv
—ll& Efi l ‘lQ ll i» 1* E f l (E l E ll<l
F M l< E lllt El E l “ l f l ll
E ll E lE E l l E ll (E l t lll ‘l’
Co n c luding Pa ssag e fro m i i i. 1 6 .
Br itish Muse um,No . 1 1534 .
lE E » EEll
E ll ” l E 4 ? »l E ll llElle t‘ t lll h r »
SE 4416 i s» E -ll% Ell< I
E ll 7 L El E llll El» ‘l’ ll ‘l
:E Em am El EE E f l E l <l
TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 97
53 S E D U D A MKU la-mas- s'i D AMKUa propitiou s bull
,a propitious colossus
54 n a e tsu cip- s i SARRU- ti-yathe protector(s) of the footsteps of my kingship
5 5 m u -kha-du—u c a -b at—ti—ya l
rejoicing my liver.
Co n c luding Pa ssage from i i i . 1 6 .
Briti sh Muse um ,No .
3 1 5
5 6 da-ris li s- tap -t u -u
eternally may they send (me)5 7 ai ip -par-ku -u i -da- a -sa
may its walls not be broken (down ) .a -na A R CA T Y U-me ina SA R BA NI ABL I -yaFor a future day (for which ever king) am ong the kingsmy sons
sa,D .P.
,A S SUR u
,D .P.
,I STA R a -na b e - lut MA T u l r
whom the god A ssur,and the goddess I star to the govern
ment of the land and people60 i -nam-bu -u a i - cir- sushall proclaim his name
6 1 e -nu-va E - GA L sa - a - tuwhen thi s palace
6 2 i - lab-b i -ru -va 1 -na—khushall grow old and shall decay.
1 Th e cyli nder from which the previous text h as been taken ends here,
and the following lines a re a dded from the broken cylinder,b ut they a re
lithographed in i . 47 , a s if they were a pa rt of the other text.H
TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .
> l<l E ll ‘l l
E E lQ E E lll El EEl E l”(E lll H l< El
EElL'
l E lll: ( l> E llll&i El
»v (H i ll : ll
D a t e from i . 47 .
l t a = l ‘l ( llll EEE NW
D a t e from iii . 1 6—24.
E t t l l» l ll a s
TH E NAME S O F TH E E IGH T K INGS
(AND TH E IR CITIE S ) , TO WH ICH R E FE R ENCE IS MA D E IN
Co l . i i i . 37 .
i ii . 1 5 Co l. 4, 1 9—24.
El »l—»fi lEl EEEE El El» ll
l
TH E NAME S O F TH E E IGH T K INGS
(AND TH E IR CITIE S) , TO WH ICH R E FE R ENCE IS MA D E IN
Co l. i i i . 37 .
i ii . 1 5 Co l . 4, 1 9- 24 .
D .P .,Ci - i - éu S A R
,D .P .
,Khal-di - l i
Cis’
u,king ofKh aldili ;
D .P .,A k- b a - r u S A R
,D .P.
,D u-pi- a—te
Akbar,king of D up iat e
D .P.,Ma- an - s
’
e -cu S A R,D .P.
,Ma-gal
Ma‘
m s’
ac u,ki ng ofMagalan i ;
D .P .,Y a-pa
-ah sar - r a t,D .P. , D i—ah-ta- a -u i
Y apah, queen of D iah tfini
2 1 D .P .
,Kha-b i—éu SA R
,D .P.
,Ka-da-s
’
i - ah
Khab iéu,km g of Kadaéiah
D .P .
,Ni -kh a—ru S A R
,D .P .
,Ga—ah -
p a-n i
Nikhat u,king of Gahpa ‘
n i
2 2 D .P.
,Ba- i - lu sat - r at
,D .P.
,I-khi - lu
Ba ilu, queen of Ikh ilu ;
D .P .
,Kha- b a-nam- ru S A R
,D .P .
,E u -da-ah
Khab anam ru,king of Buda‘mh ;
102 TH E NA ME S O F TH E KINGS
w 515
V M£1" ( YEP I =YI¥
TH E NA ME S O F TH E TWENTY TWO K INGS
(AND TH E IR CITIE S ) , TO WH ICH R E FE R ENCE IS MA D E IN
Co l . v . 1 2 .
Th e fo llow ing te xt is fro m i ii . 1 6 ; C01. 5 , 1 2 .
=EY <E Y ==TI El Ei fi I» i ‘
=II Q =EE W =t Y
I I» “ I 7 ”=II SEEN
l es c =E si sa > =ll
1 04 TH E NA ME S O F TH E KINGS
1 5 >m > II ( Va r > 11 )
I» H l< g fi H l< £ 55 =l
H =i=
=1<J « > =ll
«l g fi lw v fl ‘l fi év
2° l f l» > EY H S i ll ll (E l Efll l
A ND TH E IR CITIE S .1 05
I 5 D P Sili-Be l S A R , D .P .
,Kha- z i - ti
Tsil i-Be l,king of Gaz a ;
D .P .,Me-ti- in - ti S A R
,D .P .
,Is-ka-lu -na
Me t in t i , king of A ske lon ;
I 6 D .P .
,I-c a-u-su S A R
,D .P .
,Am - gar- ru -na
I c auéu,king of E kron
D .P.
,Mil-ci-a -sa-pa S A R , D .P.
,Gu—uh-li
Milc iasapa, king of Gubli ;
I 7 D .P. ,Cu-ln
,D .P.
,Ba - ah-al SA R
,D .P.
,A -ru -a -di
Culu-Baal,king of Arvad ;
D .P. , A -b i -Ba-al S A R,D .P.
,S am (va r . éa - am ) si-m u -ru - na
A b ib aal,king of '
S am s’
im u runa ;
1 8 D .P.
,Bu -du - il SA R
,D .P.
,Bit-am -ma-na
Buduil,king ofBeth-Ammon ;
D .P.,AK H I -mil-ci S A R
,D .P.
,Ats -du -di‘
A khim e le c,king of Ashdod ;
1 9 XII S A R BA NI se CI SA D tam - tivtwelve kings of the neighbourhood of the sea.
D .P.,E - ci-is-tu-r a SA R
,D .P.
,E - di-h a-ai
E c i stur a,king of E di ah al
20 D .P .
,Pi-la—gu - ru -a S A R
,D .P.
,Ci -id-ru -s’ i
Pylago r as, king of Cidrus’ i
1 06 TH E NA IV E S OF TH E K INGS
l> ElE wi ll > =ll 7 L > ll<l I ll
(W =i= > ll<l l T )
( i i i? l»» Wt‘ t Ell t El “ l ” l
TH E E G Y PTIA N CAMPA IGN. 1 09
26 IN SUMMA XX I I S A R BA NI MA T khat- ti a-khi tam- tivGA BA L tam-tiv CAL I - su -nu
Altogether twenty-two kings of the country of the H ittites,
the sea coast (and) the border of the sea, all of them .
TH E E GY PTIA N CAMPA IGN O F
E S A R H A D D O N.
No notice or account of E sarhaddo n ’
s E gyptian campaignoccurs on the large and nearly complete cylinder
,a copy of
which i s printed in the preceding pages . O u r knowledge ofit is obtained fr om tablet fragments in the British MuseumCollecti on and short notices in the “Annal s of A ssur-bani-pal .”Th e two following are the principal annal notices iii .1 7 , 5 1
- 6 2 )
In my first expedition to Makan and Meroe,then I went.
Tirhakah , king of E gypt and E thiopia, whose overthrowE sarhaddon
,king of Assyr ia
,the father
,my begetter
,had
accomplished and had taken possession of his country ; th en he,Tirhakah
,the might of the god A ssur
,the goddess Istar
,and
the great gods,my lords desp ised, and truste d to his own might
( 59) and to capture E gyp t he came aga inst them, heentered and sat in Memphis
,the city whi ch the father
,my
begetter, had taken,and to the boundaries of Assyria had
added.
”
i i i . 28,6—8 .
Tirhakah against the men of Assyria, who W ithin E gypt(were) tributaries dependent on me Whom E sarhaddon, kingof Assyria
,the father
,my begetter
,to kingdoms had appointed
,
in the midst of it came.”E gypt and E thiopia were under the ru le ofTirhakah during
the first part of E sarh addon ’
s reign,but the latter drove
him ou t of E gyp t. In the latter part of E sarhaddon ’
s reignTirhakah again coii que r e d E gyp t, and this was probably thecause of A ssur-bani—pal ’s expedition to that country.
NO TICE O F TH E E GY PTIA N CAMPA IGN
O F E S A R H A D D O N BY H IS S O N
A S SUR -BA NI-PA L .
Cy linde r E ,i ii ‘. 29.
a w sm asl fl m xw v
8 ( l> <l> l w i t : 1‘ E l =lll»
1 4
I 6
1 8
I 9
CAMPA IGN OF E S A R H A D D ON 1 1 3
a -na mi-s’ir MA T A S SUR,D .A . , yu
-tirfor a border of the country ofAssyria turned ( it)
SUMI A LA - u i makh-r u u ti yu nac cir-vathe former names of the citie s he made strange (abolished)and
a -na e s—su-u -te is-cu-na n i -b i-Is -su -un
afresh he established their names .
D .P.
,A R D I -su a -na SAR R U - ti
,D .P. , P I K H
-u - tiH is men - servants for kingships
,prefects
va,D .P . , sa
-nu-u ~ te yu -
pa-ki-da ina lib-b i
and governors he appointed within (it) .
BILA T man - da- a t- tu b e - ln - t i- suO ffering (and) tribute to his lordship
sat- ti sam sam -ma yu -cin tsi- ru-us-su - un
yearly,a fixed sum he placed upon them .
1 14 NO TICE OF TH E E G Y P TIA N
K 3082 . s 2027 . K 3086 .
O BVE R S E .
I ll ‘l ll ( l¢
2 rJlll: 1° l" l
4 ll ”f l W lll< ‘b 4 ? (El t lll»
5 E ll t i ll M l< ~ II ~ l< t all sssssss ssssss‘
>
Y¥ $8»MW
7 t lll= T§
i lfl L’
F 7L ll ll
b “k l
1 1 6 NO TICE O F TH E E G Y P TIA N
v A l» :5 zlll l»»
«HEBfl at QNNN9 t El (Ll —li ‘l&ll lw ” FQ
ll M l< T (E l t lll sssssssi i
t Ell 4 ? t El > E§ l 1°> lll< llEl43 E55“ llEl ll > ll> ~ =ll &:E
I 1 1k t”» i»i i nlt H R ”ll‘l El
l» M l< > ~ l<lb as ll =Ell l > ~ t l
a w l E ll ( t: -ll<l V ll “ l lE : E l F ll lz
-l l »ll<lI a i s E l sl
” PQ 4 1 =Ell =l Ll l =
li
fl: E ll l» -ll<l &» lll i 5 l
l is ; l»» 1 =lll= i» <3 ?
El ll F ElL'
l > El (H i ll Hf“ Clllt * =ll 1‘
F llls I =lll ”EH > ‘El
( i : f l i s F? (E(E l CEl (E l
=ll ll J l i s l» t lll< ll fir—( l “
i f l 1° Fi ll
I O
I I
1 2
1 3
I 4
CA MPA I GN OF E S A R H A D D O N. 1 1 7
sa ina pi - i NI S I MA T Cu -u - si va MA T Mu -tsu rwhich ( is called) in the language of the men of the land ofE thiopia and E gypt
ad-ci—e UMMA NI,D .P.
,A S SUR gab- sa - a - ti sa ci- rib
I assembled the armies of Assur,mighty which (were)
NI SA N A R K H U ris- tu-u u l - tu A L-
ya A S S UR at - tu- s’ ir NA H RI D I KLA T u NA H R P UR - R A T ( e -bir)
In the (month) Nisan, the first month,from my city A ssu r
I departed, the rive r Tigris and the river E uphratesI crossed
,
S A D I mar- tsu-u -ti ri-ma-nis a s-tam-di - ikhmountains rugged
,like a wild bull I passed through .
Ina me- ti- ik K H A R R A N-
ya eli, D .P .
,Ba - ah- lu SAR MA T
Tsur- ri sa a -na,D .P.
,Tar -ku - u SAR MA T Cu -u - si ip -ri
su i t - tag- lu - va
In the crossing of my expedition against Bahlu,king of
Tyre,who to Tirhakah
,king of the land of E thiop ia, his
friend had trusted andD .P .
,NI R
,D .P.
,A S S UR BI L-
ya is- lu - u e - tap -
pa-ln me- ri
ikh-tu
the yoke of the god A ssur,my lord
,they despised
,they
were insolentD .P .
,khal- tsu (t i ) eli- su u - rac-cis va a - c a - ln va m u -u b a
ladh NAP IS-tiv-su -nu a c - laFortresses against him I raised and food and water (for)the preservation of their lives I kept (from them ) .
u l—tu MA T Mu - tsu r,D .P .
,CA R A S U ad—ci- e a -na MA T Me
lukh- a u s-te - e s-ra khar - r a—nuFrom the country of E gypt the camp I withdrew and tothe land o f .Me lukh a I set straight the road (expedition ) .
58 4 EE 1 f l »:ll c :l
V i di fi si c—F l»
ll ( li Ei ll f l> ~ a
ll H’
l =E F l =ll ~ * l 3 es ( z ll
ll Bil ( lti: E ll =lll= H p Amy;
R E V E R S E .
<lE l =llll " F
El * ; u
T
=lll \\ ss s f i ll
55 55 1
<l»-ll<l sssssss ( l»-ll<l <li ssss\\s
1 20 NO TICE OF TH E E G Y P TIA N
H y s te ri a m l a e e l e
u nl iss isi s
5 T $6 fi r i a —lll<ll ”
e lltl: l» T Q“‘l El
6 ZEl E ll”ll El t llN T 5 6
5 51 El Emssss ssss
V h i =i= i f » ll > lll f l» T $6
N E 5 51 El i lfl ll ‘l e ssssssx
ssssssssss <l» ll<l ( lit sssssssssssii i
> l~ (Z ‘l > H El» =lll= > ~ ll<l h i M l<H ‘Sk> ” F —ll U—T
( t lllt ) ”i
lk ( t : r llié > i¢v ‘lQ ll t Ell‘l l» ill $6 i s» sssssss s i
E ll l> ssssssssss t‘ T lll =EEH M l<
( El : A l El 45 1 s i c
CA MPA IGN OF E S A R H A D D O N. 1 2 1
4 IV KA S -BU kak-kar ina,
al- licFou r kashu of ground among stones I went
5 Iv KA S BU kak-kar ma-lac S A NA Y U-me TS I R S A NA KA K
sa m u -u t-va
Four kashu of ground a j ourney of two days, snakes (with )two heads of death and
6 ad-da- is-va e -te- ik I v K A S -BU kak-kar ma-lac BA NI
I trampled upon and I passed t hrough fou r kashu ofground a j ourney gaz elle s
7 sa tsu- uh -b u - b u a -cap-pi I v KA S -E U kak-kar ma—lac S A NAY U-me ma- li- ti
of liz ards winged Fou r kashu of ground a j ou rney oftwo days filled
8 K H AMI S S E R IT KA S -BU kak—kar ma—lac S AMNA vU—me0 o ar - di
Fifteen kashu of ground,a journey of eight days
I marched .
9 D .P.,MA R D UK B I L R A B-u ri- tsu ti il lic
Th e god Merodach,the great lord (to my ) help came
I O yu-pal-ladh NA P Is - tiv UMMA N-
ya E S R A Y U-me V I I
he saved the life of my army . Twenty days,seven kashu
1 1 sa me-s’ ir MA TMa-gan-nu b i l-ti-yaof the border of the land of Magannu ( Sinai)my lordship
1 2 u l - tu,D .P. , Ma- ak
from the city Ma oggan
1 22 NO TICE OF TH E E G Y P TIA N
1 3 ( l> fi w lll M l< ii $6 111“
53 1
( li
1 5 (E l El S
I 7 5 1 11”El =Ell ll ( ltl:
‘l s i ss s iss\s
L IST O F NA ME S O F TH E K INGS A PPO INTE D
BY E S A R H A D D O N TO R ULE O VE R .
D ISTR ICTS IN E GY PT.
(Fro m th e A nna ls o f A ssu r -b a n i-p a l .
i i i . 1 7 , 1 1 2 .
E5 4“ l» ” l 7‘ H F E% 441“
“ 3 E”(E l fi ll 1* $3 (Z
l =EY > ¢ Y ll
i i i. 1 7 , 92—1 12.
E ll 5? »t £54”> =ll I E" Q »? 7 L
94« 1» v 44 an ai m:»=n J r
O F NA ME S O F TH E K INGS A PPO INTE DBY E S A R H A D D O N TO R ULE O VE R
D ISTR ICTS IN E GY PT.»
(F ro m th e“ A nna ls o f A ssu rl b an i-p a l .
i ii . 1 7 , 1 1 2 .
1 1 2 S A R R A NI an - nu - t i,D .P.
,P IK H A TI
,D .P.
,c i -pa
-a -mi
The se kings , p r e fe c t s, ( and) go ve rn o r s,
1 1 3 sa c i -r ib MA TMu - tsur u -
pa—ki—du A BU b a - nu -u - a
whi c h Wi th in th e land o f E gyp t th e fa the r m y be ge t te rhad appo in te d.
i ii . 1 7 , 92—1 1 2 .
D .P.,Ni -c u—u S A R
,D .P.
,Me - im—p i u , D .P .
,S
’
a -a i
Ne c ho King o fMe m phi s and S a i s
9 3 D .P .
,S a r - ln - da—r i SA R
,D .P. , Tsi - ah -nu
S ar ludar i , King o f Tsihnu (Zo an
D .P .
,Pi - sa - an -khu - ru S A R
,D .P. , Nu-ad-khu -u
P isan - H o r,King ofNa tho .
A PP O INTE D B Y E S A R H A D D O N. 1 29
D .P .
,Ip
- t i -khar -di-e - su SA R ,D .P.
,Pi - z a - at—t i -kh u -ru
un p i- c u
Ip t ikhardie su , King o f Piz i t tikhu rfi np i c u .
Na-akh - ti—khu - ru -an -s’
i -n i SA R , D .P .
,Pi -sab -di
Nfikh tikhuruanéin i,King of Pisab dinu ti.
D .P .
,E u -cnr u i -n i - ip S A R
,D .P.
,Pa -akh -nu—t i
Bu c u r -n in ip , King of Pfikhnu ti .
1 08 D .P .
,Tsi -kh a- a S A R
,D .P .
,S i -ya
- a—u—u tTsikh fi
,King o f S iye
‘
iut .
1 09 D .P .
,La—m e - in -tu S A R
,D .P .
,Kh i -m u -n i
Lam e n tu , King of‘
Kh im u n i .
1 1 0 D .P .,Is -
p i-m a -a -dhu S A R , D .P .
,Ta -a i - u i
Isp im fidhu,King o f Tain i (A bydo s) .
1 1 1 D .P . ,Ma - an -t i -m e -an -kh i-e S A R
,D .P . , Ni - ah
Mi n tim e ankh i e , King o f The be s (m ) .
V O CA BULA R Y .
A B,fifth m onth of th e A ssyr ian ye ar . E xplain e d by a syllabary
V”x» H e b . I ts A c c adian n am e i s t a t Yt a t Y P-( Y ,
“fir e that m ake s fi r e . (S e e Tr ans . S oc .
Bib . A r ch . i i i . p .
A - A B-BA . Th e e qu ival e n t o f th e S e m e t i c w o rd tama te .
(Layard’
s I nsc r ip tions, p la t e 1 2,l in e
a bbn l, I st sing . ao r . Kal
,fo r a nbu l H e b .
$52a bubu
,subs . sing . m asc . , sto rm
,whir lw ind.
abu llz'
,subs . s ing . m asc . ge n . Chald. $33 15 , o r
if s thiside ograph i s e xpla in e d a - bu l—luo
,K 4 1 9 1 , and a
-ou -a l- la,s 20 .
A bdi -m z'
l c u t ti,i .s .
,
“th e se rvan t o f th e kingdom ,
o r o f
a bout,1 st sing. ao r . Kal . H e b . P33
“t o c l e ave .
a b i l,subs . s ing . m asc . c o n s . Com p . H e b .
53”
a bm’
, plu . m a sc . o f a bnn, $ 3 7
4 ( iv . 1 8,
H e b . 33 55a b tanz
’
,1 st p e r s. sing. ao r . Iph te a l . H e b .
31 33
a buoa,1 st p e r s . sing . ao r . Ka l . H e b . 33 5
a oa ln, subs . fem . s ing. H e b .
”53 5a oapp i , p e rhap s fo r a c anp i . Com p . H e b .
‘133
A c c ad. Thi s i s th e A c c ad of Ge n e sis 11 . 1 0 . LXX.
‘
A pxa’
zo.
A c a is “ high ,”
a c aaa ,“ highlande r ,
”a c a cia-oi
,
“c oun t ry
o i'
h ighlande r s th e A c c oda i de sc e nde d fr om a m oun ta in ou s
c oun try, b u t n o par t of Babylon ia wa s m oun t a in ou s .
N.B.—In th e “No te s ” r e fe r e n c e s a r e m ade t o th e S e c ond E dition of Pro f.
S ayc e’
s Gr am ma r . In suc h r e fe r e n c e s a s i i . 2, 393, th e first num b e r r e fe r s
t o on e of th e volum e s of th e Cu n e ifor m I ns c r ip tions of We ste r n A s ia , th ese c ond t o th e p la t e , and th e th ird th e line .
1 32 VO CA BULA R Y .
a lza r ta v,adj . plu . fe m . H e b .
“El ; c om p . Co lle c t l?“
1 Kings x. 2 .
MM,subs . m a sc . sing . ge n . H e b . m5
a leh i -enna,fo r akh -anna ; aka : a side
,
”a nna : dem o n s. p r on .
sing . m a sc .
A k’l i—Wl i lCi . Com p . H e b . n am e HSD‘flN
a kha i , o the r s ,”plu . H e b .
m5akhu ta u
,abstr ac t fem . H e b .
m5
akr a bi, subs . p lu . m asc . H e b .
13”? i ( S e e G I R -TA B. )akr i
,i st s ing . ao r . Kal . H e b .
NQE .
aktab i , 1 st sing . ao r . Iph te a l . Chald. 93?
akta sad,1 st sing. ao r . Iph te al . A r ab leashada .
aktsa,adj . H e b . t o de stroy .
A L,subs . sing . c on s -of a lu
,
“a c i ty plu . a lan i . W it t
(11 . 2, H e b . sr1k .
a lp i , subs . p lu . m asc o f a lp u . H e b . film
a lu l,I st s ing. ao r . Ka l. H e b .
9233a lo e
,r s t sing . ao r . Kal . A ve rb doubly de fe c t ive . H e b .
m‘;
ama s,r st sing . ao r . p r e s . H e b .
A mgur runa Bibl ic al ID ES} LXX.
‘
A xxapdm.
amur,im p e r a t ive , z ud s ing . Ka l .
a na, p r e p .
,obj e c t ive c ase of o ld n o un a nu (S ayc e ,
Tr i‘
i bn e r, page
0
a na cu,r st p e r s . p r on .
,som e tim e s w r i tte n H e b .
”3 355
a nkhus’unu
,fo r ankkut-sunu
,subs . p lu . m asc .
my
a na r a,1 st sing . p e r f. Kal . H e b .
"
l”?
a nnadi r , 1 st sing . m a sc . ao r . Niph . Com p . H e b .“11 3 “
to
t r e m ble .
”
a nn i . Com p . H e b . DD
a nnu,subs . sing . A syno nym o f lab ial/aim. H e b . Ill}
A p hu . Th e c i ty A phek. Com p . H e b . n am e P9135ap sani , subs . p lu . m asc . S ir H . R aw linson th inks from
“t o e xist (J our . xi i .
ap ta , 1 st sing . a o r . Kal H e b .”D?
a r ba i,o r i r bi t tu
,
“ fou r . H e b .
a r c a , subs . s ing . m asc . H e b .
VO CA BULA R Y . 1 33
a r e a, p r e p . H e b .
7135
a rdi, subs . sing . m asc . ge n . H e b .
“1 3,
“to rul e ove r 5” he nc e
o n e ru l e d o ve r .
”
a rdi,1 st s ing . m asc . aor . Kal . H e b .
"
112a rdu
,se e a rdi above .
A R D - u ti,subs . fem . ab s . sing . H e b .
WI“,A r i b i
,
‘
A paBla . Th e c ount ry kn own in th e O ld Te st . u nde r two
de sign at ion s
( 1 ) D32 my} ,“th e e ast c oun try (Ge n . xxv.
( 2 ) A ra b ia .
I t was divided by th e Gr e eks in to( I ) A rabia Fe l ix ( f) e’vda t'p mv 7
A p afi t'
a ) .
( 2) D e se r ta ( r'
) E'
pqp o s‘
(3 ) Pe t r a e a ( re
) H e r pa t'
a
(Sm ith’s Bib le D i e t . )
a r sisuva,1 st s ing. aor . Ka l . Syr .
”291 w i th p e r s . p r on . and
e n c l i ti c c onjun c t ion .
a r ts ip , 1 st sing . ao r . Kal . H e b .
“133 ,“to ar rang e ston e s .
A rnadi ; Bibli c ala sa r
,subs. sing. m asc . c ons . of asa r u . H e b .
7 73 15
ascun,1 st sing . a o r . Kal . H e b . Pl?
asib a t,subs . m asc . plu . c on s . H e b .
as lu la,1 st sing. a o r . Kal . H e b .
PPW (A nd se e S ayc e , A ssyr ia n
L e c tur e s, p . 8 6
asme,1 st sing . ao r . Kal . H e b .
a sp a c , 1 st sing . ao r . Kal . H e b . fig?)
A s'
r, W 4 m ,
a syno nym of a r i c u,
“ le ngth, H e b .
TN; and i n a 7L li a r -nu
,a ho rn
,
”H e b . HP.
(i i . 1,
D r . D e l itz c h (A ss . S tud, p . 3 5 ) thinks A s; t o
b e ide n t i c al w i th In i t" ,w ild bu ll
,
”and says i t
app e ar s t o b e an an im al w i th lo ng ho rn s .
asi l,subs . s ing . c on s Chald.
NPWR . Th e wo rd u se d in th e
Ta rgum o n J ob xv 111 . 1 0 t o exp r e ss th e H e b .53”
a susur,1 st sing . ao r . Sh aph . H e b .
“if/1:3 and 727 1assi
,1 st sing . m asc . ao r . Kal . H e b .
N2V;
1 34 VO CA BULA R Y .
a ssu, p r e p . o f A c c adian o r igin (S ayc e , Gr amma r ,Trub n e r , p .
as’
s’
ur,
r s t s ing . m a sc . aor . Niph . H e b .
“to m ake
c ap t ive .
”
A ssur . Th e gr e a t and supr em e god of t h e A ssyr ians, fromwhi c h th e c oun try t o ok i ts n am e . H e is c alle d th e “
god o f
j udg e s ( i i i . 6 6 , and th e m o n th Ve -ada r was de di c a t e d
to“th e god A ssu r , th e fa the r o f th e gods
”( iv . 33 ,
A m ong th e e ar lie r kings, in the ir invo c atio ns h e i s s im p lym e n t ion e d as o n e am ong a num be r o f gods, b u t in th e t im e
o f A ssu rban ipal h e is o fte n m e n t ion e d al on e and w ith
a ttr ibu te s of p ow e r .
A ssur,Bibli c al "W515 A ssur i s i tse lf a Turan ian c om pound
w at e r,
and ”1? (sur ) ,“bank o r fie ld,” and
has the r e fo r e a t tac he d to i t th e A c c adian suffix (E l ,land
”(S ayc e, Tr ans . S oc . Bi b . A r c b .
,v o l . i . Th e
e ar li e st form fo und i s -> Y W F EEH ,a -usa r (i . 6 ;
No . 1, f EEH se - i t- tu
,fie ld” ( 11 . 1 ,
a s tadi,1 st sing . m asc . ao r . Iph . H e b .
"NW.
to lay waste .
a tgu l, 1 st s ing . m asc . ao r . Kal,from J daga lu, to tr ust.
”
a tur,1 st sing . m asc . ao r . Kal .
a tsb ir u,I st sing . p e rf. Kal . H e b .
W3?a tta
,2nd p e r s . pr on . H e b .
“133
a tta b i,1 st sing . a or . Iph . H e b .
N22a z our a
,1 st sing . o bj . ao r . Kal . H e b .
T} !A zanai , Bibli c a l " line‘sa zkapp at i , subs . p lu . fe m . H e b .
“ll?!
b ab ani,subs. plu . H e b .
b a ladli,subs . fe m . c on s . Com p . H e b .
”El isa
b a n i . S e e A ssyr i a n Sy llab a ry , No . 3 1 3 .
b a nd -a,o r banu-
ya , nom . age n t is , m asc . sing .
b a r a nu , c om p . H e b .NWE
b a rn,a m e a sur e o f le ng th .
1 36 VO CA BULA R Y
ET—> Y “ Y (E Y ( i . 4 1 , S U—A N-NA -CI, p r op e r ly
th e valle y o n th e e ast e rn b ank. Fo r th e w o rds “so n s o f
Babylon c om par e th e Bibl i c al u sage“so n s o f H e th,
”
daughte r of Zion .
c a lamu,
a ll th e w o r ld,
” “o f all kinds .
c a la ta, p e rm ans ive Kal
,z ud sing . m asc . (w i th ta fo r a tta ) .
H e b .135;
c a li—sa nu,adj ., w i th grd plu . p e r s . pron . m asc . H e b .
P3
c am i s,adv .
,from c amu .
c a r a ni,subs . plu . Com p .
x2’3P sw e e t win e .
c a r as i,subs . m asc . ge n .
, p e rhap s akin to H e b .”33 3
CA S BU,CA S - E U doubl e hou r in A c c adian . A n o the r fo rm
$6 16» ( w ’kas-bu -m i . Th e A ssyr ian e qu ivale n t i s
i as-li . Chald.NPWIS
,
“a c o rd. Th e c asbu
was abou t 1 4 m ile s .
c a sia,subs . sing . c o n s . o f nom e n age n t is . A r ab . kaskada .
c as’
p a . Th e syllabar i e s r e nde r (H 5 1 by w: gs m
x» H e b . 303 ( I have m i sla id th e r e fe r e n c e . )c a tr a i
,subs . plu . m a sc . (S e e No r r is, D ic t ., p .
t’
LZ,n om . age n t is, m asc . sing . c on s . H e b .
13 13c a z a b i ti . Com p . H e b .
3 13o i, p r e p .
I
H e b .
’3
c ibi t,subs . fe m . c on s . w i th soft e n ed gu t tur al . H e b . N31?
c ib i tti,
abundan c e .
”H e b .
3 33
m m r i -sa -a - tuv,K 435 7 . H e b .
W333.
c ima, pr e p . H e b .
59 3 E” (E TET0“c inuv
,adj . wi th m im m ation . H e b 133
c ip ani, subs. plu . m asc .
,
“r ule r s . Com p . H e b . t o
subdu e he n c e subdu e r s,
” “ru le r s
c i-p i . Com p . H e b .
”33 1 Chron . x1 1 . 23 .
c ip s’
i,subs . p lu . m asc . o f c ip s
’u . H e b .
133 3,
c ir e ti,ab s . fe m . plu . H e b . V3? “
to be nd th e kn e e .
c ir i b, p r e p . H e b .
3 313
VO CA BULA R Y . 1 3 7
c i r m asc . sing . =Y c i -r u ( iv . 1 8 ; i ii .
H e b .3 33
c isadi,subs . m asc . plu . S e e Sy lla ba ry,No . 1 6 1 . M. Le no rm an t
(Tr a ns . S oc . Bib . A r ch,v i . p . 1 88 ) c om par e s th e Ghe z
c i s’
a l la,subs . m a sc . sing . O f A c c ad. o r igin .
c is’
s’a ti
,subs . p lu . fem . Com p . Chald.
“293 3 o r ”35 03
O is'
u,Ki sso s
,King of S alam is .
c i tnusu, 3rd p lu . m a sc .
, p e rm an . Iph te al , fr om m :
c i tu,adj . Com p . Chald.
824133 ; Gr . Xi‘
r a'
w.
CU,a so r t
’
of w o od.
c u lul . Com p . H e b .PP3
c u l luv,adj . w i th m im m at io n . H e b .
3
c u s’
s’
u,subs . sing. m a sc . H e b . N03 Syr . s in
-n:
ide ograph i s e xpla in e d by c u -as’-s
’u ( i i . 46 ,
Cus'
i . Biblic a l V733 o r E thiop ia .
outstsu, par t i e . Kal . A c ognate fo rm e x ists in A r abic
Fr eytag, Le ar , v o l . i . p .
da bu,subs . m as c . H e b .
3 l3
dadrne -su,r e dupl i c at e d de r ive d fo rm (p e c u liar to ve rbs N" D
and 1”D ) . H e b .
133 1“t su p e r s . p r on . H e b .S 413
1 1 7
da is,sing . m asc . c on s. n om . age n t i s. H e b .
033
D A L t i,subs . fem . sing . H e b .
”P3 Th e ide ogr aph is e xpla in e dby da
-a l—tu (1 1 . 1 5 , :Y w o od,
a nd > Y<Y¢ p i- tu—u
,
“to op e n ( iv . 6 9, H e b .
“D 3 ; he n c e th e who le m e ans
th e op e n ing p i e c e of w o od.
”
dam/Ti n,adj . S e e Sy l laba ry, No . 3 33 . Th e ide ogr aph is e x
p la in e d b y da-m i - ib - tuv (i i . 46 ,
dam tb,subs . sing . m a sc . H e b .
D 3
D A N,a kind o f wo od. I t i s c a lle d g is kibi r , o r c oflin w o od.
Sgt/Z. No . 7 s, and i s the r e e xpla in e d by napp a tsu, p e rhap s a
Nipha l de r iv. fr om p i tsu,“whi t e .
”H e b . W3
da na n,subs . sing . m a sc . c on s . O f A c c ad. o r igin .
1 38 VO CA BULA R Y .
dandantu,r eduplic a te d fo rm . The fo rm (Ja nda nt i o c c u rs o n
K 2802 .
da nas’
su fo r danna t -su,subs . fem . s ing .
da r is,adv . from da rn . H e b .
333 an age .
db abu,ide ogr aph e xpla in e d by dha -a - bu (iv . 7 , H e b .
db a r id,sing . m as c . c on s .
,n om . age n t is . H e b .
3 30 to
thrus t .
”
dkem,subs . m a sc . sing . c on s . Cha ld.
DI”? (D an . i ii .
db ib . Com p . H e b .3 50
dikki . Com pa re d by D r . D e l itz sc h w i th H e b .13 133
di lu ti,subs . p lu . m asc . H e b .
”P3.
dur,subs . m a sc . s ing . H e b .
333 a habi ta t ion .
e b i r,1 st sing . a o r . Kal . H e b .
3 1.
11,l
e dh i l,1 st s ing . a o r . Kal H e b .
$55 530.
E - GA L. In A c c ad. gr e a t hous e . H e b . Th e ide o
graph is e quat e d with e-ga l ( iv . 5 ,
e b i li,subs . plu . m as c .
,and se e ii . 70, 9, whe r e W 5m
Phoe n .NPP" . Cha ld $1233. I t is wr i tt e n e—ki—i i (s e e J our .
1 8 64, p .
e l lamuha,fo r e lia rnti
-
g/a . Com p . H e b .
to b e abov e,
”o r beyo nd.
e lla t—s’u,subs . plu . m a sc . H e b . w i th s
’a fo r sa .
e lam ti . Bibli c a l m en ; A e lam . Th e inhabi tan ts w e r eo r iginally a S e m e t ic p e op le (Ge n . 11 . 2 2) wh o appe ar to havebe e n in vaded and c o nqu e r e d a t a ve ry e ar ly t im e b y a
H am a t i c o r Cushi te ra c e fr om Babylon , c alle d by th e
G r e e ks Kim n a i (Ciss ians ) . I ts an c ie n t c ap ita l was S usa .
S e e Sm i th’
s Ba bylonia fo r i ts e a rly histo ry .
c li, p r e p .
31!sm id
,1 st sing . ao r . Ka l . H e b .
e mu, 3rd plu . m a sc . ao r . Kal . Com p . H e b .
su bs. s ing . m as c . ge n . H e b . P731!
“to go up ; he nc e
1 40 VO CA BULA R Y
gamma li , subs. plu . m asc . H e b .
"7 793,
G ID D A a—r i e,
“ le ngth”( i i . 46 ,
g igu, subs . sing . m asc . H e b .3;
g im ir , c on s . o f gim i r a . H e b .”P? to b e c om ple te .
Gim z’
rm i . Th e“1295 of Ge n . x . 2 ; p r obably th e CIMME R H (Km
p e’
p t o c ) , r e m a rkable fo r the ir in c urs ion s in to A s ia Min o r inth e 6 th c e n tu ry B.C. (H e r od. i . 6
,I 5 , 1 03 ; iv . 1
,1 1
,
The y t o ok S a rdis B.C. 6 3 5 (Sm i th’
s Cla ss . D i e t . a r t .
girm’
,subs . plu . m a sc . H e b .
7133“t o m ake war .
G I R -TA B,se e unde r akm b i . Con c e rn ing w inge d sn ake s o r
sc o rp ion s, se e R awl in so n’s H e r od. i i . p . 499.
0am,Bibl ic al
gusu r i , subs . plu . m asc . Th e ide ograph is e xpla in e d bygu-su-r a(1 1 . 1 5 ,
Ita l i c,and sing . m a sc . im p e r a tive , Ka l . H e b .
i bba,adj . H e b .
“59:i be l
, 3 rd sing . m asc . ao r . Ka l . H e b .
i oens’
u, 3 rd plu . m a sc . a o r . Kal . H e b .
i cnusu, grd p lu . m asc . ao r . Kal
, J 3 33
i c sudu, 3 rd sing . m a sc . p e rf.
idd - cd,subs . dual . H e b .
"
73; e a 71
i de i e, 3rd sing. m a sc . ao r . Ka l .
i dd,[S t s ing . ao r . Kal . H e b . If):
idi c la t . Th e r ive r Tigr is . In l in e 3 5 o f th e Be hi stun in sc r ipt ion i t is w r i t te n di - ik- la t
,whic h Mr .No r r is c om p ar e d t o th e
H iddike l ( 51230 o f G e n e s is i i . 1 4. Called b y th e A ram e ans
Syr .11517 1 idi eZa t i s th e S e m e ti c e qu ivale n t o f
A - S US -MA S - TI G -GA R . I t i s som e t im e s wr i t te n
VO CA BULA R Y . 1 4 1
igug , 3 rd sing . m asc . ao r . Kal . M. Guyard ( in J our na l A sia ti qu e ,J an . 1 880) m ake s this c om e from J n egagu , to c ry,
”t o
gr o an ; M. H alevy fr om J agagu ,
“t o b e angry ;
”and se e
iv . 2, 3 7 .
i lzr i b i,subs . p lu . m a sc . H e b .
3 3 12“to appr o a c h .
i lzsua’a, 3rd s ing . m a sc . o bj . ao r . Ka l .
i ksudu, grd s ing . m a s c . p e rf. Kal .
i kta r r a bu, 3 rd plu . m a sc . a o r . Iph . H e b .
3 32
i le bb ir u, 3 rd sing . m a sc . fu t . Kal
,from J lab a r u, “ to b e o ld.
i lb inu, 3rd p lu . m asc . a o r . Kal . H e b . 13? de n om .
7193?i l t
’
and i lam'
; p lu . o f i lu, god. H e b .
573. Th e plur a l i s
o n c e w r it t e n.t E ( Yb (H e b .
0’a n i - lt’
m (pr e se r vingth e m im m at ion ) in th e n am e o f A 33ur -r i 3 - i lim A ssur
,
c h i e f o f th e gods ” (i . 6 , No . 5 ,
i lli c a vva, 3 rd sing . o bj . ao r . Ka l . H e b .
715? w i th m im m a tio n
and e n c liti c va .
i lubus’
u, 3rd sing . m a sc . p e r f. Kal . H e b .
i lve, grd sing . m a sc . ao r . Kal . H e b .
7115
imgur u , 3 rd plu . m a sc . ao r . Ka l .
im ir z’
, subs . plu . m asc . H e b . Th e in i t ial n be ing lo st ,a s in th e w o rd eki l
,land (wh i c h se e ) .
imkka tz u, 3 rd sing . m asc . p e rf. Ka l . H e b . VD?
imnu . H e b . I’D: This sign ( EE ) happ e n s t o m e an
“ le fthand
,
”as w e ll a s yq q
P '
i na, p r e p .
,o bj . c ase o f th e o ld n oun inn
,be ing ide n t i c al
H e b . ll?! ( S ayc e , Gr am ,Trub n e r
, p .
i nakku, 3rd sing . m a sc . fu t . Ka l . J ”39
inam bfl , 3rd plu . m a sc . pr e s . Ka l . H e b .3 32
ina r u, 3 rd plu . m a sc . Com p . H e b .
”VJ,
inde li khkhu, 3rd s ing . m a sc . p e rf. Niph . H e b .
tr ouble .
”
inna b tu, grd sing . m asc . p e rf. Niph
in-summa,in a ll
,
”a ltoge the r .
ip r z‘
,subs . sing. m asc . H e b .
1 42 VO CA BULA R Y .
ip r i , adj . m as c . H e b .
ip si , 3rd sing . m a sc . a o r . Kal,from J basu, to b e .
ip si t, fem . abstr ac t sing ,fr om J ep isu .
ip p a le i tun ivva , 3 rd s ing . m asc . p e r f. Niph .
,w i th e n c l iti c m .
ipp a r sidu, 3rd sing . m asc . p e r f. Niph . H e b . to spr e ad
ou t .
”
i r ba . Com p . H e b .D ’D§ ?S
i r da, 3rd sing . m asc . p e r f. Kal . H e b .
"
131 .
i r i tsi,subs. sing . ge n .
i r si, 3rd sing . m asc . ao r . Kal . J
i r ti,
“aga in st,
”o f doubtful o r igin .
i r tsi tiv, subs . fem . s ing . H e b . Wig? (IE Y i r - tsi - tiv
( 11 . 1,
isadka, 3 rd sing . t e li c . obj . a or . Kal . J 1913
isa l, 3rd sing . m asc . pr e s. Kal . H e b . 5x3
i sa ti,subs . fem . sing. H e b .
3 18 E th . ésdt Chald.3 3 15
Th e wo rd i s on c e found wr i tt e n phon e t ic ally ::E v H Y‘(3 Mi c h . i . I t i s r em arkable that i t on ly wan ts th e
mg! t t c om ple t e th e nam e o f th e so lar he r o Gisdhu
b ar > ::Y Eiscuna
, 3rd sing . m asc . obj . ao r . Kal . H e b . D 3
is eunu, 3rd sing. m asc . p e rf. Kal . (S am e r o o t . )
isimmu, 3rd plu . m asc . fut . Kal . H e b . 91-93
I ska luna . Bibl ic al {1593'
s
is’
khappu, subs . m asc . sing . H e b . W119is
’lu, 3rd plu . p e rf. Kal . H e b .
is lu la, 3 rd sing. m asc . obj . ao r . Ka l . H e b .
553
i sm e, 3rd sing . m asc . ao r . Ka l . H e b . 9793
iSpu r a vva , 3rd sing . m asc . o bj . aor . Kal,and e n c li t ic
i sr u e a, 3rd sing . m asc . o bj . Kal . H e b .
3133
i stapp a runivva , 3rd sing . m asc . p e rf. Iph . w i th e n c lit ic va .
I sta r . Th e Bibl ic al “W3” Gr e e k A godde ss, th e
VOCABULAR Y
ka bu l,subs . sing . c on s . Com p . H e b .
5 133 .
kakkadi,subs . plu . m a sc . H e b .
“i7 1 2.
Imkkur,subs. m asc . s ing . c on s . H e b . a t rac t o f c oun t ry
(Ne h . xi i .
lm ir/m s’
u,for ka ltkad-su
,fo r kad-kad- su (se e kakka a
’i ) .
kuldi . Th e land o f Caldu o r Kaldu i s fir st m e nt ion e d byA ssu r -n a tsir—pal (i . 24, B.C. 8 78 , and in th e ye ar B.C
8 50, h is son Shalm an e se r sp e aks o f th e distr i c t a s lying be lowBabylon ia, o n th e Pe r sian Gu lf. Th e wo rd c a sdim i s be ste xpla in e d by th e A ssyr ian r o o t c a sadu
,
“to c on qu e r
,
” “to
p o sse ss (S ayc e , Le c tur es, pp . 49 and
ka n. Com p . H e b . b—YYQ —Y —> Y (ii . 24,kam n
,subs . m asc . sing . c on s . H e b . D1? .
ka sbu,se e c asbu .
ka ta i,subs. dual m aSc . w ith p ron . sufi
'
. Com p . Targum 3 13112,a handle .
”
ku ta v,subs . plu . (S am e r o o t . )
kha bb i lu,Pae l
,adj . H e b .
530 t o de str oy .
kku ltsu ti,subs . plu . Com p . H e b . 3573 (No .
kham isse r i t . Com p . H e b .7311 ”3 23 73 .
lrham sa,fem . c ard. n um be r . H e b .
17 3 09
li li a rkha r r i,subs . p lu . m asc . Com p . H e b .
U‘T‘fl sunbu rn tpla c e s
”(J e r e m . xvi i .
Z'Ii a r r un,subs . sing . c o n s . O f A c c adi an o r igin . Its syno nym s
a r e dawyu , Chald.NETI ; and m e t iku
,fr om J s ti le-u
,H e b .
P09 ( se e i i . 5 2,Irka r r u
,subs . m asc . s ing . H e b .
W1
lfha -
r san i,subs . m a sc . plu . o f Irku r su H e b .
kh a tti . Th e Biblic a l Tm (Ge n . xx1 1 1 .
Izhuttu,subs . fe m . sing .
Ma z i ti . Bibli c a l 71112; r aga .
Ifh idkdku,subs . fe m .
,o f Pae l fo rm a t ion . H e b .
N3 U
VO CA BULA R Y . 1 45
khi lae oi . Th e c lassi c al CILICIA in S .E . o f A s ia Mino r .
khisakkti,subs. plu . fe m . Chald.
”3 0.
khub i i t,subs . fe m . c on s . plu .
,
“bo o ty, J D J”Ma i d
,subs . c on s . H e b .
17 7“ t o b e glad.
”7 7 )
kh ur a tsu . Th e ide ograph is e xpla in e d by khu-r a - tsu (1 1 .H e b . WW.
ku llul ta iz,subs ’
. plu . fem . H e b .“551?
ka r adi , subs . plu . m asc .
ku tu Gu tium (Kurdistan) , th e Ci.
”of Ge n . xi v .
ldbb is,adv . from la bbu . H e b .
35 .
la bini , subs . plu . m asc . H e b .
la - isa. Com p . Syr .
la -is iz, 3rd p e r s . s ing.m asc . p e rf. Kal . H e b .
“3: w i th n e gat ivela . H e b . N5
am,from A c c ad. la l
,to fi ll .
lap dn, p r e p . H e b .
”l g-f?la -s
’
dngu , a syno nym o f la -ma -
gi-ru ( i i. 2 7 , disobedie n t .
l i bb i,subs . m asc . sing . ge n . H e b .
3
L ibna na . Th e Bibli c al rug?LICCU z”; x» c a l-bu (11 . 6 , H e b .
3?
l imne ti,subs . plu . fem .
, p e rhaps H e b .DU? to figh t .
limni,subs. p lu . m asc . (S am e r o o t. )
listap r i i , grd plu . m asc . pr e c . Iph te al .
l i ti,subs . p lu . fe m .
l ive ti . Com p . H e b . to b e ar ound.
lubulti,fo r lub usti
,s c hanging in to I be fo r e a de n tal, subs. fem .
sing . H e b .
luddis, 3rd sing . m asc . p r e c . A phe l . Com p . H e b .
3 7” in
Pi e l t o r e pa ir bu ildings ( 1 S am . xi .
146 VO CA BULA R Y .
lu li e . From A c c adian .
lusbd, 3 rd. sing. p r e c . Kal . H e b .
lu tassi b,2nd sing . m asc . pr e c . Pa e l . H e b .
3 3 2.
Mada i . Inhabitan ts of th e Biblic al The y o c c up ie d th e
c oun try, c a lle d afte r the ir n am e , wh i c h l i e s to th e NW. o f
Pe r sia p r op e r . The y w e r e de sc e ndan t s o f J aph e t .
madatte,fo r m audante
,subs. fe m .
,l i t . som e thing g ive n .
Com p . D an . 1 1 . 6 .
Magannu .
“Th e ship r e gio n . A nd se e Le n o rm an t , Les Nom s
do l’A i/r a in
,e t c . (Tr ans . S oc . Bi b . A r ch
,vi . p .
Mahba . Bibl i c al 3 § 1Dmahdis
,adv . fr om mahdu . H e b .
"IND
m akka z i,fo r makha tsi
,subs . p lu . m asc . H e b . Y E"?
m akhkki,adj . from A c c ad. MA K H .
m a ltkir a,subs. sing . m a sc . a c c us . c a se of m akka r
,J 1 11 73m akhr i t i
, p r e p . fem . fo rm .
makii r ute .
“Pr e viou s,fo rm e r .
m a li i, 3rd. plu . m asc . p e r f. Kal .
md llu, par t ic . Kal . (S am e r o o t .)
mam i t,subs . fe m . sing . H e b .
”9315 ,m ana
,subs . m asc . plu . H e b . Gr . Ma. Th e st andard
m an e h app e ar s t o have be e n fixe d at Car c hem i sh . The r e
se em t o have be e n m an e hs of diffe r e n t we ight and valu e ;thu s
5 m an e hs o f s ilve r 2 m an e hs o f go ld.
l o ID 7 ,
(R e c ords of the P as t, i . p .
Manna i . Th e Bibl ic a l ”379, of J e r . li . 2 7 . Pr ope r n am e o f a
pr ovin c e whi c h i s jo in e d w i th 3 311“ a c c ording to Bo c ha r t ;
v cis‘, a t rac t of A rm e n ia”(Ge se n iu s) , pla c e d by R awlin
so n (H e r od i . 464) abou t Lake Urum iye h, and w i th th e
Minu as wh o app e ar s in th e l ist of an c i e n t kings in th e
in sc r ipt io n s at Van (Layard, Nine veh and Babylon, p .
I48 VOCABULAR YMe lukha . A wo rd o fte n u se d in ste ad o f Cush .
Menas ’ie . Th e 17 320 o f th e Bible .
me sikkti,subs. fe rn . H e b .
H3?m esi r
,subs . m asc . sing. c on s . H e b .
mo ti le,syn onym of kka r r an
,whic h se e .
m i e,subs. plu . m asc . H e b .
0319 ,
m i lao,sub . m asc . sing. c on s . Com p . H e b .
m imma, pron . Com p . H e b .
“QWP .
m is’
i r,se e m es
'
i r .
m i tp ani, subs. sing. m asc . A syn onym ofKa -as - tav ( 1 1 . 1 9, 7 ,H e b . J 35“
m i tga r i, adj ., Iph te al de r i v . J maga ru , to b e happy .
mu . Com p . H e b . Chald.
”173
mua lidie,adj . H e b .
"IND
mukhadu, par ti e . Com p . H e b .
7130
m ukhkka . A ssyr ian iz ed fo rm of A c c ad. MUK H,
upon .
mukki . O f A c c ad. o r igin . (S e e i i . 1,
m u l tau ti,fem . ab s . Com p . H e b .
”153 ,
“to m ake a n o ise .
m uni,subs. fem . sing. JW”
mupp c’
i r si,Niph . p ar t ie . H e b .
wasmurnise i
,subs . plu . m asc . This wo rd i s by ge n e ral c on se n t
translate d war - ho r se s.
musab , sub . sing . c on s . H e b .
m usa llimu , Pae l par t ic . 1l om . H e b .D53
musapp ikk, Pa e l pa r ti e . m asc . sing c on s.
musa r e,subs. p lu . ,
l ike nadi e, gift s.
”
musara , subs . sing. m asc . H e b . to b e st ra ight .
m usez i bi , parti c . Sh aph . H e b .3 111 .
m ussi e eu, subs . sing . m asc . nom . H e b .513 3
m i t,subs . sing . c ons . Chald.
Nib
mu tsa , subs . sing . m a sc . H e b .N3 3
Mu tsr i . Th e Bibl i c al
VOCABULAR Y 149
ri a l/a
sli,subs . m asc . sing . ge n . c ase
,Niph . fo rm . Com p . H e b .
n
nab iak,subs. s ing . m asc . c on s .
na bni ti,subs . fem . Niph de r iv. H e b .
7133Na bu
,th e pr ophe t . H e b . Th e god wh o was sup
p o sed t o p r e side o ve r li t e r atur e . A s b e fit t e d th e god
whose n am e m e ant a pr ophe t, h is c on so r t’
s nam e was
M Y»:E ,D .P .
,Tas—m e -tur
,
“th e b e ar e r (iv . 5 5 ,
H e i s th e Bibli c al 53 3 Th e 4th , 9th and 1 7th days
o f th e m on th w e r e days upon whi c h th e King sa c r ific e d to
Ne bo (iv . 3 2, 1 7 ; 42,
Na bu-sa llim,Ne b o c om ple te s .
Nabu-z i r -nap is ti - e sir . Ne bo th e se ed o f life (gui de s) str a ight .t n«fl: asa ra and isa ru . H e b .
"
132.
Nao i,z ud sing . im p . Kal. H e b .
7192,“to kill
,as in G e n .
i v . 1 5 .
nae ir u,subs . m asc . sing . H e b .
“132,
na e l is , adv . fr om nae lu . H e b .
na emu, par t i e . H e b . Niph . de r iv .
nada n,subs . m asc . sing . H e b . NJ ) Ta lm ud N’J
lfi l
nadi e,Subs . p lu . m asc . H e b .
nddu,adj .
nayti , subs . m a sc . sing ,of A c c ad. o r igin
“ Yb f Y i h z (1 1 . I ,
Nah id-Me r oda ch,
“ th e m aj e sty of Me r oda ch .
” Na li id,a Niph .
de r iv .
nahr,subs . sing . m asc . c on s . H e b . E9 . Th e ide ograph
m e an s flowi ng wa te r .
”I t is thought t o have be e n
pr o n oun c e d 11 1 1) in A c c adian .
nakha l,subs. sing . m asc . c on s . H e b . SD?
1 50 VO CA BULA R Y
nam c ur,su b s . m a sc .
,Niph . de r iv . o f m a e a ru . Com p . H e b .
nam r i . adj . J ”D J br ight, c l e ar .
nap a lc a tta nu, subs . m asc . sing. Niph . c o lle c tive in anu .
nap a rka . Niph . de r iv . par t i e . H e b . PD7Qnap sa t
-s’
u,fo r nap sa t
-su,subs . fem . sing . H e b .
3 5 3,wi th
e n c l it ic pron .
na tsi r a, 3 rd plu . m a sc . p e rm an s . Kal . H e b .
1 3?n i ba
,Pa e l p ar ti e . H e b .
3 3 3 to sp e ak.
”t r )
n ibikku . Com p . ni bahu,th e z e n ith .
”(S e e n ip ikku . )
n ib is'
s'
un,fo r ni b i t—s’u n
,fo r n i bi t-sun
,subs . p lu r: (S e e n ib a . )
n ib i t-s’u , fo r n ib i t—su
,subs . fem . sing .
n ina r a,r st p lu . m asc . pr e s . Kal . H e b .
ni nguti, subs. plu . fem . Com p . H e b .fi lm ?
NIN-S UM- S U . S e e Cha ldd iscb e Gene sis, p . 296 .
Ninua . Bibli c al “If ? Na d a,Luke xi . 3 2 . Lit e rally i t
m e an s th e “fish c ity, fo r 3K 7471 ( 11 . 7 , H e b .
a fish . A c ity situate d upon th e banks of th e Tigr is,and th e c ap ital of A ssyr ia. I ts an c i e n t nam e wa s
HT
( r:
E H (E l ; NI ' Nfl-A -CI (K and m e an s“th e
r e sting-
plac e o f th e god (D e l itz sch) . Ninua was th e
daughte r o f H e a (iv .
n ip is’a,subs. sing . H e b .
05?n ip ikbu . Thi s wo rd o c cu r s in Laya rd
’
s Inscr ip tions, pl . xxxix .
l in e 33 . I t i s e quate d w ith sa ru ru and sa bubu ( 1 1 . 3 5,n ir i
,subs . sing . m a sc H e b .
“We . Th e ide ogr aph i s e x
plain e d by ui -i—ru ( 1 1 . 4,Nisan . Th e fir st m on th o f th e A ssyr ian ye ar . A ssyr .
H 4 , (H e b . A c c ad. EB EBv
“th e m on th o f r ighte ous (sac r ific e s) . I t was
de dic ate d to A nn and Be l . (S e e Trans . Soc . Bib . A r ch,i i i .
p .
n is i,subs. p lu . m asc . Com p . Syr . I’3 JK
1 52 VOCABULAR Y
r ab i,adj . plur . m asc . H e b .
r ac bu,subs . s ing . m asc . H e b . to r ide .
r dkima t,subs . fem . sing . H e b .
DU?
r ama ni,r e fle x p ron . E xc e lle n tly e xplain e d by D r . O ppe r t .
H e first po in te d o u t i ts tru e m e an ing and i t s de r ivat ion ”
( S ayc e ) . H e b .Um
r a ruba t,
“te r ro r .
”It is thu s tran slat ed ge n e ra lly . Pr of.
S ayc e thinks th e wo rd i s r asubba t“th e fir e .
r emu,subs . sing . m asc . Com p . H e b .
0113 171 (Isa . xl vii .r ib i t
,subs. plu . c on s . Com p . H e b .
mm“. (Fo r th e A c c ad.
e quivale n t se e iv . 2 2,20
,and iv . 1 6
,
r idut,subs. fem . ab s . H e b .
W1? to r u le ove r .
r ima nis,adv . fr om r imu
,
“w i ld bu ll .” H e b .
UN)r im i
,lit . “
th e ho rn ed bull .” It i s also pho n e tic ally spe lt
- ll<l =E Q ‘r is ti
,fem .
,from r isa . H e b .
n’3NT!
r i tti,subs . fem . ge n . c a se . H e b .
7123 .
r i tsu ti,subs . fem . sing . H e b .
7133
rucubi,subs. plu . m asc . H e b .
3 3?
ruku,adj . A n in te r e sting e xam ple o f th e lo ss o f th e n .
H e b . PDQ .
sa,r e l . pr on . Ide n t i c al wi th th e late r H e b 3 in Can ti c le s
,
J udge s and E c c l e si aste s .
sudada,
“ le ngth,”a s oppo se d to r ap as tu, wi dth .
sadi,subs . plu . m asc . of sadu
, i ‘ v $5 1 ( ii i . 70,
A r ab . sadda n,
m on s.
sa ldka nis,adv . fr om s i ldkanu . H e b .
D173
VO CA BULA R Y . 1 53
lgu, subs . sing . m a sc . nom . c ase . H e b .1514}
sa li l,subs . m asc . sing . c on s . H e b .
sal subs . plu . m asc . Th e ide ograph i s e xpla in e d byla -mas
’- s
’u (i i . 1 , Pro f. S ayc e give s th e rabbin i c DDS
a s c onn e c te d ; th e wo rd i s of A c c adi an o r igin (L e c tur e s,
p . The y ar e e vide n tly o f th e sam e c lass of c o llo ssi
that a r e t o b e se e n in th e Br iti sh Muse um .
sa l la t,subs . fe m . s ing . H e b . PPP, to e le va t e .
S am su . Th e Sun -
god. H e b .3 3 3 Th e sun h as be e n de ifie d
by E ast e rn n ation s ge n e r ally, and h i s p ow e r w a s lo oke d
upon a s b e ing c on side rabl e . H e wa s suppo s ed t o b e abl eto he al m aladi e s ( iv . H is t i tle i s ge n e r ally
“th e
judge o f h e ave n and e ar th ( i . 9, and th e S un,th e lady
o f th e wor ld”( iv . 3 2, Th e m on th Ti sr i wa s de dic a t e d
to the S un -
god, th e war r io r o f th e wo r ld.
” I ts ge nde r
was fem in in e,bu t e xc e pt ion s o c c u r whe r e th e S un is r e
garde d as m asc ul in e , as in th e Bible (Psalm c iv .
S amas - ibni . Th e S un -
god c r e a t e d
samma,subs . m asc . sing . a c c u s . H e b . oar}
samna . Card. num be r . H e b .17 2733 . samna i s m ade fe m .
he r e,a c c o rding t o th e c u stom of th e S em e ti c langu age s,
whi c h i s to u se a fe m . n um e r al be fo r e th e ma sc . ge nde r .
Com par e D’i m “PQWN fou r ki ngs” (Ge n . xiv . and se e
th e r em arks o n p . 2 2 1,of R o e dige r
’
s Gr amma r,2 1 st e di t .
S ams’imur una . Bibl i c al 3733 .
sana t,w i th p r e fix, “
m an of th e ye ar .
” H eb .7133
s’
dngu ti, sing . fem . ab s .,sangu z magi ru . ( i i . 2 7 , A ssyr ian
J “
an,
“to b e obedie n t .”
sanna . H e b .i123
sanu i wa,adj . w i th m im m at ion . H e b .
“33
s'
ap inu, p ar ti e . Kal . H e b .715 ?
sa r,c on s . fo rm o f sa ru . H e b .
7 3
sa r cu,adj . agr e e ing w i th damn
,whi te r ac e
,as O ppo se d to
adam a ta,bla ck or r e d r a c e .
”
sa rr u ti,subs . fe m . s ing . H e b .
17 33
scl su,dem ons . p ro n .
I S4 VO CA BULA R Y
sa sunu,dem on s . p ron . plu . m asc .
sad i,for santz
'
. H e b .
S e ba tti . Th e m o nth e qu ivale n t t o ou r J anu ary . H e b .
Th e ide ogr aph fo r thi s m onth i s is e b i e
,subs . plu . H e b .
3 33
s e c i bu, par ti e . Kal . H e b .
393
sedi,subs . p lu . m a sc . E xplain e d by se - e -da ( 1 1 . 1
,H e b .
7 3 ; and se e D e u t . xxxii . 1 7 .
S E -GA,
“ happy . m a -
ga-ru ( i i . 7 , t nYt fo rm s
adj e c tive s in A c c adianse lap z
'
s,adv . from se lapu , a fox ; and se e th e r em arks unde r
513W in Ge se n ius’D ie t .
se llu la t . Com p . H e b .
sep d , subs . m a sc . d‘
u al .,l ike em
,eye s, a zna
,e ar s .
se r i,subs . p lu . H e b .
s ibi ttu . Com p . H e b .71333 3
s’
i e e a t, subs . p lu . fem . c on s. H e b .
713 9
s ien i . Com p . H e b . D 3
s idhz'
r,subs . sing. m asc . c on s . H e b .
“D 3
s i e l lu la t . S e e unde r se lu lla t.
s’
iga r , subs. fe m . c ons . Com p . H e b . WJD
s ikki r tz’
,e xt e n t .”
s i lasd . Com p . H e b .W353
si la te,subs . fem . Com p . H e b .
153 ,tran qu illity .
S’i llu
, S oloi , S ol i o r same . A se apo r t o n th e we st par t o f
n o r th c o ast of Cyp ru s .
S i luahm e , Sa lam is , Ba h a p t'
s . A c i ty at th e e ast e nd o f th e
island of Cyp ru s, n o t fa r fr om m ode rn Fam ago sta .
S IM,subs . plu r . Pe rhaps to b e c o nn e c te d w ith me} , a plan t
giving for th powe rful odou r s .
”
sim tu,subs . fem . sing . H e b .
D 793
S IN.
“Th e Mo on -
god . H is A c c ad. n am e s we r e
A -CU (i i . 48 , and b—II E N-ZU,whi c h is c om
p ounde d in th e n am e o f S e nn ac he r ib (Be llino Cylinde r ,
1 56 VO CA BULA R Y
takka tsi, fo r tamkha tsi . Tiph e l de r iv. fr om m akha tsu . H e b .
rill?
takh lup z’
,Tiph e l de r i v .
,subs . sing . m asc . Hi?“ to c ove r .
”
ta lla e ti,subs . plur . fem . Tiph e l de r iv . Com p .
t e me r te’
,subs . p lur . J "WEN
Tame tsi . Th e Tam a ssu s o f c lassi c al au thor s ; in th e m iddle
of Cyprus, 29 m ile s S .E . of S o lo c (Sm i th, Class. D ie t ) .tam sz
’
l . Tiph e l de r i v . H e b . 53 3 , sim i li tude .
tam tiv, subs . sing . fem . ge n . c ase , wi th m im m at ion . H e b .
mmm
tap dhzi r , 3 rd sing . fem . aor . Kal . H e b .
t en-b i t,fe m . ab s . sing . Tiph e l de r iv. H e b .
T4 7 7672,Tirhakah . Bibl ic al “Ba-m Tedpxcov O f S trabo , Ta'pxo r ,
O I' Ta p axdg O f Man e tho .
ta r tsi,subs . m a sc . sing .
tas bi r, 3rd sing . fem . ao r . Kal . H e b .
1 3 3
taz i z, 3rd sing . fem . aor . Kal . J m
Te l-A ssu r i . O c c u r s in th e fo rm o f Te lassa r (Isa i. xxxvu .
Thus—wws‘znt i b . Tiph e l de r iv . c ons . H e b .
x)?
TIMMA,
“r op e , c able .
” S e e Syl . No . 93 .
t imme,subs . m asc . sing .
tsab i,subs . plu . m asc . H e b .
N9}?tsa bi -m i tp ani , i .e . , bowm e n .
”
tsakhm,adj . sing. H e b .
"
P93
tsakkm'
,adj . m a sc . (S am e ro o t .) t i tsa—akh -r u ( i i . 48 ,
tsa tsc‘
i te,subs. m asc . sing . , im age o r s ta tua ry wo rk. Com p .
H e b . ( 2 Chron . i ii .
tsidz'
t, subs . p lu . fe m . H e b .
“TX (Ge n . xln .
Tsidunni . Th e Phoe n i c ian “fishing” c i ty . H e b .
tsenz'
,subs . plu . m asc . H e b . INY .
tsim z’
tti . Com p . H e b .7 7233
VO CA BULA R Y . 1 57
tsz'
p r i , subs . m asc . sing . ge n . c ase . H e b .
"
Gil , to he ap up .
TS I R,from A c c ad.
tsir t'
i ssu,for tsir a -sa
, pr e p . wi th e n c l iti c pr on .
tsi t,fem . ab s. H e b N32,
“to go fo rth .
tss bubu,subs. plu . H e b . (Le vit . xi .
tsumam i,subs . m asc . ge n . c ase . H e b .
N73 ? “thir st ; u se d o f
7 7 ,
thir sty de se r t) land, Isai . xl iv . 3 . S im ilar fo rm s ar e
sam am z'
,
“he ave n s,mam i
,wate r s .
”
Tsur r i . Bibl i c al 7 53 ; A ram .N19 Gr e ek Tapa s .
tsa tsi,subs . m asc . p lu . o f tsu tsu . H e b . i
”?“a flowe r .
tugu ltz’
,fe m . ab s . sing .
tuld,subs. sing . m asc . ac cu s. c ase . H e b .
513
a . H e b .4,
“and. No te th e fr e qu e n t u se in this in sc rip tion
o f in st e ad of Q »EH.
a c e i , I st sing. m asc . aor . Ka l, fo r une i . H e b .
ue in,r st sing . aor . A phe l . H e b . 333
a om’
,subs . m asc . s ing . ge n . c ase . It i s c alled
H e b .7191 , whi c h p r ove s i t to have be e n a wh i te s ton e o f
som e sor t (Tr ans . Soc . Bib . A r ch,v o l . v i . : L es nom s de
udanm'
n,
I st p e r s. sing . ao r . Pa e l, fr om J dem a nu, “to b e
’ 7
a ddis,1 st sing . a or . Pa e l of kkadasu
,
“t o b e n ew .
”H e b .
3 30Udum e . Bibl i c a l New Te st .udum
’
,subs . plu . m asc . H e b .
uga ru (aga r ), subs. m asc . s ing . A syllabary m ake s aga ra z aga r .
I ts num be r s ar e K 4403 , K 43 1 9, K 460 279.
ukka l lik,1 st p e r s . s ing . ao r . Pae l . H e b .
“to de sp o i l
( 2 Chr on . xxvi i i .u l lu tz
‘
, p r e p . A c u r iou s c om pound of this wo rd w i th a nac a
o c c ur s in i . 59, 5 5 , u l- la -nu - cu
,
“ I am fr om an c ie n t t im e s .
”
1 58 VO CA BULA R V.
u ltu, p r e p . Pro f. S ayc e c om par e s E thiop i c wésta
”(Le c tur es,
p .
umm anu,subs . plu . m asc . H e b . 1373 71 li t . “
m any so ldie r s.
5 ; fi v ( i i . 2, H e b .N3 3 . Q Y¥ = EY&» Y (
”
Y(i . 2 1 , H e b “N79 .
umm i,l it .
“m o the r s
, plu . fe m . of ammu . H e b .UN
unamm er a,i st p e r s . sing . o bj . ao r . Pa e l .
unu te,subs . fem . plu . H e b . I)”
up akhir , r st p e r s . sing . aor . Pae l . J “an:
m oi,1 st sing . obj . ao r . Kal . H e b .
Fl):u ra bbi
,r st p e r s . sing . m asc . a or . Pa e l . H e b .
u r a e e is’
,i st p e r s . sing . aor . Pa e l . H e b .
99?
ur adai,1 st sing. ao r . Pa e l .
1 st p e r s . s ing . obj . aor . Pa e l . A r ab. r asha b a .
a saski,1 st sing. ao r . Sh aph e l . H e b .
71123 .
usassz'
sunu ti,1 st sing . ao r . S haph e l . N32 w ith plu . m asc . pr o n .
ur a tta'
,r st p e r s . ao r . Pa e l . J Hm
ur ikh te . Th e wo rd l ite r ally m e an s qu i ck .
Ur u. Th e Bibl i c al ‘
lix of G e n . xi . 28 . NowMughe ir . Xama c’
a u
m ik e (Ge se n iu s) .ur rukh is
,adv . qu i ckly .
usae lz'
l,I st sing . aor . Shaph e l . H e b .
u sadgi l, I st sing . ao r . S h aph e l . J SJ“!u sakhbiba
,1 st p e r s. sing . aor . Shaph e l .
usa ldidun i, 3rd plu . p e rf. Sh aph e l . J “we .
usa lizu,I st s ing. ao r Sh aph e l . H e b .
759
usa lma,r st sing . m asc . o bj . aor . Kal . Chald.
D53 to c om
pl e te .
”
u sa rkh z’
ts,I st sing . m asc . ao r . Shaph e l .
a s’
a rn’
a,1 st sing . m asc . aor . Sh aph e l . H e b .
"331 ,
u sci sdh i r , I st sing. ao r . S h aph e l . H e b .
usds’
kh zm,r st sing . m asc . ao r . S h aph e l . H e b .
“U?
u sa tm'
tsa,r st sing. ao r . S haph e l . J ran
usa tsba t,1 st sing . m a sc . p r e s. Sh aph e l . A rab . tsaba ta .
usa tsbi ta,1 st sing . m asc . p r e s . S h aph e l .
60 VO CA BULA R Y
gur a e sa , grd sing. m asc . obj . ao r . Kal . H e b . D9 ) .
gusez ib u, grd sing. m asc . ao r . Kal . Jguse sibun i, 3rd plu . m asc . p e r f. H e b .
331 .
gu ta r r u, grd plu . m asc . ao r . Pa e l . H e b . 1m
gu tir , grd sing. m asc . ao r . A ph . ; and se e S ayc e ,
(Bagste r ) , p . 6 3 .
gutsa l lam’
, grd sing . m asc . obj . a o r . Pae l,w ith po ss. pr on .
m'
. Chald.
z i e a r z’
. Com p . H e b .
"
D I.
z z’
e ir,subs . sing . m asc . H e b .
“3 7 Fo r the u se o f this wo rd
fo r nam e ,
”se e E xod. i ii . 1 5 .
z i r ba bz’
,subs . p lu . m a sc .
A b i-b aa l, 1 05
A b u ram u, 1 3
A dhm e z u, 1 07
A dramm e le c h, 1
A kb ar u, 1 0 1
A khaz e l, 1 3Akb im e le c
, 1 05Akhn i
,1 2 7
A m an ns, 89
A m ga r r una , t .e . E kr on, 1 05
A rm i k, Te m p le of
, I 5A p h e k , 1 1 9A raske
, 2
A rm e n ia,2
A r nadi, A r vad
, 1 05A r za n i
, 4
A so rda ne s,2
A ssur -b ani -p al , 6
A s su r ~ e b il -m uc i n-
p a l, 2
A tsdudi, A shdod, 1 05
Ba bylon : its H istory, 7Bah lu
,1 03
Ba i lu,1 0 1
Bam b a,1 3
Ba z u, 59
Be l- b a sa , 65Be l -idinna
,1 1 5
Be th-A m m on, 1 05
Be th-D akkur i, 49
Bicn i,69
Bindidi,1 27
Bo r s ip pa , 5 1
Bfia iva,1 27
I N D E X.
Buc cunann iahp i, 1 2 7Bu c ur -Nin ip , 1 29Budah
, 1 0 1
Budi l,1 05
Bunu b u, 1 2 7
Busir u, 1 27
Butsuzu, 1 07
Cidru s’
i, 1 05
Ci li c ia, 4 1
Cim m e r i,
O i s’u, 1 0 1
Co loss i, 83
Cu lu -Baa l, 1 05
Cundi—S anduar ri,i ts King, 33, 37
Cfi s’i, ti e , E thi op ia, 1 1 1
D am a s’u, 1 07
D ananu,1 3
D h e hat -a i, 1 3
D iah tani,1 0 1
D fi h a, 43
D um fi s’i, 1 07
D up ia te , 1 0 1
E c i stur a, 1 05
E diaha l, 1 05
E dom, 5 5
E p a rna , 66
E p onym s , List of, 1 3E r i e su
,1 0 7
E sa rhaddon, King of A ssyr ia , B .C.
68 1—668 Vi c tory a t Kh an ira b ba t
, 3, 2 1 ; A ddr e sse s to, 3 ;
D i vision of E gyp t in to twe ntyp r ovi nc e s, 6 ; H is bui ldings, 6 ;
1 62 IND E X.
D e a th, 7 ; Re sto rat ion of Manas
se h, 8 Tit le s of
, 1 7, 1 9 ; A rab ian
War, 52, 5 3 ; Egyp tian Cam p a ign ,
1 09
Gahp ani , 1 0 1
Gam b u la i,6 5
Gart ikhada tst i, 1 07Gub li , 1 05Gut ium , 45Ic aus
’
u, 1 05
lkh ilu,1 0 1
Ip t ikh ardi e su, 1 29Iska luu a
,A sca lon, 1 05
Is’kh ut
,1 23
I sp ac a i, 47Isp im adhu , 1 29Istu -R amm a nu -an inu
, 1 3
Ith uande r , 1 07Kada s
’
iah,1 0 1
Kausgab r i , 1 03
Kha ba nam ru,1 0 1
Kh ab is’u, 1 0 1
Kha ldidi , 1 0 1
Kh a r s’iya e su , 1 2 7
Kh atkh ir i b i,1 2 7
Kha za i l—h is son Y a u tah , 5 2Kh a z it i , i .6 . Ga z a , 1 05Kha z n
, 6 1
Kh im u n i,1 29
Kh in in si, 1 27
Kissos,1 07
Ku l lim i r i,1 1 5
Ku r ium ,1 07
La i lie , 6 3
La kh ir i, 99Lam e in tu
,1 29
Le b anon , 79Lidir , 1 07Li z ards (winged) , 1 2 1Mada i
,6 7
Maga lan i , 1 0 1Magannu (S ina i), 1 2 1
Mah ba,t .e . Moa b , 1 03
Ma na sse h, 8
Manna i , 45Mans’a c u , 1 0 1
Man tim eankh e,1 29
Ma r la r im , 1 3Mekh ranu, 45Me lukh a
, 1 1 7Me m p h is , 1 25Me tinti, 1 05Mi lc ia sapa , 1 05Mu tsur i
,1 03
Na b u—akha -iddina, 1 3
Nab u -a khi -ur e s, 1 3
Nab u -b e l-utsu r , 1 3Nab u -sal l im , 5 1
Na b u-z i r -nap is ti-e si r , 4
Nadkhu, 1 27Na hid-Marduk , 4Nakh ti khuruansin i
, 1 29Nakh c e , 1 2 7Natho , 1 2 5Ne buc h adn e zzar : Listfe t e d to Marduk
, 93
Ne c ho, 1 25
Ne rga l-sa r -u t su r , 1 3
Niah,
Th e b e s, 1 29Nikha r u
,1 01
Nin -
ga l-iddi na, 4
Nin e ve h, 4 1
Nisr o c h , 1
Nu r i e,1 07
Pakhn ut i,1 29
Pakr u ru, 1 27
Pa p hos, 1 07
Pa r na c i, 45
Pa r ta c c a , 69Pat usa r r a , 6 7
Pisa b dinut i , 1 29
Pisa n -H or, 1 25
Pi-sup t, 1 27Pitanu , 45
Piz a t t ikhu runp ic u , 1 29
Pudhu b isti , 1 2 7
Pylagor us, 1 05
R am a t eya , 6 9
R ap ikh i , 1 19
Sa b aka , 5S a b a t ok, 5
S a i s, 1 25
T'
RUBNER’
S O RIENTAL SERIES.
A kn owle dge o f th e c omm onp lac e , at l e ast , o f O r i e ntal li te rature , p h il osop hy, and r e l igi on i s a s n e c e ssary t o th e ge n e r a l r e ade r o f th e p r e se n t daya s an a c qu a in tan c e w it h th e Lat in and Gr e e k c las si c s was a ge n e r ation o r s o
ago . Im m e nse s tr ide s ha ve b e e n m ade with in th e p r e se nt c e n tury in t h e seb r an c h e s o f l e arni ng ; S anskr i t h as b e e n b r ough t w i th in th e r ange o f ac c u r a t ep h i lo logy , and i ts in valuab l e an c i e n t l it e r a tu r e t hor ou gh ly in ve st iga t e d ; th el angu age and sa c r e d b o oks o f th e Zo r oa str ian s ha ve b e e n la id b ar e ; E gyp t i an ,
A ssyr i an ,and o th e r r e c o rds o f th e r em o t e p a st ha ve b e e n de c i p h e r e d, and a
gr o up o f s c h o lar s sp e ak o f st i l l m o r e r e c ondi te A c c adia n and H i t ti t e m onu
m e n ts b u t th e r e su lt s o f a ll th e s c ho lar sh ip t ha t h a s b e e n de vo t e d t o t h e sesub j e c t s ha v e b e e n a lm o st in a c c e ssib l e t o t h e p ub l i c b e c au se t h e y w e r e c onta in e d fo r th e m o st p ar t in l e a rn e d o r e xp e n s ive wo r k s, o r sc a tt e r e d t hr o ughou t th e n um b e r s of sc i e n t ifi c p e r i odi c a ls . Me ssr s . TRUBNE R 8:CO . , i n a sp i r i t
o f e n t e rp r is e wh i c h do e s t h e m infin it e c r e di t , ha ve de t e rm in e d t o sup p ly th ec onstan t ly-in c r e a s ing wan t , and t o gi ve in a p op u la r , o r , a t le a st , a c om p re
h e n s iv e fo rm , a l l t hi s m ass o f kn ow le dge to th e wo r ld.—Tim 68 .
S e c o nd E dition , p o st 8vo , p p . xxxu .—7 48 , wi th Map , c lo th , p r i c e z r s.
TH E IND IA N EMPIR EITS PE O PLE , H ISTO R Y ,
A ND PR O DUCTS .
By th e H ON. S IR W. W . HUNTE R , C. I .E LL.D .
Mem b e r o f th e V i c e r oy’s Le gis la t ive Coun c il ,
D i re c to r-Ge ne r al o f S ta t ist ic s to th e Go ve rnm e n t of India.
Be ing a R e vised E di tion ,b rough t up to dat e , and in c o rp ora ting th e ge n e ral
r e su lts o f th e Ce n su s of 188 1 .
I t fo rm s a vo lum e o f m or e than 700 p ag e s , and i s a m arve llou s c om b in a ti on o fli te ra ry c o nd e n s a t i on an d r e se ar c h . It g i ve s a c om p le t e a c c ou n t o f th e IndianE m p i r e , i t s hi s to ry , p e o p le s , an d p r odu c ts , an d fo r m s th e w o rt hy o u t c om e ofs e ve n t e e n y e a r s o f la b ou r w i t h e xc e p t i o n a l o p p o r tu n i t i e s fo r r e nde r in g tha t .
la b ou rfru i t fu l . No thi n g c ou ld b e m o r e lu c i d tha n S i r Wi ll iam H un t e r
’
s e xp o s i t i o n s o f t h ee c o n om i c an d p o li t i c a l c on di t ion o f In di a a t t h e p r e s e n t t im e
, o r m o r e in te r e st ingthan h i s sc ho lar ly hi sto ry of th e India o f th e p as t. —l e Tim es .
TR UBNE R '
S O R IE NTA L S E R IE S .
TH E FOLLO WING WO RKS H A vs A LR E A D Y A PPE A R E D
Third E dit ion , p o st 8vo , c lo th , p p . xv i—428 , p r i c e 1 6 s.
E S SA Y S ONTH E SA CR E D LANGUA GE , WR ITINGS ,AND R E LIGION O F TH E PA R S IS .
BY MA R TIN H A UG, PH .D . ,
Lat e o f th e Un i ve r s i ti e s o f Tii b inge n , GO t t inge n , a nd Bo nn S up e r int e nde n to f S an skr i t S tudi e s, and Pr o fe sso r o f S an skr i t in th e Po o n a Co l le ge .
E D ITE D AND E NLA R GE D BY D R . E . W . WE ST.
To wh i c h i s adde d a Bi ogr ap h i c al Me m o ir o f th e la t e D r . H A UGb y Pr of. E . P . E VANS .
I. H istory o f th e R e se ar c h e s in to th e S a c r e dWr i t ings and R e l igion o f th ePa r si s, fr om t h e E a r l i e st Tim e s down t o th e Pr e se n t .
II . Langu age s o f t h e Par s i S c r ip tu r e s .
I II . Th e Ze nd-A ve s ta , o r th e S c r ip tu r e o f th e Pa r si s .
IV . Th e Zo r o a st r ia n R e l igi on , a s t o i t s O r igin and D e ve lo pm e n t .
E ssay s o n th e S ac r e d La n guage , Wr i tin gs, an d R e ligi on o f th e Par s i s,
’b y th elat e D r . Mart in H au g , e di t e d b y D r . E . W. We s t . Th e au tho r in t e nde d
,o n h i s r e tu rn
fr om In di a , t o e xp an d t h e m a t e r i a ls c on ta in e d i n t hi s w o r k i n to a c om p r e he n s i vea c c o u n t o f th e Z o r o as tri an r e li gi on , b u t th e de s ign w a s fr u st ra t e d b y h i s u n t im e lyd e a th . We have , how e ve r , i n a c o n c i s e an d r e ada b le form , a h i s to r y o f th e r e s e ar c he si n to th e sa c r e d wr i t ings an d r e ligi o n o f th e Pa r s i s fr om th e e a r li e st t im e s down to
th e p r e s e n t—a di ss e r ta t ion o n t h e lan gu ag e s o f t h e Pa r s i S c r i p tu r e s , a t r an s la t i o no f th e Ze n d-A ve sta , o r . th e S c r i p tu r e o f th e Pa r s i s , an d a di sse r ta t ion o n th e Zo r oast r i an r e l igi on , w i th e sp e c i a l r e fe r e n c e t o i ts o r ig in an d de ve lop m e n t .
”—Tim es.
Po s t 8 vo , c lo t h , p p . viii —1 7 6, p r i c e 7 3 . 6d.
TE XTS F R O M TH E BU D D H I S T CA NO NCOMMO NLY KNO WN A S D H AMMA PA D A .
”
Wi th A c c omp a nyi ng Na r r a ti ves.Translat e d fr om th e Chin e se b y S . BE A L,
B.A . , Pr ofe sso r o f Ch in e se ,Un i ve r s ity Co l l e ge , London .
Th e D ham m ap ada , a s h it h e r to kn own b y th e Pa l i Te xt E dit ion , a s e di te db y Faus ll , b y Max Mul l e r ’s E ng l i sh , and A lb r e c ht We b e r
’s G e rm an
t r an s lat ion s , c o n s i st s o n ly o f tw e n ty-s ix c hap t e r s o r s e c ti o n s,w h il st th e
Chin e s e ve rs ion , o r r at h e r r e c e n s ion,a s n ow t r an s la t e d b y Mr . Be a l
,c o n
si st s o f t hi r ty-n ine se c t ion s . Th e s tude n t s o f Pa l i wh o p o ss e ss Pans ll’
s
t e xt , o r e it h e r o f th e ab o v e -n am e d t r a n s la t i o n s , w i ll t h e r e fo r e n e e ds w an t
Mr . Be a l ’s E ng l i sh r e nde r ing o f t h e Ch in e se ve r s ion ; th e t h i r t e e n a b o ven am e d addi t i o n al s e c t i on s n o t b e ing a c c e ssi b l e t o t h em in a ny o th e r fo rm ;
fo r , e ve n i f t h e y unde r stand Ch in e se , th e Chin e se o r igin al wo u ld b e un
o b ta ina b l e b y t h em .
Mr . Be a l's r e n de r i ng o f th e Chin e s e tran s lat i on i s a m o s t val uab le a i d t o th e
c ri t i c a l s tudy o f th e w o r k . It c on ta in s a u the n t i c t e xt s ga the r e d fr om an c i e n t
c an on i c a l b o oks, and g e n e r al ly c on n e c t e d w i th s om e i n c i de n t in t h e h i s to ry o f
Buddha . The i r gr e at i n t e r e st , how e ve r , c on s i sts i n th e li ght wh i c h the y thr ow u p on
e ve ryday l i fe i n Ind i a a t th e r e m o t e p e r i od a t whi c h th e y w e r e w r i t te n , an d u p on
th e m e thod o f t e a c h in g ado p t e d b y th e fo un de r o f th e r e ligi on . Th e m e thode m p loy e d w as p r i n c i p a l ly p a r ab le , an d t h e s im p l i c i ty o f t h e ta l e s an d t h e e xc e ll e n c eo f t h e m o ra ls in c u lca t e d , as w e l l a s th e s t r ang e ho ld w h i c h t h e y ha ve r e ta in e d u p on
th e m in ds o f m il l i on s o f p e op le , m a k e the m a ve ry r e m a r kab le s tudy .
”Tim es .
Mr . Be a l, b y m ak in g i t a c c e s s i b le in a n E ng l i sh d r e s s , h a s adde d t o th e gr e at s e rvi c e s h e h as a lr e ady r e n de r e d t o th e c om p ar a t i ve s tudy o f r e li gi o u s hi s to ry .—A c a dem y .
Va lu ab le a s e xhi b i t in g th e do c t r in e o f th e Buddh i s ts i n i t s p u r e st, le a st a du lt e r a t e d fo rm , i t b r ings th e m o de rn r e ade r fa c e to fa c e wi th tha t s i m p le c r e e d an d r u leo f c o ndu c t w h i c h w on i ts w ay o ve r th e m in ds o f m yr iads , an d w hi c h i s n ow n om i n a l lyp r o fe s s e d b y 1 45 m i lli on s , wh o have o ve r la i d i ts a u s t e r e s im p li c i ty w i th i n n um e ra b lec e r e m o n i e s , fo rgo t t e n i t s m axim s , p e r ve rt e d i t s t e a c hi ng , an d s o in ve rt e d i t s le adi n gp r in c i p l e that a r e li gi on who s e fou nde r de n i e d a God, n ow w o r shi p s tha t foun de r asa g o d h im s e lf .” -S cots man .
TR UBNE R '
S O R IENTA L S E R IE S .
Po st 8vo , p p . 432 , c lo t h , p r i c e 1 6 3 .
A CLA S S ICA L D ICTIONA R Y or H INDU MY TH O LO GYAND R E LIGION, GE O GR A PH Y , H ISTO R Y , AND
LITE R A TUR E .
BY JO HN D OWS ON, M.R . A . S
Lat e Pr ofe sso r o f H indu stan i , S ta ff Co ll e ge .
This n o t on ly fo rm s an i ndi sp e n sab le b o ok o f r e fe r e n c e t o s tu de n ts of Indianli t e r a tur e , b u t i s a lso o f gr e a t g e n e r al in t e r e st , as i t gi ve s in a c on c i se and e as il ya c ce ss i b le fo rm all t ha t n e e d b e kn own a b ou t th e p e rso n age s o f H in du m ytho lo gywho se n am e s ar e so fam i li a r , b u t o f whom so li tt le is kn own ou ts ide th e lim i t e dc i r c le o f sa va n ts.
—Tim e s.It i s n o s light ga in whe n su c h su b j e c ts ar e t r e at e d fai r ly and fu lly in a m ode r a t e
sp a c e ; and w e n e e d onl y add tha t t h e few wan ts whi c h w e m ay ho p e t o se e su p p li e di n n ew e di ti o ns de tra c t b u t li t t le fr om th e ge n e ra l e xc e l le n c e o f Mr . D owson
'
s w o rk .—Sa turda y R e vi ew.
Po st 8vo , w ith Vi ew o fMe c c a, p p . e x u. - 1 7 2 , c lo th , p r i c e gs.
S ELE CTIONS FR OM TH E KO R AN.
BY E DWA R D WILLIAMLANE ,
Trans la tor o f Th e Th ou sand and O n e Nights &c ., dzc .
A New E dit i on , R e v i se d a nd E n la rge d, w i th an In t r odu c tion b ySTANLEY LANE P O O LE .
b e e n lon g e s te em e d in this c oun try a s th e c om p i la ti on o f on e o f th e
gr e a te st A r a b i c sc ho la rs o f th e t im e,th e la t e Mr . Lan e , th e w e l l-kn own t r an s la t o r o f
t h e ‘A rab ian N'
i ghts .
’
Th e p r e se n t e d i to r h a s e n han c e d th e va lu e o f h i sr e la t ive ’
s w o rk b y di ve s ti n g th e t e xt O f a gr e at de a l o f e xtran e ous m a t te r in tr oduc e db y w ay o f c om m e n t , and p r e fixin g an i n t r o du c t i on .
”—Tim e s.
“Mr . Poo le i s b o th a g e n e r o u s a nd a le ar n e d b i ogr ap he r . Mr . Po o le t e l l s u sth e fa c ts s o fa r a s i t i s p o s s i b le fo r i n du s t ry an d c r i t i c i sm t o a s c e rt a in th e m
,
a n d fo r li t e ra ry sk i l l t o p r e s e n t th e m in a c onde n se d and r e adab le fo rm .
”-E ng l i sh
m an , Ca lcu tta .
Po st 8vo , p p . v i . —36 8 , c lo th , p r i c e 1 4s .
MO D E RN IND IA A ND TH E IND IANS ,BE ING A S E R IE S O F IMPR E S S IO NS , NO TE S , AND E S SA Y S .
BY MONIE R WILLIAMS ,H on . LL .D . o f th e Un i ve r s ity o f Ca lc u t ta , H on . Me m b e r o f t h e Bom b ay A sia ti c
S oc i e ty , Bode n Pr o fe sso r o f S anskr i t i n th e Uni ve r si ty o f O xfo rd .
Thi rd E dition , r e vi s e d and augm e n t e d b y c onside r ab l e A ddi t i on s,w it h Ill u str at i on s and a Map .
In thi s vo lum e w e have th e thou ght ful im p r e ss i o n s o f a thoughtfu l m an on som e
o f th e m o st im p or tan t q u e sti ons c onn e c t e d wi th o u r In di an E m p i r e . A n e nl ight e n e d o b se rvan t m an , tr ave l lin g am on g an e n li ghte n e d o b se rvan t p e op le , Pr ofe sso rMon i e r Wi l li am s h a s b r o ught b e fo r e th e p u b li c in a p le asan t fo rm m o r e o f th e m ann e r s
an d c ustom s o f th e Q u e e n’
s In di an su b j e c ts t han w e e ve r r e m e m b e r t o ha ve s e e n i n
a n y on e w o r k . H e n o t onl y de se r ve s t h e than ks o f e ve ry E n g li shm an for thi s a b lec on tr i b ut i on t o th e s tudy o f Mode r n In di a—a su b j e c t w ith w hi c h w e s hou ld b e
sp e c i a l ly fam i l i a r—b u t h e d e s e r ve s th e t han ks o f e ve ry In dia n , Pa r s e e o r H in du ,
Buddhi s t a nd Mo s le m , fo r h i s c l e a r e xposi t i on of the ir m a nn e r s, t he i r c r e e ds, and
the i r n e c e ssi ti e s .
"—Tim es.
Po st 8vo, p p .
~xl iv .—37 6 , c lo th , p r i c e 1 4s .
METR ICA L TR ANSLA TIONS FR OM SANSKR ITWR ITE R S .
Wi th an Int r oduc tion , m any Pr o se V e r sio ns , and Pa r a l le l Pa ssage s fr omCla ss i c al A u t ho r s .
BY J . MUIR , LL.D .
,Ph .D .
A n agr e e ab l e i n t r odu c ti on t o H indu p o e t ry .—Times .
A vo lum e w hi c h m ay b e ta ke n as a fa i r i l lu str a t i on a l ik e o f th e r e l igi ou se nd
o
m o r a l s e n t im e n t s and o f th e le ge ndar y lo r e of t h e b e s t S an skr i t w ri t e rs .
E din burgh D a i ly R evi ew.
TR O RNE R '
S O R IE NTA L S E R I E S .
S e c ond E diti on , p o st 8vo , p p . xxvi. c lo th , p r i c e 1 05 . 6d.
T H E G U L I S T A N;O R , R O S E GA R D ENO F S H EKH MUSH LIU’
D -D IN S A D I O F S H IR A Z .
Trans la te d fo r th e Fir s t Tim e in to Pr o se and V e r se,w it h a n In tr odu c to ry
Pr e fac e , and a Li fe o f th e A u tho r , fr om th e A t i sh Kada h ,Br E DWA R D B. E A STWICK, C.B. , M.A . ,
F .R . S
It is a ve ry fair r e nde r in g of th e o r igin al. "—Tim es .
Th e n ew e di ti on h as lo ng b e e n de s i r e d, an d wil l b e w e lc om ed b y a l l wh o ta k ean y in te r e st in O r i e n ta l p o e t ry . Th e Gu l is ta n i s a typ i c a l Pe rsi an ve r s e -b o o k o f th eh ighe s t o rde r . Mr . E as twi c k
’
s r hym e d t r an s lati on h as lo n g e s ta b li she d i ts e lf ina se c u r e p o s i ti on as th e b e s t ve rs i o n o f S adi
’
s fin e st w o rk.
”—A c ade 7ny.
It is b o th fai thful ly and gr a c e fu lly e xe c u te d .
”Ta b l et .
In TWO V o lum e s, p o st 8 vo , p p . vi i i . —4o 8 and vi i i—348 , c loth , p ri c e 283 .MIS CE LLANE O US E S SA Y S R ELA TING TO IND IAN
SUBJ E CTS .
BY BR IAN H O UGH TON H O D GS ON,E S Q .,
F .R .S
La t e o f th e Be nga l Ci vi l S e rv i c e ; Co rr e sp onding Me m b e r o f th e Ins t i tu te ; Che va li erof th e Le gio n o f H o no u r ; la t e Br i t i sh Min is t e r a t t h e Cour t o fNe pa l, &c . , 6 m.
CO JVTE NTS O F VO L . 1 .
S E CTIO N I .—O n th e Ko c c h , Bodo, and D h im é l Tr ib e s .
—Pa rt I . Vo c ab u la ry .
Pa rt II . Gr am m a r .—Pa r t l l I . Th e i r O r ig i n , Lo c a t ion ,
Num b e r s, Cre e d, Cu s tom s
,
Cha r a c t e r , and Co ndi t i o n , w i th a Ge n e r a l D e s c ri p t ion o f t h e Cli m at e the y dwe l l in .
—A p p e ndi x .S E CTI O N I I.
—O n H im a layan E thn o logy—I . Com par at ive Vo ca b u la ry o f th e Lan
gu age s o f t h e Br o k e n Tr i b e s o f Nep al —II. Vo c a b u la ry o f t h e D i a l e c ts o f t h e K i ran t iLan guag e
—III . G r am m at i c a l An a ly s i s o f th e vayu Language . Th e Vayu Gra m m a r .—1V. A n a lys i s o f t h e Bahin g D i a le c t o f th e K ir an ti La ngu age . Th e Bah in g Gramm ar .
—V . O n t h e Vayu o r H ayu Tr i b e O f th e Ce n t ra l H im a lay a—VI . O n t h e Ki ra nt i
Tr i b e o f th e Ce n tr a l H im a laya .
CO NTE NTS O F VO L . I I .
S E CTIO N I l l .—o u th e A b o r i gin e s o f No r th-E as te rn In d ia . Com parat ive Vocab u la ry
o f th e Ti b e tan , Bodo, an d Card Ton gu e s .
S ECTI O N IV.—A b o r igin e s o f th e No r th-E as t e rn Fronti e r .
S E CTI O NV.—A b o r igin e s o f th e E as te rn Fron ti e r .
S E CTIO NVI .—Th e Indo -Chin e se Bo rde r e r s , an d the ir c onn e c ti on w i th t h e H im alayane and Ti b e tan s . Co m p a ra t ive Vo c a b u la ry O f l n do -Chi n e s e Bo rde r e rs in A rakan .
Com p a r a t ive Voc ab u la ry o f IndO oCh in e se Bo rde r e r s in Te n asse r i m .
S E CTIO NVIL—Th e Mo ngo lian A fii n it i e s O f th e Cau c as ians .—Com pa ri son and Analys i s o f Cauc a s ian andMo n go l ian Wo rds .
S E CTIO NVIIL—Phys ic a l Typ e o fTi b e tan s .
S E CTIO N IX.—'I'
h e A b o r ig in e s o f Ce n tra l Indi a—Com p a r a t ive Voc ab u la ry o f th eA b o r igin a l La ngu ag e s o f Ce n t ra l In dia—A b o ri g i n e s o f th e E a s t e rn Gha ts .
—Vo c ab ula ry o f som e o f t h e D ia le c ts o f t h e H i l l an dWande r in g Tr ib e s i n t h e No r th e rn S i r c a r s .—A b o r i gin e s o f t h e Ni lgi r is , w i th R e m ar ks o n th e ir A fii ni t i e s .—S u p p le m en t t o th e
Ni lgi r i a n Voc ab u lar i e s .—Th e A b o r igin e s o f S ou the rn In di a and Ce y lon .
S E CTION X—R ou t e o f Ne pa l e se Mis s i on to Pe k in , w i th R e m a rks on th e Wate rS he d and P la te au o f Ti b e t .
S ECTI O N XL—R o u t e fr om K ei th m én du, th e Cap i ta l o f Ne pal , to D arj e e ling inS ikim .
—Me m o r an dum r e la t i ve to th e S e ve n Co s is O fNe pal .S ECTI O NXII .
—S om e A c c ou n ts o f th e Sys te m s O f Law an d Po li ce as r e c ogn is ed inth e S ta t e o f Ne pé l .
S E CTIO NXML—Th e Na t ive Me thod o f m akin g th e Pap e r de n om in ate d H indus tan ,Nepal e s e .
S E CTIO N XIV .—Pr e -e m in e n c e o f th e Ve rn a c u la r s ; o r , th e A n gli c is ts A n swe r e d ;
Be ing Le tt e rs on th e E duc a ti o n o f th e Pe op le o f India .
“Fo r th e study o f th e l e ss -kn own ra c e s o f Indi a Mr . Br ian H odgso n’
s Mis c e ll an eou s E ssa ys w i l l b e fo und ve ry val uab le b o th t o t h e p hi lo logis t and th e e thn o logi st.”—Tim es .
TR UBNE R '
S O R IENTA L S ER IES .
Third E di t ion , Two Vo l s , p o st 8vo , p p . vii i—268 and vi i i .—326 , c lo th ,p r i c e 2 1 8 .
TH E LIFE O R LE GEND or GAUD AMA ,
TH E BUD D H A O F TH E BURME S E . With A nnotations .Th e Ways t o Ne ib b an , andNo t ic e on th e Ph ongy i e s o r Burm e se Monks .
BY TH E RIGH T R E V. P . BIGAND ET,
Bi sh op o f R am a th a , V i c a r-A p o st o l i c o f A va and Pe gu .
Th e wo rk i s furni she d w i th c op iou s n o t e s , whi c h n o t only i l lustra t e th e sub j e c tm a t te r , b u t fo rm a p e rfe c t e n c yc lo p ae di a o f Buddhi s t lo r e .
"
Tim es .
“A w o r k wh i c h wi ll furn i sh E ur op e an stude n ts o f Buddh i sm wi th a m o s t va luab leh e lp i n th e p r os e c u t i on o f t he i r i n ve st iga t ion s .—E d i nbu rgh D a i ly R evi ew.
“Bis hop Bigandc t ’
s i n va lu ab le w o rk .—In d£a n A n tiq ua rgj .
Vi ew e d in th i s l ight , i ts im p o r t an c e i s s u ffi c i e n t t o p la c e s tude n ts of th e sub j e c tunde r a de e p ob li gat i o n t o i ts au tho r .
”—C'a l c u t ta R ev i ew.
“Thi s wor k is on e o f th e gr e at e st au tho r i ti e s up on Buddhi sm .—D ub l in R evi ew.
Po st 8vo, p p . xxi v.—420, c lo th , p r i c e 1 88 .
CH INE SE BUD D H ISM.
A VO LUME O F SKE TCH E S , H ISTO RICA L AND CRITICA L .
BY J . E D KINS , D . D .
A u t ho r o f Ch in a ’
s P la c e in Ph i lo logy ,” R e l igi on in Ch in a ,”&c . ,
It c o n ta in s a vas t de a l o f im p o r tan t i n fo rm at i on o n th e sub j e c t , su c h as is on lyt o b e ga in e d b y long -c on t i nu e d s t udy on th e sp o t .
—A th en avum .
Up on th e w ho le , w e kn ow o f n o w o r k c om p ar a b le t o i t fo r th e e xt e n t o f i ts
o r igin a l r e se ar c h , an d t h e s im p l i c i ty w i th w hi c h thi s c om p l i c a t e d syst e m o f p hi losop hy , r e lig i on ,
li te ra tu r e , and r i tu a l i s s e t fort h .—Br i ti sh Q u a r ter ly R eview.
Th e who le vo lum e i s r e p le t e w i th le ar n i n g . It d e s e r ve s m os t c a r e ful studyfrom a ll in te r e st e d i n th e his to ry o f th e r e l igi o n s o f th e w o r ld , an d e xp r e s s ly o f tho sew h o a r e c on c e rn e d i n th e p ro p aga t i on o f Chr i st ian i ty . D r . E dk in s n o t i c e s i n t e rm s
o f ju st c on de m n a t i on th e e xagge r a te d p ra i s e b e s tow e d up on Buddh ism b y r e c e n t
E ngli sh wr i te rs .
"—R e cor d.
Po st 8vo , p p . 496 , c l o t h , p r ic e r 8s .
L INGUI STIC A ND O R IENTA L E SSA Y S .
WR ITTEN FR OM TH E Y E A R 1 846 To 1 87 8 .
BY RO BE RT NE E D H AMCUST,
La t e Mem b e r o f H e r Ma j e s ty ’s Indi an Civi l S e r vi c e ; H on . S e c r e ta ry to
th e R oya l A s ia t i c S o c i e ty ;and A ut hor o f Th e Mode rn Lan gu age s o f th e E a st Indie s .
We kn ow n o n e wh o h as de sc r i b e d Indi an l ife , e sp e c i a lly th e life o f th e nat i ve s ,w i th s o m u c h le a rn i n g , sym p a thy , a nd li t e r a ry ta le n t .
—A c a dem y .
The y s e em to u s t o b e fu ll o f sugge st ive and o ri gi n a l r em ark s .
”—S t. J am e s ’
s Ga ze tte .
H i s b o o k c on ta in s a vas t am o un t o f i n fo r m a t i o n . Th e r e su lt o f th i rt y -fi v e y e ar s
o f i n q u ir y , r e fle c t i on ,an d sp e c u la t i o n ,
an d tha t o n su b j e c ts as fu l l o f fas c in a t i on as
o f fo od fo r thought .”—Ta b l e t.E xh i b i t su c h a tho r ough a c qu a i n tan c e wi th th e h is to ry an d an t i q u i t i e s of Indi a
as t o e n t i tl e him t o sp e a k as o n e ha vi ng au tho r i ty .
”—E din bu r gh D a i ly R ev i ew.
Th e au tho r sp e aks w i th th e au tho r i ty o f p e r s on a l e xp e r i e n c e It i s th i sc on stan t as so c i at i on w i th th e c ou n t ry and th e p e op le whi c h gi ve s s uc h a vi vidn e sst o m an y o f th e p ag e s .
”—A th enaeum .
TR UBNE R '
S O R IENTA L S E R I E S .
Post 8vo , p p . xn .—228
, c lo th , p r ic e 7 s . 6d.
THE CLA S S ICA L PO ETR Y O F TH E J A PANE SE .
BY BA S IL H A LL CH AMBE R LA IN,
A ut ho r o f Y e lgo H e fikaku S h i rafi .
"
A ve ry c u ri ous vo lum e . Th e au tho r h as m an i fe s tly de vo t e d m u c h lab ou r to th eta s k o f s tudy in g th e p o e t i c a l li t e r a tur e o f t h e Jap an e se , and r e nde ring c hara c t e r i s t i csp e c im e n s in t o E n g li sh ve r s e .
—D a i ly News.
Mr . Cham b e r la in '
s vo lum e is , so far a s w e a r e awa r e , th e fir st a tte m p t w hi c h h asb e e n m ade to i n t e rp r e t t h e li te r a tu r e o f th e Jap an e se t o th e We st e r n w o r ld. It is to
th e c lass i c a l p o e try o f O ld Jap an t ha t w e m u s t turn fo r in di g e n ou s Jap an e s e tho ught ,an d in th e vo lum e b e fo r e u s w e have a s e l e c t i on fr om tha t p oe t ry r e nde r e d in to
gra c e fu l E ng lis h ve rs e .
” —Ta b l e t.“ It i s undou b t e dly on e o f th e b e st tr an s la ti on s o f lyr i c l i t e ratur e wh i c h has
ap p e a r e d du r ing th e c los e o f t h e last y e a r .
”—C’e le sti a l E mp ir e .“Mr . Cham b e r la in s e t hi m s e lf a difii c ul t ta s k whe n h e un de rtoo k to re p rodu c eJap an e s e p o e t ry in an E ng li s h fo rm Bu t h e h as e vide n t ly lab o ur e d c on amor e , and
h i s e fforts a r e su c c e ssfu l t o a de gr e e .—Lo ndon a nd Ch ina E xp r e ss.
Po st 8vo , p p . XIL—1 64, c lo th , p r i c e 1 03. 6d.
TH E H ISTO R Y O F E SA R H A D D ON (S on of S enna c he r i b ) ,K ING o r A S S Y R IA , B. 0. 681—668.
Tran slat e d fr om th e Cun e i fo rm Insc r ip t ion s u p on Cy li nde r s and Tab l e ts inth e Br i t i sh Mu se um Co l l e c t ion ; t oge t h e r w i t h a Gr am m a ti c a l A na lys i so f e a c h Wo rd, E xp lan at ion s o f th e Ide ogr ap h s b y E xt rac ts fr om th e
Bi -Lingual S y ll ab ar i e s, and Li st o f E p onym s, &c .
BY E RNE ST A . BUD GE ,B.A
A s syr ian E xh ib i t ion e r , Chr i st ’
s Co ll e ge , Cam b r idg e .
“ S tude nts of sc r ip tura l ar c hae o logy wi l l a ls o ap p r e c iat e t h e‘H isto ry o f E sa rhaddon .
’-Tim es.
The r e i s m u c h t o a ttra c t th e sc ho lar in thi s vo lum e . It doe s n o t p r e t e nd t o
p op u lar is e studi e s w h i c h a r e y e t in the i r infan c y . I ts p ri m ary o b j e c t i s t o t ra ns la te ,b u t i t do e s n o t a ssum e t o b e m o r e than t e n ta t ive , an d i t od'
e r s b o th to th e p r o fe ss e dA s syr i o logis t and t o t h e o rdi n a ry n on -A s syri o logi c a l S e m i ti c s c ho la r th e m e an s o fc on t r o lli n g i t s r e su lts .
"—A c adem y .
“Mr . Budge’
s b o o k i s , o f c o u r s e , m a inl y addr e ss e d to A s syr ian s c ho la r s a nd
s tude n t s. The y a r e n o t, i t i s t o b e fe ar e d, a ve ry num e r ou s c lass . Bu t t h e m o r e
t han ks a r e du e t o hi m on tha t ac c oun t fo r th e way in whi c h h e has a c q u i tte d h im s e lfin hi s la b o ri ous task .
—Tab l e t.
Po st 8 vc , p p . 448 , c lot h , p r i c e a r s.TH E ME S NE V I
(Usual ly known as TH E ME SNE VIY I S HE R IF, or H O LYME SNEVI )o r
MEVLANA (O UR LO R D ) JBLA LU ’D -D INMUH AMME D ER -RUMI.
Bo o k th e F ir st .Toge ther wi th som e A c c oun t of th e L ife a nd A c ts of th e A u thor ,
of h is A n c estor s, a nd of h is D e sc enda n ts.
I llu st r at e d b y a S e le c t ion o f Char ac t e r i st ic An e cdo t e s, as Co l le c t e db y t h e ir H i st o r i an ,
.
ME VLANA S E EMSU-’D -D INA HMED , E L BELA R I , EL
‘A E IE I .
Tr an s lat e d, an d th e Po e t ry V e r s ifie d, in E ng li sh ,B Y J A ME S W. R E D H O U S E , M. R . A . S . , &c .
A c om p le t e t r e asu ry o f o c c u lt O r i e n ta l lo r e .
"—S a turda y R evi ew.
Thi s b o o k w i l l b e a ve ry val uab le he lp t o th e r e ade r ign o r an t o f Pe r s ia , wh o is
d e s i r ou s o f o b t a in in g an in s ight in t o a ve ry im p o rtan t de pa rt m e n t o f th e li t e ra tur ee xta n t in that language .
”- Ta b l e t.
TR UBNE R '
S O R IE NTA L S E R I E S .
Po st 8vo , p p . xvi . 2 80, c lo th , p r ic e 6 8 .
E A STE RN PR O VE RBS AND EMBLEMSILLUS TR ATING O LD TRUTH S .
BY R EV . J . LO NG ,
Me m b e r o f th e Be nga l A s ia t i c S o c i e ty ,We r e gard th e b o o k as va lua b le , and w i sh fo r i t a wi de c ir c u la ti o n an d a tte n t ive
re ading .—R e cor d .
A lt og e t he r . i t i s q u i te a fe a s t o f good thi n gs .
”—Globe .
It is fu l l of i n te r e s t in g m a t te r .-A n t iq u a r y .
Po s t 8vo , pp. vii i —270, c lo t h , p ri c e 7 8 . 6d.
IND I A N P O E TR Y ;
Co n ta in ing a Ne w E di t io n o f th e India n S o ng o f S o ngs , fr om th e S a n sc r i t
o f th e“G i ta G o v inda o f J ayade va ; Two Bo o k s fr om “
Th e I l iad o f
India”(Ma ha b ha r a t a ), “
Pr o v e r b ia l Wisdom "
fr om th e S h lokas o f t h e
H i t o p ade sa , an d o t h e r O r i e n ta l Poe m s .
BY E D WIN A RNO LD ,A u t ho r o f “Th e Ligh t o f A s ia .
In thi s n e w vo lum e o fMe ss rs . Tr il b n e r’
s O ri e n ta l S e r i e s , Mr . E dw in A rn o ld doe s(1 s e r vi c e b y i l lus t ra t in g , t hr o ugh th e m ed i u m o f h i s m u s i ca l E n g l ish m e lodi e s
t h e p ow e r o f India n p o e try t o s t i r E ur o p e an e m o t i o n s . Th e Indi an S o ng o f So ngs
i s n o t u n kn ow n t o s c ho la r s . Mr . A rn o ld w i ll have in t r odu c e d i t am o n g p o p u la rE n g l i sh p o e m s . No th in g c o u ld b e m o r e gr a c e fu l an d d e li c a te tha n th e shade s b yw hi c h Kr is hn a is p o r t ray e d i n th e gr adu a l p r o c e ss o f b e in g w e a n e d b y th e lo ve o f
Be au t i fu l R adh a , j a sm in e -b o som e d R ad ha,
’
fr om th e a l lu re m e n ts o f th e fo re st nym p hs , i n whom th e fi v e s e n se s ar e typ ifie d.
Tim es .
N0 o th e r E ngl i sh p o e t h as e ve r thr ow n h i s g e n i u s a nd h i s ar t so tho ro ughly i n toth e w o r k o f t r a n s la t in g E as t e r n ide as as Mr . A rn o ld h a s do n e in h i s s p le nd id p a r ap hra s e s o f la n gu ag e c o n ta i n ed in the s e m i ghty e p i c s .
—D a i ly Tel egr ap h .
Th e p o e m a b o u nds w i th im age r y o f E a s t e rn luxu r i o u sn e s s a nd s e n s u o u sm—ss ; th ea i r s e e m s la de n wi th th e sp i c y odou rs o f th e t r o p i c s , an d th e ve r s e h as a r i c hn e ss an da m e lody s u ffic i e n t to c a p t iva te th e s e n se s o f t h e du l le s t .
—S ta n da r d .
Th e t ra n s la t o r,w h i le p r o du c in g a ve ry e n j oy a b le p o e m ,
h as adhe r e d w i th to le ra b le fide li ty t o t h e o r igin a l t e xt .
—0ver la nd Ma i l .
We c e r ta in ly wi sh Mr . A rn o ld su c c e s s in h i s a t te m p t‘t o p o p u la ri s e In d i a n
c la ss i c s, ’
t ha t b e in g , as h is p r e fac e t e lls u s , t h e goa l towards whi c h h e b e nds h i se fi o rts.
”—A l len ’
s Ind ia n Ma i l .
Po st 8vo , p p . xv i—296 , c l o t h , p r ic e 1 0s . 6d.
TH E MIND O F MENCIUS ;O R , PO LITICA L E CO NO MY FO UND E D UPO NMO R A L
PH ILO S O PH Y .
A SYSTEMA TIC D IGES T o r TH E D O CTR INE S o r TH E CH INE S E PH ILO S O PH E BMENCIUS .
Tr an s la t e d fr om th e O r igin a l Te xt a nd Cla s sifie d,wi th
Com m e n ts a nd E xp la n a t i o n s ,By th e R EV . E RNST FA BE R , R h e
‘
n ish Missi o n S o c i e ty .
Tra n s la t e d fr om th e G e rm a n,w i th A ddi t i o n a l No t e s ,
By th e R EV. A . B. H UTCH INS O N,
Chu r c h Missio n ,H o ng Kong .
Mr . Fa b e r i s a lr e ady w e l l kn own in th e fi e l d o f Chin e se s t u d i e s b y h i s d ig e st o f
th e do c tr i n e s o f Co n fu c iu s . Th e va lu e o f thi s w o r k w i l l b e p e r c e ive d w h e n i t i s
r e m e m b e r e d tha t a t n o t i m e s in c e r e la ti on s c om m e n c e d b e tw e e n Ch in a an d th eWe st h as th e fo rm e r b e e n so p ow e rfu l—w e h ad a lm o s t sa id aggr e s si ve—as n ow .
Fo r tho s e wh o w i l l gi ve i t c a r e fu l s tudy , Mr . Fa b e r’
s w o r k i s on e o f th e m os tva luab le o f th e e xc e ll e n t s e r i e s to whi c h i t b e lo ngs .
" Na tu r e .
TR UBNE R ’
S O R I E NTA L S E R IE S .
Po s t 8 vo , p p . 336 , c lo th , p r i c e 1 6 3 .
TH E R E LIGIONS O F IND IA .
BY A . BA R TH .
Tr an s l a t e d fr om th e F r e n c h w i th th e au th o ri ty and assi stan c e o f th e A u th o r .
Th e au t h o r h a s , a t th e r e qu e st o f th e p u b l ish e r s , c on s ide r a b ly e n l a rge dth e w o rk fo r t h e t r an s l a t o r , a nd h a s adde d t h e l i t e r a tu r e o f th e sub j e c t t oda t e th e t r a n s la t i o n m ay , t h e r e fo r e , h e lo o k e d u p on a s a n e qu iva l e n t o f a
n e w and im p r o ve d e di t i o n o f t h e o r igin a l .IS n o t o n ly a va luab le m an u a l o f th e r e l igi o n s of In dia , w h i c h m a rk s a di s t in c t
s t e p i n th e t r e a tm e n t o f t h e su b j e c t,b u t a ls o a u s e ful w o r k o f r e fe r e n c e .
"—A c a dem y .
“ Th i s vo lum e i s a r e p r o du c t i o n ,w i th c o r r e c t i o n s a n d add i t i o n s , o f an ar t i c le
c o n t r i b u t e d b y th e l e a r n e d a u tho r tw o y e a rs a go t o th e E n c y c lo p edi c d e s S c i e n c e sR e ligi e u s e s .
’
It a t t r a c t e d m u c h n o t i c e whe n i t fir s t a p p e ar e d ,an d i s g e n e r a l ly
adm i t t e d t o p r e se n t t h e b e st sum m a ry e xta n t o f th e va s t su b j e c t w i t h wh i c h i tde a ls .
”—Ta b l e t .“Th is i s n o t on ly o n th e who l e th e b e s t b u t th e o n ly m an u a l o f th e r e l i gi on s o f
Indi a , a p a r t fr om Buddh i sm ,w hi c h w e have i n E n g li sh . Th e p r e se n t w o r k
show s n o t o n ly gr e a t kn o w le dg e o f th e fa c ts an d p ow e r o f c le a r e xp o s i t i on , b u t a lsogr e a t i n s ight i n t o t h e i n n e r h i s to ry an d t h e d e e p e r m e an in g o f th e gr e a t r e ligi onfo r i t i s i n r e a li ty o n ly o n e , whi c h i t p r o p o s e s t o de s c r i b e .
—Moder n R e v i ew.
Th e m e r i t o f t h e w o r k h a s b e e n e m p ha t i c a lly r e c o gn i s e d b y th e m o s t a u tho r ita ti veO r i e n ta l i s t s , b o th in th i s c o un t ry an d o n t h e c on t i n e n t o f E u r o e
,Bu t p r o b a b ly
th e r e a r e fe w In d ian i s ts ( i f w e m a y u se th e w o rd) wh o w ou ld n o t e r i ve a go od de a lo f i n fo rm a t io n fr om i t , and e sp e c ia l ly from th e e xt e n s i ve b i b li og ra p hy p r o vide d i nt h e n o t e s .
—D u b l i n R evi ew.
S u c h a sk e tc h M. Ba r th h as dr awn w i th a m as t e r -hand.—C‘r i ti c (New Y ark) .
Po st 8V0, \ p p . v i i i .—I 52 , c lo th , p ri c e 68 .
H INDU PH ILO S O PH Y .
TH E S ANKH Y A K AR IKA o r IS'WA R A KR IS H NA .
A n E xp o si t i o n o f th e S y st e m o f Ka p i la , w i t h an A p p e ndix o n th eNyaya a nd V a is
'
e sh ika S ys te m s .
BY JO HN D A V IE S , M. A .
Th e syst e m o f Ka p i l a c on t a in s n e ar ly a ll th a t India h a s p r odu c e d in th e
de p a rtm e n t o f p u r e p h i lo so p hy .
Th e n on -O r i e n ta l ist fin ds in Mr . D avi e s a p a ti e n t an d le a rn e d gu ide w h ole ads h im i n t o th e in t r i c a c i e s o f t h e p hi lo so p hy o f In d ia,a n d su p p l i e s h im w i th a c lu e
t ha t h e m ay n o t b e lo st in th e m . In t h e p r e fa c e h e s ta t e s t ha t t h e sy st e m o f
Kap i la i s t h e ‘e a r l i e s t a t t e m p t o n r e c o rd t o give an an sw e r , fr om r e a so n a lo n e ,
t o th e m y s t e r i ou s q u e st i on s wh i c h a r i s e i n e ve ry tho u ghtfu l m in d ab ou t th e o r ig in o f
t h e w o r ld , th e n a tu r e an d r e la t i o n s o f m an a nd h i s fu tu r e de st i n y ,
’
an d in h i s le ar n e dan d a b le n o t e s h e e xhi b i t s ‘
t h e c o n n e c t io n o f t h e S a n khya sy st e m w i th th e p hi los o p hy o f Sp i n o za ,
’
an d t h e c o n n e c t i o n o f th e sy st em o f Ka p i la w i th tha t of S c hop e nhau e r an d Vo n H a r tm ann .
’ —For ei gn Ch u r c h Ch r on i c l e .
Mr . D av i e s'
s vo lum e o n H in du Ph i lo so p hy i s a n u ndou b t e d ga in t o a ll s tude n ts
o f th e de ve lo p m e n t o f tho ught . Th e sys t e m o f Ka p i la , w hi c h i s h e r e gi ve n i n a t ra n sla t ion fr om th e San khy a Kari ka, i s th e o n ly c on t r i b u t i o n o f In di a t o p u r e p h i lo s o p hy .
Pr e s e n t s m an y p o i n t s o f d e e p in t e r e s t to t h e st ude n t o f c om p a r a t i ve p hi loS o p hy , an d w i thou t Mr . D a v i e s
’s lu c id in t e rp r e ta t i on i t w o u ld b e d i ffi c u lt t o ap p r e
c ia t e the se p o in t s i n an y ade q ua t e m an n e r .
”—S a tu r da g/R ev i ew.
We w e lc om e Mr . D av i e s'
s b oo k a s a va lu ab le addi t io n to ou r p hil osop h i ca llib rary .
"—No te s a nd Q ue r i e s .
TR UBNE R '
S O R I E NTA L S E R IE S .
Po st 8vo, p p . v i .—208
, c l o t h , p r i c e 8s . 6d.
TH E BH A GA VA D -GI‘
TA .
Tra n s la t e d,w i th In t r odu c t ion a nd No t e s.
BY JO HN D A VIE S , M.A . (Ca nt ab . )
Le t u s add tha t h is tr an s la t i on o f t h e Bh agavad Gi ta i s , a s w e judge , th e b e s ttha t h a s as y e t a p p e a r e d i n E ng l i sh, an d tha t h i s Phi lo log i c a l No t e s ar e of qu i t e
p e c u l iar va lu e .
"—D u b l i n R ev i ew.
Pe st 8vo , p p . 96 , c lo th , p r i c e 5 8 .TH E QUA TR A INS O F OMA R KH A Y Y AM.
Tr an s la t e d b y E . H . WH INFIE LD , M.A . ,
Ba rr i ste r -a t -Law, la t e E .M. Be nga l Ci vi l S e r v i c e .
Po s t 8vo , p p . xxxi i . —336 , c lo th , p r i c e 1 08 . 6d.
TH E Q UA TR A INS O P O MA R K H A Y Y A M.
Th e Pe r s ian Te xt , wi t h an E ng l i s h V e r se Tr a ns la t i on .
By E . H . WH INFIE LD ,l a t e o f th e Be ngal Civ il S e r v i c e .
Mr . Whi n fi e ld h as e xe c u t e d a di ffic u lt ta sk w i th c on s ide r a b le su c c e ss , and h i sv e r s i on c on ta i n s m u c h tha t w il l b e n e w t o thos e wh o on ly kn ow Mr . Fi tzg e ra ld '
s
de l ightfu l s e le c t i on .—A cade m y .
Th e m o st p r om in e n t fe a tu r e s i n th e Q u a t ra in s a r e the i r p r o fo u n d agn o st i c i sm ,
c om b in e d w i th a fa ta li sm b as e d m o r e on p h i lo s op h i c t ha n r e li gi o us gr o u n ds, the i rE p i c u r e an i sm and th e sp i r i t o f un ive rsa l t o le ra n c e an d c ha r i ty w h i c h an im at e s the m .
"
—Ca lc u tta R e v i ew.
Po st 8 vo , p p . xx i v . —2 6 8 , c lo t h , p r i c e gs .TH E PH ILO S O PH Y O F TH E UPA NIS H A D S AND
ANCIENT IND IAN ME TA PH Y S ICS .
A s e xhib i t e d in a s e r i e s o f A r t i c l e s c o nt r i b u t e d t o th e Ca l cu tta R evi ew.
By A R CH IBA LD E DWA R D GO UGH , M.A . ,Lin c o ln Co l l e ge , O xfo rd ;
Pr in c ip a l o f t h e Ca l c u t t a Madr a sa.
Fo r p r a c t ic a l p u r p o s e s th i s is p e r h a p s th e m o s t i m p o r tan t o f th e w o rk s tha t havet h u s fa r ap p e ar e d i n
‘Trub n e r’
s O r ie n ta l S e r i e s .
’ We c a nn o t do u b t tha t fo r a l lw h o m ay t a k e i t u p t h e w o r k m u s t b e o n e o f p ro fo und in t e r e s t .
"—S a tu rda y R e vi ew .
In Two V o lum e s . V o l . I . , p o st 8v o , p p . xxi v . —230, c lo th , p r i c e 7 8 . 6d.
A COMPA R A TIVE H ISTO R Y O F TH E E GY PTIAN ANDME S O PO TAMIA N R E LIGIONS .
By D R . 0. P . TIE LE .
V o l . I .—H ISTO RY O F TH E E GYPTIAN R E LIGIO N.
Tr an s la t e d fr om th e D u t c h w i t h th e A ssis tan c e o f th e A u th or .
By JAME S BA LLINGA L.
It p la c e s i n t h e han ds o f th e E n g l i sh r e ade r s a h i s to ry o f E gyp t ian R e lig i onw h i c h i s ve ry c o m p le t e , wh i c h i s b as e d o n t h e b e st m at e r i a ls , and whi c h h a s b e e ni llu st r a t e d b y t h e la t e s t r e su l t s o f r e se a r c h . In th i s vo lum e th e r e i s a gr e at d e a l o fi n fo rm a t i on ,
as w e l l a s i nd e p e n de n t i n ve s t iga t io n ,f o r t h e tm s tw o r t h i n e ss o f w hi c h
D r . Ti e l e’
s n am e i s in i ts e lf a gu a r an t e e ; a nd th e d e sc r i t i o n O f t h e su c c e ss iver e l igi on s u nde r th e O ld Ki n gdom , t h e Midd le Ki ngdom ,
a n th e New Kingdom ,i s
g i ve n i n a m an n e r wh i c h i s s c ho la r ly and m inu t e .
—S c o tsm a n .
TR UBNE R '
S O R IENTA L S E R IE S .
Pos t 8vo , p p . X11 .—302, c lo th , p r i c e 8 8 . 6d.
Y USUI‘
AND ZULA IKHA .
A PO EMBY J AMI .Tran s la t e d fr om th e Pe rs ian in t o E ngl is h V e rse .
BY R A LPH T. H . GR IFFITH .
Mr . Gr i ffith , wh o h as don e a lr e ady good s e rvi c e as t ran s la to r in to ve rs e fr om th e
S an skr i t , h as don e fur the r go od w o r k i n thi s tr a ns la t i on fr om th e P e rs ia n ,and h e
h as e vi de n t ly shown n o t a li t t le ski l l i n hi s r e nde r i ng t h e q u a in t an d ve ry o r i e n ta ls ty le o f h i s au t ho r i nto o u r m o r e p ro sa i c , le s s figu r a t ive , la n gu ag e . Th e w o r kb e side s i ts in tr i ns i c m e r i ts , is o f im p o r tan c e a s b e ing o n e o f th e m ost p o p u la r a ndfa m o u s p o e m s O f Pe rs ia , an d t ha t w h i c h i s r e ad in a ll t h e inde p e nde nt na ti ve sc hoo lso f India whe r e Pe r s ian is taught . ” -S c om na n .
Post 8vo , p p . vi i i—266 , c lo th , p ri c e 98.LINGUISTIC E S SA Y S .
BY CA R L A BE L.
“A n e n ti re ly n ove l m e thod o f d e a lin g w i th p hi lo so p hi c a l q u e st i o n s and im par t ar ea l hum a n in t e r e s t to t h e o th e rwi s e dr y t e c hn i c a li t i e s o f t h e s c i e n c e .
—S ta nda rd .
D r . A b e l i s an o p p o n e n t fr om whom i t i s p l e as a n t t o diff e r , fo r h e w r i te s w i t he n thu s ia sm an d t e m p e r , a nd h i s m a s te ry o v e r t h e E n g lis h languag e fi ts h im to b e ac ham p ion o f un p o p u lar doc t ri n e s .
" —A th em eum .
Po st 8 vo , p p . ix.—2 8 I
, c lo th , p r i c e 1 0s. 6d.
TH E SA R VA D A R SA NA SAMGR A H AO B, R E VIEW O F TH E D IFFE R ENT S Y STEMS O F H IND U
PH ILO S O PH Y .
BY MA D H A VA A CH A R Y A .
Tran s la t e d b y E . B. CO WE LL,M. A . ,
Pr o fe sso r O f S an skr i t in th e Un ive r si tyo f Cam b r idge , an d A . E . GO UGH , M.A .
,Pr ofe sso r o f Phi l o sop hy
i n th e Pr e s ide n c y Co ll e ge , Ca lc u t t a .
This wo r k i s an in t e r e s t ing sp e c im e n O f H indu c ri t i c a l a b i l i ty . Th eau th o r su c c e ssi ve ly p as se s in r e v i e w t h e s ixte e n ph il o so p h i c a l syste m s
c u r r e n t in th e fou r te e n t h c e n tu ry in th e S ou t h o f Indi a ; and h e gi ve s whata p p e ar s to h im to b e t h e i r m o st im p o r tan t t e n e ts .
“Th e t r an s la t ion i s t ru s two r thy t hr o u gho u t A p r o tr ac te d s o jour n in In dia,wh e r e t he r e is a l i ving t ra di ti on , h a s fam i l ia r i s ed t h e t rans la to r s wi th Indi ant hought ."—A th enwum.
Po st 8vo , p p . lxv .—36 8 , c lo th , p r i c e 1 4s .
TIBETAN TA LE S D E R IVE D FR OM IND IAN S OUR CE S .
Tr an slat e d from th e Ti b e t an o f th e K A H -GYUR .
BY F . ANTO N V O N S CH IE FNE R .
D one int o E ng li sh from th e G e rm a n , wi th an In troduc t i on ,
BY W. R . S . R A LSTO N, M.A .
“Mr . R a ls ton , wh o s e n am e is s o fam i l i a r t o al l lo ve r s o f R us s ian fo lk-lo r e , h assup p li e d so m e i n t e r e st ing We s te rn an a log i e s an d p a r a l l e l s , drawn ,
fo r th e m o s t p a rt ,fr om S la vo n i c so u r c e s , t o t h e E as t e r n fo lk-ta l e s , c u l le d fr om t h e Ka hgyu r , o n e o f t h e
di vi s ion s o f t h e Ti b e tan sa c r e d b o ok s .
—A c a dem y .
Th e tra n s la t i o n c o u ld s c a r c e ly ha ve fa lle n in to b e t t e r han ds . A n In tr odu c o
t i o n g ive s t h e le adi ng fa c ts in t h e li ve s o f tho s e s c ho la r s w h o have g ive n the i ra t t e n ti on t o gain ing a kn ow le dge o f t h e Ti b e tan li t e ra tu r e an d languag e .
" —Ca lcu ttaR e v iew .
O ught t o i n t e r e s t al l wh o c a r e fo r th e E as t, fo r am u si ng sto r i e s , or for c om p ara ti vefo lk-lor e .
—Pa l l Ma ll Gaz e tte .
TR UBNE R '
S O R IE NTA L S E R IE S .
Po st 8vo , p p . xv i—224, c lo th , p r i c e gs .
U D ANA V A R G AA CO LLE CTION O F VE R S E S FR OMTH E BUD D H ISTCANON.
Com p i l e d b y D H A RMA TR ATABEING TH E NO RTH E RNBUD D H IST VE R S ION o r D H AMMA PA D A .
Tr an s lat e d from th e Tib e tan o f Bkah -hgyu r , wi t h No t e s, andE xtr ac ts fr om th e Com m e nt ary o f Pr adjnava rm an ,
By W . WO O D V ILLE R O CKH ILL.
Mr . R o ckh ill’
s p r e se n t w o r k i s th e fir s t from w h i c h a s s i s tan c e wi l l b e ga in e dfo r a m o r e a c c u r a te u nde r stand ing o f t h e Pa ll t e xt ; i t i s , i n fa c t , a s y e t t h e o n lyt e rm o f c om p ar i s on a va i lab le to u s . Th e ‘Udan a va rga ,
’t h e Th i b e ta n ve r s i on ,
w a s
o r ig i na l ly d i s c o ve r e d b y t h e la t e M. S c h le ime r , w h o p u b li sh e d t h e Ti b e ta n t e xt , andh a d i n t e nde d adding a t ran s la t i o n , a n i n t e n t ion fru st r at e d b y h i s de a th , b u t w h ic hh a s b e e n c a r r i e d o u t b y Mr . R oc kh i l l . Mr . R o c kh i l l m ay b e c ongr a tu la t e d fo rhavi ng w e l l a c c om p l ish e d a diffic u lt ta sk .
—S a turday R evi ew.
In Two V o lum e s, p o s t 8vo , p p . xxi v . —5 66, c lo th , ac c om p an i e d by a
Language Map , p r i c e 2ss .
A SKETCH O F TH E MO D E RNLANGUA GE S O F A FR ICA .
BY R O BE R T NE E D H AM CUST,
Barri st e r -at -Law,and la t e o f H e r Maj e sty
'
s Indi an Ci vil S e r vi c e .
A n y on e at a ll in t e r e ste d i n A fr i c an lan gu age s c ann o t do b e t t e r t han g e t Mr .
Cu st’
s b o ok . It i s e n c y c lo p ae di c i n i t s s c o p e , an d th e r e ade r g e t s a star t c l e a r aw ayi n a n y p a rt ic u la r lan gu a g e , an d i s le ft fr e e t o add t o th e in i t ia l sum o f kn ow le dget he r e c o l l e c t e d .
—Na ta l Me r c u ry .
“Mr . Cu st h as c on tr i ve d t o p r oduc e a wo r k o f va lue to lingu isti c stude n t s .
Na tur e .
Th i rd E di t io n . Po st 8 vo, p p . xv .—250, c lo th , p r i c e 7 8 . 6d .
O UTLINE S O F TH E H ISTO R Y O F R E LIGIONTO TH E
SPR E A D O F TH E UNIVE R S A L R E LIGIONS .
BY C. P . TIE LE .
D o c to r o f Th e o logy , Pr o fe sso r o f th e H i sto ry O f R e l igions inUn i ve r s ity o f Le yde n .
Tran s lat e d from th e D u t c h b y J . E STLINCA R PENTE R , M.A .
F ew b o oks o f i t s s i z e c o n ta in th e r e su lt O f so m u c h w i de thin k ing ,ab le
r i on s s tudy , o r e n ab le th e r e ade r t o ga in a b e t t e r b i rd’
s-e y e v i ew o f t h e la t e st r e sul t so f i n ve s t iga t i o n s i n t o th e r e li gio u s hi sto ry o f n at i o n s . A s Pr o fe sso r Ti e l e m ode s t ly
,
s ays , In t h i s li t t l e b o o k a r e o u t li n e s—p e n c i l sk e tc he s , I m ight say—n o th i n g m o r e .
Bu t the r e a r e s om e m e n who se s ke tc h e s from a thum b -n a i l a r e o f far m o r e w o r t hthan a n e n o rm ou s c an vas c o ve r e d w i th th e c rude p a in t ing o f o the r s , an d It 18 e asy t o
s e e tha t th e s e p age s, fu ll o f i n fo rm a t io n , t he se s e n te n c e s , c u t an d p e rhap s a lso dry ,sho r t and c le ar
,c on de n s e th e fru i ts O f lon g and tho r ough r e s e ar c h .
”—S c o tsma n .
TR UBNE R '
S O R IE NTA L S E R I E S ;
In Two V o lum e s, p o st 8vo , p p . c vi i i . - 242, and vi i i—370, c lo th , p r i c e a4s .
D e dic at e d b y p e rm i ssion t o H .R .H . th e Prin c e o fWal e s.
BUD D H IST R E CO R D S O F TH E WE STE RNWO R LD ,
Translat ed fr om th e Ch in e se o f H iu e n Tsiang (A .D .
BY S AMUE L BE A L, B.A . ,
(Tr in . CO IL, Cam b . ) R .N. (R e t ir e d Chap la in andNI . ) Pr o fe ssor o f Chi n e se ,Un i ve r si ty Co ll e ge , London ; R e c tor o fWa r k , No r thum b e r land &c .
A n e m ine nt Indian au t ho ri ty wr i t e s r e sp e c t ing t h i s wo r k No th ingm o r e c an b e don e in e lu c ida t ing th e H i sto ry o f India un t i l Mr. Be a l ’s tr ansla t ion o f th e S i -yu -ki
’a p p e a r s .
”
It i s a st ran ge fr e ak o f hi st o r i c a l p r e se r va ti on that th e b e st a c c oun t o f t h e c on
d iti o n o f I n di a a t t hat an c i e n t p e r i od h a s c om e down t o u s i n th e b o o ks o f t r ave lwr i tte n b y t h e Ch in e se p i lgr im s
,o f whom H we n The ang is th e b e st kn own .
"
Tim es .
Po st 8vo, p p . xl vii i .- 398 , c lot h , p r i c e 1 2s.
TH E O R D INANCE S O F MANU.
Tr ans la t e d fr om th e S an skri t , wi th an Int r oduc t ion .
By th e la te A . C. BURNE LL, Ph .D . , C.I .E .
Com p l e t e d and E di t e d b y E . W. H O PKINS , Ph .D
o f Co lum b i a Co l l e ge , N. Y .
Thi s work i s fu l l o f in t e r e st whi le for th e s tude n t o f so c i o logy and th e s c i e n c eo f r e l igi on i t i s fu l l o f im p o r t an c e . I t i s a gr e at b o on t o g e t s o n o ta b le a w o rk in so
a c c e s s i b le a fo rm , adm i r ab ly e di t e d, an d c om p e t e n t ly t ran s la t e d .
”—S c o tsm a n .
F ew m e n w e r e m o r e c om p e t e n t than Bu rn e l l t o gi ve u s a r e a lly go od t ran sla t i ono f t hi s w e l l-kn own law b o ok , fi r st '
r e nde r e d i n to E ng li sh b y S i r Wi l li am Jo n e s .
Bu r n e l l w as n o t on ly a n inde p e n de n t S an skr i t s c ho lar , b u t an e xp e r i e n c e d lawy e r ,and h e j o i n e d t o t he s e tw o im p o r tan t q u a lific a ti on s th e r a r e fa c u lty o f b e ing a b le t oe xp r e ss h i s thou ght s in c le a r an d t r e n c han t E ng li sh . We o ught t o fe e l ve ryg ra t e fu l t o D r . H o p k in s fo r hav in g g ive n u s a l l tha t c ou ld b e p ub lish e d o f th e t ran sla ti on le ft b y Bu rn e ll . "—F . MaxMULLE R i n th e A c ademy .
Po st 8 vo , p p . X1 1 .- 234, c lo th , p r i c e gs .
TH E LIFE AND WO R KS or A LEXAND E RCS OMA D E KO R O S ,
Be twe e n 1 8 1 9 and 1 842 . Wi t h a S ho r t No t i c e of a l l h is Pub l i sh e d and Uh
pub li sh e d Wo r ks and E ssay s . Fr om O r igin a l and fo r m o st p ar t o Un
p ub l ish e d D o c um e n t s .
By TH E O D O R E D UKA ,M.D . , (E ng ), S urge on -Ma jo r
H .M.
’s Be nga l Me di c a l S e r vi c e , R e t i r e d, &c .
No t t o o soon have Me ssr s . Tru b ne r adde d t o th e i r va luab l e O r i e n t a l S e r i e s ahi st o ry o f th e li fe and w o r ks o f o n e o f th e m o s t g i ft e d an d de vo t e d o f O r i e n t a ls tude n ts , A le xan de r Csom a de K o r o s . I t i s fo r ty
-th r e e y e a r s s i n c e h is de a th , an dt hough an a c c oun t o f h i s c ar e e r w as de m an de d s o on a ft e r h i s de c e a s e , i t h a s on lyn ow a p p e ar e d in th e im p o r tan t m e m o i r o f h i s c om p a t ri o t, D r . D uka .
”—Book8 e ll e r .
TR UBNE R '
S O R IE NTA L S E R IE S .
In Two V o lum e s, po st 8vo , pp . xII.—3 I S and vi .- 31 2 , c loth , p r i c e z I s .MISCE LLANE OUS PA PE R S R ELA TING TO
IND O -CH INA .
R e p rint ed from“D alrym p l e ’
s O ri e n tal R e p e rt o ry ,”“A siatic R e se ar ch e s,
and th e “ Journ al of th e A s iati c S o c i e ty of Be nga l .CONTENTS O F VO L . 1 .
I .—S om e A c c oun ts of Q u edah . By Mi c ha e l Top p i ng.
1 1 .—R e p o r t m ade t o th e Ch i e f and Coun c i l o f Ba lam b angan , b y Li e ut . Jtim e s
Bar ton , o f h is s e ve ra l S urve ys .
III . -Sub s tanc e of a Le tte r to th e Court of D ir e c to r s from Mr . John Je sse , date dJu ly 20, 1 7 7 5 , a t Bo rn e o P rop e r .
IV.—Fo r m at ion o f th e E s ta b lishm e n t o f Po o lo Pe e nang .
V.- Th e Go ld o f Lim on g . By Jo hn Ma c do n a ld.
VI.—O u Thr e e Natura l Pr odu c t io ns o f S um at ra . By John Mac don ald.
VII—O n t h e Tr a c e s o f th e H in du Languag e and Li t e ra tur e e xta n t am ongst th eMa lay s . By Wi ll iam Ma r sde n .
VI II.—S om e A c c oun t of th e E la s tic Gum Vin e O I Pr in c e -Wa le s Is land. By Jam e s
H owi so n .
IX.—A Bo tani c a l D e s c r ip t ion o f Ur c e o la E la st i ca , o r Caou tc hou c Vin e o f S um a tr a
an d Pu lo -Pi n ang . By Wi l liam R o xb u rgh , M.D .X.—An A c c o u n t o f th e In hab i ta n ts o f th e Poggy, o r Nassa u Is lands
,lying o iI
S um a tra . By John Cr isp .
XI .—R em a r ks on th e S p e c i e s o f Pe p p e r wh i c h are fo und o n Pr in c e Wa le s Is land
By Wi ll i am H un te r , M.D .
XII.—O n t h e Langu age s and L ite ra tur e o f t h e Indo-Chi n e se Nat i on s . By J .Le yde n ,
M.D .
XI1 1 .—S om e A c c oun t o f an O ran g-O utan g of r em arka b le h e ight found on th e Is lando f S um at ra . By Cla rk e A b e l, M.D .
XIV—O b se rva t i o n s o n th e Ge o lo g i c a l A p p e ara n c e s and Ge n e ra l Fe atur e s o f Port i on s o f t h e Ma layan Pe n in su la . By Ca p ta i n Jam e s Low .
XV.—S ho r t S k e tc h of th e Ge o logy o f Pulo -Pinang and th e Ne ighb ou ring Is lands .
By T. Wa r e .
XVI .
—Cl im a t e of S ingap o r e .XVII .—In s c r i p ti o n on th e J e tty at S ingap o r e .XVIII. —E xtra c t o f a Le t te r from Co lon e l J . Low .
XIX—In sc r ip t ion at S ingap o r e .
XX—A n A c c o un t o f S e ve r a l Ins c r ip t i ons found in Prov inc e We lle s le y . By Li e u tCo l. Jam e s Low .
1:XXI. —No t e on th e Insc r ip ti on s fr om S in gap ore and Pr o vin c e We l l e s le y . By J . W.
a id lay .XXII—O n an In sc r ip t ion fr om K e ddah . By Li e u t .-Co l . Low.XXIII.—A No t i c e O f th e A lp hab e ts o f th e Ph i l i p p in e Is la n ds .XXIV.—S u c c in c t R e vi ew o f th e O b s e rva ti on s o f th e Tide s '
In th e Indi an A r chi p e lag oXXV.
—R e p o r t on th e Tin of th e Pr ovin c e o fMe rgu i . By Cap t . G. B Tr e m e nh e e r eXXVI .—R e p o rt on th e Man gan e se o fMe rgu i Pr o vin c e . By Cap t . G . B. Tr em e nh e e r e .XXVII. —Pa r agrap hs t o b e adde d t o Cap t . G. B. Tr em e n h e e r e
’
s R e p o r t .XXVIII .-S e c ond R e p o rt on th e Tin o fMe rgui . By Cap t . G. B. Tr em e n h e e r e .XXIX—A n a lys i s o f Ir on O r e s fr om Tavoy and Me rg ui , and of Lim e ston e fr om
Me rgu i . By D r . A . Ur e .
XXX—R e p o rt o f a Vi s i t to th e Pak c han R ive r , and o f s om e Tin Lo c a li ti e s in th eS ou the rn Po rt i on o f th e Te n ass e r im Pr o vi n c e s . By Cap t . G. B. Tr e m e nh e e r e .XXXI .
—R e p or t on a R o u te from th e Mou th o f th e Pak c han t o Krau, an d th e n c e
t
it
a
c r c
iss t h e Isthm us of Kr au to th e Gulf o f S i am . By Cap t . A l . Fr a se r an d Cap t J G
or ongXXXII .—R e p ort , t o . from Cap t . G. B.Tr e m e nh e e r e on th e Pr i c e ofMe rgu i Ti n O r e .XXXIII.—R em arks on th e D iffe r e n t S p e c i e s o f O rang-u tan . By E . Blyt h .XXXIV.—Fu rt he r R em arks . By E . Blyt h .
TR UBNE R ’
S O R IE NTA L S E R IE S .
MISCELLANE OUS PA PER S R ELA TING TO IND O -CHINAc ont inu e d.
CONTE NTS O F VO L . 1 1 .
XXXV.—Cata logu e o f Mam m ali a in hab i ting th e Ma layan Pe n ins u la and Is lands .
By Th e odo r e Can t o r , M.D .XXXVI .—O n th e Lo c a l and R e lati ve Ge o logy of S in gapo r e . By J . R . Logan .XXXVII.—Ca ta logue o f R e p ti l e s inhab i t ing th e Malayan Pe n in su la and Is lands .
By The odo r e Can to r , M.D .XXXVI II.—S o m e A c c oun t o f th e Bo tan i c a l Co l le c tion b r ought fr om th e E astward,
in 1 841 , b y D r . Can to r . By t h e la t e W. Gri ffi th .XXXIX.~ -O u th e F la t -H o rn e d Ta ur in e Ca tt l e o f S .E . As ia . By E . Blyth.
XL.—Not e , b y Ma jo r -Ge n e ra l G. B. Tr em e nh e e r e .
Ge n e r a l In de x.Inde x o fVe rn a c u lar Te rm s .
Inde x of Zo o logi c a l Ge n e r a and S ub -Ge n e ra o c cu rr ing in Vo l . II.
“Th e p ap e r s t r e a t of al m o st e ve ry a sp e c t o f Indo -Chin a—i ts p h i lo logy , e c on om y ,ge ogr a p hy , g e o lo gy—an d c o n s t i t u t e a ve ry m a te r i a l an d im p o r tan t c on tr i b u t i on t o
o u r a c c e ss ib le i nfo rm ati on r e gar din g tha t c oun try and i ts p e op le .—Con temp or a 7~y
R ev i ew.
Po st 8vo , p p . xi i . - 7 2 , c lo th , p r i c e 5 s .
TH E S A TA K A S O F BH A R TR I H A R I .
Tr an s lat e d fr om th e S an sk r itBy th e R EV. B. H ALE WO RTH AM,
R e c t or of E gge sford, No r t h D e vonA ve ry in t e r e st in g addi t i on to Tr ii b n e r ’
s O r i e n ta l S e r i e s .—Sa tu rda y R evi ew.
Man y o f th e Maxim s in th e b o ok ha ve a Bi b li c a l r in g and b e au ty o f e xp r e ss i on .
S t . J am es'
Ga ze t te .
Po st 8vo , p p . xn .- 1 8o
,c l o th
, p r i c e 6 s .
ANCIENT PR O VE RBS A ND MAXIMS FR OM BURME SES O UR CE S ;
O R , TH E NITI LITE R A TUR E O F BURMA .
BY JAME S GR A Y ,
A u thor of “E lem e n t s o f Pa li Gr am m ar,
” “Tr ans la tion o f th eD h am m ap ada ,
”&c .
Th e S an sc r i t -Pal i word Ni ti i s e qu i va le n t t o c ondu c t in i t s ab st r a c t,
and“gu ide
” in i t s c on c r e t e sign ific a t i o n . A s a p p li e d t o b o o ks, i t i s a
ge n e r a l t e rm fo r a t r e a t i se wh i c h in c lude s m axim s, p i thy say ings , and
dida c t i c st o r i e s, in t e nde d a s a gu ide t o su c h m at t e r s o f e ve ry -day l ife a s
fo rm th e c har a c t e r o f an indiv idu a l and influe n c e h im in h i s r e lat ion s to h i sfe l low -m e n . Tr e a t ise s o f t hi s k ind h a ve b e e n p op u lar in a l l age s, and haves e r ve d a s a m o s t e ffe c t i ve m e dium o f in st ru c t i on .
TH E FO LLOWING WO RKS A R E IN PR EPAR ATI ONIn Two V o l s. , p ost 8vo .
A LBE R UNI ’S IND I A
AN A CCO UNT O F ITS R E LIGIO N,PH ILO S O PH Y , LITE R ATUR E ,
GE O GR A PH Y , CH R O NO LO GY , A STR O NO MY , CUSTOMS , LAW,
AND A STR O LO GY (A BO UT A .D .
TR ANSLATE D INTO E NGLIS H .
Wi t h Not e s and Indi c e s b y Pr o f. E DWA R D SA CH AU,
Un iv e r si ty o f Be r l in .
Th e A rab i c O r igin a l, wi t h an Inde x of th e S an skr i t Words , E dit ed byProfe sso r S A CH A U, i s in th e p r e ss.
Po st 8vo .
TH E LIFE O F H IUEN TS IANG.
Br m a S H AMANS H WUI LI AND Y EN~TSUNG.
Wi th a Pr e fa c e c on t a in ing an a c c oun t o f th e Wo r k s of I -TS ING.
BY S A MUE L BE A L, B.A .
(Tr in . CO IL, Pr ofe sso r o f Ch in e se , Un i ve r si ty Co ll ege , LondonR e c to r o fWa
’
r k , No r th um b e r land, &0.
A u tho r o f Buddhist R e c o r ds o f th e W e s t e rn Wo r ld,” Th e R om an t icLe ge nd O f S akya Budda ,”&C.
Wh e n th e Pi lgr im H iu e n Tsiang r e tu rn e d fr om h i s t r a ve l s in India,h e
t o o k u p h i s a b ode in t h e Te m p le of G r e at Be n e vo l e n c e ; t h i s c o nv e nt h adb e e n c on str u c t e d b y th e E m p e r o r in hon our o f th e E m p r e ss , We n -t e -h au .
A ft e r H iu e n Ts ian g'
s de a t h , h i s di sc ip l e , k i Li , c om p o se d a wo r k w h i c hga ve an a c c ou n t o f h i s i l lus t r io us Ma s t e r
’
s t r a ve l s t h i s wo r k wh e n b e c om
p le te d b e b u r i e d, and r e fu se d t o di sc o ve r i ts p la c e o f c on c e a lm e n t . Bu t
p r e viou s t o h i s de at h h e r e ve a l e d i t s w h e r e ab ou t s t o Y e n -t sung, b y whom i twa s fin a l ly r e vi se d and p u b l i sh e d. Th i s i s Th e Li fe o f H iu e n Ts i ang .
”I t
i s a va lu ab l e se qu e l t o t h e S i -yu -ki,c o rr e c t ing and i l lu str at ing i t i n m any
p ar ti c ul a r s.
Po st 8vo .
A SKETCH or TH E MO D E RN LANGUA GE S O FO CE ANIA .
BY R N. CUST, LL.D .
A uthor of Mode rn Language s o f th e E a st ,” “Mode rn Langu age s o fA fri c a ,
” 850.
Po st 8vo .
E S SA Y S ON TH E INTE R CO UR S E O F TH E CH INE SEWITH WE STE RN CO UNTR IE S IN TH E MID D LE
A GE S A ND ON KIND R E D SUBJE CTS .
BY E . BR ETS CHNE ID E R , M.D . ,
Form e r ly Phys i c ian O f th e R ussian Le gat ion at Pe k in .
LOND O N: TRUBNE R oo ., 57 AND 59 LUD GA TE H ILL.
500
CO NTE NTS .
Tru b ne r’s O ri e n ta l S e r ie s
S e r ia ls a nd Pe r iodic a lsA rc hae o logy ,E thn ography, Ge Ograph y,
.
History, Law,Lite ra ture , Num i sm atic s,and Tra ve ls
Th e R e ligi on s o f th e E a stCom pa ra t ive Ph i lo lo gyGram m a r s, D ic tionar ie s , Te xts , a ndTrans lati o ns
PA GE
A c c ad A ssyr ian 5 6 I c e landicA fr ic an 5 1 J a pa ne se "
A lb anian . 5 3 I r ish—v . Ke lticA m e r ic an La nguage s 5 3 Kab ail
A nglo S axon 5 4 Kanar e se
A r a b ic 5 4 Kaya th i
A ssam e s e 5 6 K e lt i c (Co r ni sh ,Gae Iic ,We lsh I rish)A ssyr ia n “ 5 6 Konkan i "
A ust ra l ia n La nguage s 5 7 Lib yan
A z te k—v . A m e ri c an Lang .Mah ra tta
Bab ylo n ian—v . A ssyrian Ma lagasy .
Basque 5 8 Ma layBe nga l i 5 8 Ma laya l imBihari 5 8 Ma o r iBrah o e (Brakiii) 5 8 O r iya
—C . Ur iyaBr aj Bhaka—v. H indi Pa ll .
Bu rm e s e . 5 9 Paz e ndCe l ti c Ke l ti c P e guan
Cha lda i c—v . A ssyrian Pe h lv iCh i n e se ( fo r b o o k s o n and in Pe nn sy l van ia Du tc hP idgin E ngl i sh se e unde r Pe rs ian
th i s h e ading ) 5 9 Pidgin E ngl ishCho c taw—v . A m e r Ic an Lang . Po l ishCo p t ic
—v . E gyp tian Prak r i t m
Co re an 64 Puksh to (Pakkh to , Pashto )Co rn ish—v. Ke l t ic " Punj ab i—v. Gurm ukh i .
Q u ic hu a—v . A m e r ic an Language s
R oum am'
an
Cune i fo rm—v. A ssyr ian . R uss ian
D an ish 64 S am ar i tan
D ut c h (Pe nn sylvan ia ) . 92
E gyp t i an 6 4 S a nsk r itE ngl ish—E a r ly a nd Mode rn S e rb ian
E n glish and 6 5 S hanFr is ian 79 S indh iG a e l i c—v , Ke l t i c
Gaudi e n 79 S u ah i liG e rm an ( O ld) 79 SwedishGipsy 79 S yri ac
G o th i c 80 Tam i l
G r e e k (Mode rii andClass ic ) 80 Te lugu8 1 Ti b e tan
G u rm ukh i 8 1 Tu rk iH awa i ian .
8 1 Turk i shH e b r e w 8 1 Um b r ian . .
H ida tsa—e ) . A m e r ic an Lang . Urdu—v . Hindusta niH indi 3 3 Ur iya
H industani 83 \Ve lsh—v. Ke l tIc
H ungar ian84
8 6
8 6
8 78 78 8
8 8
88
8 8
89
. n,
. Zinguz'
stic Publica tions of
MISCE LLANE O US E S S AYS R E LA TING To IND I AN SUBJ E CTS . By B. H .
H O D GS O N, la te o f the e tc . 2 vo ls . p p . v'
u'
L-408 ,-and v ii i. s348 .
0 ITH E LI FE O R LEGEND o r GA '
UD AMA, th e Buddha o f th e Burm e se .
" WithA nno tati O IIs
, Th e Ways to Ne ib b an , and No t i c e on th e Ph ongyie s or Bu rm e seMonks . By th e R ight R e v . P . BIGAND ET, Bi shop o f R am a th a . Thi rd E ditio n .
2 vo ls . pp . xx. and 26 8 , and v i i i . and 326 . 21 8 .
i‘
TH E GULI STAN ; or, R ose Ga rde n
'
of S he kh.Mush l iu ’
d-din Sadi OfS h i raz . Tran s lat e d for th e fir st t im e into P ro se and Ve r se , wi th a Pr e fac e ,and a Li fe o f th e A u tho r, from th e A tish Kadah
, b y E . B. E A STW I O K ,
e tc . S e c ond E di t io n, p p . xxv i . and 244 . 1 880.
C H INE SE'
BUD D H I SH . A Vo lum e o f Ske t che s,H i stori c a l and Cri tic a l .
By J . E D H INS , D .D .
, p p ; xxvi . and 454. 1 880. A
TH E H I STO R Y O F E SA R H A D D ON ( S ON O F‘S -
ENNA CH ER IB) KING.
or A SSYR IA , B .C. 6 8 1 - 6 6 8
:Trans lated from th e Cun e ifo rm Insc r ip tion s in th e BritishMuse um . Th e O rIgInal Te xts , a Gram m a t i c a l A na lysis o f e ac hWo rd
,E xp lana
t ions i f th e Ide ograp hs, and l ist of E p ona s,e tc . By E . A . BUD GE , B.A . , e tc .
pp . x1 1 . and 1 64. 1 880. 103 . 6d.
A TA LMUD IC MI SCE LLANY ; or,O ne Th ousand and O n e E xtr a c ts fr omth e Ta lm ud, th e Midr ashim , and th e Kab ba lah Com p i l ed and Transla ted b yP . J . H e rsh on .
.
Wl tll a Pr e fa c e by th e R e v. F W . FA R R A R , D .D . , Canon ofI Westm i ns te r .
“ Wi th NO t e s and CO p Ious Inde xe s .-pp . xxvii i . and 362. 1 8 80. 143 .
BUD DH I ST BI RTH STO R IE S ; or , J'
ataka'
Tal e S . Th e o lde st c o ll e c t ion ofF o lk-lor e e xtan t : b e ing th e Jatakatth avannana, for th e first tim e edited in th eon gIna l
‘
Pah, b y V. FA USBO LL, and tr ans lated b y T. W. R hys D avids . Tr ans
lati on s Vo l . I'
. pp . c xv i . and 348 . 1 880. 1 83 .
TH E CLA S SICA L PO E TR Y O E TH E JA PANE SE . By BA SI L CH AMBE R LA IN,A uthor of “ Y e igi o H e nkaku
, I ch iran .
”pp . xi 1 . and 228 . 1 880. 7 8 . 6d.
LINGUI STI c AND O RIE NTA L E S SA YS . Wr i tte n fr om 1 8 46 to 1 8 8 7 . ByR . CUST. pp . 496 . 1 880. 103 . 6d. S e c ond S e r i e s , pp .
l
5 62,wi th 6Maps. 1 88 7 . 21 5 .
TH E ME SNE vi .. (Usu all y kn own a s th e Me sn e v iyi She ri f, o r H o ly
Mesn e vi ) o f Me y lana (our Lord) Je lalu ’
d-D in Muham m ed e r -R I'
Im i . Bo o k I .
Wl th a Life O f th e A u thor . I l lustra t e db y '
a S e l e c ti on o fCharac te r ist ic A n e cdo te s ,byMe vlana Sh e msu ’
d-D in A hm ed e l E fiaki , e l ’A r i fi . Tr an s lated and th e Po e trye r S Ified in E nglish , by J .W .
’ R E D H O US E , M.R JA . S . pp . xv . and 1 35 , v . and1 88 1 . 21 3 .
E A STE RN PR O VE R BS AND EMBLEMS,Illu st rating O ld Tru ths . By th e
R e v . J . LO NG, pp . xv i . and 280. 1 88 1 . 6 8 .
IND IAN PO E TR Y. Con ta in ing Th e Indi an S on g of S on gs,” from th e
S ans kr i t o f th e Gi ta Govinda ” of Jayade va Two Books from th e I l iad o f
India ” (Maha b hara ta) ; and o th e r O m e ntal Po ems . Fo urt h E di tion . By S ir
A . , e tc . pp . vi ii . and 270. 1 88 6 . 7 8 . 6d.
‘
H IND U PH ILO S O PH Y. Th e S ankhy'
a Kar ika of I swar a Kr ishn a . A n
E xposi tion o f th e S yst em o f Kap i la . Wi th an A pp e ndix on th e Nyaya and
Va ise sh ika Syste m s . By J . D A v IE S ,M.A . pp . v ii i . and 1 52. 1 8 8 1 . 63 .
TH E - R E LI GI ONS‘
O F IND IA . By A . BA R TH . A u tho r i se d Tr an slati on b y R e v . J . WO O D . p p. 336 . 1 63 .
A MANUAL O F H IND U PANTH E I SM. Th e V edan tasar a . Tr an sla ted
.wi th Copious A nno tations, b y Major G . A . JA CO B, B. S .C. With Pr e fac e liyE . B. Pr of. o f S anskri t in Cam b r idge Uni ve rs i ty. pp . 1 . and
129. 1 8 8 1 . 6 8 .
a nd Ludga te H i ll,London, E C. 5
TH E Q UATR A INS O F O MAR KH A YYAM. Tr an sla te d b y E . H .WH INY IELD ,M.A . , late O f H .M. Be nga l Civi l S e rv i c e . pp . 96 . 1 8 8 1 . 5 8 .
TH E QUA TRA INS O F O MA R KH A YYAM. Pe r sian Te xt , and E ngl i sh Ve rseTra nslatio n by E . H : WH INY IE LD , M.A .
,la te Be .C.S .
a
pp . 36 8 . 1 883.1 0s . 6d.
TH E MIND O F MENO IUS ; o r , Po li ti c al E c on om y founde d u p on Mora lPhil o sophy. A S yste m a ti c D ige st O f th e D o c trine of th e Chin e se Phil os oph e rMe nc ius . Transla te d from th e O ri nal Te xt, and Class i fied wi th Com m e nts
and E xplanat ions b y th e R e v . rust FABE R , R h e n ish Missi on S o c i e
g.
Tr ansla ted fr om th e Ge rm an w ith A ddi ti ona l No te s , by th e R e v. A .
H UTCH INS O N, H o ng
-Kong . pp . xvi . and 294. 1 88 1 . 6d.
TSUNI -HGO AM, TH E SUPR EME BE ING O F THE KH O I -‘
KH O I . By TH E OPHILUS H A HN
,Ph .D . , Custodi an o f th e Gr e y Co l l e c tion, Cape Town , e tc . pp .
xi i . and 1 5 4. 1 8 8 1 . 7s . 6d.
Y USE F AND ZULA IKH A . A Po e m b y Jam i . Tr ansla te d fr om the Pe rsianin to E ng l ish Verse . By R . T. H . GR IF F ITH . pp . xiv . and 304. 1 882. 8 8 . 6d.
TH E IND IANEMPI R E : i ts H is to ry , Pe opl e , and Pr oduc ts . By S i rW. W.
H UNTE R , K .C. I E .,LL D . S ec ond E diti o n . pp . 780. Wi th Map . 1 88 6 . 21 3 .
A COMPRE H ENSI VE COMMENTAR Y To TH E QUR AN: c om pr i sing S a le’
s
Trans lati o n and Pr e li m inary D isc ours e , wi th Addi tio na l No te s and E m e nda ti ons .
Wi th a c om p le te Inde x to th e Te xt, Pr e l im inary D isco urs e a ndNo te s . By R e v .
E . M. Lodia na . Vo l . I . pp . xi i . and 392. 1 8 82. 1 2s . 6d.
Vol . II . xi i .—408 . 1 8 84 . 1 23 . 6d. Vol . 11 1 . pp . Vi ii .—41 6 . 1 88 5 .
6d. 01. IV. pp . xiii .—340. 1 8 8 6 . 1 03 . 6d.
COMPA R A TI VE H ISTO R Y O F TH E E GYPTIAN AND ME S O PO TAMIAN R E LIGI ON8 .
By C. P. Ti e le . pt, Bab e l A ssur , Y e m e n , H ar ran , Phoen i c i a , Isra e l .Vo l . I . H isto r of th e
E
ggyp tian R e l igi on . Tr ansl a ted fr om th e D utc h , with th ec o—O p e r ation o th e A uth o r
,
pby JAME S BA LLINGAL . pp . xxiv . 7 s . 6d.
TH E S A R VA -D ARSANA -S AMGR A H A o r R e vi e w o f th e di ffe r e n t S yste m s o fH i ndu Ph i losophy. By Madh ava A c harya . Tran sla ted b y E . B. CO WE LL,M.A . , Cam b r idg e ; and A . E . GO UGH ,
M.A . ,Ca l c utta . pp . xii .-282. 1 882. 103 . 6d .
TIBETAN TA LE S,D e ri v e d fr om Indian S o ur c e s . Tran sla te d
“
fr om th eTib e tan o f th e Kah -Gyur . B F . ANTO N VO N S CH IE PNE R . D o n e i nto E ng l ishfr om th e Ge rm an
,wi th an ntrodu ct ion , by W. R . S . R A LSTO N, M.A . pp .lxvi . -368 . 1 882. 1 4s . .
‘LINGUI STIC E S SAYS . By CA R L A BE L , Ph .D r . p p . v ii i . 1 8 82.
‘
93 .
CO NTENTS .-Lan guag e a s th e E xp r e ssi on o fNa ti on a l Mod es o f Tho ught—Th e Conc e p t ion of
Lo ve In so m e A n c i e n t a nd Mode rn Language s—Th e E ng lish Ve r b s o f Co m m a nd—Th e disc r im in ati on o f S yn o n ym s - Ph i lo lo gI c a l Me thod s—Th e Co n n e c ti on b e tw e e n D i c tio n a ry and Gr am m ar—Th e Po ss ib ili ty o f a Comm o n L i te ra ry Languag e fo r t h e S la ve Na t Ion s—Co p ti c In te ns i fi c a ti on-'
I‘
h e O r ig in o f Langu age—Th e O rde r and Po s i ti on o f Wo rds in t h e La t in S e n te n c e .
H IND I].
PH ILO SO PH Y . Th e Bhagav ad Gi ta o r th e S a c r e d Lay . A .
S anskri t Ph i lo soph i c a l Po e m . Tr ans late d, wi th No tes , b y J O HN D A VIE S , M.A .
(Cantab . M.R . A .S . pp . v i . -208 . 1 882. 8 8 . 6d.
TH E PH ILO S O PH Y O F TH E UPANI SH AD S and A n c i e n t Indi an Me taphysi c s .
By A . E . GO UGH ,M. .A Ca lcu tta . Pp . xxi v .-26 8 . 1 882. 98 .
U D ANAVAR GA : A Col le c tion of Ve r se s fr om th e Buddhi st Can on . Com
piled b y D H AR MA TR ATA . Th e No r th e rn Buddh ist Ve rsi on of D h am rnap ada .
.ransla te d fr om th e Tib e tan o f Bkah -hgyu r , No te s and E xtr ac ts fr om th e Com
m e ntary of Pr adjnava rma n , b yW. W. R o cxH ILL . Pp . XVIx 224. 1 88 3 . 9a .
6 L iézgu z'
stz’
c Public a tions qf'
Trazm e r 3 Co .,
A ‘ H I STO BY O F BURMA .
"
I nc l udingH Burm a Pr op e r , Pe gu ,
Taungu ,
Te nasse ri m , and A r akan . From th e E ar l ie st Tim e to t h e E nd of th e Fir st
War wi th Bri tish India . By Li e ut .-Ge ne ra l S ir A . P. PH A Y R E ,
&c . pp . xii . and 3 12, wi th Maps and P lan . 1 88 3 . 1 43 .
A S KE TCH O F TH E MO D E RN LANGUA GE S O F A FR ICA . By R u N. CUST.
A c c om pan i ed by a Language Map . By E . G . R A VE NSTE IN. Two . Vo ls .
pp . xvi .-288 , vii i .-278 , wi th Thi r ty-one A uto typ e Portra i ts . 1 88 3 .
O UTLINE S O F TH E H I STO R Y O F R ELIGI ONTo TH E S PR E A D O F TH E UNIVE R SALR E LIGI O NS . ByPr of. C.P .TI E LE . Trans la te d fr om th e D utc h b yJ . E .CA R P ENTE R ,M.A ., wi th th e A u thor ’
s assistan c e . Thi rdE di tion , pp . xx . and 250. 1 8 84. 7 3 . 6d.
R ELIGI ON IN CH INA ; c onta in ing a br i e f A c c ount o f th e Thr e e R e l igi onsof th e Chine se ; with O b se r vat ions on th e Pro e c ts o f Chr is tian Con ve rsionam ongst tha t Pe op l e . By JO S E PH E D K INS
LD . Peking . Th ird E di ti on ,
. pp . xvi . and 260. 1 884. 7 3 . 6d.
TH E LIFE O F TH E BUD D H A AND TH E E AR LY H I STO R Y O F
,
H I S O R D E R .
From Tib e ta n Works in th e Bkah -hgyur and Bs tan -h yur . Wi th no ti c e s on .
th e E ar ly H isto of Ti b e t and Kho ten . Tr ans lated y W. W . R O CKH ILL,S e c ond S e c r e tary . S . Lega tion in China . pp . 284. 1 884. 93 .
BUD D H I ST R E CO R D S O F TH E WE STE RN WO RL D . Tr a nslat e d fr om the’
Ch ine se o f H iue n Tsiang (A .D . 629) b y S . BE A L . D edi c ate d b y p e rm ission
to H .R .H . th e Pr inc e of Wa le s . 2 vo ls . pp . 250 and 378 . 1 884. 243 .
TH E S ANKH YA A PH O R I SMS O F KA PILA . Wi th Il lustr at ive E xtr ac ts fromth e Com m e n tar i e s . Trans lated b
yIJ . R . la te Pr in c ipa l
o fBenar e S Co ll ege . E di ted b y F . A LL . Thi rd E diti on . p p . 472. 1 884. 1 63.
TH E O R D INANCE S O E MANU. Tran sla te d fr om th e S an skri t, w i th Int roduc tion b y th e late A . C. BURNE LL , Ph .D . , C. I .E . Comp l e ted and E di ted by E .
W. H O PK INS , Ph .D . , Co lum b ia Co l lege , New Y ork. pp . 446 . 1 8 84. 123 .
LIF E AND WO R K S O F AL ExAND E R CS OMA D E KO R O'
S be twe e n 1 8 1 9 and. 1 842. With a S hor t No ti c e o f all h is Pub lish ed and Un ub l ish edWo rks andE ssays . F r om O r i ina l and for th e m o st p ar t Unpub lish e D o c um e nts . By T.
D UK A , M.D .,F .R . . S . (E ng ) , S urge on -Major H .M.
’
s Be nga l Me dic al S e r vi c e ,R e t ir ed
,e tc . pp . X11 . 1 8 85 . 93 .
LEA VE S FR OMMY CH INE SE S CRA P-BO O K . By F . H . BALF OUR , A u thor ofWa i ts and S tr ays fr om th e Far E ast ,
”e tc . pp . 21 6 . 1 88 7 . 73 . 6d.
A NCIENT PR O VE R BS AND MAXIMS FR OM BURME S E S OUR CE S ; o r , th e NitiLi te r a tur e of Burm a . By J . GR A Y, A u thor of E l em e nts of Fall Gr amm ar ,
”
e tc . pp . 1 92. 1 88 6 . 6 3 .
m e an MA ’NA VI : th e spi r i tual CO IIpl e tS o f Maulan a J a lalq -D in
"
Muham m ad i RUm I'
. Translate d and ab r idged b y E . H .
’
WH INFIBLD , M.A .
pp . xxxi i . and 3 30. 1 887 . 73 . 6d.
TH E S ATA R AS O F BH A R TRIHA R I . Tr an sl ate d fr omth e San skri t b y th eR e v. B. H A LE WO R TH AM, B.A . , pp . xi i -72. 1 8 86 . 5 3 .
MANAVA -D H A RMA -CASTR A : th e Code o fMann . O rigina l S an skr i t Te xtwi th Cri ti c al No te s. By J . JO LLY, Ph .D . , Pr ofe ssor o f S anskri t in th e Unive r si tyo fWur zb urg ; la te Tagor e Pr ofe ssor o f Law in th e Uni ve rsi ty of Ca lc u tta . pp.
vii i . and 346 . 1 887 . 1 03 . 6d.
of“
fi fibne r 001,
gr e a t c om p as sion a te Kwan Y in , p o ss e ss in g 1 000 hands and 1000 e ye s . By th e R e v . 8 . Be a l .—XL Th e H ym n s o f th e Gaup ayan as and th e Le gend o f K in g A s am ati . By Pr o f. MaxMillion—XII . S p e c im e n Chap te r s o f an A ssyr ian Gram m ar . By th e R e v . E . H in c ks , D . D .
Vo l . III. In Two Pa rts . p p . 5 1 6 , sewe d. Wi th Pho tograph. 1 868 . 223 .
CO NTE NTS r—‘I . Con tr i b uti o ns towards a Glo ssary o f th e A ssyr ian Language . By H . F ; Talb o t .—1 1 . R e m arks on th e In dO -Ch in e s e A lp ha b e ts . By D r . A .
‘ Bast ian .-I IL Th e poe tr y o f
Moham e d R ab adan , A r r ago n e se . By th e H on . H . E . J . S tan le y .-IV . Ca talo gu e o f th e O ri e n ta l
Manu sc r i p ts in th e Li b r a ry o f Kin g’s Co l le ge , Cam b r idge . By E . H . Pa lm e r , B.A —V D e
s c r ip ti on O f th e A m r ava t i To p e in Gun tur . By J . Fe r gu sson , F .R S .—VI . R e m arks on Pr of.
Br o c khau s ’ e di t io n O f th e Ka th fisar i t-sa ga i a , Lam b ah a IX. XVIII . By D r . H . Ke rn , Pr of. o fS an skr i t , Un ive rs ity O f Le yde n .
—VI I . Th e so ur c e o f Co le b ro oke ’8 E ssay
“ O n th e D u ti e s o f aFa i thfu l H in du Wido w .
” By Fi tz e dward H a l l , D .C.L. S up p le m e n t : Fur the r de ta i l o f p r o o fst ha t Co l e b r o oke ’s E ssay , “ O n th e D u t i e s o f. a Fa i thfu l H in du W i dow ,
” w a s n o t inde b te d toth e Vivadab h angArna v a . By F . H a l l .—VIII . Th e S ixth H ym n o f th e F ir st Bo ok o f th e BigV e da . By Pr o f. MaxMii l l e r .
—IX. Sas san ian Ins c r i p ti on s . By E . Thom as .—X. A c c o un t o f an
E m b assy {Tom Mo r oc c o t o S p a in in 1 690 and 1 691 . By th e H o n . H . E J . S tan le y .—XI . Th e
P o e tr y O f Moham e d R ab adan , o f A r r agon . By th e sam e .—XII . Ma te r i a ls fo r th e H is to ry o f
India fo r th e S ix H undr e d Ye a rs O fMoham m adan ru le , p r e viou s to th e Fo unda t ion o f th e Br i ti shIndi an E m p i r e . By Maj o r W . Nas sau Le e s , LL .D .
—X1 1 1 . A F ew W o rds c on c e rni n g th e H il lp e o p le inha b i t in g t h e Fo r e sts o f th e Co c hin S ta te . By Cap t . G . E . Fr e r , M. S .C.
—XIV. No te so n t h e Bhoj pur i D ia le c t o f H indi , sp oke n in We s te rn Be ha r . By J . am e s, B.C. S .
.Vo l . IV. In Two Par ts . p p . 521 , sewe d. 1 869—70. 1 6 3 .
CO NTENTS .-I . Co n tr i b u t ion towa rds a G lo ssar y o f th e A ssyr ian Language . By H . F . Ta lb o t .
Par t I l .- II . O n I ndi an Chr on o lo gy .
‘ By J . Fe r gu sso n , F .R .S . II I . Th e Po e try o i Moh a ine dR ab a dan O f A r r a g on . By th e H on . H . E . J . S tan l e y—IV. O n th e Maga r Langua ge o f Ne p a l .By J . Be am e s , B.C.S .
-V . Con t r i b u t io n s to th e Knowle dg e o f Par se e Li t e r a tur e . By E . S ac hau ,Ph . D .
—VI . I l lu s tra t i o n s o f th e Lam a i s t S yste m i n Tib e t , dr awn from Ch in e se S o ur c e s . ByW . F . Maye rs , O t H .B.M. Co nsu lar S e r vic e , Chin a .
-VII . K liuddaka Patha , a Pali Te xt , wi th a
Tra n s la t ion and No te s . B R . C. Chi lde rs, la t e Ce y lon C. S .~ —VI I I .
' A n E nde avour to e lu c ida teR ash iduddi n
’s Ge ogr a p h i c a No t i c e s of India . By Co l . H . Yu le , C.B. IX. S as san i an Insc r ip t ion s
e xp la in e d b y th e Pah lav i o f th e Par s i s . By E . W . We s t—X. S om e A c c o unt o f th e S e nb yfiPagoda a t Me n g fi n , n e a r th e Burm e se Cap i ta l , in a Me m o r andum b y Cap t .
‘
E . H . S lade n , Po li tic a l A g e n t a t Manda lé ; w i th R em a rks o n th e S u b j e c t b y Co l. H . Y u le , C.B.
—XI . Th e Brha tS anhi ta ; o r , Com p le t e S ys t em o fNa tu r a l A str o lo gy o fVarah a -Mi h ir a . Tr ansla te d fr om Sanskr i tin to E n gl ish b y D r . H . K em .
~ XII . Th e Moh am m e dan Law O f E vide n c e , and i ts influe n c e o n
th e A dm in i s tr a ti on o f Ju s t i c e i n In di a . By N. B. E . Ba i l l ie .7-XI I I .
,Th e Mo ham m edan Law o f
E vide n c e in c onne c tion w i th th e A dm in istr a ti o n o f Ju s t i c e,to Fo r e ign e r s . By th e sam e —XIV .
A Tr an s la t io n O f a Ba c t r ian Pali Insc r ip t ion . By Pr o f. J . D owson .-XV. IndO -Par thian Co in s .
By E . Thom as .
Vo l . V . In Two Pa r ts . p p . 463, se we d. Wi th 10fu ll -p age and fo lding Pla te s .
1 8 7 1 2. 1 83 . 6d.
CO NTE NTS .—I . Two Jatakas . Th e o ri gi na l Pal i Te xt , wi th an E ng lish Trans la ti on . By V.
Faus b ii l l .—I I . O n an A nc i e n t Buddhi st In sc i i p ti o n a t K e u -yung kwan , in No rt h Ch i na . B A .
Wyl i e .—I I I . Th e Brh a t S anhi t a ; o r , Com p le t e S ys te m O f Na tu r a l A s tr o lo gy o f Varab a -M
Tr ans la t e d from S an skr i t in to E n g li sh b y D r . H . K e i n .—IV. Th e Po ngo l F e s ti va l in S ou the rn
Indi a . By C. E . Go ve r .—V . Th e Po e try o f Moham e d R ab adan , o f A rr a go n . By th e R i ght H on .
Lord S tan l e y o f A lde r le y .—V I . E ss ay o n t h e Cr e e d and Custom s o f th e J angam s . By C. P .
Br own .—V l I O n Ma la b ar , Co r om an de l
, Q u i lon , e t c . By C. P . Br own .—VIII . O n th e Tr e a tm en t
o f th e Ne xu s i n th e Ne o -A r ya n Langu ag e s o f Indi a . By J . Be am e s , B.C.S .—IX. S om e R e m ar ks
o n th e Gr e a t To p e a t S anc hi . By th e R e v . S . Be a l . -X. A n c ie n t Insc r ip ti o ns fr om Ma thura.
o f Tab ar istan . I l lustr a te d b y Co in s . By E . Thom as , 0 '
57‘
a n‘
d 59,-1Ludga te H i ll, London, E C. 9
‘
Vo l . V I. , Par t I , p p . 212 , s’
e we d, wi th'
two pla t e s and a'
m é p q 1 87 2.
I l
CONTE NTS .—Th e Ishm a e l i te s, an d th e A ra b i c Tr ib e s wh o Con q u e r e d the i r Co un t ry .
S pr e n ge r .- A Br i e f A c c o un t o f Fo u r A ra b i c Wo rks o n th e H i s to r y . and G e o gra p hy o f
By Ca p ta in S . B. Mi le s—O u t h e Me tho ds o f D ispo sin g o f t h e D e ad a t Llas sa , Th i b e t , e tc . ByChar le s H om e , la te Th e Br h a t -Sa nhi ta ; o r , Co m pl e te S ys te m o f Na tu ra l A stro logy ofVar é h a ’ m i h i r a, Tra n s la te d fr om S ans kri t into E ng l ish b y. D r . H . Ke rn . No te s o n H we n
Th e an g ’8 A c c oun t o f th e Pr in c i p a li ti e s o f Tokhé r is tan , in whi c h so m e Pr e vi o u s Ge ogr a h i c a l
Ide n t ific a tio n s a re R e c ons ide r e d . By Col on e l Yule , C.B.—Th e Cam p a ign o f E l iu s G a us in
A r ab ia . By A . S p r e n ge r .—A ri A c coun t o f J e ru sa le m , Tr ans la te d fo r t h e la t e S ir H . M. E lli o t
f r om th e Pe rs ian Te xt o f Nasir i b n K h i i s ru’s S a fanam ah b y t h e la t e Ma o r A . R . Fu l le r .
—Th eP oe try o f Moham ed R ab adan , o f A r r agon . By th e R ight H on . Lo r d S tan e y o f A lde r le y .
‘Vo l . VI . , Pa r t p p . 21 3 to 400 and lxxxiv. , se we d. I l lus t ra ted wi th a Map ,Pla te s , and Wo odc u ts.
‘
1 8 7 3 . 83 .
CO NTE NTS .—O u H iou e n -Th e ang ’
s Jou r n e y fr om Pa tna to Ba llab hi . By Jam e s F e rgu sso n .
D .C.L . F .R . 8 .—No r th e rn Buddhism . [No te from Co lo n e l H . Yu le , addr e s s e d to t h e S e c r e ta ry .—H w e ii Th '
e an g’3 A c c oun t o f th e Pr in c i p a li t ie s o f ’
l O khar is tAn , e tc . By Co lon e l H . Yu le , C.B.
Th e Brh a t S an h i td ; o r , Com p le te S ys t e m O f Na tu ra l A s tr o lo gy o f Varah a -m ih i r a . Tra ns la te dfrom S an skri t in to E ng l ish b y D r . H . K e i n .
—Th e I n i t ia l Co in a g e o f Be n ga l, unde r th e E ar lyMu ham m adan Co nqu e I O .r s Pa r t I I . E m b r a c i ng th e p re lim ina r y p e r i od b e twe e n A .H . 6 14-634
(A .D . 121 7 1236 By E dward Thom a s,F . R . S .
—Th e L e g e nd O f D ip a ii ka ra Buddha . Tr a ns la te dfr om th e Chin e s e (andyin t e nde d t o i llus tr a t e Pla te s xx i x . and L . ,
Tr e e a nd S e r p e n t Wo rshipBy S . Be a l .—No te on A r t . IX. ,
an te p p . 21 3-274, on H i ou e n -The ang ’s Journe y fr om Pa tn a t o
Ba lla b h i . By Jam e s F e rgu sson .
—Con tri b uti o ns t owards a G lossary o f th eA ssyr ian Langu ag e . By H . F. Ta lb ot .
Vo l . V II. , Pa rt I ., p p . 1 70 and 24, s ewe d. Wi th a p la te .
CO NTENTS .—Th e Up a sa mp a dd Ka m m a c dc a
,b e in g th e Buddhis t Manu a l o f th e Fo rm an d
Mann e r o f O rde r i ng O f Pr i e s ts and D e a c on s . Th e P ali Te xt , w i th a Tr an s la ti o n and No t e s .
By J . F . D ic kso n , B. A .—No t e s on th e Me ga li thi c Mo num e n ts o f th e Co im b a to r e D is tr i c t ,
Madr as . By M. I .Wal h o u se , la t e —No t e s o n t h e S inha le s e Lan gu a ge . No . 1 . O n th e Fo rm at i on o f t h e P lu r a l o f Neu t e r No u ns . By R . C. Ch i lde r s , . l a te Ce y lo n O . S .
—Th e Pa li Te xto f th e Ma hdp a r in i b bdn a 8 mm a nd Co m m e n ta ry , w i t lr a Tr an s la t i on . By R . C. Ch i lde r s , la teCe y lon O .S .
—Th e Br i h a t -S an l i i ta ; o r , Com p le te S ys t e m o fNa tu r a l A s t r o lo gy o f Va rah a -m ih i r a .
Tr an s la t ed fr om Sa n skr i t i n to E ng li sh b y D r . H . K e rn .—No t e o n t h e Va lle y o f Ch oom b i .
.By D r . A . Cam p b e l l , la te S up e r int e nde n t o f D arj e e l in g .—Th e Nam e o f th e Twe l fth Im am on th e
Co in age o f E gyp t . By H . S a uv ai r e and S ta n le y Lan e P o o le —Thr e e Inscr i p t io ns o f Par a°kr am a Bahu t h e Gr e a t fr om Pu las t ip ur a , Ce y lo n (da te c i r c a 1 1 80 By T. W . R hys D av i ds .
- O f th e Kh a r é j o r Muh am m adan Lan d Tax ; i ts A pp li c a t io n to Br i t ish India , and E ffe c t on
t h e Te n u r e o f Land. By N. B. E . Ba i l li e .—A p p e ndix : A S p e c im e n o f a Syr i a c Ve r si on o f th e
Ka li lah wa -D im n ah , w i th an E ng l ish Tr an sla t io n . By W . Wr i ght .Vo l . II ., pp . 1 91 t o 394, sewed. With se ve n p la te s and a m ap . . 1 8 75 . 83 .
CoNTE NTs .—S igi r i , th e Li on R o c k , n e ar Pu la s t ip ur a , Ce y lon ; and th e Thirty-n in th Cha p te r
o f th e Mah av ams a . By T. W . R hys D a vids —Th e No r the rn Fr o n tage r s O f Chin a . Par t I .Th e O r i gin e s o f th e Mo n go ls . By H . H . H owo r th .
—In e di t ed A r a b i c Co in s . By S tan le y Lan ePo o le —No t i c e o n th e D i n ar s o f th e A b b a s s ide D yn as ty . By E dwa rd Thom a s R O ge r S .
—Th eNo r the r n Fr o n ta g e r s o f China : P ar t I I . Th e O r ig in e s o f t h e Man c hu s . By H . H . H owo r th .—No t e s o n th e O ld Mon g o l ian Cap i tal o f Shan gtu . By S . W . Bu she l l , B. se . ,M. D .
—O ri e n ta lP r o ve r b s in the i r R e la t io n s to Fo lk lo r e , H is to r y , S o c i o lo gy ; w i th S ugge s t ion s fo r the i r Co lle et i on , In t e r p r e ta t i on , Pub li c a t io n . By th e R e v . J . Lo ng
—Two O ld S im h a l e s e Ins c r i p t ion s . Th e‘
S a b a saMa l la I nsc r i p ti o n , da te 1200 A .D . , a nd t h e R uw anwae l i D ag a b a In sc r ip ti on , dat e 1 191 A .D .
Te xt , Tra n s la t i o n , and No te s . By T. \V. R hys D av ids . No t e s o n a Ba c tr ian Pa l i In sc ri p t i o na nd th e S am va t E ra . By Pro f. J . D owso n .
—Not e o n a Jade D r inking Ve s se l o f th e . E m pe r o rJahangi r . By E dwar d Thom a s, F .R .S .
VOL VII I ., Par t I . , pp . 1 5 6 , sewed, wi th th r e e p late s and a p lan . 1 876 . 83 .
CO NTE NTS .—Ca ta lo gu e o f Buddhis t S an skr i t MS S . in. t h e Po s se ss i on o f th e R . A .S . (H odgs on
Co ll e c ti on ) . By Pr o f. E . B. (‘
O we ll and J . E gg e l ing .—O u th e R ui n s o f S i gi r i in Ce y lo n . By
T. H . Blake s le y , Ce y lon .—Th e Pa t im okkh a, b e ing t h e Buddh is t O ffi c e o f th e Co n fe ss ion o f Pr i e s ts .
Th e Pa l i Te xt , wi t h a Tr an s la t i on , a nd No te s . By J I“. D i c kso n , M.A . , Ce ylo n C.S .-No te s
o n t h e S inha le s e Lan gu a g e . No . 2. P r o o fs o f th e S an skr i t ic O r i g in o f S in ha le s e . By R . C.
Chi lde r s , la t e o f th e Ce ylon Ci vi l S e r vi c e .
‘
Vo l . VIII .
,Par t 1 5 7 308 , sewed. 1 8 7 6 . 8 3 .
CO NTENTS .—A n A c c oun t o f th e I slan d o f Ba l i By R . Fr i e de r i c h .
-Th e Pa l i Text o f th e Mahap ar in i b b an a Su tta and Co m m e n tar y , wi th a Tr an sla t i o n . By R C. Chi lde r s , la t e Ce ylon C.S .
Th e No r the r n Fr o n tag e r s o f Chin a. Pa r t I I I . Th e K a ra Khi ta i . By H . H . H owo r th .-Ia
e di te d A r ab ic Co in s . 1 1 . By S . L . Po o le —O u t h e Fo rm o f G o ve rnm e n t unde r th e Na t iveS o ve r e i gns o f Ce y lon . By A . de S il va E kan ayaka , Muda liya r , Ce y lo n .
“ t
10 Linguistic Pub lica tiows of Tr im s?2
Vo l . 1X. , Part I . , p p .,
1 5 6,sewe d, wi th a p la te . 1 877 . 8 8 .
CO NTnNTs .—Bac tr i an Co ins and Indi an D a t e s . By E . Thom as , F .R .S .
—Th e Te nse s o f th eA ssyr i an Ve rb . By th e R e v . A . H . S ayc e , M.A .
—A n A c c oun t o f t h e Is land o f Bali. B B.
Fr i ede ri c h (c o n tin u e d fr om Vo l . VI II . N. S . p .- O n R u ins in Makr an . By Maj o r Mo c e r .—In e di te d A ra b i c Co in s . 1 1 1 . By S tan le y Lan e Po o le ,—Fu r the r No te o n a Bac tr ian Pa li In sc r ip
t io n and th e S am va t E r a . By Pr o f. J . D owson .—No te s on P e rsian Be luc hi s tan . Fr om th e
P e rs ian o f Mir z a Me h dy Khan . By A . H . S c h indle r .
Vo l'
IX. , Par t pp . 292. s e wed, with th r e e p la tes. .1 87 7 . 6d.
CO NTE NTS .—Th e E ar ly Fai th o f A soka . By E . Thom as , F .R . S .
—Th e No r th e rn Fr on tage r s .
o f China . Par t II . Th e Man c hu s (S up p l em e n ta ry No t i c e ) . Par t IV. Th e Ki n o r Go lde n Ta ta rs .
By H . H . H owo r th . O n a Tr e a t is e o n We ights andMe a sur e s b y E l iya, A r c hb ishop o f Nis i b in .
By M. H . S au va ir e .- O n Im p e r ia l and o the r Ti t le s . By S ir T. E . Co le b r o oke , Ba r t . , M.P .
—A fli ¢n i ti e s o f th e D ia le c ts o f th e Ch e p ang and Ku sunda h Tr i b e s o fNip al wi th tho se o f th e H i l l Tr i b e s .
o f A rr ac an . By Ca p t . C. J . F . Fo r b e s , M.A .S . Be nga l , e tc .—No te s on S om e A n t i
qu i ti e s found in a Moun d n e ar D am ghan . By A . H . S c hi ndle r .
Vo l . X.
,Pa rt I . , p p . 1 5 6 , se we d, wi th two p la te s and a m ap . 1 8 78 . 8 8 .
CONTENT8 .—o n th e Non -A r yan L angua ge s o f In dia . By E . L . Br andr e th .
- A D i a logue on .
th e Ve dan t i c Con c e p ti on o fBr ahm a . By Pr am ada D asa Mi t tr a, la te O th . Pr o f. o f A nglo -S anskri t ,G ov . Co l le ge , Be n ar e s .
—A n A c c o un t o f th e I s land o f Ba li . By R . Fr i e de r i c h (c on tinue d fr omVo l . IX. N.S . p .
—Unp u b lished G lass W e ights and Me a sur e s . By E . T. R o ge r s—Chin a .
v ia Ti b e t . By S . C. Bo u lg e r .—No te s an d R e c o ll e c tions on Te a Cul ti va ti on in Kum aon and
Garhwal . By J . H . Ba tt e n , la te B.C. S .
V o l . X ., Pa rt p p . 1 46 , se we d. 1 878 . 6 3 .
CO NTE NT8 .—N0te on P l in ’
s Ge o gr ap hy o f th e E a st Coas t o f A r ab ia . ByMaj o r -Gen . S . B.Mil e s ,.
D . S .O .~ Th e Ma ldive Is lan s ; w i th a Vo c ab u lar y take n fr om Fr an co is Pyr ar d de Lava l , 1 602
1 607 . -By A . Gr a la te Ce y lon -O .S .—O u Ti b e to -Bu rm an Langu age s . By Cap t . C.
’
J . F . S .
For b e s , Burm e s e .S . Comm issi on .—Bu rm e se Tr an s li te r a t ion . By H . L . S t. Bar b e , R e s ide n t a t .
Mande lay .- O n th e Conn e xi on o f th e M6 11 9 o f P e gu w i th th e K o le s o f Ce ntr a l Indi a. By
Cap t . C. J . F . S . Fo r b e s , Bu rm e s e C.C.—S tudi e s on th e Com p a r a t ive Gr am m ar o f th e S e m i ti c
Languag e s , wi th S p e c ia l R e fe r e nc e to A ssyr ian . By P . H au p t . Th e O ldes t S em i ti c Ve r b -Fo rm .
-A r ab Me tr o lo gy . II . R l-D j ab ar ty . By M. H . S au va ir e .—Th e Migrati on s and E ar ly H is tory.
o f th e Whi te H uns ; p r in c ip a l ly fr om Chin e se S ou r c e s . By T. W . Kingsm i l l .Vo l . X.
, Par t II I . , p p . 204,se we d. 1 8 7 8 . 8 3 .
CONTENTS —O u th e H il l Can to n o f salar , —th e m o s t E as te r ly S e tt le m e nt o f th e Turk R a c e .
By R o b e r t B. S haw - Ge o logi c a l No te s o n th e R ive r Indu s . By Gr i ffin W . Vyse , E xe cu tiveE ngine e r F .W .D . Bani s h—E du c a ti on a l Li t e r a tu r e for Jap an e se Wom e n . By B. H . Cham b e r1a in .—O n t h e Na tu ra l Phe nom e no n Kn own in th e E as t b y th e Nam e s S ub -h i -Kaz i b , e tc . , e t c .
By J . W . R e dhou se .—O n a Ch in e s e Ve r sion o f th e sankhya Kar ika, e t c . , found am on g th e
Buddhi st Bo oks c om p r i s ing th e Tr ip i taka and two o the r wo rks . By th e R e v . 8 . Be aI.—Th eR o c k-c u t Phrygian In sc ri p tions a t D ogan lu . By E . Thom as , F .R . S .
—Inde x ..Vo l . XL , Pa r t . I . , p p . 1 28 , se we d, wi th se ve n I l lustrati ons . 1 8 79. 5 8 .
CO NTE NT8 .—O D th e Po s i ti on o fWom e n in th e E a st in th e O lde n Tim e . By E .Thom a s , F .R .S .—No t i c e o f S c ho la r s wh o have Con tr i b u t e d to o ur Kn owle dg e o f th e Lan gu age s o f Br i t ish Indi a
du r ing th e la st Th ir ty Ye a r s . By R . N. Cus t .—A n c i e n t A r ab i c Po e try : i ts Ge nu in e n e ss and
A u the n t i c i ty . By S ir W. Mu i r ,—No te o n Manr iqu e
’s Missi on an d th e Ca tho li c s in th e
t im e o f S hah Jahan . By H . G . K e e n e —O n S andhi in Pa li . By th e la te R . C. Chi lde rs .—O n
A r ab i c A m u le ts andMo t to e s . By E . T. R og e r s .
Vo l . XL , Par t II . , pp . 25 6 , sewed, wi th m ap and p late . 1 8 79. 73 . 6d.
CO NTE NTS—O n th e Ide n t ific a t i o n o f Pla c e s o n th e Makr an Co a st m e n ti o n ed b y A rr i e n , Pto l em y ,an d Mar c ian . By Maj o r E . Mo c kle r .
—O n t h e Pr o p e r Nam e s o f th e Mo h amm adans . By S i r T.
E . Co le b r o ok e , Bar t . ,M.P.—Pr i n c i p le s o f Com p o s i t ion in Chin e se , a s de du c e d fr om th e Wr i t t e n
Cha r a c te r s . By th e R e v . D r . Le gg e . O n th e Ide n ti fi c a t ion o f t h e Po r tr a i t o f Ch o sro e s 1 1 . am ongt h e Pa in t ings in th e Cave s a t A j an ta . By Jam e s Fe r gu sson , Vi c e -Pr e side n t .—A S p e c i m e n o f
‘
t h e Zo on ge e (o r Zurnge e ) D i a le c t o f a Tr ib e o f Nagas , b o rde r ing o n th e Va l le y o f A ssam ,
b e twe e n th e D ikh o and D e so i R ive r s,em b r a c ing o ve r Fo r ty Vi l lag e s . By th e R e v . Mr . Clark .
Vo l . XI . Part III . p p . 104, c xxiv . 1 6 , sewe d. 1 8 79. 8 3 .
CO NTE NTs .—Th e Gau r i an c om p ar e d w ith th e R om an c e Langu age s . Par t I . By E . L.
‘
Br andr e th .—D ia le c ts o f Co l lo qu ia l A r a b i c . By E . T. R o ge r s .
—A Com p ar a t ive S tudy o f th eJ ap an e se and Ko r e an Langu ag e s . By W . G . A s ton .—Inde x .
Vo l . XII . Pa r t I . pp . 1 5 2, sewed, Wi th Tab l e . 1 8 80. 5 a.
CO NTE NTs .—O u “Th e Mo st Com e ly Nam e s ,
” i . e . th e Lau da to r E p i the ts , o r th e Ti t le s o f Pr a iseb e s towe d on God in th e Qur ’
an o r b yMu s lim Wr i te r s . By J . R e dhouse .-No te s on a n ew ly
d isc o ve r e d Clay Cylinde r o f Cyr u s th e Gr e a t . By Majo r -Ge n . S i r H . C. R aw lin son , K .C.B.
No t e on H io u e n -Th san g’s D h anakac h e ka . By R o b e r t S e we ll
,M.C. S .
-R e m a rks b
y.
Mr .
Fe r gu sson on Mr . S ew e l l ’s Pa p e r .—A Tr e a t ise o n We i gh ts andMe a su r e s . B E li ya, A r c h Isho
o f Nisi b in . By H . S a uva i r e . (Su p p le m e n t to Vo l . 1X . , p p . 291 -3 1 3 ) n the A g e o f th e
A j an ta Cave s . By R aj e ndr a l ala Mi tr a , C.I .E .—No te s o n Ba b u R éj e ndral a Mi tr a
’s Pap e r on.
th e A ge o f th e Cave s a t A j an ta. By J . F e rgusson , F .R .S .
Linguisti c P ub lications af l Tr ubne r ij' Co
Vol . XIV. Part I I. pp . 1 64, wi th th r e e pidbes .
’
1 882.
Coun te r s—O u Tar tar and Turk .
‘
Vo i . XIV . Par t I II .
'
pp . 208 , wi th S pIates. 83 .
Co n r s n r s .—Th e Va i shnava R e l i g ion ,, w i th sp e c ia l r e fe r e n c e to th e S iksh a-pa tr i of th e
Mode rn S e c t c a ll e d S vam i-Nar i‘i yan a . By Mo n i e r W i lliam s , D .C.L .—Fu r the r No te s on
th e A p o lo gy o f A l-Kindy . By S ir W. Mu i r , LL.D .—Th e Buddhi st Cave s o f
A fghan is ta n . By W . S im p son .-Th e I de n t ific a t io n o f th e S c ulp tu r e d To p e a t S anc hi . By W .
S im p son—O n th e Ge n e a lo gy o f Mode rn Num e rals . By S ir E . C. Bayle y , C.I .E .
-'
l‘
h e Cun e ifo rm In sc r ip t ion s o f Van , de c i phe r e d and trans la te d, b y A . H . S ay c e .
Vo l . XIV. Par t IV. pp . 330, c l ii . . 1 882. 1 48 .
Co ri n n a—Th e Cun e i fo rm In sc r i p t i on s of Van , d'
e c ip he r e d and tran s la te d, b y A . H . S a c e .—S an skr i t Te xt o f th e S iksh a-Pa tr i o f th e S vam i -Nar ayan a S e c t . E di t e d and Tran sla t b yPr o f. M. Wi l liam s , C. I .E .
—Th e Su c c e ssor s o f th e S i lj aks in A s ia Mino r . By S . L . P oo le .- Th e
O lde s t Bo ok b f th e Ch ine se (Th e Y h -K ing ) and i ts A u tho r s . By T. de la Cou p e r i e .
Vo l . XV . Pa r t I . pp . 1 34, wi th 2, p late s . 6 3 .
Co n r nn r s .—Th e Ge n e a lo gy o fMode rn Num e r a ls . Par t I I . S im p l ific a tio n o f th e A n c ie n t Indi an
Num e r a t ion . By S ir E . C. Bay le y , C. I . E .—Par thi an and Indo -S as san i an Co ins . By E . Thom as ,
F .R .S .—E ar ly H is t o ri c a l R e la t io ns b e twe en Phrygi a and Cap p ado c ia . By W. M. R am say .
Vol . XV. Part II . pp . 1 5 8, ,with 6 tab le s . 1 883 . 5 3 .
Co n r s s r s .—Th e Ta t tva -m uk tav a l i o f Gauda -p fi rnan an da c h akr av ar t in . E di te d and Translat e d b y P ro fe ss o r E . B. Cow e l l .—Two Mode rn S an skr i t s lo kas . Comm un i c a t e d b y Pr o f. E . B.
Cow e l l . -Ma lagas y P la c e -Nam e s . By th e R e v . Jam e s S i b r e e , ju n .—Th e Nam akkar a , w i th
Tr ansla t io n a nd Com m e n tary . By H . L . S t . Bar b e —Ch i ne se Laws and Cus tom s . ByChr is to p he r Gar dn e r —Th e O lde st Bo ok o f th e Ch in e se (th e Y h -K i ng ) and i ts A u tho r s(c on t inued) . By Te rr i e n de LaCo up e r i e .
—Gle an in gs from th e A rab ic . By H . W . Fr e e land.
Vo l . XV . Pa rt I II . pp . 62-cxl . j 6 3 .
Kann ada A u tho rs . By Le wi s R i c e —O u Two Q u e s tio n s o f Jap an e s eA rc hae o lo gy . By B. H . Cham b e r la in ,
—Tw o S i te s n am e d b y H ion e m Th sang in th elo th Bo ok o f th e S i -yu -ki . By th e R e v . S . Be a l . -Two E a r ly S our c e s o f Mo ng o l H i s to ry . ByH . I I . H owo r th, F .S .A .
—P r o ce e dings o f S ixt i e th A nn ive r sary o f th e S o c i e ty, he ldMay 21 , 1 883 .Vo l . XV. Pa r t IV . pp . 1 40-iv.
-20,wi th p lat e . 1 8 83 . 5 s .
Co m m as —Th e R ive r s o f th e Ve das , and H ow th e A ryans E n te r e d India . By E dwar dThom a s .F .R . S .
—S u gge s t i o n s o n th e V o i c e -Fo rm a t i on o f th e S e m i ti c Ve r b . By G . Be r tin ,—Th e Buddhism o f Ce y lon . By A r thur Li l li e . —Th e No r the rn Fr on ta ge rs o f Chi na .
Par t VI . H ia o r Tangu t . By H . H . H owo r th, P .S .A .—Inde x .—Lis t o f Mem b e rs .
Vo l . XVI . Par t I . pp . 1 38 , wi th 2 p la te s. 1 884. 73 .
Co ri n n a—Th e S to ry o f D e v asm i ta . Tr an slate d from th e K a th a S ar i t S aga ra , Tar an ga 1 3 ,S loka 54, b y th e R e v . B. H a le Wo rtham .
—Puj ahs in t h e S u t le j Va l le y , H im a layas . By Wi lli amS im ps on ,
—O u som e Ne w D i sc ove ri e s in S ou the rn India . By R . S e we l l,Madr a s O . S .
O n th e Im p o r tan c e t o G r e a t Br i ta in o f th e S tudy o f A r ab i c . By H a b i b A . S a lm oné .
G r am m a ti c a l No te o n th e Gwam b a Langu age in S o u th A fr i c a . By P . Be r thoud,o f th e Can ton de V aud, Swi tz e r land, s ta t ion e d a t Va ldé z ia , S p e l o nke n , Tr an svaa l .a t th e r e qu e st o f R . N. Cu s t . ) —D i a l e c t o f Tr i b e s o f th e H indu Khu sh , from Co lone lWo rk o n t h e su b j e c t ( c o r r e c t e d) .—Gr am m a t i c a l No t e . o n th e S im n fi n i D ia le c t o f th e Pe r sianLanguage . By th e R e v . J . Ba s se tt , A m e ri c anMi ss ion a ry ,Tab r iz . (Comm un i c a te d b y R .N. Cust . )
Vo l . XVI . Par t II . pp . 1 84, with 1 p la te . 93 .
Co un te r s - E ty m o logy of th e Tu rk ish Num e r a ls . By S . W . K o c l l e , Ph .D . , l ate Miss ionaryo f th e Chu r c h Miss io n ary S o c . , Co n s tan t ino p le .
—Gr am m a ti c a l No t e and Vo c a b u lary o f th e
Ko r -k i‘
i , a Ko la r ian Tr i b e in Ce n t r a l I ndia . (Com m un ic a t e d b y R . N. Cu s t . ) - Th e P a r iah Cas t ein Travan c o r e . By S . Ma t e e r .
-S om e Bi h i'
i r i Fo lk-S o ngs . By G . A . Gr ie rson , O fii .Magis tr a t e , Pa tn a
—S om e fur th e r Gl e an ings fr om th e S i -yu ~ k i . By th e R e v . S . Be a l ,—O u th e
S i t e s o f Br ahm anab ad and Man s fi r ah in S indh ; wi th n o t i c e s o f o the rs o f l e ss n o t e in the i rV i c in i ty . By Maj o r -G e n . M. R . H a ig .
- A n t ar and th e S lave D aj i . A Be dou e e n Le g e nd . ByS t . C. Badde le y .
—Th e Language s o f th e E ar ly Inha b i ta n ts o f Me sop o tam i a. By G . Pinc h e s .
‘
5 7"
and Ludg a te‘
H il l, London,E U. 13
Vol . XVI . PM1 1 1 . pp . 74 - 614 . 104. 651.Vi king of th eA r r ang e m e n t o f
Vo l XVI . Part IV pp . 1 34 . 88 .
tCo un ter s .
—S ’uka—s ande sah . A Sansk ri t Poem b y Lakst -dasa . Wi th P r e fa c e andNo te s i n
A Eng li sh b y H . H . R am a Varm a , th e Maha r aj a o f Tra vanc o re., G .C.S .I.—Th e Chine se Boo k o f t h eO de s , for E ng l ish R e ade r s . By C. F. R . A ll ena—No te sur l e sMo ts Sans c r i tsc om pose s a ve c Ufa .J . van de n Gh e yn, S J .
—S om e R em ar ks on th e Li fe and La b o u o f Csom a de Xilros,de ive r e d o n th e o c c a s ion whe n h is Ti b e tan Bo oks and MS S . we r e e xh ib t ed b e for e th e R .A S . ,Jun e 1 6 , i s84. By S u rg e o n-Maj o r T. D uka M.D , la te o f t h e Be ngal A rm y .
- A r a b Me tro logy .
V . E z -Zah r a wy . Trans la te d andA nndta t edb yM. H . Sauvaire . de l’A c adém i e de Mar se i l le .
Vo l .XVI I . , Par t I . , pp . 144, wi th 5 pla te s . 1 885 .
‘
1 03 . 6d.
Co s r s s r s .~ S to ry o f S hi nt e n d i . Fr om a J ap an e se “Mak i m on o ” i n S i x “K e n ,
”or
R o l ls . By F . V . D i c ki n s .—Th e Be a r i ng o f t h e S tu dy o f th e Ban tu Lan gu age s o f S ou th
A fr i c a o n th e A ryan Fam i ly o f La ngua ge s By th e R e v . F . W. Ko l b e .—No te s o n A ssy r i anand A kkadi an Pr o n o uns .
'
By .
G . Be r t i n—Birddh i s t R e m a i ns n e ar Sam b hur , i n We s t e r nR aj u ta n a , Ind ia . By S ur e o n Maj o r T. H H e nd le y—G le ani ngs fro m th e A ra b i c . ByH . . Fr e e land .
—Di a l e c ts Tr i b e s o f H indu Kha sh ,yfrom Co lo n e l Biddu lp h ’s Wo rk o n
th e S ub je c t . I I . S h in a (G i lj i t D i a l e c t ) . I II . Kh owa r (Chi tr al Va l le y ) .
Vol. XVII ., Pa r t II . , pp . 1 94, wi th 1 m ap . 1 8 85. 93 .
Vol . XVI I . Par t III ., pp 3 44 , wi th 2 plate s . 1885 . 1 06 . 6d
Con n a i s .—A ge o f th e A ve st a . Pr o f. de H a r l e z—Ch i ne se Gam e o f Ch e ss . By H . F .
W . H o l t .—Cus tom s and S up e r s t iBt o n e c o nn e c te d wi th th e Cu l t i va t i o n o f R i c e i n th e
S o u th e rn Pr o v i n c e o f Ce ylo np By C. R . J . 16 Me s uri e r .—V e rn ac u lar Li t e ra t ur e a nd Fo lk
Lo r e o f t l i e Panj a b . By T. H . l‘
h o rn to n , C S . l .—Be gi nn i ngs o f Wr i t in g i n an d a r ou ndTi b e t . By T. de Lac o up e r i e .
—Inde x . P roc e e di ng; o f th e S ixty se c o nd A n n i ve rsaryMe e ti ngo f th e S o c i e ty he ld o n th e 1 8 th o f May , 1 885 L e t o fMe m b e rs .
Vol . XVIII . , Part I . , pp . 128 , with 2 p late s . 1 886 .
Co n r sn r s—A n c i e n t Nav iga t i o n i n th e Indian O c e an . By th e R e v . J . E dk i ns, D .D . ,
Pe ki n g .—La Ca l ls an d t h e Co un t ry o f Khom s i r , wi th a No t e o n No r th A fr i c an Mar b le s ,
b e i ng t h e R e p o r t o f a r e c e n t To u r addre ss e d to H .M. S e c r e t ar y o f S ta t e . Co n s u lGe n e r a l R . L . P layfa i r .
—Bushm e n and t h e i r L an gu ag e . By G . Be r t i n .—I n sc
B
p t ion s a tCa i ro a nd th e Bu rjn -z Zafa r . By H e n ry C. K ay . G le an‘
i ng s from th e A r a b i c : L am e n t o fMa ia n o ,
t h e Be do u i n wi fe o fMu aW i y a By H . W. Fr e e l an d M. A .- D i sc o ve ry o f Ca ve s o n
th e Mur gha b . By Ca p t . D e Lae sso c and th e H o n . M. G . Ta l b o t , R .E . Wi t h No te s b y W.
S im p so n .—Th e A l c h e m i st . A Pe r s i an P lay . Tra n s la te d b y Guy Le S tr ange .
Vol . XVIII ,Par t II . , pp. 1 08 . 6d.
CO NTE NTS .- O n Buddhi sm i n i ts R e la t i on to Brahm an i sm . By S i rM. Mon i e r Wi l l iam s ,
K .C. I . E .—'
l‘
h e S to r i e s o f J im u t av a li a n a , and of H a r i sa rm an . Tr ans l a te d b y R e v . B.
H a lo Wo r th am . G e o g r a h i c a l D i s t r i b u t i o n o f t h e Mod e rn Turki Language s . ByM. A Mo rri so n . Wi thg a glo te , Ta b l e o f A u tho r i t i e s , and a Language Map .
—A Mod e r nCo n t ri b u t o r t o P e r s i a n Li te r a tur e . R i z a K u l i Kha n and h i s Wo rk s . y S idn e y Chur c h i l l .—S on1 e
_Bho j ’p u r i Fo lk S on gs . E di t e d an d Tr ans la t e d b y G . A . Gri e
Br so n .—O b s e r va t i on s
on th e V a r i o u s Te xts and Tran s l a t i o n s o f th e so c a l le d So ng o fMoy sa n an In q uir y i n t o
Me ysun ’s Cla im t o i ts A u tho r sh i p and an A p p e ndi x on A r ab i c Tr an s l i te r a t i o n a nd Pr o
nun c i a ti o n . By J . W. R e dhous e .
Vol . XVIII. , Par t I II pp . 3 1 4, with 10plate s . 6d.:Co a r as r s—R oc k Cu t Ca ve s and S tatu e s o f Bam i an . By Cap t . th e H on . M. G . Ta lb o t ,
R .E . Wi th No t e s h e r e on , a n d o n S ke t c he s o f Cap t . P . J . Ma i t la nd , b y W. S im p so n .
S um e r i an Lan gua g e an d i ts A ffin i t i e s . By Pro f . D r . Fr i tz H om m e l , Mun i c h .- E ar ly
Buddh i s t S ym b o l i sm . By R S e we l l—Pr e A kkad ian S e m i te s . By G . Be r ti n .-A r r ange
m e n t o f th e H ym n s o f th e A di Gr a n th . By F . P in c o tt . A nn u a l R e p o r t .
14 Lingu isti c Pub lica tions of M bne r
Vol . XVIII . , Part IV. , pp . 1 12, 1 8 86 . 7 4. 6d.v
Vo l . XIX. , Part I . , pp . 1 92, wi th 3 p late s . 1 887 .
CO NTE NTs .—S to r y o f th e O ld Bam b o o H ewe r : A Jap an e se R om an c e o f th e Te nth Ce ntury .
Tr an s l a t e d w i th No t e s , e tc . , b F . V . D i c k i n s . Br ahu i Gr am m a r , aft e r th e Ge rm an o f th el a te D r . Trum p p . By D r . D uka .
—S o m e u se fu l H ind i Boo ks . By G . A . Gr i e r so n u
O r i gi n a l V oc a b u lar i e s o f Fi ve We s t Ca u c as i an Lan gu age s , c om p i le d b y Mr . P e a coc k .
A r t . A Ve r s io n i n Ch i n e se , b y th e Mar q u i s Tse ng , o f a Poe m wr i t te n i n E ng li sh andI tal i an b y H . W. F r e e land.
Vol . XIX. , Par t II . , pp . 1 60, wi th 3 plate s . 1 88 7 . 103 .
CO NTE Nr s .—Nar ra ti ve o f Fa-h i e n . By th e R e v . 8 . Be a l . -Pri o ri ty o f Lab i al Le tte rs
i l lu s tr a t e d i n Ch in e se Phon e t i c s . B t h e R e v . J . E dki n s .—E duc a t i on i n E gyp t . By B .
Cun yn h em e —Th e Tri -R a tn a . By Pin c o t t .—D e sc r i p t i on O f th e No b le S a n c tua ry atJ e r u sa e m i n 1 470 By Kam fil ( o r S h am s ) ad D i n as S aya ti . E x tr ac t s t e -tr an s latedb y Guy i s S tr ange .
Vol . XIX. ,Par t III . pp . 21 8 , wi th 5 pla te s . 1 8 87 . 1 08 .
CO NTE NTS .—Li fe and Lab o ur s o f A .
nl i e , A ge n t o f B . and F . Bi b l e So c i e ty i n Ch i na .
By H . Go rd i an—Mode r n Langu age s 0 O c e a n i a . Wi t h Langu age Ma p . By D r . R . N.
Cu s t—Ib n u Ba tu ta i n S i n dh . By Ma j o r -Ge n e r a l H a ig .- Fo rm o s a No t e s o n MS S . , R a c e s
and Lan gu age s . By Pr o f . T. de La c o u p e r i e . In c ludi ng a No t e on Ni n e Fo rm o sa n MSS .
b y E . Ba b e r .—R e ve nue s O f th e Mo ghu l E m p i re . By H G . K e e n e —A nn u a l R e p o r t for 1886 .
Vo l . XIX., Par t IV. , pp . 202, wi th 1 p la te . 1 887 . 104 .
By F . Pi n c o t t .—O r i n and D e ve lo p m e n t o f t h e Cun e i fo rm S y l la b a ry
Bab y lo n i an Chro n i c e . By T. G . P i n c he s .—Inde x—Li st o fMe m b e rs .
Vo l . XX Part I . , pp'
. 1 64, with 3 p la te s . 1 888 . 108 .
Co ri n n a—Cun e i fo rm In sc r i p t i on s o f V an . By th e R e v . Pr o f . A . H . S ay c e ,
.M.A .
S om e S ugge st i o n s o f O r i gi n i n In d i an A r c h i te c tur e . By W . S im p so n —Th e Ch agh a ta iMugha ls . By E . E . O li ve r .
—S e e h au '
s A lb e r un i . By Maj o r -Ge n . S i r F . J . Go ldsm i d, C.B. ,
K .C. S I .
A siati c So c i e ty .—TEANSA OTI ONS O F TH E R O YA L A S IA TIC S O CI E TY o r
GR E A T BR ITA IN A ND IR E LAND . Co m p le te i n 3 vo ls . 4to . , 80 Pla te s o f Fa c
s im i l e s , e tc ., c lo th .
‘
Londo n ,1 827 t o 1 8 35 . Publ ishe d a t £ 9 r e duc e d t o
£ 5 5 8 .
Th e ab o ve c on ta in s c on tr i b u ti on s b y Pr o fe sso r W i lson , G . C. H au ghton , D avi s ,Mo rri s on ,Co le b r o o ke , H um b o ldt , D om , Gr o t e fe nd , and o the r e m in e n t O r i e n ta l sc ho la rs .
A si ati c So c i e ty of Be nga l .—J O UE NA L . 8 r o . 8 num be rs p e r ann um .
48 . e a c h num b e r . Pa o c E E D INGs . Pub l i sh e dMo n th ly. 1 8 . e a c h num b e r .
A siat i c Soc i e ty of Be nga l .-JOURNA L . A Com pl e te S e t fr om th e
b e ginn ing in 1 832 to th e e nd O f 1 8 7 8 , b e ing Vo ls . 1 to 47 . P ro c e e dings , from
th e c om m e n c e m e n t in 1 8 6 5 to 1 8 78 . A se t qu i te c omp l e te . Ca l c u t ta,1 832 to
1 8 78 . E xtre m e ly sc ar c e . £ 100.
A siati c Soc i e ty of Be nga l .—CENTENA E Y R EVI EW o f th e , fr om 1 7 84
to 1 883 . Par t I . H isto ry of th e S o c i e ty . By R A J END RA LA L A Mr r a A, LL. D . ,
C .I .E . Par t II . A r c hae o logy , H is tory, Li te ra tur e , e tc . B D r . A . F , R ,
H O E R NLE . Pa rt I I I . Na tur a l S c i e n c e , e tc . By BA BO O P. BO S E . Par t I .
c on ta ins an A lphab e ti c al Inde x to th e Pap e rs and Contri bu tions to th e“ A si at ick
'
R e se ar c h e s,“ and th e “Journa l and Pro c e e din s o f th e A sia ti c
S o c i e ty o f Be nga l ,” fr om th e c omm e nc em e n t up to 1 8 83 . ar t I I , c on ta ins a
Classified S ubj e c t Inde x of th e S o c i e ty'
s Pub l ic a tions dur ing th e sam e p e r iod,
unde r th e h e ads o f ( 1 ) A n t iqu i ti e s ; (2) Co ins, We igh ts , Me asur e s, e tc . ; (3)H istory ; (4) Language and Li te ra tur e ; (5 ) R e l ig mn , Mann e rs and Cus tom s
1 6 Linguis tic Pub fwa tions of m m 4a Co .
,
1 867-70. Pa rt I . 8vo . p p . 1 5 0. Pri c e
1 8 67 -70. Pa r t II.. 8vo . pp . 1 1 . a nd 45 . Pric e 7 8 . 6d . s
Coxr sx'r s z—S um m ary o f th e Co n t e n ts o f t h e Fir st Boo k in th e Buddhi st Canon , | ca l led
Paraj ika Bo ok .—By th e R e v . S . Co le s .- Paraj ika Bo ok—No . 1 .
—Paraj ika Bo ok- No . 2.
0 1 87 1 -72. 8vo . p p . 6 6 and xxxi v . Pri c e 7 8 . 6 d .
‘
Co n r nx'r s —E xtr a c ts from a Me m o ir le ft b y th e D u tc h Go ve r nor . Thom as Van R he e , to h is
su c c e sso r , Gove r n‘
o r G e rr i s de B e e r , 1 697 . Trans la te d fr om t h e D u tc h R e c o rds p r e s er ve d in t h eCo lon ia l Se c r e tar ia t a t Co lom b o . By R . A . v an Cu yle nb e rg , Go ve rnm e n t R e c o rd Ke e p e r . —Th eFo od S tat is t i c s o f Ce yl o n . By J . Cap p e r .
—S p e c im e ns o f S in ha le s e P r ove r b s . By L . de Zoysa ,Mu da l iyar , Ch i e f Tr an s la to r o f Gove rnm e nt .
—Ce ylo n ,R e p t i le s : b e ing a p r e llm in ar y Ca ta lo gu e
o f th e R e p ti le s found in ,o r su p p o sed to b e in Ce y lon , c om p i le d from va r i o us au tho r i t ie s . By
W. Fe rguson .- O h an Insc r i p t ion a t D o ndr a . No . 2. By T. W . R hys D avids , E sq .
4°
i
1 8 73 . Pa rt I . 8vo . p p . 79. Pr ic e 7 8 . 6d .
Conr s n'r s z- O u O a th and O rde a l . By Be r tram Fu lke H ar tsho rn e .—No te s o n Pr ino c h ilus
Vin c e ns . By W . V . Le gg e .—Th e S po r ts and Gam e s o f t he S ingha le se .
.
By Le o p o ld Lu do vi c i .O nMir ac le s . By J . D e A lwi s .
—O u th e O c c ur r e n c e o f S c o lo p ax R u s ti c o la and G a l lin a go S c o lo .
p a c ina in Ce y lo n . By W. .V. Le gge .—Tr a nsc r ip t and Tr a n s la ti on o f an A nc i e n t Cop p e r -p la te
S aunas . By Mudl iyar Lo u i s de Zoysa , Ch i e f Tr an s la to r to Go ve r nm e n t .
1 8 74. Pa r t I . 8vc . pp . 94. Pri c e 7 8 . 6d.
Con r s s 'r s —D e sc r i p ti on o f a su p p o se dNe w G e nu s o f Ce y lo n , Ba tr a ch ian s . ByW . Fe r gu son .—No te s on th e Ide n ti ty o f P i yadas i and A soka . By Muda l i ar Lou is de Zoysa .—Th e I s land
D is tr ib u ti on o f th e Birds in t h e S o c i e ty’s Mu s e um . By W. V
yLe gge .
—Br and Marks o n Cat t le .
By J . D e A lwi s .—No t e s o n th e O c c ur r e n c e o f a r a re E a g le n ew to Ce y lon ; and o th e r in te r e s ti ng
o r r ar e b i rds . By S . Bligh—E xtr a c ts fr om th e R e c ords o f th e D u t c h Go ve rnm e n t in Ce y lo n .
By R . van Cuyl e nb e r g .—S ta tu r e o f Go tam a Buddha . By J . D e A lwis .
1 8 79 . 8 vo , pp'
. 5 8 . Pr i c e 5 8 .
Com munal—No t e s on A nc i e n t S inha le se Ins c r ip tions—O u th e P r e p ara ti on and -Moun t ing o f
i nse ct s fo r the Bino c u la r Mi c r o s c o p e—No te s on Ne op hron Pue no p t e r us (S av igny ) fromNuwa ra E l i a .
—0n th e Clim at e o f D im b u la .—No te o n th e sup p os e d c aus e o f t h e e xi s te n c e of
Pa tane s o r r a ss Land s o f th e Mo u n ta in Zon e o f Ce y lon .
1 880. Part . I . 8 y o . pp . 90. Pri c e 5 3 .
Co ri n n a—Text andTr an s la t i o n o f th e I n sc r ip t i on o fMab inde III . a t Mihin ta le .—G lo ssary .
-a
A Pap e r o n th e V e dic an d Buddhi s t i c P o l it ie s .—Cus tom s an d Ce r e m o n i e s c o nne c te d w i th th e
Paddi Cu l t ivat ion —Gram in e a e , o r G r a sse s Indig e n ous to o r Growi ng in Ce y lon .
1 8 80. Par t I I . 8vo . pp . 48 . Pr ic e 5 9.Co rtr s n r s .
—Gr am ine ae , o r Gr a sse s I ndige no u s to o r Growi ng in Ce ylon—Tr an slati on o f twoJ a takae .—O u th e su p pose d O r igin o f Tam ana , Nawar a , Tam b ap ann i and Ta p ro b an e . -Th e R o cks
andMin e r a ls o f Ce y lo n .
1 8 8 1 . Vo l . VII . Part I . (No . 8vc . pp . 5 6 . Pr i c e 5 8 .
CO NTENTS—H indu A str on om y a s c om p ar e d w i th th e E u ro p e an S c i e n c e ; By S . Me r vi n .
S c u lp tu r e s a t H o ran a . , By J . G . S outh e rn—Go ld. By A . C. D ixo n .—S p e c im e ns o f S inha le se
Pr o ve r b s . B L . D e Zoysa .—Ce y lo n Be e Cul tur e . By S . J ayat i laka .
—A S h o r t A c c o un t o f t h e
P r in c ip a l R e i gious ,Ce r e m on i e s o b s e rve d b y th e Kandyans o f Ce ylon . By .C.
Me su ri e r .—Va1e n tyn’
s A c c o un t o f A dam ’s P e ak . By A . S p e nse Moss .
1 88 1 . Vo l . VII . Part II . (No . 8vo . pp . 1 62. Pr i c e 58 .
CO NTE NTS .—Th e A n c i e n t E m p o r ium o f K a lah , e tc . , w i th No te s o n Fa -H ian
’s A c c oun t o f
Ce y lon . By H . Ne vi l l . —Th e S inha le se O b se r van c e o f th e Ka lawa . By L . Ne ll .—No te o n th e
O r i gin o f th e Veddas,wi th S p e c im e n s o f the i r S on gs and Charm s . By L . de Zo ysa .—A H un iyam
Im ag e . By L.
’
Ne l l .—No t e o n‘
th e Mi ra K ant i r i'
Fe st iv a l o f th e Muhamm adans . By A . T.
i
S h am -ud-difi .—Te r i cu l tu r e in Ce y lon . By J . L . Vander str aa t en .
—S inha le s e O m e ns . By SlJ aya t ilaka .
1 882. E xtra Num b e r . 8vo . pp . 60. Pr i c e 5 8 .
Co ir'r s s r s .—Ib u Ba tu ta in th e Ma ldive s and Ce ylon . Tr an s lat e d from th e Fr e n c h o f M.M.
D e fr em e ry and S angu in e t t i . By A . Gr ay .
A sia t i c S oc i e ty—Nor th China Br anc h of,—Journa l . - O ld
S e r i e s , 4 num b e rs , a n d Ne w S e ri e s . Pa r ts I to 12. Th e fo l lowi ng numb e rsa r e
'
so ld se p a ra te ly : O LD S E R IE S—NO . II . May , 1 85 9, p p . 1 45 to 25 6 .
-No . I II . D e c em b e r , 1 8 59, pp . 1 1 2. 7 3 . e a c h . Vo l . I I. No . I . S e p t . , 1 8 60,
pp . 1 28 . 7 8 . 6d. NEW S E R IE S—NO . I . D e c .,1 8 64, p p . 1 74. 73: 6 d. No . 1 1 .
5 7 a nd 59, Ludga te H i ll,
D e c . , 1 8 65 , pp . 18 7 , w ith m aps . 7 8 . 6 d. No . II I . D e c ., 1 8 66 , p p . 1 21 .
No . IV . D e c . , 1 8 6 7 , p p“
. 26 6 . 1 03 . 6d . No . VI . fo r 1 86 9 a nd 1 8 70, p p . 216 .
'
No . VII . ( 1 8 7 1—2) p p . 270. 1 0s . No . VI II . p p . 200. 103 . 6d. No .
p p . 254. 1 03 . 6d. No . X. p p . 33 6 a nd 279. £ 1 1 3 . No . XI . (1 879p200. 6d . No . XI I . ( 18 78 ) p p . 3 3 7 . w i th m a ps . £ 1 1 3 . No . I II.NO . XIV. ( 1 8 79) pp . 80, wi th p late s , 43 .
1 53 . Vo l . XVI . (1 88 1 ) p . 248 .
la te s . 1 29 . 6d. Vo l . XVIII . ( 1 8 8 3) pp .
Soc i e ty (R oyal ) .—Chin a Br an c h of th e ,—Journal . 8 vo .
‘
se wed. Vo l . X X . Pa rt I . ( 1 8 84) p p . 1 25 . Vo l . XX. ( 1 88 5 ) p p . 322;with pla te . Vo l . XXI. ( 1 88 6 ) pp .
’
3 70, wi th pla te .
A si ati c So c i e ty of Jap an . Vo l . I . From 3oth O c tob e r ,1 8 72, to 9th O c to b e r , 1 8 7 3 . 8 vo . p p . 1 10, w i th p la t e s . 1 8 74 . Vo l . I I . 1 87 3 .
8 vo . p p . 249. 1 8 74. Vo l . II I . Pa rt I . 1 8 74. Vo l . I II . Par t I I . 1 8 7 5 .
Vo l . IV. 1 87 5 . Vo l . V. Pa r t I . 1 8 7 6 . Vo l . V. Pa r t II . (A S um m ary o f th e'
J a an e s e Pe na l Code s . By J . H . Lo ngfo rd.) V o l . VI . Pa r t I . p p . 1 90. Vo l .
V Pa r t II . 18 78 . Vo l . VI . Pa rt I II. 1 8 78 . 7a . 6d.
~ e a c h Pa rt—Vo l .VII . Pa r t I . (Mi ln e ’
s Jo u rn e y a c ro ss E u ro p e a nd A s ia . ) 5 s .—Vo l . VI I . Pa r t
I I . Ma r c h, 1 8 79. 5 8 .-Vo l . VII . Pa rt I I I . Ju n e , 1 879. 7 8 . 6 71. Vo l . VI I:
Part IV . Nov .
,1 8 79. 1 03 . 6d. Vol . VI II . Par t I . F e b . , 1 8 80. 78 . 6d.
Vo l . VII I . Par t I I . Ma 1 8 80. 78 . 6d. Vo l . VI II . Par t . I II . O c t. ,1 880. 103 . 6d. Vo l . V II . Pa r t IV. D e c . , 1 880. Vo l . IX. Par t I .
F e b .
,1 88 1 . 78 . 6d. Vo l . IX:Par t I I . A ug .
, 1 8 8 1 . 73 . 6d. Vo l . IX. Pa r t
I II . D e c . , 1 8 8 1 . 5 3 . Vo l . X. Par t I . May , 1 8 82. 1 08 . Vo l . X. Par t I I .
O c t . , 1 8 82. 7 3 . 6d. Vol . X . S up le m e n t, 1 88 3 . £ 1 . Vo l . XI . Pa rt I . A p ri l ,1 8 83 . Vol . XI . Pa rt I S e p .
, 18 8 3 . 78 . 6d. Vol . XII . Par t I .
No v .
, 1 88 3 . 5 a. Vo l . XII . Pa r t I I . May, 1 8 84 . 5 8 .
A sia ti c So c i e ty , R oya l—Str a i ts Br an ch —JO UR NA L . No . 1.8 vo . pp .
p p .
- 1 30, se we d, 3 Map s and P la te . Ju ly, 1 8 7 8 . Pr i c e 98 .
Co m xnr s .—Ina ng ur al A ddr e s s o f the Pre s ide n t . By t he Ve n . A r c hde a c on H os e , M. A .
D is tr i b u t i on o f Min e r a ls in S ar awak . By A . H a r t E ve r e t t—Bre e ding Pe ar ls . By N. B.
D e n nys , Ph .D .- D ia l e c ts o f th e Me lan e s ian Tr i b e s o f th e Ma la y Pe n in su la . By M. de Mikluh o
Ma c lay .—Ma lay S p e llin g in E ngl i sh . R e po r t o f Go ve rnm e n t Co mm i t te e (r e p r in te d ) .—G e og raphy
o f th e Ma lay Pe n insu la . Pa r t I . By A . M. S kin n e r .—Ch in e se S e c re t S oc ie t ie s . Pa r t L By
W . A . P i c ke r ing—Ma lay Pr o ve r b s . Pa r t . I . By W . E . Maxwe l l . —Th e S nake - e a t ingH am adr yad. By N. B. D e nnys , Ph .D .
—Gu t ta Pe r c ha . By H . I .Mur to n .—Misc e l lan e o u s No t i c e s .
‘No . 2. 8 vo . p p . 1 30, 2 P la te s , s e we d. D e c e m b e r , 1 8 7 8 . Pr i c e 93 .
CONTE NTS —Th e S o ng o f th e D ak H e ad-fe a s t . By R e v . J . Per ham .—Ma lay Pro ve rb s . Par t II .
By E . W . Maxwe ll .—A Mala y au tc h . By F . A . S we t t e nham .—P idgin E ng l ish . By N. B.
D e nnys, Ph . D .—~Th e Fo u nd ing o f S inga p o r e . By S ir T. S . M e s—No t e s o n Two P e rak
Manusc r ip ts . By W . E . Maxwe l l .—Th e Me t a l li fe r o u s Fo rm a t i on o f th e Pe n i n su la . By D . D :
D a ly .—S ugg e s ti o ns r e gardin g a n ew Ma lay D i c t i o n a ry . By th e H on . C. J . Ir v ing .
—E thn o log i c a lE xc ur sions in th e Ma lay Pe n in su la . By Na vo n Mikluh o -Ma c la y .
-Mis c e l lan e o u s No t i c e s .
No . 3 . 8vo . pp . iv . and 146 , sew ed. July, 1 879. Pri c e 93 .
Com s'rs —Chine se S e c r e t S o c i e t i e s , b y W . A . P i c ke r ing—Ma lay Pr ove rb s , Pa r t I I I .
, b y W .
E . Maxwe l l .—No te s o n Gu t ta Pe r c ha , b y F . W . Bu r b idg e , W . H . Tr e a c h e r . H . J . Mu r t o n .—Th c
Ma r i tim e Co de o f th e Ma lays , r e p ri n t e d fr om a tr an sla t ion b y S i r S . R a lfl e s—A Tr ip t o Gun ongR um u t , b y D . F . A . H e r ve y.
—Cave s a t S ung e i Ba tu in S e lang o r , b y D . D . D a ly .—G e o g ra p hy
o f A c hin g , t ran sla te d fr om th e Ge rm an b y D r . Be i b e r .—A c c o u n t o f a Na tu r al is t ’s Vi s i t t o S e lan
o r , b y A . J . H o rn a dy .—Misc e l lan e ous No t i c e s : G e ogr a p hi c a l No t e s , R o u t e s fr om S e la ngo r to
aha ng , Mr . D e an e ’s S u rve y R e p o rt , A Tig e r ’
s Wake,Br e e ding Pe ar ls , Th e Ma r i t im e Code , and
S i r F. R a ifl e s’Me te o r o log i c a l R e tu rns.
No . 4. 8vo . pp . xxv . and 6 5 ; sewe d. D e c em b e r , 1 879 . Pr i c eCO NTENTs .
-I.i st o f Mem b e r s n - Pr oc e e din gs , .G e n e ra l Me e t ing—A nn u a l Me e ting .—Counc i l’s
Ann ua l R e p o r t fo r 1 8 79. R e p o r t fo r 187 9.- P r e s ide n t ’s A ddr e s s—R e c e p t i on o f
Pr o fe sso r No rde nskj o ld .—Th e Ma r in e Co de . By S i r S . R a tfl e s—A b o u t K in ta . By H . W. C.
L e e c h .—A b o u t S hin a nd Be rnam . By H . W . Le e ch —Th e A b o ri gi na l Tr i b e s o f P e r ak . By
W“
. E . Maxwe ll . Ve rna c u la r Pr e ss in th e S tr a i ts . By E . W . Bir c h .—O n th e Gu liga o f
Bo rn e o . By A . H . E ve r e tt .—O u th e n am e S um a t ra .
”—A Co r r e c t ion .
1 8 Linguistic Pu bgz'
c a téons of Tr z'
i bner f'
Co . ,
No . 5 . 8v o . pp . 1 60, sewed. July, 1 8 79. Pri c e
.
Cou r swr s .—Se l e si la h (Boo k o f th e D e sc e n t ) o f th e R a j as o f Bru n i . By H . Low .
—No te s toD 1tto .—H i s to ry o f t h e S u l t in s o fBru n i .—Lis t o f th e Mah om e da n S o ve r e igns o f Brun i .
Ta b le t .—A c he h . By G . P . Ta lso n .—Fr om Pe r ak to S hin and down th e S h in and Be r nam R ive rs .
Byo
F. A . S we t te n ham .- A Co n tr i b u t ion to Ma layan Bi b l io gr ap hy . By N. B. D e n nys .
—Com par a ti ve Voc a b u lar y o f som e o f t h e Wi ld Tr ib e s in h ab i ting th e Ma layan Pe n insu la , Bo rn e o , e tc .
Th e Tig e r in Bo rn e o . By A . H . E ve re t t.No . 6 . 8 vo . pp . 1 33, With 7 Pho tographi c Plate s, sewed. D e c em b e r , 1 880. Pr i c e 98 .
“( b u r g la r s—S om e A cc o unt o f th e I nde p e nde n t Na t ive S ta t e s o f th e Ma lay P e n insu la . Part I .By E . A S we tte nham .
—Th e R u in s o fBo r o Bu rdur in Java . By th e V an . A r c hde a c on G . F . H ose .
A Co n tr i b u ti on to Ma layan Bi b li ogr a phy . By N. B. D e n ys—R e p o r t o n t h e E xp lo r a t ion o f th e
Cave s o f R om e o . By A . H . E ve r e t t .—In t r odu c to ry R e m a rks . By J . E vans—No t e s on th eR e p o rt—No te s o n th e Co lle c ti on o f Bon e s . By G . Bush—A S e a -D yak Tradi t io n o f th eD e luge and S ub se q ue nt E ve n ts . By th e R e v . J . P e rham .
—Th e Co m p ara ti ve Voc a b u lar y .
No . 7 . 8vc . pp . xvi . and 92. With a Map , sewed. June , 1 88 1 . Pri c e 93 .
Co ri n n e —S om e a c c o u n t o f t h e Min ing D is tri c ts o f Lowe r Pe r ak . By J . E rr ingto n de laCro ix . -Fo lk lo r e o f th e Ma lays. B
‘yW . E . Maxwe l l .—No t e s on th e R a infa l l o f S ingapo r e . By0J . J . L . Whe a t le y .
—Jou rn a l o f a yag e thr o ugh th e S tr a i ts o f Ma la c c a on an E xp edi t ion toth e Mo lu c c a I s lands . By Cap ta in W . C. Le nnon .
No . 8 . 8vc . p p . 5 6 . Wi th a Map , sewed. D e c em b e r , 1 88 1 . Pri c e 93 .
Ca rm in a—Th e E ndau and i t s Tr i b u ta r i e s . By D . F . A . H e r ve y—I ti ne r ary from S in ga po r e
to th e S o ur c e o f th e S e m b r o n g and u p th e Made k .-Pe ta ra , o r S e a D yak Gods . B th e R e v . J.
P e rham .—Klo u wan g a nd i ts
,
Ca ve s , We st Coa s t o f A tc hi n . Tr an s la te d b y D . F . H e rve y .
Misc e l lan e o us No t e s :V ar i e ti e s o f “Ge tah ” and “ R o ta u .
”—Th e “ 1 p oh” Tr e e ,
'
P e r ak .- Com
p a ra ti ve Voc a b u la ryNo . 9. 8vc . pp . xxn
,and 1 72. Wi th thr e e Co l . P late s , sd. June , 1 882. Pri ce 1 23 .
Com s s r s .—Jo urn e y o n F o o t to th e Pa tani Fr on t i e r in 1 87 6 . By W . E . Maxw e l l .—Pr o b ab le
O rig in o f t h e H i l l Tr i b e s o f Fo rm o sa . By J ohn D o dd .
—H i sto ry o f Pe r ak from Na t i ve S o ur c e s .
B W. E . Maxwe ll .—Ma layan O rn i tho lo gy . By Ca p ta in H . R . Ke lham .—O n t h e Tran s li t e r a tion
o fyMa lay in t h e R om an . Chara c te r . By W . E . Maxwe l l .—K o ta G langgi , Pahang . By W .
Cam e r o n . Na tu r a l H is to ry No te s . By N. B. D e nny s .—S ta te m e n t o f H aj i o f th e Made k A l i .
Pan tang Kap ur o f th e Made k Jakun .—S tone from Ba tu Paha t .—R a in fa l l a t Lank a t, S um atr a .
No . 1 0. 8vo . pp . xv . and 1 1 7 , sewed. D e c em b e r , 1 882. Pr i c e 95 .
CO NTE NTS .
—Jo u rn a l o f a Tr i p fr om S a r awak to Me r i . ByN. D e n iso n .—Th e Me h tr a Tradi
ti on s . By th e H o n . D . F . A . H e rve y .—P ro b ab le O r igin o f th e H i ll Tr i b e s o f Fo rm os a . I
}?J .
D odd .—S e a D yak R e lig io n . By th e R e v . J . Pe rham .
—Th e D u tc h in Pe r ak . By W. E . ax
w e l l .—O u t lin e H is to r y o f t h e Br i ti sh Conn e c t ion wi thMa laya . By th e H o n . A . M. Sk inn e r .
E xt rac ts from Jo u rn a ls o f t h e S o c ié té de G e ogr ap h i c o f Pa r is .—Me m o randum on Ma lay Tr ans
11te ra ti on .—Th e Chi r i .—R e g is te r o f R a in fa l l .No . 1 1 . 8vc . pp . 1 70. Wi th a Map , sewed. Jun e , 1 8 83 . Pr i c e
Co n sume r s—Ma la an O rn i tho logy . By Ca p ta in H . R . K e lham .—Ma lay Pr ove rb s . By th e
H on . W . E . Maxw e l .—Th e P igm i e s . Tr a n sla t e d b y J . E rr ing to n de la Cr o ix .—O n t h e Pa tani ,By W . Cam e ro n .
—La tah . By H . A . O’Br i e n .
—Th e Ja va S ys te m . By th e H on . A .M. Skin n e r .-Bzi tu K6dok .
- Pr igi A c he h .
—D u tc h O c c up a tio n o f th e Bindings , e tc .
No . 1 2. 8vo . pp . xx . and 288, sewed. D e c em b e r , 1 8 83 . Pr i c e
Co n r nn r s .—Ma layan O rn i tho logy . By Ca p ta in H . R . K e lham .
—Gut ta -p r oduc i ng Tr e e s . ByL. Wr ay .
—S ham an ism i n Pe r ak. By th e H on . W. E . Maxwe l l .—Chang e s in Ma layan D ia le c ts .By A . M. F e r guso n
—S tr a i ts Me t e o r o lo gy. By th e H on . A . M. S kinn e r .—O c c as i ona l No te s.
By th e H on . W. E .Maxwe l l.No . 1 3 . 8 y o . pp . xx . and 1 1 6 , sewed. Jun e , 1 8 84. Pr i c e
Co ur a n r s—Th e P igm i e s . Tran s la t e d b y J . E r r ingto n de la Cro ix .—Va l e n tyn ’s D e s c r ip tion
o fMa la c c a .—By H o n . D . F . A . H e r ve y.
—Th e S tr e am Tin D e p o si t o f Pe rak . By th e R e v . J . E .
Te n ison Wo ods—R e m b au . By t h e H o n . D . F . A . H e rve y .—'
l‘
h e Tawa ran and Pu ta tan Ri ve rs .By S . E lp hins ton e D a lrym p le .
—Misc e l lan e ou s No te s.No . 14. 8vc . pp . 1 76 , sewed. D e c em b e r, 1 884. Pr ic e 93 .
Coxr s n r s .—J o u rn e y to t h e S um m i t o f Gunon g Bub u . By th e R e v . J E . Te nsion-Woods ,
e tc —S e a D ak R e ligi o n . By th e R e v . J . Pe rham .—Th e H i s to ry o f Pe r ak from
Na t ive S o ur c e s . By t h e o n . W. E . Maxwe l l . -Br i tis h No rt h Bo rn e o . By E . P . Gu e r i tz ,_Je le hu .
—By H . A . O’Br i e n .
90 Ling uistic P ub lica tions of Tr ii bne r Co .
Br ownin —Bibl iogr aphy of R obe rt Browning fr om 1 8 3 3 - 8 1 . Com
p i l ed y F . J . FUR NIVALL . D emy 8vo . pp .- l 7o, - wrapp e r . Third E diti on.
E n large d. 1 883.
Br owni ng’
s Poem’
s (Illustra ti ons to ) .—4to . boards . Pa r ts I . and II .e ac h .
Cal cutta R evi ew (TH E ) .—Publ ishe d Q uar te rly . Pr i c e 6 9 . p e r annum .
Cal cutta R e vi ew .—A COMPLETE S E T FR OM TH E COMMENCEME NT IN
1 844 to 18 82. Vo ls 1 . t o 7 5 , o r Num b e rs 1 t o 140. A fin e c l e an c o py.
Ca l c u tta , 1 844—82. Inde x to th e fi r st fi fty vo lum e s o f th e Ca lc u t ta R e v iew,
2 p a r ts . (Ca lc utta , No s . 39 and 40'have ne ve r b e e n pub lishe d. £66 .
Co m p le te s e t s a re o f gr e a t ra r ity.
Cal cutta R e vi ew (S e l e c tion s fr om th e ) .—Cr own 8v o . sew e d. Nos . 1 .
to 45 . 5 9. e ac h .
Cam br idge Phi lol ogi c al So c i e ty (Tr an sac tion s of th e ) .—Vo l . I . F rom1 8 72 to 1 880. 8vo . pp . xvi . and 420
, wr app e r . 1 8 8 1 .
CO NTE NTS—Pr e fa c e .-Th e Wo rk o f a Phi lo logi c a l S o c i e ty .
‘J . P. Po s tga te .—Tr ansa c t ion s o f
th e Cam b r idge Phi lo logi c a l S o c ie ty from 1 8 72 to 1 8 79.—Tran sac t i ons fo r 1 879-1880.
—R e vi ews .
Vo l . I I . for 1 88 1 and 1 882. 8vo . pp . vi i i -286 , wrapp e r , 1 88 3 . 1 29.
Vo l . I II . Pa r t I . 1 886 . 39 . 6d.
Cambr i dge Phi lologi c a l S oc i e ty (Pr o c e e dings o f th e ) .—Pa r ts I . and II .1 882. 6d. ; I II . i s ; 1V.
- VI . 6d. ; VII . and V II I . IX.X. andXI . 6d. ; XII . 6d. ; XIII .—XV, 28 . 6d.
China R e vi ew ; o r , Note s and Qu e r i e s o n th e Far E ast . Publ ishe db i-m on th ly . 4~ to . S ub sc r ip t io n £ 1 p e r vo lum e .
Ch in e se R e c orde r andMi ssi onary Journal .—Shangha i . S ubsc r ip ti on
pe r vo lum e (o f 6 pa r ts)A c o m p l e te se t from th e b eginn ing . Vo ls . 1 to 1 0. 8vo . F oo c how a nd
S hangha i , 1 86 1—1 8 79. £9.
Con ta in ing im p o r tan t c on tr ib u t ion s on Ch in e s e Phi lo lo gy , Mytho logy , and Ge o grap hy, b yE dkin s , Gi le s , Br e ts c hn e ide r , S c ar b o r ou gh, e tc . Th e e ar li e r vo lum e s ar e o u t o f p r in t .
Chrysanthemum (Th e ) .—A Monthly Maga z ine fo r Jap an and th e F a r
E ast . Vol . I . and I I .
,c om p le te . Bound £ 1 1 9 . Sub sc r ip ti on £ 1 per vo lum e .
Ge ogr aphi c a l S o c i e ty of Bom b ay .—JO URNA L AND TR ANSA CTI ONS . A
c om p l e te s e t . 1 9 vo ls . 8 vo . Num e ro u s P la t e s and Map s , som e c o lour e d.
Bom b ay, 1844—70. £ 10
A n im p o r tan t Pe ri o di c al , c on ta in in g gr amm a ti c a l ske tc he s o f s e ve ra l langu age s and di a l e c ts ,as w e l l as th e m o s t va lu ab l e c o n t r ib u t i on s o n t h e Na tur a l S c i e n c e s o f India . S in c e 1 8 7 1 t h e
a b ove i s am a lgam a te d wi t h th e “ J o u rna l o f th e Bom b ay Br an c h o f th e R oya l A s ia ti c S oc i e ty .
”
Indi an A nti qua ry (Th e ) . —A Jou rna l o f O ri e n ta l R e se ar ch in A r obas olo gy, I I isto ry, Li te ra tu re , Langu age s , Ph i lo sop hy, R e l igion , Fo lk lo r e , e tc .
E dit e d by J . F . FLE E T, C.I .E, e tc . , and CA PT. R . C. TEMPLE ,
e tc . 4t o . Pub li sh e d 12 -num b e r s p e r annum . S u b
sc r ip tio n £ 1 A c om p le te se t . Vo ls. 1 to 1 1 . £ 28 109 . (The e a r l ie rvo lum e s a r e o u t o f pr in t .)
Indi an A r c hi p e lago and E a ste rn A sia , Journa l of th e .—E dite d b y
J . R . L O G AN, o f Pinang. 9 v o ls . S ingapo r e , . 1 847—5 5 . Ne w S e r ie s . Vo ls .
1 . to IV. Par t 1 , (al l pu b lishe d) , A c om p le t e se t in 1 3 vo ls . 8 vo .
wi th m any p la te s . £ 30.
V O L I . o f th e Ne w S e r ie s c o n s ists o f 2 p arts ; Vo l . II . o f 4 parts ; Vo l . I II . o f
No 1 (n e ve r c om p l e te d) , a ndo fVo l . IV . a lso On ly o ne n um b e r was p ub lis he d.
A few c op i e s r em a in o f s e ve ra l vo lum e s tha t m ay b e h ad s e p ar a te ly .
5 7 a nd 59, Ludga te H i ll, London, E .C.
‘
21
Note s and Q u e r i e s . A Monthl y Pe r i odi c a l ' de vo t e d to th etem ati c Co l le c tion o f A uthe n ti c No te s and S c r ap s o f Info rm ation r egardingCoun try and th e Pe op l e . E dited b y Cap ta in R . C.
,TEMPLE , e tc . 4to .
S ub sc r ip ti o n p e r annum .
J apan , Tr an sac tion s o f th e S e i sm o logi c al S o c i e ty o f,Vo l . I . Par ts
_i .
and i i . A pri l- Jun e , 1 880. 6d. Vo l . I I . Jul y—D e c e m b e r , ‘
1 8 80.
Vo l . I II . Janua ry—D e c em b e r , 1 8 8 1 . 109 . 6d. Vo l . IV. January-June . 1 882.
Li te r a tur e , R oya l S oc i e ty of. - S e e unde r R oyal .
”
Madra s Journ al of Li te r a tu r e and S c i en c e —Publish e d b y th eCom m i t t e e o f th e Madra s Li te ra ry S oc i e ty and A uxi lia ry R o ya l A s ia ti c S o c i e ty,and e di te d b y MO R R I S . CO LE , a nd BR O WN. A c o m p l e t e se t o f th e Th r e e S e r i e s(b e ing Vo ls . I . to XVI .
,F i r s t S e r i e s ; Vo ls . XVI I. to XXI I . Se c o nd S e ri es ;
Vo l . XXII I . Thi rd S e rie s, 2 Num b e r s , no m o re p ub l ish ed) . A fi ne c o p y,u n ifo rm ly b o und in 23 vo ls . Wi th num e ro us p la t e s , ha l f c a lf. Madras ,1 834- 66 . £ 42.
qua lly sc a r c e and im p o r tan t . O n a l l S ou th-Indian top i c s , e s p e c ia l ly thos e r e la t ing to
Na tfii r
rail H is to ry and S c i e n c e , Pub li c Wo rks and Indus try, thi s Pe ri odi c a l is a n unr i va l le d
au t o ty .
Madr a s Journ al of Li te ra tur e and S c i e n c e . 187 8 . (L'
Vo lum e o fth e Fo u r th S e r ie s .) E di te d b y Gusta v O p p e r t , Ph . D . 8vo . p p . v i . and 234,a nd xlvi i . wi th 2 p late s . 1 8 79. 109 . 6d. Co n te n ts —I . O n th e Clas sific a tiono f Language s . By D r . G . UPP E R ’
L—I I . O n th e Gangs Kings . By LE WI S
R i os . 1 8 79. pp . 3 1 8 . 6d. 1 880. pp . v i . and 232. 1 88 1 . pp .
vi . and 33 8 . 109.
O r i e nta l i st (Th e ) .—A Mon thly Jo urn a l o f O r ie ntal Li te r atur e , A rts ,Fo lk- lo r e , e tc . E di te d by W. GO O NE TE LLIK R . A nnua l S ub sc r i
pti on ,
Pandi t . (Th e ) .—A Mon thly Jou r na l o f th e Be n a r e s Coll e ge , de vo te d toS an sk ri t Li te ra tu r e . O ld S e ri e s. 10 vo ls . 1 8 6 6—1 8 7 6 . New S e r ie s , vo ls . 1 to 9.
1 8 7 6—1 8 8 7 . £ 1 p e r vo lum e .
Panja b Note s and Queri e s, now Indi anNote s and Que r i e s, whic hse e ab ove .
Pekin g Gaz e tte .—; Tr an sl a tio ns of:th e Pe king Gaz e tte for 1 8 72 to 1 8 8 5 .
8vo . c lo th . 6d. e a c h .
Phi lologi c a l S oc i e ty (Tr ansa c ti ons of Th e ) . A Com p l e te S e t , inc ludi ng th e Pr o c e edi ngs o f th e Ph i lo logic a l S o c i e ty fo r th e ye a rs 1 842- 1 8 5 3 .
6 vo ls . Th e Ph i lo logi c a l S o c i e ty’
s Tr an sa c tions , 1 8 5 4 to 1 8 7 6 . 1 5 vo ls. Th e
Phil o logi c a l S o c i e ty’s E xtra Vo lum es . 9 vo ls . I n all 30vo ls. 8vo . £ 1 9 6d.
Pro c e edi ngs (Th e ) of th e Phi lo logi ca l S o c i e ty 1 842- 1 8 5 3 . 6 vo ls . 8vo . £3 .
Tr ansa c ti ons of th e Ph i lo logi c a l S o c i e ty, 1 85 4- 1 8 76 . 1 5 vo l s . 8vo . £ 10 1 6 9.
a ! Th e Vo lum e s fo r 1 86 7 , 1 86 8 s 9, ‘1 870-2, and 1 8 7 34 ,
are on ly to b e had in
c O m ple te se ts , a s ab o ve .
S ep a r a te Volum e s .
For 1 854 : c ontaining p ap e rs b y R e v . J . W .
'
Blake sl ey, R e v . T. 0. Co c kayn e ,R e v . J . D avi e s, D r . J . \V. D ona ldson , D r . Th e od. Go ldstii cke r , Pr o f. T. H ewi tt
Key, J . M. Kem b l e , D r . R . G . La tham,J . M. Ludlow,
H e nsle igh We dgwood,e tc . 8vc . c l . £ 1
Fo r 1 85 5 : wi th p a e r s b y D r . Car l A b e l , D r . W. Bl e ek, R e v . J uo . D av ie s ,Miss
A . G'
urne y, J as . e nne dy, Pr of.’
T. H . Ke y, D r . R . G . La tham , H e nry Ma ide n ,W. R idley, Thos . Wa tts
,H e n sl e igh We dgwo od, e t c . In 4 pa r ts . 8 vo . £ 1 1 9 .
g“ Kam i laro i Language o f A us tr a l ia , b yW. R idley ; and Fa lse E tym o logi e s , b y
H . We dgwo od, se par at e ly.
22 Linguistic Pub lic a tions of Trubne r J' Ca ,
For 1 85 6 -7 :wi th pape rs b y Pr of. Aufr e c ht, H e rb e r t Co l e r idge , Lewis Kr . D aa,M. de H aan
,W. C. Jou rda in ,Jam e s Ke nned Pr of. Key, D r . G . Latham , J . M.
Ludlow , R ev . J . J . S . Pe rowne , H e nsl e igh edgwood, B. F . We ym outh , J os.Y a te s, e tc . 7 p ar ts . 8vo . (Th e Pap e rs r e lat ing
-to th e S o c i e ty’
s D i c ti on aryar e om itted. ) £ 1 e a c h vo lum e .
or 1 85 8 : in c luding th e vo lum e o f E arly E ngl ish Poems , Li ve s o f th e S a in ts,edite d fr om MS S . b y F . J . Furni va ll ; and pap e rs b y E m . A dam s, Pr of.
A u fr e c h t , H e rb e r t Co le ridge , R e v . Fr an c i s Crawfo rd, M.
”
de H aan H e tte m a,D r . R . G. Latham
,D r . Lo ttn e r , e tc . 8vo . c l .
For 1 85 9 : wi th p ap e rs b y D r . E . A dam s , Pro f. A ufr e c h t , H e rb . Co l e r i dge , F . J .Furni va l l , Pr of. T. H . Key. D r . C. Lo ttne r , Pro f. D e Mo rgan, F . Pulszky,H e nsl e igh Wedgwo od, e tc . 8vo . c l .
For 1 860-1 : inc luding Th e P lay o f th e S ac ram e nt ; and Pasc on agau A rluth , th ePass ion of our Lord, in Co rnish and E ngl i sh , b o th from MS S .
,edi ted b y D r .
W. S toke s ; and p ap e rs b y D r . E . A dam s, T. F . Barham ,R e v . D . Co l e ridge ,
H . Co l e r idge , S ir J . F . D avis,D . P . F ry, Pro f. T. H . Ke y, D r . C. Lo ttne r ,
Bishop Th i r lwal l , H . We dgwo od, R . F . We ym outh , e tc . 8vo . c l .
or 1 862-3 wi th pap e r s b y C. B. Cayl ey, D . P . Fry, Pr of. Key, H . Maide n ,R ic h . Mo rr is
, F . W. Newm an , R ob e r t Pe ac o c k, H e nsl e igh Wedgwo od, R . F .
Weym outh, e tc . 8 vo . c l .
For 1 8 64 c on taining 1 . Manni ng'
s (Jas. ) Inqu iry into th e Charac ter and O r igino f th e Po sse ssi ve A ugm e nt in E ngl i sh , e tc . 2. Newm an ’
s (Fr an c is W .) Te xt ofth e Iguv ine Iusori ti ons, wi th In te r l in e ar Lati n Tran s lation ; 3 . Ba rn e s
’
s (D r .
W .) Gr amm ar an G lo ssary o f th e D orse t D i a le c t ; 4 . GWre ans A n Bye—Th e
Cr e a tion : a Co rnish Myste ry, Corn ish and E nglish , wi th No t e s b y Wh it l eyS tok e s, e tc . 8vo . c l .
h ,“ S e p ar a te ly :Manning
’s Inqui ry, —Newm an’
s Iguvi n e Insc r ip tion,S toke s’s Gwr e ans A n Bys,For 1 86 5 in c luding Whe at le y’
s (H . B)?D i c tionary of R edu l i c ate dWords in th e
”
E nglish Language ; and p ap e rs by r o f. A ufr e c ht , E d. ro c k , C. B. Ca l ey,R e v. A . J . Chur c h , Pr o f. T. H . Key, R e v . E . H . Knowl es , Pr o f. H . Ma de n
,
H on . G . P. Marsh,Jo hn R hys, Gu th b raud Vigfusson , H e nsl e igh Wedgwood, H .
B. Wh e at le y, e tc . 8vo . c l .For 1 8 6 6 inc luding 1 . Gr ego r
’
s (R e v . Wa lte r ) Banfi‘
sh ir e D iale c t, wi th G lossaryof Wo rds om itted by Jam i e son ; 2. E dm ondston
’
s (T. ) G lossary o f th e S h e t landD ia l e c t ; and p a e r s b y Pr of. Cassa l , C. B. Cayl ey, D anby P . Fry, Pro f. T. H .
Key, Guthb raud igfusson , H e nsle igh Wedgwood, e tc . 8vo . c l .
J Th e Vo lum e s fo r 1 86 7 , 1 8 6 8—9,1 8 70—2, and 1 8 7 3—4, ar e ou t o f p r i nt .
Be side s c ontri b ut ions in th e sh ap e o f va lu ab l e and in te r e stingIpap e rs, th e vo lum e for
1 8 6 7‘
a lso in c lude s : 1 . Pe ac o c k ’s (R ob . B. ) Glo ssary o f th e undr ed o f Lonsdal e ;and 2. E l l is (A . J .
)O n Pa lae o typ e r e p r e se n ting Sp ok e n S ounds ; and on th e
D iphthong “ O y. h e vo lum e fo r 1 8 6 8—9—1 . E l l is’s (A . J . ) O n ly E ng l ishPr o c lam a tion of H e nry III . in O c t . 125 8 ; to wh ic h a re added Th e Cuc ko o ’
s S o ng”
and Th e Pr ison e r’
s Pr aye r ,”Lyr i c s of th e XII I . Ce n tury, wi th G lo ssa ry ; and 2.
S tok e s ’
s (Whi t l e y) Corni sh G lo ssa ry. That for 1 870-2—1 . Murr ay’
s (Jas . A . H .)D ia l e c t o f th e S ou th e rn Coun ti e s o f S c o t land, with a linguisti c a l m ap . That for1 873—4—Swe e t's H istory o f E ngl i sh S ounds .
For 1 8 75 - 6 : c onta ining A nnua l A ddr e sse s (R e v . R . Mor r is Pr e side nt),Fourthand Fifth . S ou rc e s o f A ryan Mytho logy b y E . L . Brandr e th ; C. B. Cayl e y on
I ta l i an D im inut ive s ; Change s m ade b four young Ch i ldr e n in Pronoun c ingE lish Words , b y Jas . M. Me nz i e s ; hi
'
anx Language , b y H . Je nn e r ; D ia le c to f e st S om e rse t, b y F . T. E lwo r thy ; E ngli sh Me tr e , b y Pr of. J . B. Mayo r ;Wo rds , Logi c . and Gramm ar , b y H . Swe e t ; Th e R ussian Language and i ts
D i a l e c ts , b yW. R . Mo rfil l ; R e li c s o f th e Corn i sh Lan uage in Mount’
s Bay,b y H . Je nne r . D ia le c ts and Pr e h isto ri c Fo rm s of 0 E nglish . By H enry
24 L ingu is tic Pu b lica tions of Tr ii bne r Ga ,
Te rra d’O tran to . By H . I .H . Pr inc e L.
-L-Bonaparte . Th i rte e n th A nnual A ddresso f Pr e side n t
35. A . H . Murray) . S imp le Te nse s in Mode r n Ba ue and O ld
Bas qu e , e tc . yH . I . H . Pr i nc e L.-L. Bo nap a r te . Inde x. Mo n th y A bstrac ts.
List o fMemb e rs . Par t I . 1 03 . Pa rt II . .1 03 . Par t I II . 1 5 3 .
Fo r 1 885—7 : Engl ish E tym o l ogy.‘By R e v .
'
Pr o f. S ke a t . Cr i tic a l E tym ol ogi e s.~By H . Wedgwo od. Pali Misc e l lan i e s :No te s and Que r i e s o n Pal i . By D r .
R . Mo rr is . O n th e R e vise d Ve r s ion“
o f th e New Te stam e n t . By B. D awson.
Ti tin : A S tudy of Ch i ld Language . By S r . D . A . Ma c hado -y-A l va re z , ofS e vi l l e . No te s o n E nglish E tym o logy, and o n Wo rds o f Braz i l ian and Pe ruvianO r igin . By R e v . Pro f. S ke a t . Ce l ti c D e c le nsi on . By W. S toke s . Ne oCe l tic Ve rb S ub stantive . By. W. S to k e s . I nflue nc e o f A n a logy as e x la iningc e r ta in E xam p l e s o f Unon'
g i nal L and R . By D r . F . S to c k . S ound h ange s
in Me lane sian Language s . By R e v. R . H . Codr ington . No te s on E ngl ish
E tym o logy. By R e v. Pro f. S ke at . No te s o n th e R e v ised Ve rsio n o f th e O ld
Te stam e n t . By B; D awson . Mo nth ly A b stra c ts . List o fMe m b e rs . Four te e nth
A nnua l A ddre ss o f Pre side n t (R e v. Pr of . S ke at) . O b i tuary :Mr . . BradshaIw,Mr . Wa l te r R a l e igh Browne , Pro f. Cassa l , A r c hb isho p Tr e nc h , I ) r . S tock .
R e por t b y th e Pr e side nt o n th e Wo rk o f th e Ph i lo l ogi c a l S o c i e ty. The Pr e si
de n t ou Ghost Wo rds . W . R . Mo rfi ll on S lavon i c Phi lo logy (A pr i l . 1 884 toJ . Boxwe l l o n S on ta li . Prof. Thurne yse n on Ce l ti c Ph i lo logy. Prof.de Lac oupe r i e on th e Language s of Ch ina b e fo r e th e Ch ine se . Th e Bre tonG losse s a t O r l e an s . By W . S to k e s . R e m ar ks o n th e O xfo rd E di tion o f th e
Ba tt l e of Ve ntry. By S . H . O’
Grady. O n th e D e r iva ti ons o f “Cad, Luthe r ,Ted.
” By. H . We dgwood, M. A ..
Th e O rigin o f th e A ugm e nt . By R e v.
A . H . S ayc e , M. A . O n th e Plac e o f S ansk r i t i n th e D e ve lopm e n t of A ryan
S p e e c h in I ndia . By J . Boxwe l l , B.C. S . Th e Pr im i tive H om e o f th e A r
yDans .
By R e v . Pro f. S a c e , M.A . No te s on E ng l ish E tym o logy. By R e v . ro f.
gke a t
i I
LL.D . In ex. Mon th ly A bs tr a c ts . Lis t of Me m b e rs . Par t I . 108 .
art 1 5a.
The S oc i e ty’s E xtr a Vo lum e s .
E a r ly E ngli sh Vo lum e , 1 8 62- 6 4
, c o n ta in ing : 1 . Li b e r Cu re Co c o rum , A .D . c .
1 440.~ 2. l l am p o le
'
s (R ic ha rd R o l l e ) Pr ic k e o f Co n sc ie n c e , A . D . c . 1 340.
3 . Th e Caste l l o f Lo ve , A .D . e . 1 3 20. 8vo . c lo th . 1 8 6 5 . £ 1 .
O r se p a ra te ly : Lib e r Cu re Co c o rum , E di te d b y R ic h . Mo rr is, 33 H am p o le’
s
( R o l le ) Pr i c k e o f Co nsc i e nc e , e di te d b y . R ic h . Mo r r is , . l 2s. and The Ca ste l l offLo ve , e dited b y D r . R . F . We ym o u th ,
D an Mic he l 's A ye nb it e o f I nwyt , o r R e m o rs e o f Co n sc i e n c e , in th e Ke n t ish
D ia le c t, A . D . 1 340. Fr om th e A u togra p h MS . i n Br i t . Mu s . E di te d wi th
In tr odu c tio n , Ma rgina l In te rp r e ta t io n s, and Glos sa r ia l Inde x , b y R ic hardMo rr is . 8 vo . c lo th . 1 86 6 . 128 .
Le v in e ’s (Pe te r , A .D . 1 5 70) Man ip u l a s Vo c ab ulo rum : a R hym ing D i c t io nary o f
th e E ng l ish Language . Wi th an A lp hab e t ic a l Inde x b y H . B. Whe a t le y. 8 vo .
c lo th . 1 8 6 7 .
S k e at ’s (R e v . W. W . ) Moe so -Go th ic G lo ss ary, wi th an In tr odu c tion ,an O u tlin e of
Moe so -Goth i c Gram m ar, and a List o f A ngl o - S axon and o ld and m ode r n E ng
l ish Wo rds e tym o logi c a l ly c onn e c te d with Moe so -Go th i c . 1 86 8 . 8v o . c l .
E l l is (A . J .) o n E a r ly E ng l ish Pr o nun c i at io n , w ith e sp e c ia l R e fe r en c e to
S haksp e re and Chau c e r : c o n ta in ing a n Inve s t iga t ion o f th e Co r r e spo nde nc e o f
W r i t ing wi th S pe e c h in E ngland fro m t h e A ng lo -S axon Pe r iod to th e Pr e se n tD ay, e tc . 4 p a r ts . 8vo . 1 869—75 . £ 2.
Mediae va l Gr e e k Te xts : A Co l l e c tio n o f th e,E ar l ie st Com p o si ti ons '
in Vul
Gr e e k, p r io r to A .D . 1 500. \Vith Pr o le gom e na and
’
Cr i ti c a l No te s b yWagne r . Pa r t I . S e ve n Po em s , th r e e o f wh ic h app e ar fo r th e first t im e .
1 8 70. 8vo . 103 . 6d .
. 5 7 and 59, Ludgat e . H i ll, London,E C. 25
Poona Sarvaj an ik ,Sabha , Journa l of th e . E dited b y S .
»H . 01m :
LO NR A E . Pub lishe d quar te r ly. e ac h num b e r .
R oya l S o c i e ty of Li te r a tur e of th e Unite d Kingdom (Tr an sac t i onso f Th e ) Fi r st S e r i e s, 6 Pa r ts in 3 Vo ls . , 4to . ,
Pla te s ; 1 827 - 3 9. S e c o nd
S e ri e s ; 1 3 Vo ls . o r 38 Pa r ts . 8 vo . ,Pla te s ; 1 8 43 é 86 . A c om p le te se t , as far
as p ub l ished; £ 1 1 1 08 . Ve ry sc a r c e . T he fi rs t se r ie s o f th i s -i m p o r ta n t
s e r ie s‘
o f c o n t ri b u t i o n s o f m an y o f th e m o st e m in e n t m e n o f th e day h as lo ngb e e n o ut o f p r int a nd i s ve ry sc a r c e . O f t h e S e c o nd S e r ie s, Vo l . I .v
-IV.,
e a c h c o n ta in ing thr e e p a rts , a r e qu i te o ut O f p rin t, and'
c a n o n ly b e ha d inth e c om p le te se r i e s , n o t ic e d ab o ve . Th r e e Num b e rs , p r i c e 48 . 6 d. e a ch , fo rm
a vo lum e . Th e p r ic e o f the vo lum e c om p le t e , b ound in c lo th , is 1 33 . 6d.
S ep ar at e Pub li c a tions.
I . Pa s'r i MO NA S‘
I‘ICI A ny i S axo i uc r : o r an A lp hab e t ic a l List o f th e H e ads o f
R e l igio u s H o u se s in E ngla nd p re vi o us t o th e Nor m an Co nqu e st , to wh i c h isp r e fixe d a Chr o no lo gi c a l Ca ta logu e o f Co n te m p o ra ry Fo unda tio ns . ByWa r m ;
D E GR A Y Bra c e . R o ya l 8 vo . c lo th . 1 8 72. 73 . 6d.
II. LI CH ANTA R I D I LANCE LLO TTO ; a Tr o ub adou r's Po e m o f th e XIV. Ce n t.
“
E di te d from a MS . i n th e p o sse ss io n o f t h e R o ya l S o c ie ty o f Li te ra tur e , b yWA LTE R D E GR A Y Brn c u . R oya l 8 vo . c lo th . 1 8 74. 7 3 .
III . INe u r s r'r ro Com r s'r u s CA NTA BR IG IENS I S , n un c p r im um , e
.
Manusc ri p to
un ic o in Bi b l io th e c a Co t to n i e nsi a sse rva to , typ is m anda t e su i c i tu r Inq u isi tio
E lie ns is : c u rd. N. E . S . A . H am i l to n . R oya l 4to . Wi th m ap and 3 fa csim il e s .
1 876 . £ 2 23 .
IV. A CO MMO NPLA CE -BO O K o r J O H N MI LTON. R e p roduc e d h
éth e au to type
p r oc e ss from th e o r igin a l MS . in th e p o sse ss io n o f S i r Fr e d. U. raham , Ba r t .,o f. Ne the rb y H a l l . With . an . l nt rodu c t io n . b y A . J . H o rwo o d. S q . fo lio .
O n ly o n e hundr e d O o p ie s p r i nte d. 1 8 76 . 23 .
V. CH R O NICO N A ‘
D ZE D E s , a n) . 1 3 77—1404. E dited, w ith a Tran sla tion and
No te s , b y E D . MA UND E TH O MPS O N. R o ya l 8vo . 1 8 76 . 103 . 6d.
Syro-Egyp tian So c i e ty .—O r igi na l Pap e rs r e ad be fo r e th e Syr o
- ~E gypt ian S o c ie ty o f London . Vo lum e I . Pa r t 1 . 8vo . se we d, 2 p late s and a
m ap , p p . 1 44. 3 8 . 6d.
Templ e—TH E LE GEND S O F TH E PANJAB . By Cap ta i n R . C. TEMPLE
,
Benga l S tafi'
Corp s, e tc . Cr own 8vo . Vo l . I . (Nos . 1 to c lo th .
£ 1 103 . Vol . II ., (No . 1 3 to c lo th , £ 1 108 . Vo l . I II . in c ourse of pub
l ic ation . S ub sc r ip ti on in No s. 243 .
Trub ne r’
s Am e r i c a n , E ur op e an and O r i e ntal Li t e r ary R e c ord.
A R e giste r of th e m o s t i m po r tan t wo rks p u b lished in No r th and S outhA m e r i c a , in India , China , E ur op e , a nd t he Brit i sh Co lo n i e s ; with o c c as io n al
No te s o n G e rm an, D u t c h , D ani sh , Fre nc h , e tc . ,
b o o ks . 4 to . I n Mon th lyNum b e rs . .S ub s c r i p ti o n 5 3. p e r a nnum , o r 6d. p e r n um b e r . A c om p le te se t,No s . 1 t o 1 42. Lo ndon , 1 8 65 to 1 8 79. £ 1 2 123 .
Y orksh ir e Not e s and Qu e r i e s—Wi th th e Y o rkshi r e Ge n e al ogist ,Y o rkshi r e Bib l iograph e r , and Y o rksh i r e Fo lk- lore Journa l . E di ted b y J .H O R S FA LL TURNE R , Ide l , Bradfo rd. E igh ty p age s, wi th I llustra t io ns . D istinc t
p agi na t ion of e a c h sub j e c t . Pub l ish ed Qua rte r ly, demy 8 vo . Pr ic e 1 3 . 641. e achor 5 3 . p e r annum , i f p a id in advanc e .
26 L inguistic Pub lications of Tr am s Co .,
Archaeology , Ethnography, Geography,Hi story,Law.
i
Lite ratur e,Num ismatic s
,andTrave ls .
A b e l .—SLA vrc AND LATIN. I l che ste r Le c tu r e s on Com p a rative Lexi c o ‘
g rap hy. D e li ve r ed a t th e Taylor Insti tution , O xford. By CA R L A BE L, Ph .D .
Post 8vo . pp . vi ii .- 1 24, c lo th . 1 8 8 3 . 5 3 .
A b e l .—Lingui st i c E ssays . S e e Tru b ne r’s O ri e ntal S e r ie s
, p . 5 .
A lb e runi’
s IND IA . S e e S a chau,
”p age 3 8 .
A IL—TH E PR O PO SE D PO LITICA L , LE GA L AND S O CI A L R E F O RMS IN TH E
O ttom an E m pir e and o th e rMo hamm eda n S ta te s . ByMO ULA v i CR E R AGR A L I,
H .H . th e Nizam ’
s Ci vi l S e rvi c e . D em y 8vo . c lo th , pp . l iv.- 1 84. 1 88 3.
A rnold—IND IAN ID YLLS . Fr om th e S an skri t of th e Mahabhar ata . By S irE DWINA R NO LD ,M.A . ,K. &c . Post 8vo . c lo th, pp . xii . -282. 1 8 83 . 7s . 6d.
A I IIO Id.-IND IAN PO E TR Y. S e e Tr ii b n e r
’s O ri e ntal S e r i e s,
”p age 4 .
A rn old—Pe ar l s o f th e Fa i th .
‘
S e e p age 41 .
A mIO Id.-IND IA R E VI SITE D . By S ir E DWIN A RNO LD , M.A . ,
e tc . , A uthor o f th e “Light o f A sia ,”e tc . Wi th Th ir ty-two Ful l-p age Illus
trati ons from PhOtographs se l e c ted b y th e A u tho r . Crown 8 vo . pp . 324, c loth .
1 8 86 . 7s . 6d.
A rnold—TH E S ONG CE LE STI AL . S e e p age 96 .
A I IIO Id.—TH E S E CR E T O F D E ATH . S e e p age 96 .
A rnold.—LO TUS AND JEWE L . Con ta in ing
“ In an Indian TemA Cask e t o f Gem s,” A Que e n ’
s R e v e nge .
” Wi th o th e r Po em s .
A RNO LD , M.A . , e tc . Cr own 8vo . pp . vi . and 264. 1 8 87 . 7 s . 6d.
Badde l e y .—LO TUS LE A vE s . By ST. CLA I R BA D D ELE Y . F c ap . fol io ,
pp . xi i . and 1 1 8 , hal f-ve l lum . 1 8 8 7 8 3 . 6d.
Bade n -Powe ll .—A MANUA L O F JUR I SPR UD ENCE FO R F O R E ST O FFICE R S .
By B. H . BA D EN-POWE LL, B.C. S . 8vo . ha lf-b ou nd, pp . xxi i- 5 54. 1 8 82. 1 23 .
Bade n-Powe ll . —A MANUA L O F TH E LAND R E VENUE SYSTEMS AND LANDTe nure s o f British India . By B. H . BA D EN-PO WE LL, B.C. S . Crown 8vo .
h al f-b ound, pp . xii . -788 . 1 882. 1 28 .
Badl e y .—IND IAN MI SS IONAR Y R E CO R D AND MEMO R I AL VO LUME . . By
th e R e v. B. H . BA D LE Y, o f th e A m e ri c an Me thodist Missio n . New E di tion .
8vo . c lo th . [In Pr ep a r a t ion ]Balfour .
—WA I FS AND STR A YS FR OM TH E FA R E A ST. S e e p . 5 9.
Balfour .—Th e D ivin e Cla ssi c of Nan -H ua. S e e p age 5 9 .
Ba lfour .—TA O I ST TE XTS . S e e p age 4 1 .
Ba llantyn e .—S ANKH YA A PH O RI SMS O F KAPILA . S e e p . 6 .
Be a l .-S e e p age s 6 , 4 1 and 42.
Be ll ew .—FR OMTH E IND US To TH E TI GR I S :Jou rn e y th r ough Balo chi stan ,
A fghan i sta n , K ho rassan , and Iran ,in 1 872 ; wi th a S yno p t i c a l G ram m a r
and Vo c ab u la ry o f th e Br ah o e Language , and a R e c o rd o f Me te o ro logic alO b se rva t io n s a nd A l titude s o n th e Ma rc h . By H . W . BE LLEW,
B.S .C. D e m y 8vo . p p . v i i i . -496 , c lo th . 1 8 74.
Be ll ew .—KA SH MI R AND KA SE GAR . A Na r r ati v e of th e Jo urn e y o f th e
E m b assy to Kashga r i n 1 873-7 4. By H .W. BE LLEW , C.S . l . D e m y 8vo . c lo th ,pp . xxxi i . and 420. 1 8 75 . 103 . 6d.
28 LinguistiC'
Publica tions of Y in’
i bne r 00»
Bf OWIl .—TH E ICELAND IC D I SCO VE R E R S O I
‘vAME R ICA ; O R , H ONO UR Te
WH O M H O NO UR I s D UE . By MA R I E A . BR OWN. Crown 8vo . pp . v i ii . and21 4, cl o th . Wi th E igh t Pla te s. 1 8 87 . 78 . 6d.
Budge .—A S SYR IANTE XTS . S e e p . 5 6 .
Budge .~—H I STO R Y O F E SARH AD D ON. S e e
’
Trub n e r ’s O r i e n tal S e r i e s, p . 4.
Biihl e r .- E LE VEN LAND -GR ANTS O F TH E CH AULUK Y A S O F A NH ILVAD .
A Co n tr ib u t ion to th e H isto ry o f Guja rat . By G . BUH LE R .
‘
1 6'
m o . sewe d,
p p . 1 26,w i th Fa c sim i le . 3 3 . 6d.
g e ss .—A R CH E O LO GICAL SUR VE Y O F WE STE RN IND I A . By Jam e s
Burge ss, LL.D . , e tc .,e tc ; R oyal 4to . ha lf -b ound.
’
Vo l .“
1 . R e p o rt o f th eFi rs t S e aso n
’s O p e ra t io n s in th e Be lgém and Kaladgi D istri c ts . 1 8 74. Wi th
5 6 p ho togra p h s a nd l i th . p la t e s , pp . vi i i . and 45 . 1 8 75 . £2 28 . Vo l . 2.
R e p o r t o f th e S e c ond S e ason’
s O p e r ations. Th e A ntiqu i tie s o f Kath iawad andKa c hh . Wi th Map ,
'
Insc ri pti ons, Ph otogr a 3 , e tc ., pp . x . and 242.
1 8 76 . £3 38 . Vo l . 3 . R e po r t o f th e Thi rd S e aso n s O p e r a t io n s . 1 8 7 5—76 .
Th e A n t iqu i t ie s i n th e Bida r a nd A ura ngab ad D istr i c t . p p . vi i i . a nd 1 38 .
Wi th 6 6 pho to graph i c and l i tho grap hi c p la t e s . 1 8 78 . £2 23 . Vo ls . 4.
and 5 . R e po r ts on th e Buddhist Ca ve Tem p le s , th e E lura Cave Tem pl e s , theBrahm an i c a l and Ja in a Ca ve s in We ste rn India : c onta in i ng Vi ews, P lans,S e c tions , and E le va tion s of Fa cade s o f Cave Tem p l e s ; D rawi ngs of A r c h i te c turaland Mytho logi c a l S cul p tur e s ; F a c sim i l e s of In sc rip ti ons, e tc . ; Trans la ti on O f
I nsc ri p tio ns, e tc . , pp . x.- 140 and vii i . -90, ha lf m or o c c o , gi lt top s with 1 6 5
Pla te s andWo odcu ts . 1 8 83 . £ 6 6 8 .
Burge ss .—A R CH E O LO GICA L SUR VE Y O F S O UTH E R N IND IA . Vol . I . Th e
Buddh ist S tupas o f A m a rava ti and Jaggayyap e ta in th e Kri shna D istri c t,Madra s Pr e side n cy, S urve yed in 1 882. By JAME S BUR G E S S , LL.D . ,
e tc . , D i re c tor -Ge n e ral o f th e S ur vey. With Tr ans la tions o f th e A soka Insc r ipt ions at J augada and D haul i b y GE O R GE Bi LE R , LL . D .
,e tc . , Pr of.
of S anskr it In th e Uni ve rsi ty o f Vie nn a . Conta ining S ixty-ni ne Co l lo typ e ando th e r P la te s o f Buddh ist S c u lp ture and A r c h i te c tur e
,e tc .
,in S outh -E as te rn
Indi a ; F a c sim i l e s o f Insc r ip ti on s, e tc . ; and Th ir ty-two Woodc uts . S up e r
r oya l 4to . pp . x . and 1 3 1 , ha lf-m o ro c c o . 1 8 87 . £4 48 .
E ur e ss .—TH E R O CK TEMPLE S O F E LUR A O R VE R UL . A H andbo ok for
isi to rs . By J . BUR GE S S . 8vo . 3s . 6d. , or wi th Twe l ve Pho tograph s , 93 . 6d.
Burge ss—TH E R O CK TEMPLE S O F E LE PH ANTA D e sc r ibe d and Ill u str ate d
wi th P lan s and D rawings . By J . BUR G E S S . 8vo . c lo th , pp . 80, wi th drawings ,
p r i c e 6 3 . o r w i t h Th i rte en Photograp hs, p r ic e £ 1 .BUI n e .
—S H R O PSH I R E F O LK -LO R E . A S h e af o f Gl e an ings . E dit e d b yC. S . BUR NE . from the Co l l e c tions of G . F . JA CK S O N. Wi th Map of Ch e shire .
3 D e m y 8 vo . pp . xvi .—6 6 4, c lo th . 1 88 6 . 253 .
Burn e ll .—E LEMENTS O F S O UTH IND I AN PAL E O GR A PH Y . Fr om
‘
th e
Fo ur th to th e S e ve nte e n th Ce n tury A .R . By A . C. BURNE LL . S e c ond E n la rgedE dit io n , 3 5 Pla te s a ndMap . 4to . p p . xiv. and 1 48 . 1 8 7 8 . £ 2 1 2s . 6 d.
Byrn e .—G
'
ENE R A L PR INCI PLE S O F TH E STR UCTUR E O F LANGUA GE . ByJAME S BYRNE , M.A . , D e an o f Clon fe r t ; E x-F e l low o f Tr ini ty Co l l e ge ,D ub l in . 2 vo ls . de m y 8 vo . pp . xxx . and 504, xvii i . and 396 , c lo th . 1 88 5 . 363.
Bryn e .—O R I GIN O F TH E GR E E K , LA TIN AND GO TH IC R O O TS . By JAME S
BYR NE ,M.A . ,D e an o fClonfe rt , e tc . D em y 8 vo . pp . vi i i . and 360, c l . 1 8 88 . 1 8 3 .
Car l e tti . - H I STO R Y O F TH E CONQUE ST O F TUNI S . Tr an sla te d b y J . T.
CA R LE TTI . Cr own 8vo . c lo th , p p . 40. 1 88 3. 2s . 6d.
Ce sno la .—TH E
‘
H I STO R Y, TR E A SUR E S , AND“
A NTIQUITIES O F S ALAMI S ,IN TH E I SLAND O F CYPR US . By A . P . D I . CE SNO LA , E .S .A . With - an
In tr odu c tio n b y S . BIR CH , D .C.L. Wi th o v e r 700 I l lustrat ions and.Map of
A n c i e nt Cyprus. R oyal 8vo . pp . xlvii i . -325 , c lo th , 1 882. £ 1 1 1 8 . 6d.
1
-5 7 and 59, Ludga te H i ll, London, E 0. 29
Ch amb e r lain .—JA PANE SE PO ETR Y. S e e p age 4.
Ch a ttop adhyaya .
—TH E Y A TR A S ; o r th e Pop ular D ram as of Be ngal .Post 8vo . pp . 50, wr app e r . 1 882.
Col e b r ooke —TH E LIFE AND MI SCE LLANE O US E S S AYS O F H ENR Y TH OMA SCO LE RR O O K E . In 3 vo ls . D e m y 8vo . c lo th . 1 8 7 3 . V o l . I . Th e Biogra phy b yh is S o n , S ir T. E . CO LE BR O O K E , Ba r t .
,M.P . W i th Po r t ra i t and Map . p xi i .and 492. 1 4s . Vo ls . II . and III . Th e E ssays . A New _E di tio n , wi th o tes
b y E . B. CO W E LL , Pro fe sso r of S anskr i t in th e Unive rsity of Cam bridge .
p p . xvi —5 44, and x.- 5 20. 28s .
Conway—VE RNE R ’
S LAW IN ITA LY. A n E ssay in th e H istory o fth e I ndo -E uro e an S ib i lan ts . B R . S . CO NWA Y, Gon vi l l e and Ca ius Co l lege ,Cam b ri dge ; 0 a
'
ss i ca l Sc ho la r in a Unive rs i ty of Cam b ridge ; E xh ib i ti o n e r i nLa ti n in th e Un ive rsi ty o f Londo n . Wi th a D ia le c t Map o f I ta ly b yE . H E AWO O D , B.A . , D emy 8vo . pp . vi . and 1 20, c lo th . 1 88 7 . 5 8 .
Cr awford.—R E CO LLE CTI ONS O F TR A VE LS INNEW ZE A LAND AND A USTR A LIA .
By J . C. CR A WFO R D , R e side n tMagi s trat e , We l l in on , e tc . , e tc . Wi thMap s and I l lustr a ti ons . 8vo . c lo th , pp . XVI . and 46 8 . 1 8 0. 1 8s .
Cunningham .—CO R PUS INSCR IPTI ONUM IND ICAR UM. Vo l . I , Ins c r ip
t i ons o f A soka . Pr e ar e d b y A LE XAND E R CUNNINGH AM, e tc . 4to .
c lo th , pp . xi v . 142 an v i . , wi th 3 1 p late s . 1 8 79. 428 .
Cunn ingham .—TH E STUPA O F BH A R H UT. A Buddhist Mon um e n t ,
o r na m e n t e d w ith num e ro us S c u lptu re s i l lust ra t ive o f Buddh is t ’
Le g e nd and
H is to ry in th e t hird c e n tu ry D . C. y A LE XAND E R CUNNINGH AM,
D ir e c to r-Ge n e ra l A rc haeo log ic a l S u rve y o f India , e tc . R o ya l 4to . c lo th , gi l t ,p p . v i i i . and 144, w i th 5 1 Pho to gr ap hs and Li thograp h ic Pla te s . 1 8 79. £3 38 .
Cunn ingham .—TH E A NCI ENT GE O GR A PH Y O F IND IA . I .’
Th e Buddh istPe ri od, i n c luding the Cam pa ign s o f A le xande r , and the Trave ls o f H we n -Th sang .
By A L E xAND E R CUNNINGH AM,Majo r -Ge n e ra l , R oya l E n g in e e rs (Be nga l R e
t ir e d) . Wi th th i r te e n Maps . 8vo . pp . xx . 5 90, c lo th . 1 8 70. 283 .
Cunn ingham .—A R CH E O LO GICA L SUR VE Y O F IND IA . R e p o rt s, m ade
_du r ing th e ye a r s 1 8 62—1 8 82. By A . CUNNINGH A M, Maj o r-G e n e r a l
,
e tc . Wi th Map s and Pla te s . Vo ls . 1 to 1 8 . 8 vo . c lo th . 103 . and 123 . e a c h .
c u St .—PICTUR E S O F IND IAN LIFE . Ske t che d w i th th e Pe n fr om 1 8 5 2
-t o 1 88 1 . By R . N. CO ST, late o f E .M. Indi an Civil S e r vic e , and H on . S e c .
t o th e R oya l A si at ic S o c ie ty. Cr own 8 vo . c lo th , pp . x . and 346 . 1 8 8 1 . 7s . 6d.
CuSt .- IND IAN LANGUA GE S . S e e Tr iib n e r
’s O r i en tal S e r i e s
,
”p age 3 .
Cu st .—A FR ICAN LANGUA GE S . S e e “Tr ii b n e r ’s O r i e n ta l S e r i e s
, p age 6 .
Cn st .—LINGUI STIC AND O R IENTAL E SS A YS . S e e Tr ii b n e r
’
s O r i e n ta lS e r i e s,
”p age 4 .
O ust—LANGUA GE : A s ILLUSTR ATE D E Y BIR LE TR ANSLATI ON. By R . N.
. CUST, LL. D . D e my 8 vo . p p. 8 6 , wrapp e r , 1 88 6 , 1 8 .
D ahl .—NA TIONA L S ONGS , BA LLA D S AND SKETCH E S b y th e m o st Ce l e br ate d
S c andina vi an A u tho rs . Transla ted b y J . A . D A H L , Pr o fesso r o f th e E ngl ishLanguage . Squa re c rown 8 vo . pp . 1 28 , c lo th . 1 88 7 . 2s . 6d.
‘
D a lt on .
—D E SCR IPTIVE E TH NO LO GY O F BENGA L . By Co ] . E . T. D ALTON,e tc . Il lustr a te d b y Li thogra p h Po rt ra i ts c o pi e d from Pho to
gr ap hs . 38 Li tho graph Pla te s . 4to . ha lf c a lf, pp. 340. £6 60.
30 Ling uis tic Pub lic a t ions of Tr ii bne r g
D a. Cunha—NO TE S ON TH E H I STO R Y AND ANTIQUITI‘
E S O F'
CH AUL ANDBA S S E IN. By J . GE R S O N D A
' CUNH A , and L .M. E ng ,e tc . 8 vo .
c lo th , p p . xvi . and 262. Wi th 1 7 p h o tog rap hs , 9 p la te s and a m ap . £ 1 5 3 .
D a. Cunha .—CONTR IBUTIONS To THE STUD Y O F IND O -PO RTUGUE SE NUMI S
MA TICS . By J . G . D A CUNH A , e tc . Crown 8 vo . stitc h ed in wrapp er .
F as c . I . to IV.,e ac h 28 . 6 d.
D aS .—TH E IND I AN R YO T, LAND TAX, PE RMANENT S ETTLEMENT, AND TH E
F am i ne . Chi c fly c om p il ed b y A R H A Y CH A R AN D A s. Post 8vc . c lo th, pp .
iv .- 6 62. 1 88 1 . 128 .
D avids .-CO INS
,E TC.
,O F CE Y L ON. S e e t‘
I . Part VI .
D e nnys .—CH INA AND JA PAN. A Gu ide to t h e O p e n .Por tS
,to ge the r
w i th Pe k in , Y e ddo , H on g Kong, and Mac a o ; a Gu ide Bo o k and Vade Me e umo r Tra ve l l e r s , e tc . By W . F . .MA YE R S , H .M.
’
s Con su lar S e rvi c e ; N. B.
D ENNYS , la te H .M.
’s Co n su lar S e r vi c e ; an d C. K ING , Li e u t . R .M.A . E dite d
b y N. B. D ENNY B. 8vo . p p . 600, 5 6 Ma p s and Plan s, c lo th . £2 23 .
“D owson .—D ICTI ONA R Y of H indu . Mythol ogy, e tc . S e e Tr ii b n e r
’s
O r i e nta l S e ri e s ,” p age 3 .
E dm undson .—MILTON AND VOND E L . A Cur io si ty of Lite r atur e . By
“
G . E DMUND S ON, M.A . Crown 8 vo . pp . v i .—224, c lo th . 1 8 85 . 6 3 .
'
E ge rton .—A N ILLUSTR ATE D H AND BO O K O F IND IAN A RMS ; be ing a
Classified and D e sc r ip tive CatalOgu e o f th e A rm s e xhib i te d a t th e‘Indi a
Muse um ; w ith an In tr oduc to ry S ke tc h o f th e Mi li tary H isto ry o f Indi a . Byth e H on .W. E GE R TO N,M.A . ,
M.P. 4to . sewed, pp . v ii i . and 1 62.
‘
1 880. 2s. 6d.
E l l iot .—MEMO I R S ON TH E H I STO R Y, F O LKLO R E , AND D I STR IBUTI ON O F
TH E R A CE S O F TH E NO R TH WE S TE R N PR O VINCE S O F IND I A . By th e la te S i rH . M. E LL IO T, K .C.B. E di te d, e tc . , b y JO H N BE AME s , e t c . In
2 v o ls . de m y 8vo ., p p . xx . , 370, and 396 , c lo th . Wi th two P la te s , and fou rc o lo u r e d Map s . 1 8 69 . 3 68 .
Ewot .—CO INS O F S OUTH E RN IND IA . S e e “Num i sm ata O r i e ntal ia .
Vol . II I . Par t II . p age 36 .
E l li ot—TH E H I STO R Y O F INDIA , a s told b y i ts own H i sto r ian s . Th eMuham m adan Pe r io d.
‘
E dite d fro m th e Po s thum ou s Pa p e r s o f th e late S irH . M. E LLI O T, b y Pr of. J . D OW S O N. 8 vo ls . 8 vo . c lo th . 1 86 7- 1 877 .S e ts, £8 8 8 . or se p ar ate ly, Vo l . I . p p xxx i i . and 5 42. £ 223 .
—Vo l . I I. p p . x .and 5 80. 1 8 8 .
- Vo l . I I I . p p . xi i . and 627 . 248 .—Vo l . IV . p p . x. and 5 6 3 .
~ 21 3 .
-Vo l . V . p p . xi i . a nd 5 7 6 . 2l a.-Vo l . VI. p p . v i i i . and 5 74. 2l s .
—Vo l . VII .p p . vi i i . and 5 74. 2l s .
—Vo l . VIII . pp . xxxii . , 444, and lxvi i i . 24s.
F ar l e y—E GYPT, CYPR US , ‘
AND A S IATIC TUR KE Y. By J . L . FA R LE Y ,
A u tho r o f “Th e R e so ur c e s o f Tu rk e y,” e tc . D e m y 8 vo . c l ., pp . xvi . —270. 1 87 8 .
108 . 6d.
F e athe rm an .—TH E S O CIA L '
H I STO R Y O F TH E R A CE S O F MANKIND . ByA . F E A TH E RMAN. D em y 8vo . c lo th . Th e A ram a e ans . pp .
’ xvi i . and 6 64. 1 88 1 .
£ 1 1 3 .
-Th e Nigr i ti ans . pp . 826 . 1 8 8 5 . 3 1 3 . 6d. Papuo and MMe lane sians . pp . 5 26 . 1 8 85 . 25 3 . O ce ano -Me lan e sians . pp . 452.
25 s .
F e rgu son .—SUMMA R Y O F INFO RMATI ON R E GAR D ING CE YLON:I tsNatural
F e atur e s, Cl im a te , Popu la tion , R e ligio n , I ndus tri e s, A g ri c u l tur e . Gove rnm e nt,
Laws , O bj e c ts o f In te r e st , e tc . ,i n 1 8 8 7 , th e Que e n ’
s“ Jub i le e Y e ar .
”Com
p i l ed b y A . M. and J FE R GUS O N, E di to r s o f th e Cey lon O bse rve r , Tr op i ca l
A gr i cu ltur i st, e tc ., e tc Po st 8vo . iv. wrapp e r . 1 8 8 7 .‘
28 .
32 -L inguistic P ub lic a tions of fl ubne r
Gr imn .—; TH E R A JA S O F TH E PUNJAB.
’ H i story of th e Pri n c ip al S ta te?1 in th e Punj ab , and th e i r Po l i ti c a l R e la t ions w i th th e Bri tish G o ve rnm e nt ) ByLE FE L H . GR IFFIN, Unde r S e c . to Go v. o f th e Punjab , A u tho r o f“
.Th e Punjab Ch ie fs, e tc . S e c o nd e dition . R oya l 8vo ., p p . xiv. and 6 30:
1 873 . 213 .
Gr imm—CO R E“WITH O UT AND WITH IN. Chap te r s on Core an-H isto ry ,Manne rs and R e l igion . Wi th H e ndr ic k H am e l ’s Narra tive o f CapTrave ls in Co r e a , A nno ta ted. ByW . E . GR IFF I S . Crown 8 vo . pp . 3 1 6 ,and I l lus tra tions, c l o th . 1 8 8 5 . 6 3 .
Gl’Ifi S .—TH E MIKA D O ’
S E MPI R E . Bo ok I . H i story of J ap am from6 60 B.C. to 1 8 72 A . O . Bo o k I I . Pe rso nal E xp e r ie n c e s , O b se r va tions , and
S tudi e s in Japan , 1 8 70—74. ByW. E . GR IF FIS . I l lus tr a ted. S e c ond E di tion:
, 8v.
o . pp . 626 , c lo th . 1 8 83 . £ 1 .
Gr owse .—MA TH UR A
" A D ist r ic t Mem o i r.By E .
S . GR OWSE,
C. I . E .Y
'
S e c o nd R e v ise d E di tion . Illus tra te d. 4to . h o ar ds , p p . xxi v . and 5 20.
1 8 80. 428 . . i
H ahn .—Tsun i | lGo am . S e e Tru b ne r
’s O ri e n ta l S e ri e s
, p age 5 .
LYD I A AND PE R S IA . S e e Num i sm ata O r i e ntalia .
Ke a ton—A USTR A LIAND ICTI ONA R Y O F D ATE S AND MEN O F-TH E TIME .
Con tai ning th e H isto ry O fA us tr alasi a , from 1 542toMay, ByI . H . H EATO NI,
R oya l 8vo . c lo th pp . Iv.—5 5 4. 1 879.
H e b r ew Li t e r a tur e S oc i e ty . S e e p age 82. wa s !)
H i lmy .—TH E LITE R ATUR E O F E GYPT AND TH E S O UD AN. From th e
E ar li e st ‘ Tim e s t O‘
th e Y e ar 1 88 5 ,'
inc lusi ve . A Bib l iography. Com pr isin
Pr inted Bo oks ; Pe ri odi c al Wr itings and Pap e rs of Le ar ned S o c i e ti e s ; Maps andCharts ; A n c i e nt Papyr i ; Manus c r i
fits , D rawings, e tc . By E .H . PR INCE
IBR A H IM-H ILMY . D edic a ted to H . th e Kh edive I sm a i l . Vo l . I . (A - L) ,dem y 4to . pp . v ii i . -398 , c lo th . 1 8 8 6 . £ 1 6d.
H indoo Mythology Popul ar ly Tr e ate d.—A n E p itom ise d D e sc r ip ti on
o f th e var ious H e a th e n D e i ti e s i l lustra te d o n th e S i l ve r S wam i Te a S e rvi c ep re se nte d, as a Me m e nto o f h is visi t to India , to H .R .H . th e Pr inc e o fWa les;K .G .
,b y H is H ighne ss th e Gae kwar o f Baroda . S m al l 4to . pp . 42
,l im p c lo th .
1 8 7 5 .
‘ 33 . 6d.
H odgson .—E S SA YS ON TH E LANGUA GE S ,
‘
LITE R ATUR E , AND R E LI GIO'
0F NE PA L AND TIBE T ; w i th Pap e r s o n th e i r G e ograp hy, E thn o logy, an
Com m e r c e . By B. H . H O D G S O N, la te Bri t is h Min iste r a t Ne pa l . R oya l8vo . c lo th , p p . 28 8 . 1 8 74 . 1 48 .
H odgson .—E S S A YS ON IND IAN SUBJE CTS . S e e “Tr ijb n e r ’s O ri e ntal
S e r i e s , p . 4 .
H u t c h —TH E IMPE RI AL GA ZETTE E R O F IND IA . By S i r WILLIAMWILS ON H UNTE R ,
C. I . E LL .D . , la t e D i r e c to r -G e n e r a l o f S ta ti s ticsto th e Go ve rnm e nt O f . India . Pub l ish e d b y Co m m and O f th e S e c re tary a !
S tate fo r India . 1 4 vo ls . 8vo . ha lf m o ro c c o . 1 8 87 . £3 38 .
A gr e a t wo rk h a s b e e n u n o s te n ta ti o us ly c ar r i e d on for th e las t twe l ve ye ar s in Indi a ; th eim p o rt anc e o f whi c h i t i s im p o ss ib l e t o e xagge r a t e . Thi s i s n o thi ng l e ss than a c om p le testa t is ti c a l sur ve y o f th e e n ti r e Br i t ish E m p ir e in H indos tan . We have said e no ugh to showt ha t th e Im p e r i a l Ga z e t te e r i s n o m e r e dry c o lle c t io n o f S ta tis ti c s i t is a t r e a sury fro m whi c hthe p o li t i c i an a nd e c o n o m i s t m ay dr aw c o u n t le ss sto r e s o f va lu a b le i n fo rm a t i o n
,and in to whi c h
th e g e n e r a l r e ade r c a n di p wi th th e c e r ta in ty o f always findi ng som e thing b o th to in te r e st andinstruc t h im .
”—Tim e 3 .
5 7 a nd 5 9, Ludga te H i ll, L ondon , E .0.
H unt e r .—A STA TI STICA L A CCO UNT O F BENGA L . By S irW.W. H UNTER,
LL.D ., e tc . D ire c to r-G e n . o f S ta t ist ic s to t h e Gove r nm e nt o f I ndia .
vo r. VO L .
I . 24 Par ganas and S undar b ans . X . D arj i ling , Ja l pé igu r i and Ku c h Be ha rI I . Nadiya and J e ss o r . XI . Pa tna and S Ar an . [S ta tenII I . Midn a p ur , li um a nd H o urah . XI I . Gays and S hahab ad .
IV . Bar dwan , Bir b h t’
rm and Banku r a . X III . Tirh ut a nd Ch am p é ran .
V . D a c c a , Baka rganj , Far idp ur and Ma i XIV . Bh aga lp ur and S a n tdl Pa rganas .
m an s in h . XV. Mon ghy r and Pur n ia h .
VI . Chi t tag o n g H ill Tr ac ts , Ch i ttagon g , XV I. .H a z ar i b é gh a nd Lo hardaga.
No Akhal l ,Tip p e r ah . and H i l lTip p e rah XVII . S i ngb hum . Ch u t ia Ne gpur Tri b u taA'
yS ta t e . S ta te s and Manb h am .
VI I . Me lda h , R a ngp ur and D inaj pur . XVIII . Cut tac k a nd Ba las o r .
‘
VII I. R e j sh ah t and Bo gra. XIX. Puri , and O rissa Tr ib u ta ry S ta te s .IX . Mur s h idab arl and Pab na. XX . F ishe r i e s , Bo tan y, a nd Ge n e r a l Inde x
Pub l ishe d b y c o m m and o f th e Go ve rnm e n t o f India . In 20Vo ls . 8vo . ha lfm o ro c c o . £ 5 .
H unt e r .—A STATI STICA L A CCO UNT O F A S SAM. By S i r W. W. H UNTE R ,
LL.D . , e tc . 2 vo l s. 8 vo . ha lf-m o ro c c o , p p . 420 and 490, with TwoMap s . 1 8 79. 103 .
H unte r .—FAMINE A SPE CTS O F BENGA L D I STR I CTS . A Syste m of Fam ine
Warn ings. By S i r W. W. H UNTE R , LL.D ., e tc . Crown 8 vo . c lo th ,
p p . 21 6 . 1 8 7 4. 73 . 6d.
H un t e r .-TH E IND IANMUSALMANS . By S irW. W. H UNTE R ,
LL.D . ,e tc . Th ird E dit io n . 8vo . c lo th , p p . 219. 1 8 7 6 . 108 . 6d.
Kant ian—A BR IE F H I STO R Y O F TH E IND I AN PE O PLE . By S i r W. W.
H unte r , LL. D .,e tc . Crown 8 vo . pp . 222 wi th m ap , c lo th . 1 884.
38 . 6d.
H unte r .—Indian E m p i r e . S e e Tru b ne r
’
s O ri e n tal S e r i e s, p age 5 .
H unte r . A N‘
A CCO UNT O F TH E BR ITI S H S E TTLEMENT O F A D ENin A ra b ia . Co m p i le d b y Ca p ta in F. M. H UNTE R , A ss is ta n t Po li t ic a l R e s ide n t ,A de n .
‘
D e m y 8 vo . ha l f-m o ro c c o , p p . xi i —232. 1 8 7 7 . 7 s. 6d.
Indi a .—F INANCE AND R E VE NUE A CCO UNTS O F TH E GO VE RNMENT O F
,fo r
1 8829 83 . F cp . 8 vo . pp . vi ii . -220, b oards . 1 884. 2s . 6d.
Js c obs.—TH E JEWI SH QUE STI ON. 1 8 7 5—1 8 8 4 . A Bibl iogr aphi c al
H and- l ist . Com p i led b y JO S E P H JACO BS , B.A .
, la te S c ho la r o f S t . Jo hn ’s
Co l le ge , Cam b r idge . Fc ap . 8 vo . pp . xi i . -96 , wrapp e r . 2s .
Japan—MA P O F NI PPON (Jap an ) : Com p il e d fr om Nat ive Map s, andth e No te s O f r e c e n t Trave l le rs . By R . H . BRUNTO N, 1 880. In4 she e ts , 2l s . ; r o l le r , va rn ishe d, £ 1 1 18 . 6d. ; Fo lde d, i n c as e , £ 1 5 3 . 6d .
Juv e nal i s S a ti r% .—Wi th a Li t e r a l E ng li sh Pr o se Tr an slat ion and
Note s. By J . D . LEWI S , M.A . S e c ond, R e vised, and c ons ide rab lyE n larged E diti on . 2Vo ls . po st 8vo . pp . xii .
-230, and 400, c loth . 123 .
Ka egi .f TH E R IG VE D A :r th e O lde st Li t e r a tur e o f th e Indian s . ByA D O LPH KA E GI , Pro fe ssor in th e Unive rsi ty of Zii ri ch . 8 vc . pp . vi ii -1 98
,
c loth . 1 8 86 . 7 s . 6d.
Ke rr i son .—A COMMON-PLACE BO O K O F TH E FIF rE ENTH CENTUR Y. Co n
ta ining a R e l igious P lay a nd Po e try, Lega l Fo rm s, and Lo c a l A c c ounts .
Pr in te d from th e O r iginal MS . a t Brom e a ll, S uffo lk. By Lady CA R O L INEKE R R I S ON. E di te d, wi th No te s , byLUCY TO ULMIN SMITH . D emy 8 r o . wi thTwo F ac sim i l e s, pp . v ii i .- 1 76 , p ar c hm e nt . 1 8 86 . 7s . 6d.
Ki tts .—A COMPEND IUM O F TH E CA STE S AND TR IBE S F O UND IN IND IA .
Comp i le d fr om th e ( 1 88 1 ) Ce nsus R e o r ts fo r th e Va ri ous Pro vinc e s (e xc ludi ngBurm ah) and Na tive S ta te s o f th e m pi ra. By E . J . KITTS , B.C.S . F c ap .
fo l io , pp . xii:90,b oards. 1 886 . 5 3 .
i34 Lingu is tic P ub li c a tions of Tr ii bnc r O o .
Knowl e s—A D ICTI ONA R Y O F KA SHMI R I PR O VE RBS AND S AYINGS . EK
glai ned and I l lustra ted from th e R i c h and Inte re sting Fo lk-lo re o f th e Val ley.y th e R e v , J . H INTO N KNOWLE S , e tc . Miss ionary to th eKashm ir is . Crown 8vo . pp . vi i i .-263 , c lo th . 1 8 85 .
Le i tn e r .—S ININ-I -IS LAM. Be ing a Ske tc h o f th e H isto ry and
Li t e ra tu r e o f Mu ham m adan i sm and th e i r p la c e i n Un i ve rsa l H is to ry. For the
us e of Ma u lv is . By G . W. LE ITNE R . Pa r t I . Th e E a r ly H isto ry o f A rab ia
t o th e fa ll o f th e A b a sside s . 8 vo . se wed. La hor e .
Le i tn e r .—H I STO R Y O F IND IGENO US E D UCA TI ON IN TH E PANJAB S INCE
A nn e xati on , and in 1 8 82. By G. W. LE ITNE R , LL .D .,late on e c i al duty
wi th th e E du c a ti on Com m ission app o in t ed b y th e Gove rnm e nt of In a . F c ap .
fo lio , pp . 5 88 , pap e r b oards. 1 8 83 . £5 .
Ire land.—4FUS ANG ; o r, th e D i sc ove ry o f A m e r i c a b y Chin e se Buddhi st
Pr i e s ts i n th e F ifth Ce n tu ry . By CH A R LE S G . LE LAND . Crown 8 vo . c lo th , pp .
xix. a nd 21 2. 1 87 5 . 7 8 . 6d.
Le land—Th e Gypsi e s . S e e p age 6 9 .
Le onowe ns .-LIFE AND TR A VE L IN IND I A . Be ing R e c o ll e cti ons o f a.Journ ey b e fo r e the D ays o f R ai lroads . By A NNA H . LE O NO WENS . 8vc . pp . 326 ,
I l lus tra ted, c lo th . 1 885 . 1 08 . 6d.
L'
m de —TE A IN IND LA . A Ske t ch , Inde x , and R e gi ste r of th e Te aIndustry i n India , with a Map o f a ll th e Te a D istri c ts , e tc . By E . LIND E ,S u r ve yo r . Fo l io
,wrappe r , p p . xxi i .—30, m ap m o un t e d and in c lo th bo ards .
1 8 79 . 6 33 .
L0ng .—E as te rn Pr ove rbs and E m ble m s . S e e p age 4 .
LOWeu.—CH O S O N: TH E LAND O F TH E MO RNING CA LM. A Ske tc h o f
Kor e a . By PE R CIVA L LO W E LL . S up e r-r oya l 8 vo . pp . x.
-4 1 2, c lo th . 1 8 86 . 248 .
McCr indl e .-Th e Com m e rc e and Nav igat ion o f th e E rythraaan S e a .
Be ing a Tran s la t io n o f th e Pe r ip lus Ma r is E ryth ra e i , by a n A n o nym o us Wr ite r ,and o f A r r ian
’
s A c c o un t o f th e Vo yage o f Ne a rkh o s , from th e Mou th o f th e
Indus to th e H e ad o f th e Pe r s ian Gu lf. W i th In t roduc t io n , Co m m e n ta ry,No te s , a nd Inde x . Po st 8vo . c lo th, p p . i v. and 23 8 . 1 8 79. 7 8 . 6d.
McCrindle .—A NCI ENT IND I A A S D E SCR IBE D BY ME GA STH ENE S AND
A R R I A N. A Tran s la tio n o f F ragm e n ts o f th e Indik a o f Me gas th e n é s c o l le c te db y D r . S CH WA NBE R K , a nd o f th e F ir st P a r t o f th e Indika O f A r r ian . By J .W . Mc CR IND LE ,M. A . , Pr in c ip a l o f Gov . Co l l e ge , Pa tn a . Wi th In t ro duc tio n ,
No te s , and Ma p o f A nc i e nt India . Po s t 8vo . c lo th , p p . xi i—224. 1 8 7 7 . 7 8 . 6d.
McCr indIe .—A NCIE NT IND IA a s de sc r ibe d b y Kt e sra s , th e Kn idian,
a tr anslati on of th e ab r idgm e n t of h is “Indi c a ,” b y Ph o ti os , and fragm e nts
o f tha t wo rk p r e se r ved in o th e r wr ite rs . By J . W. McCR IND LE ,M.A . Wi thIn tr odu c tion , No te s, and Inde x . 8vo . c lo th . pp . vi ii .—104. 1 8 82. 6 a. c
McCr indIe .
—ANCIENT IND IA A s D E SCR IBE D BY PTO LEMY . A Tr anslati on o f th e Chap te rs wh i c h de sc r ib e India and Ce n tra l and E aste rn A sia in theTr e a tise o n Ge ogr aphy wr i tte n b y KLA UD IO S PTO LEMA IO S , th e Ce le b rated
A str onom e r ; wi th In troduc tio n , Com m e n ta ry, Map o f India ac c o rding to
P to lem y, and a v e ry Cop io us Inde x. By J . W. McCR IND L E , M.A . D em y8vo . pp . xi i .-373, c l o th . 1 88 5 . 78 . 6d.
Ma cKe nz i e .—Th e H i story of th e R e lat ion s o f th e Gove rnm e nt w i th
th e H i l l Trib e s o f th e Nor th -E ast Fronti e r o f Be nga l . By A . MA CKENZIE,S e c . to th e Gov. Be ngal . R oya l . 8 r o . pp . xvii i .-5 86 , c lo th , wi th Map .
1 6 8 .
36 L inguistic Pu blic a tions of Tr ii bne r Co .,
Morr i s—A D E SCR IPTIVE AND H I STO R ICA L A CCO UNT O F TH E GO D A vE R ’
r
D I STR ICT in th e Pr e side n cy O fMadr as . By H . MO R R IS , fo rm e r lyM.C. S . 8vO .
c l o th, wi th m ap , pp . xii . and 390. 1 8 78 . 123 .
‘Mii ll e r .—ANCI ENT INSCR IPTI ONS IN CE YLON. By D r . E DWA R D MuLLE R .
2 Vo ls . Te xt , c rown 8 vo . , pp . 220,c lo th and p late s, O b long,
fo l io , c lo th .
1 883 . 21 3 .
Munr O .-MA JO R -GENE R A L S I R T. MUNR O , Ba r t . , Gov e rn o r o f
Madras . S e l e c tions from h is Minu te s and o th e r O ffi c ia l Wri tings , E di ted, wi than In troduc to ry Mem o ir andNo te s, b y S ir A . J . A R BUTH NO T, C.I .E .
New E dition . D em y 8 r o . pp . c xli v .-625 , with Map , c lo th . 1 88 7 . £ 1 1 3 .
N0rth .—NO R TH ’
S PLUTA R CH ,F O UR CH A PTE R S O F ; Con ta in ing th e Live s
O f Ca ins Ma rc ius , Co ri o lanus, Ju l ius Cae sar , Ma r c us A nto nius , and MarcusBru tus, as S o ur c e s to S hak e sp e ar e ’ s Tragedi e s ; Co ri o lanus, Jul ius Caes ar , a ndA nto ny and Cle opatra ; and p ar t] to H am l e t andTim on o f A th e ns . Pho tol ithograph ed in th e -
siz e o f th e di ti on o f 1 595 . Wi th Pr e fac e , No te s compp
ring th e Te xt o f th e E di ti ons O f 1 5 79, 1 595 , 1 603, and 1 6 1 2 ; and R e fe r e n c eO te s to th e Te xt O f th e Trage di e s o f S hak e sp e a re . E di te d by Pro f. F . A .
LE O , Ph .D . ,Me m b e r o f th e D i r e c to ry o f th e Ge rman S hake sp e ar e S o c i ety ; and
Le c tur e r a t th e A c ademy O f Mode rn Ph i lo logy a t Be r li n . Fo l io , p p . 22, 1 30
o f facs im i l e s , h a lf-m o ro c c o . Lib rary E dit ion (l im i ted to 250c op i e s ) , £ 1 1 1 3 . 6d.
A m a te ur E di tio n (50 c op i e s on a sup e rio r l a’
rge'
h and-ni ade p ap e r ) ,
Not e s, R O UGH , O F JO UR NE Y S m ade in th e y e ar s 1 8 6 8—1 8 7 3 , in Syri a ,
India , Kashm i r , Jap a n ,Mo ngo lia , S i b e r ia , Un i t e d S ta te s,S andwi c h Is lands
,
A u s tra las ia , e tc . D e m y 8 vo . pp . 624, c lo th . 1 8 75 . Ms .
”Num i sm a ta 0r i e nta l i a .-TH E INTE RNA TI ONA L NUMI SMATA O R IENTA LI A .
E dit e d b y E DW A R D TH OMA S , e tc . Vo l . I . I l lus t ra te d wi th 20Pla te sand a Map . R oya l 4to . c lo th . 1 8 78 . £ 3 1 38 . 6d.
'
A lso in 6 Pa rts so ld s e p a r a te ly , roya l 4to .,wr app e rs, v 1z
Pa r t I .—A nc ie n t Indian We ights . By E . TH O MA S , e tc . Pp . 84 , w ith
P la t e and Map o f th e India o f Mann . 93 . 6d. 1 1 .—Co in s O f th e Urtuki
Turkum an s . By S . L . PO O LE . Pp . 44, w i th 6 P la t e s . 93 . I II . Th e
Co in age O f Lydia and Pe r s ia , fr om th e E a r l i e st Tim e s to th e Fa l l o f th eD yn as ty o f th e A c b aem e n idae . By B. V. H E A D , A ss is tan t-Ke e p e r O f Co in s
,
Br it ish Muse um . Pp . v i i i . a nd 5 6 , wi th thr e e A u to typ e P la te s . 108 . 6d .
IV. Th e Co in s o f th e Tu lun i D yn a sty . By E . T. R O GE R S . Pp . i v . a nd 22,
and 1 P la te . 5 3 . V. Th e Pa r thian Co inage . By P . GA R DNE R , M.A . Pp .
i v . a nd 6 5 , wi th 8 A u to type P la t e s . 1 8 8 . VI . Th e A n c ie n t Co ins andMe as u r e s
o f Ce ylon . Wi th a D i sc u ssi o n O f th e Ce ylon D a te O f th e Buddha ’s D e a th
By T. W. R H YS D A v ID S , la t e Ce ylo n C. S . Pp . 60, wi th Pla te . 103 .
Num i sm ata O r i enta l i a .—VO L . II . CO INS O F TH E JEws . H ist ory O f th e
J ewish Co in age in th e O ld andNe wTe stam ents . By F . W .MA D D E N,Mem b e r O f th e Num ism a ti c S oc i e ty o f London , e tc . Wi th 279 wo odc uts and ap late o f a lp hab e ts. R oya l 4to . se we d, pp . xii . and 330. 1 88 1 . £2.
O r as a se p arate vo lum e , c lo th . £2 23 .
Num i sm ata or i e ntal i a .—Vo l III . Par t I . TH E CO INS O F A R A R AN, O F
PE GU ,AND O F BURMA . By Li e u t .
-Ge ne ral S i r A R TH UR PH A Y R E , C.B. ,late Comm ission e r o f Br i R oya l 4to . , pp .vi i i . and 48 , wi th 5 A uto typ e Il lustr ations, sewe d. 1 882. 8 8 . 6d. A lso c on
tains th e Indian Ba lhara and th e A r ab ian Inte rc our se wi th Indi a in th e Ninthand followin c e nturi e s . By E D WA R D TH OMA S , F .R .S . Vo l . II I . Par t I I .
Th e .Co ins 0 S outh e rn Indi a . By S ir W. E LLI O T. R oya l 4to . pp . vi ii - 1 68 ,
wi th Map“
and 21 Plat e s . 1 886 . 25 8 .
5 7 a nd 59, Luelga te H ill, London, E .C. 37“
Nutt .—A SKE TCH O F S AMA R ITAN H I STO R Y, D O GH A , AND LITE R ATUR E .
A n I ntroduc ti on to “ F r agm e n ts o f a S am ar i tan Targum .
” By J. W. NUTT,M.A .
,&c . , &c . D em y 8 vo . pp . 1 80, c lo th . 1 8 74 . 5 8 .
O l c ott .—A Buddhi st Ca te c hi sm ,
a c c ording to th e Can on O f th e S o uthe rnChur c h . By Co l . H . S . O lc ot t, 24m o . pp . 32, wr app e r . 1 88 1 . 1 3
O pp e r t .—O N TH E A NCIENT COMME R CE O F IND IA : A Le c tur e . By D r .
G . O PP E R T. 8vo . p ape r , 50pp . 1 8 79. 1 3 .
0pp e r t .-CONTR IBUTIONS TO TH E H I STO R Y O F S OUTH ERN IND IA . Pa r t I .
INS CR IPTI O NS . By D r . G . O PP E R T. 8vo . p ap e r , pp . vi. and 74, wi th a Plate .
1 882. 48 .
O r i e ntali a A nti qua ; O R D O CUMENTS AND R E S E A R CH E S R ELATING TO
TH E H I STO R Y O F TH E WR ITINGS,LANGUA G E S
, AND A R TS O F TH E E A ST.
E dite d b y TE R R I EN D E LA CO UPE R I E , e tc .,e tc . F c ap . 4to . pp . 96 ,
wi th 14 Pla te s,wr appe r . Par t I . 5 8 .
“
O xl ey .-E GYPT : and th e Wonde rs o f th e Land O f th e Phar a ohs . By
W . O XL E Y. I l lustra te d by a New Ve r sion o f th e Bhagavat—Gi ta , an E p isodeof th e Mah ab h arat , o ne of th e E p i c Poem s O f A nc i e nt India . Crown 8 y o . pp .vii i -328 , c lo th . 1 8 84. 7 8 . 6d.
Palm e r .—E GYPTI AN CH R O NI CLE S , w i th a harm ony O f S a c r e d and
E gyp t ian Ch ro n o lo gy , a nd an A p p e ndix o n Bab ylo n ian a nd A ssyri an A n t iqu i t i es.
By WI LL I A M PA LME R , M. A . , la te Fe l lo w O f Magda l e n Co l l e g e , O xfo rd.
2 vo ls . 8 vo . c lo th , D I) . l xxiv . a nd 428 , a nd v i i i . a nd 6 3 6 . 1 8 6 1 . 1 28 .
Pate lL—CO WA SJ E E PA TE LL’
S CH R O NO LO GY, c on ta in ing c o rr e sp onding
D a t e s o f th e di ffe re n t E ra s u se d b y Ch r i s ti an s . J e ws , G re e ks , H indus ,Moh am e dan s , Pa rse e s , Ch in e se , J a p an e s e , e t c . By CO W A S J E E S O R A BJ E E
FA TE LL . 4to . p p . v i i i . and 1 8 4, c lo th . 5 03 .
Pathya-Vakya , o r Ni ti -S a str a . Mo r a l Maxim s fr om th e Wr i t ings
O f O r i e n ta l Ph i losop h e rs . Par aph r ase d, and Tran sla ted into E nglish “
byA . D . A . WI J A Y A S INH A . Foo lsc ap 8 vo . se we d,
’
pp . v ii i . and 5 4. 1 8 8 1 . 8 8 .
Pa ton .-A H I STO R Y O F TH E E GYPTI AN R E VO LUTI O N
,fr om th e Pe r iod O f
th e Mam e luk e s to th e D e at h O f Mo ham m e d A l i ; from A ra b a nd E u ro p e an
Me m o i r s , O r al Tradi t io n , a nd Lo c a l R e s e a rc h . By A . A . Pa to n . S e c o nd
E di t io n . 2 vo ls . de m y 8 y o . c lo th , pp . xi i . a nd 395 , vi i i . and 446 . 1 8 70. 7 3 . 6d.
Phi l l ip s .
—KO PAL -KUND A LA . A Ta le o f Be ngal i Li fe . Tr a n sla te d
from th e Be nga l i O f Bunkim Chandr a Ch a t terj e e b y H . A . D . PH IL IP S ,Be nga l O . S . Crown 8 vo . pp . 240, c lo th . 1 8 85 . 6 8 .
Pfounde S .
—E u S O Mim i Bukur o .—A BUD GE T O F JA PANE S E NO TE S .
By CA PT. PF O UND E S , O f Y o ko ham a . 8 vo . sewed, pp . 1 84. 7 8 . 6 d.
Ph ayr e .—CO INS O F A R AKAN
,ETC. S e e “Num i sm ata O ri e n tali a
,
Vol . III . Par t I .
Fi ry .—LE S A INT E D IT. LITTE R A TUR E CH INO I S E . S e e p age 6 3 .
P layfa ir .—TH E CITIE S AND TOWNS O F CHINA . A Ge ogr aphi c a l D i c tion
a ry b y G . M. H . PLAYFA IR , O f H e r Maj e sty’
s Consul ar S e r vi c e in China . 8vo .
c lo th , pp . 506 . 1 8 79 . 25 8 .
P0018 .—CO INS O F TH E UR TUE i TUR KUH ANS . S e e “Num i sm ata O r i
e nta l i a ,” Vo l . I . Part II .
P ool e —A S CH EME O FMO H AMMA D AND YNA STIE S D UR ING TH E KH A LIFATE .
By S . L . PO O LE ,B.A . O xon . , A utho r O f S e l e c t ions fr om th e Ko ran ,e tc . 8 vo . sewed, pp . 8
, wi th a p late . 1 8 80. 2a .
3 8 L ingu is tic P ub lic a tions of Tr ii bne r Co l,
Poo le—A N IND E X To PE R I O D ICA L LITE R ATUR E . By W. F . Pool e ,
LL.D .,Lib rari an O f th e Ch i c ago Pub li c Lib rary. Th ird E di ti on , b rought .
down to January, 1 882. R oya l 8vo . pp . xxv ii i . and 1442, c loth . 1 8 83 .
£3 1 33 . 6 d.
R a l ston .—Tibe tan Tal e s . S e e Tru b n e r
’s O ri e n tal S e r i e s, p age 5 .
R ani Baa—E S SA Y on th e A R CH ITE CTUR E O f th e H IND US . By R AM R a z ,Na tive Judge andMagistr at e o f Banga lo r e . Wi th 48 p la t e s . 4to . pp . xiv . and'
6 4, se we d. Londo n , 1 8 34. £ 2 28 .
R amon—TH E STR UGGLE BETWE ENENGLAND AND FR ANCE F O R SUPR EMACYIN IND IA . (Th e
“Le Bas Pr iz e E ssay for By E . J . R A PS O N, B.A .
Cr own 8vo . pp . vi ii . and 120, c l o th . 1 8 8 7 . 43 . 6d.
R ave n ste in .—TH E R US SIANS ON TH E A MUR ; i ts D i sc o ve ry , Conqu e st ,
and Co lo niz a t ion , w i th a D e sc r ip t ion o f th e Co un try , i ts In hab itan ts , Pr odu ct i ons, and Com m e r c ia l Ca p ab i li t i e s , and Pe r sona l A c c o un ts o f R u ss ian Trave lle r s . By E . G . R A VENSTE IN,
Wi th 4: t in te d Li thographs and 3
Map s . 8vo . c lo th , pp . 500. 1 8 6 1 . 1 5 .
R av e rty .—NO TE S O N A FGH ANI STAN AND PAR T O F BALUCH I STAN, Ge o
graph i c a l , E thnograph i c al , and H isto r i c a l . ByMajor H . G . R A VE RTY , Bom b ayN. I . (R e tir ed) F c ap . fo li o , wr app e r . S e c tions I . and I I . pp . 98 . 1 8 80.
S e c tion I I I . pp v i . and 21 8 . 1 88 1 . 5 3 . S e c ti on IV. pp . x- l 36 . 1 8 83 . 38 .
R i c e .—MYS O R E INSCR IPTI ONS . Tr an sl at e d for th e Gove rnm e n t b yLEW I S R ICE . 8 vo . pp . v i i . 336 , and xxx . Wi th a Fr onti sp i e c e and Map . .
Banga lo r e , 1 8 79. £ 1 103 .
R o ckhi ll .—LIFE O F TH E BUD D H A . S e e p age 6 .
R oe and Fry e r .-TR A VE LS IN IND IA IN TH E S E VENTE ENTH CENTUR Y.
By S i r TH O MA S R O E and D r . J O H N FRYE R . 8y o . c lo th , p p . 474 . 1 8 73 . 7 8 . 6d.
R oge r s—CO INS O F TH E TULUNI D YNA STY . S e e “Num i sm a ta O ri
e nta l ia ,” Vol . I . Par t . IV .
R Outl edge .—E NGLI SH R ULE AND NA TIVE O PINI ON IN IND I A . From
No te s take n in th e ye a rs 1 8 70—74. By JAME S R O UTLE D GE . Po st 8vo . .
c lo th , pp . 344. 1 878 . l oa. 6d.
R owbotham .—A H I STO R Y O F MUS IC. By JO H N FR E D E R ICK R OWBO TH AM,
la te S c ho lar o f Ba l l io l Co l le ge , O xford. 3 vo ls . de my 8vo . pp . xx . and 342,c lo th . Vo l . I . 1 8 85 . Vo l . I I . 1 88 6 . Vol . II I . 1 88 7 . E a c h Vo lum e , 1 83 .
R oy—TH E LYR ICS O F IND .
~ —By D E J END R A LA LA R O Y ,M.A . &C A u thoro f Th e A ryan Me lodi e s . Cr own 8 vo . pp . v i i i . —79, c lo th . 1 88 7 . 28 . 6d.
Sa c hau .—A LR ERUNI s IND IA . A n A c c ount o f th e R e l igi on ,
Phi lo sophy,Lit e ratur e
, Chrono lo A stronom y, Custom s, Laws, and A str o lo o f India,
ab ou t A .D . 1 030. E'
t ed in th e A r ab ic O r igina l b y D r . E dward a c h au , Pro e
fe sso r in th e R oya l Uni ve r si ty o f Be r lin . With an Inde x of th e S anskri t
Words . 4to . pp . xl i . and 3 7 1 , c lo th . 1 887 . £ 3 33 .
S ange rm ano .—A D E SCR I PTI ON O F TH E BURME S E EMPI R E . Com p il ed
c h i e fly from Na tive D o c um e nts , b y th e R e v. Fa th e r S ANGE RMANO , and trans la tedfr om h i s MS . b y W. TAND Y, D .D .
, Me m b e r O f th e R om an S ub -Comm i tte e O f
th e O ri e n ta l Trans la tion F und. R oya l 8 r o . pp . x.- 228 , c lo th . 1 8 85 . 8 3 .
SRSh ’i —F O LKLO R E IN S O UTH E RN IND IA . By Pandi t S . M. NATESAS ASTR I, Go ve rnm ent A r chae o logi c al Survey. In Two Par ts, c rown 8vo . pp . 1 3C?wrappe r . 1 8 86 . 33 .
S chi e fn e r .-Tibe tan Tal e s . S e e Tru bn e r
’s O r ie n tal S e r i e s, p age 5 .
40 L ingu istic Publ ic a tions of Tr ii bi ic r 8p Co .
Thorbur n .—BANNU; o r,O ur A fghan F ron ti e r . By S . S . TH O RBURN,
S e tt l em e nt O ffi c e r,Bannu D istri c t . 8vo . c loth , pp . x . and 480. 1 8 76 . 1 83 .
Vaughan .—TH E MANNE R S AND CUSTOMS O F TH E CH INE SE O F TH E
S TR A ITS S E TTLEMENTS . By J . D . VA UGH AN, A dvo c ate and S o lic i to r , S upr em eCour t
,S tr a i ts S e tt lem e nts . 8vo . pp . i v .
~ 1 20,b oards . 1 8 79. 73 . 6d.
Watson .—IND E x TO TH E NA TIV E AND S CI ENTI FICNAME S O F IND IAN AND
O TH E R E A STE R N E CO NO MI C PLA NTS A ND P R O D UCTS , By J . F. WA TS O N,1 8 6 8 . £31 1 1 8 . 6d.
We dgwood.—CONTE STE D E TYMO LO GI E S in th e D i c tiona ry o f th e R e v .
W . W. S k e a t . By H E NSLE IGH WE D GWO O D . Crown 8 vo . c lo th , pp . vi ii . -1 94.
5 8 .
We st and Buhl e r .—A D I GE ST O F TH E H IND U LAWO f Inh e r i tanc e ,
Part it ion ,A dop tio n E m b odying th e R e p li e s O f th e S ae tr is in th e Co ur ts o f th e
Bom b ay Pr e s ide n cy. Wi th In troduc tion s and No te s b y th e H o n . Jus ti c e R A YMO ND WE ST and J . G . Bi iH LE R , C.I .E . Th ird E di tio n . 8 vo . pp . xc .
-1450,wrapp e r . 1 884. 363 .
Whe e l e r .-TH E H I STO R Y O F IND IA F R OM TH E E A R LI E ST A GE S . By J .
TA LBO Y S WH E E LE R , A ss i stan t S e c r e ta ry t o th e Go ve rnm e n t O f India in th eF o r e ign D e p ar tm e n t , e t c . e t c . D e m y 8 v o . c l .
Vo l . I . Th e V e di c Pe r i o d a nd th e Ma h a Bha r a ta . p p . lxxv . a nd 5 7 6 . O u t o fPr int .
V01 . I I. , Th e R am aya n a a nd th e Bra hm an i c Pe r i o d . p p . lxxxv i i i . and 6 80, w i thtwo Map s . 21 3 . Vo l . I II . H indu , Buddh i st , Br ahm a n i c a l R e v iva l . p p . 484,w i th two m ap s . 1 8 3 . Vo l . IV. Part I . Mussu lm an R u l e . pp . xxxi i . and 320.
1 43 . Vo l . IV. Pa r t I I . Moghu l E m p i re—A u rangz e b . p p . xxv i i i . a nd 280. 1 28 .
Whe e l e r .—E A R LY R E CO R D S O F BR ITI SH IND IA . A H i story O f th e
E ngl ish S e t tl e m e n t in India, a s to ld in th e Go ve rnm e n t R e c o rds , th e wo rk s o f
O ld t r av e l l e r s a nd o t he r c o n t e m po ra ry D o c um e n ts , fro m th e e a r l i e st p e r io ddown t o th e r i s e O f Br i ti sh Po we r in India . By
-J . TA LBO Y S WH E E LE R .
R oya l 8 vo . c lo th , p p . xxxi i . and 392. 1 87 8 . 1 5 8 .
Wi l l i am s .—MO D E RN IND IA AND TH E IND I ANS . S e e Tr u b n e r
’s O r i e n tal
S e r i e s , p . 3 .
Wi l son .—PANJA B CUSTOMA R Y LAW . Vo l . IV . GENE R A L CO D E O F
TR IBA L CUSTO M IN TH E S IR S A D I STR I CT O F TH E PUNJ A B . D rawn up by J.WILS O N, S e ttl e m e n t O fil c e r . Im p e r i a l 8 vo . pp . vi i i . and 1 94, c lo th . 73 .
Wirgm an .-A S KE TCH BO O K O F JA PAN. By C. WI E GMAN. Con ta in
ing 39 H um o rous S k e tc h e s on th e Ma nn e rs and Custom s o f th e Jap an e se , wi tha c c om p anying E xp lana ti ons . R oya l 8y o . o b long, b ound in Jap an e se gi l t c lo th .
1 88 5 . 1 5 3 .
Wi se .—COMMENTA R Y ON TH E H IND U S YSTEM O F ME D ICINE . By T. A .
WI S E ,M.D . , Be nga l Me di c a l S e rv ic e . 8 y o .
, p p . xx . and 432, c lo th . 7 3 . 6d.
Wi SC.—R E VI EW O F TH E
‘
H I STO R Y O F ME D ICINE . By TH OMA S A .
WI S E , M.D . 2 vo ls . 8vo . c lo th . Vo l . I ., pp . xc vi i i . and 397 ;-Vo l . I I . ,
pp . 5 74. 103 .
Wor sa a e .—TH E PR E -H I STO R Y O F TH E NO R TH
,BA S E D ON CONTEMPO R A R Y
MEMO R I A L S . By th e la te CH AMBE R LA IN J . J. A . WO R S A A E , D r . Ph i l . , H on .
P . S .A . S c o t , &c . , &c . Tr ansl a te d, wi th a b r i e f Mem o i r ofth e A u th o r , b y H . F . MO R LAND S IMP S O N,
'
M. A . Crown 8vo . pp . xxx. and206 , c l o th , wi th Map and I l lus trations . 1 8 8 6 . 6 3.
5 7 a nd 59,Lua
'
ga tc H i ll, L ondon , E .C. 41
Wr ight—TH E CE LT, TH E R OMAN,AND TH E S AXON ; a H isto ry O f
'
theE ar ly Inhab i tan ts of Br i tain down to th e Con ve rs ion o f th e A ng lo -S axons toChri st iani ty. I l lustr ate d b y th e A n c i e nt R e m a ins b ro ugh t to l igh t b y R e c e ntR es e ar c h . By TH OMA S WR IGH T, M.A . , &c . , &c . Co r r e c ted and Eularged E di tion . Crown 8 vc . pp . xiv. and 5 62, wi th n e ar ly 300E ngravings, c lo th .
1 88 5 . 98 .
TH E RE LIGIO NS O F TH E E A ST.
A di Gr an th (Th e ) ; O R , TH E H O LY SCR IPTUR E S O F TH E S IKH S, tr ansl a te d from th e o r igina l Gu rm ukhi , w i th In t r o du c to ry E ssays , b y D r . E RNE ST
TR UMPP,Pro f. O r ie n ta l Lan guag e s , Mun i c h . R o y. 8 vo . c l . p p . 8 6 6 . £ 2 123 . 6d.
A l ab aste r .—TH E WH E E L O F TH E LAW : Buddh i sm i l lu stra te d from
S iam e se S o ur c e s b y th e Mo de r n Buddhi st , a Li fe O f Buddha , a nd an a c c o un t o fth e Ph ra b a t . By H E NRY A LA BA S TE R , I n t e rp r e te r o f H .M. Co n sul ate -Ge n e ralin S iam . D e m y 8 vo . pp . l vi i i . a nd 324
, c lo th . 1 8 7 1 . 143 .
A m be r l e y .—AN A NALYS I S O F R E LIGI O US BE LI E F . By VI SCO UNT
A MBE R L EY. 2 vo ls . 8vo . c l . , p p . xv i . 496 and 5 12. 1 8 76 . 308 .
A p astam b iya D harm a Su tr am .—A PH O R I SMS O F TH E S A CR E D LAW S O F
THE H IND US , b y A p astam b a . E dite d, wi th a Tran s la t io n a ndNo te s , b y G. Bii h l e r .2 p a rt s . 8 vo . c lo th , 1 8 6 8—7 1 . £ 1 48 . 6d .
A rnold—TH E LI GH T O F A S I A ; o r,Th e Gr e at R e n un c i ation (Maha
b h in ishkram ana ) . Be ing th e Li fe and Te a c h in g o f Gau tam a,Pr in c e o f India ,
and Fo unde r o f Buddhi sm (a s to ld b y a n Indian Buddh i st ) . By S i r E DWINA R NO LD , M.A .
,e tc . Ch e ap E dit io n . Cro wn 8 y o . p arc hm en t, pp .
xv i . and 238 . 1 88 7 . 33 . 6d. Li b rary E diti on , p o st 8vo . c loth . 78 . 6d.
Illustra ted E di tion . 4to . pp . xx. - 1 96 , c lo th . 1 884. 21 3 .
m 01d.—IND IANPO E TR Y. S e e Tr ii b n e r
’s O r i e n ta l S e ri e s
, p age 4 .
A I n O ld.—PE A R LS O F TH E FA I TH ; . o r , I sl am
’s R o sary . Be ing th e
Nin e ty -n ine Be auti fu l Nam e s o f A l lah ( A sm a- e l wi th Comm e nts inV e rse from var ious O ri e n ta l sour c e s as m ade b y an Indian Mussu lm an . ByS ir E . A R NO LD
,M.A . , e tc . Fo ur th E d. Cr . 8 vo . c l . , pp . xvi . -320.
1 88 7 . 7 8 . 6d.
Ba lfour .—TA O I ST TE s ; E th i c a l , Po l iti c al
,a nd Sp e c ulative . By
F . H . BA LFO UR . Imp . 8 vo . pp . vi . - 1 1 8 , c lo th .
Ball antyn e .—Th e S ankhya A phor i sm s O f Kap ila . S e e p . 6 .
Ban e rj e a .
—TH E A R IA NWITNE S S , o r th e Te stim o ny o f A r ian S c rip tur e sIn c o rrob o rati on o f Bib l ic a l H isto ry and th e R udim e n ts of Chr ist ian D oc tri ne .
I nc luding D isse rta tions on th e O r i ginal H om e and E ar ly A dve n tur e s o f IndoA ri an s . By th e R e v . K . M. BANE R J E A . 8vo . sewed, pp . xvi i i . and 236 . 8 3 . 6d.
Barth .—R ELIGI ONS O F IND IA . S e e Tr u b n e r
’
s O ri e nta l S e r i e s,
”
p age 4 .
Be a1 .—A CA TENA O F BUD D H I ST S CR IPTUR E S FR OM TH E CH INE SE . By S .
BE A L, B.A . 8vo . c lo th
, p p . xiv . and 43 6 . 1 8 7 1 . 1 5 3 .
Be al . —TH E R OMANTIC LE GEND O F SAR E YA BUD D H A . F r om th eCh ine se -S an s c r it b y th e R e v . S . BE A L . Cro wn 8vo . c lo th , p p . 400. 1 8 7 5 . 1 28 .
Be a1.—TH E D H AMMA PA D A . S e e “Tr ii b n e r’s O r i e n tal S e r i e s,
”p age 3 .
42 Linguistic Pub lica tions of Trubne r 8; 00.
Be ak—A BSTR A CT O F FO UR LE CTUR E S ONBUD D H I STLITE RA TUR E IN CH INA ,‘
D e li ve r ed a t Uni ve rs i ty Co l l ege , London . By S AMUE L BE A L . D emy 8y o .
c loth , pp . 208 . 1 88 2. 6d.
Baal —Buddhi st R e c ords O f th e We ste rn Wor ld. S e e Tr ii b ne r’s
O r i e ntal S e ri es ,”p . 6 .
Bigande t .
—GAUD AMA,th e Buddha o f th e Burm e se . S e e “Trub n e r
’s
O ri e nta l S e r i e s ,” p age 4 .
Br ocki e .-IND I AN PH ILO S O PH Y. In trodu c tory Pap e r . By WILLI AM
BR O CKIE . 8vo . p p . 26 , se we d. 1 8 72. 6d.
Bl'OWIl .—TH E D E R VI SH E S ; o r , O RI ENTA L S PIR ITUA LI SM. By JO H N P .
BR O WN, S e e . a nd D rago m an o f Le ga tion o f U.S .A . Co n sta n tino p l e . With .
twe n ty-fo u r I l lustra t io ns . 8 vo . c lo th , p p . v i i i . a nd 41 5 . 1 43 .
Burne ll .—TH E O R D INANCE S O FMANU . S e e Tr ii bn e r
’s O r i e n ta l S e r i e s .
page 6 .
Callaway .—TH E R ELIGI O US SYSTEM O F TH E A MAZULU. S e e p age 5 1 .
Chalm e rs—TH E O RI GIN O F TH E CH INE SE ; an A tte m pt to Tra c e th ec o nn e c tio n o f th e Ch in e s e w i thWe st e rn Na t io n s in t h e i r R e ligion , S up e r st i t io nsA rt s, La nguage , and Tradi t io n s . By J O H N CH A LME R S , A .M. Fo o lsc ap 8vo . .
c lo th , p p . 7 8 . 5 8 .
Cha tte rj i .—TH E BH AGAVA D GiTA ; O R TH E LO R D ’S LA Y .
—Wi th Comm e n andNo te s
, as we l l as r e fe r en c e s to th e Ch r is tian S c rip tur e s. Transla te dfrom t e S an sk ri t fo r th e b e ne fi t O f tho se in se ar c h o f S i r i tua l Ligh t . ByMO R INI M. CH A TTE R J I ,M.A . R oya l 8vo . pp . ix. and 283 , 0 o th . 1 887. 1 03 . 6d.
Cl arke —TEN GR E AT R E LIGIONS : an E ssay in Com p ar a tive The o logy .
By JAME S FR E EMA N CLA R K E . 8 vo . c lo th , p p . x . and 5 28 . 1 87 1 . 103 . 6d.
Clarke —TEN GR E AT R E LIGI ONS . Part II . A Com p ar ison O f A l lR e ligi ons . By J . F . CLA R K E . D em y 8vo .
, pp . xxvi i i . -414, c lo th . 1 8 83. 1 08 . 6d.
Cl arke .—S E R PENT AND S I VA WO R S H IP, and My tho l ogy in Ce ntral
A m e ri c a, A fri c a a nd A s ia . By H YD E CLA R K E , E sq . 8vo . s e we d. 1 8 .
Conway .—TH E S A CR E D A NTH O LO GY . A Bo ok O f E thn i c al S c r ip tur e s .
Co l le c t e d a nd e di te d b y M. D . CO NW A Y. 5 th e di t io n . D e m y 8 vo . c lo th ,p p . xvi . and 480. 1 8 7 6 . 1 28 .
Coom ara Swam y .—TH E D ATH AVANS A ; o r
,th e H i story O f th e Too th
R e l i c o f Go tam a Buddha . Pa li Te xt , and E ngl ish Tr anslat i on , w i th No te s .
By S i rM. CO O MAR A SWAMY,Mude l i ar . D em y 8vo . pp . 1 74, c lo th . 1 8 74. 103 . 6d.
'
Trans la tio n,O n ly, wi th No te s. pp . 100. 6 3 .
Coomara Swam - SUTTA NI'
PATA ; o r , th e D ial ogu e s and D isc ou r se sO f Go ta
'
m a'
Bu dh a .
'
Tr ans lated fr om th e Pa l i , wi th Intr oduc ti on and No te s.
By S ir M. CO OMAR A SWAMY. Cr . 8 vo . c lo th , pp . xxxvi . and 1 60. 1 8 74. 68 .
Coran .
-E xTR A CTs FR OM TH E O CE AN IN TH E O R IGINA L, WITH E NGLI SHR END E R ING . Com pi l ed b y S i r WILLI AMMUI R , LL .D . , A uthor O f
'
th e “Life o f Mahom e t . Se c ond E diti on . Crown 8vo . pp . 72, c lo th . 1 88 5 .
Cowe ll . -TH E S A R VA D AR SANA SAMGR AH A . S e e “Tr u b n e r’
s O ri e n ta l
S e ri e s,”p . 5 .
Cunn ingham .—TH E BH I LSA TO PE S ; o r , Buddhi st Monum e n ts O f Ce n tr al
India : c om p r i s in g a b r i e f H is to r ic a l S k e tc h o f th e R is e , Pr ogre ss , and D e c l in eo fBuddhism wi t h an A c c ou n t O f th e O p e n in g a nd E xam ina t io n O f th e va rio u sGrou p s o f To p e s a ro undBh i lsa . By
'Br e v .-Maj o r A . Cunn ingham . I l lustra te d.
-8vo . c lo th , 33 P la te s, p p . xxxv i . 3 70. 1 8 5 4. £ 2 28 .
44 Lingu istic P ubl ic a tions of Tr ii bn e r Sr Co .
H ang—TH E A ITA R E Y A BR A H MANAM O F TH E R IG VE D A : c o nta in ing the
E a r l ie st S p e c u la t ions O f t h e Brahm an s o n th e m e an ing o f th e S a c r ifi c i a l Praye rs
and o n th e O r igi n ,Pe r fo rm an c e , and S e nse o f th e R i t e s O f th e Ve dic R e ligio n .
S an sk r it Te xt E di t e d, Tran s la t e d, and E xp la in e d b y MA R TIN H A U O , Ph .D .
S up e r in t e nde n t O f S an sk r i t S tudie s i n th e Po o na Co l le ge , e t c . 2Vo ls. Crown8 vo . p p . 3 1 2, and 5 44, c lo th . 1 8 63. £2 23 .
Hawke n .—UPA -S A STR A : Com m e n ts, Lingui sti c and D oc trinal , o n
S ac re d and Myth ic Li te ra tu r e . By J . D . H A WK EN. 8 r o . c lo th, pp .vii i .—28 8 .
7 8 . 6d.
H e r sh on .-TALMUD ICMI SCELLANY . S e e Tr u b n e r ’s O r i e nta l S e ri e s,
p age 4.
H odgson .—E S SAYS R E LATING To IND IAN SUBJE CTS . S e e Tr ubn e i ’s
O r ie nta l S e r ie s,” p . 4 .
Inm an .—ANCIF.NT PA GAN AND MO D E RN CH RI STIAN S YMBO LI SM E XPO SED
A ND E XPLA INE D . By TH O MA S INMAN,M.D . S e c o nd E di t ion . Wi th Ill us tmt io n s . D e m y 8 vo . c lo th , p p . x1. and 1 48 . 1 8 74. 7 8 . 6d.
J ohn son .—O R IE NTA L R E LIGI ONS and the i R e l ation to Uni ve r sal R e l i
gio n . By S A MUE L J O H NS O N. I . India . 2 Vo lum e s , p o st 8 vo . pp . 408 and
402, c lo th . 21 8 . I I . Pe rsi a . D em y 8vo . pp . xli v . -784, c lo th . 1 885 . 1 83 .
J ournal of th e Ce ylon Br an c h of th e R oyal A sia ti c Soc i e ty—Fo r
Pap e rs o n Buddh ism c o n ta ine d in i t, se e page 1 5 .
Ki stn e r .—BUD D H A AND H I S D O CTR INE S . A Bibl iographi c al E ssay . By
O TTO KI STNE R . Im p e ri a l 8 y o . , p p . iv . and 32, sewe d. 2s . 6d .
Kor an—A r abi c t e xt . Li thogr aphe d in O udh . Fo o lsc ap 8vo . pp .
502, s e we d. Lu c know, A H . 1 295 98 .
Koran—S e e a lso unde r Co ran
Lan e —TH E KO R AN. S e e Tr ub n e r’s O ri e n ta l S e ri e s, p . 3 .
Le gge .-CONFUCIANI SM IN R E LA TI ON TO CH RI STIANITY . S e e p age 62.
Le gge .—TH E LIFE AND TE A CH INGS O F CONFUCIUS . Wi th E xp l anato ry
No te s . By JAME S LE GGE , D .D . S ixth E di t io n . Crown 8 vo . c lo th, pp. vi .
and 338 . 1 887 .
Le gge .—TH E LIFE AND WO R KS O F MENCIUS . Wi th E ssays andNote s .
By JA ME S LE GGE . Cr own 8vo . c lo th , pp . 402. 1 8 75 . 1 23 .
.Legge .—TH E S H E -KING ; o r , Th e Bo ok O f A n c ie n t Po e t ry . Tr ans
l ated in E ngli sh Ve rse , with E ssays and No te s . By JAME SLL .D . , e tc .
,e tc . Pp . vi . and 432, c l o th . 1 8 76 . 28 .
Le gge .—CH INE SE CLA S SICS . S e e p age 6 2.
Le i gh . TH E R E LIGI ON O F TH E WO R LD . By H . STONE LE IGH . 12m o .
pp . x i i . 6 6 , c lo th . 1 8 69. 23 . 6d .
M‘Cl at chi e .—CONFUCIA N CO SMO GONY . A Tr an sl a tio n (wi th th e
Ch in e se Te xt oppo s i t e ) o f S e c t io n 49 (Tr e at ise onCo sm o go ny) O f th e Com
p l e te Wo rks O f th e Ph i lo sophe r Ch O O -FO O -Tz e . Wi th E xp lana to ry No te s b yt h e R e v . TH . M‘CI.A TCH I E
,M.A . Sm all 4to . pp . xv i i i . and 1 62. 1 8 74 . 128 . 6d.
Mi tr a . BUD D II A GA YA , th e H e rm itage o f S akya Muni . By R A JEND R ALA LA MITR A
,LL .D . , C.I .E . 4to . c lo th, pp . xvi . and 25 8 , wi th 5 1 Plate s .
1 8 78 . £3 .
5 7 a nd 5 9, Ludgate H i ll, London , E C. 45
‘
i
xuh amm ed.—TH E LIF E O F MUH AMME D . Base d on Muhamm e d Ib n
L Ishak . By A b d E l Ma l ik Ib n H isham . E dite d b y D r . FE R D INA ND Wii STE NF BLD . Th e A rab ic Te x t . 8 vo . p p . 1026 , se we d. 218 . In t roduc t io n , No te s ,and Inde x i n G e rm an . 8 vo . p p . lxxi i . and 26 6 , s ewe d. 7 3 . 6 d.
Th e t e xt b ase d on th e Manu sc r ip ts O f th e Be r l in , Le i p s i c , Go tha and Leyde n Lib r ar i e s, h asb e en c a r e fu l ly r e vi se d b y th e l e ar ne d e di to r , and p r in te d wi th th e u tm os t e xa c tn e ss .
“MITR E -TR ANSLATI ONS FR OM TH E S ANSKR IT. . S e e Tr ub n e r’s O r i e ntal
S e ri e s,
”p . 3 .
Mui r .—O R IGINA L S ANSKR IT TE XTS —S e e p age 102.
Mui r .-E xTR A CTS FR OM TH E O CE AN. S e e Coran , p age 42.
Mii ll e r .—TH E S A CR E D H YMNS O F TH E BR A H MINS
,a s pr e se rve d to u s
in th e o lde st c o l l e c t io n o f r e l igi o u s o s try, th e R ig-Ve da -S an h i ta, t r ans la te d and
e xp la ine d. By F. MAXMii LLE R , .A . , O xfo rd. Vo lum e I . H ym n s to th e
Ma ru ts o r . th e S to rm Gods . 8 vo . p p . c l i i . and 26 4. 1 869. 1 28 . 6 d,
Mi l l e t —TH E H YMNS O F TH E R IG VE D A IN TH E S AMH ITA AND PA D ATExTS . R e pr in te d fr om th e E ditio Prin ce p s b y F . MAx MULLE R , M.A .
S e c o nd E di ti on . Wi th th e two te xts on para l l e l p age s . 2 vo ls ., 8vo . pp .
800—828 , sti tc h e d in wr app e r . 1 8 7 7 . £ 1 1 28 .
Mii ll e r .—LE CTUR E ON BUD D H I ST NI H ILI SM. By F . Max MULLE R
,
M.A . D e l ive re d b e fo re th e.A sso c ia t io n o f G e rm an Ph i lo logi sts a t Ki e l , 28 th
S e p t e m b e r , 1 8 69. (Tr ans la te d fr om th e Ge rm an .) S ewe d. 1 86 9. 1 3 .
Newm an .—H E BR EW TH E ISM. By E . W. NEWMAN. R oyal 8vo . stiff
wr app e rs, pp . v i ii . and 1 72. 1 8 74. 48 . 6d.
Piry .—LE S AINT E D IT, E TUD E D E LITTE R ATUR E CH INO I SE . Pr ép ar ée
p ar A . TH E O P R ILE PIR Y , du S e rvic e de s D ouan e s Mar i tim e s de Chin e .' 4to .
pp . xx . and 320, c lo th . 1 8 79. 21 8 .
Pr i aulx—Q UJE STI ONE S MO SA I CIE ; or,th e first p ar t O f th e Book O f
G e n e si s c om p ar e d wi th th e r e m a in s o f an c ie n t r e ligio n s . By O SMO ND D E
BE A UV O I R PR IA ULx. 8vo . p p . vi i i . and 5 48 , c lo th . 1 23 .
Redh ouse .—TH E ME SNE VI . S e e Tr iib n e r
’
s O r i e n ta l S e ri
e s, p . 4 .
R ig-Ve da Sanhi ta.
-A CO LLE CTI ON O F A NCIENT H IND U H YMNS . Consti tu ting th e First to th e E igh th A sh taka, o r Books of th e R ig-ve da ; th e O lde stauthori ty fo r th e r e ligious and soc ia l ins ti tutions of th e H indus . Tr ans late dfrom th e O r igina l S an skri t b y th e late H . H . WILS O N
,M.A . 2nd E d.
,wi th
a Postsc r ip t b y D r . F . H A LL. 8vo . c lo th , Vo l . I . p p . l i i .‘
and 348 . 213 .
Vo l . I I . pp . xxx . and 346 . 1 854. 21 3 . Vol . III . p p . xxiv . and 5 25 . 1 8 5 7 .
21 3 . Vo l . IV. E dited b y E . B. CO WE LL ,M.A . p p . 21 4 . 1 86 6 . 143 .
A few c opie s of Vo ls . I I . and I I I . sti ll lef t . [Vol3 . V. a nd VI . in the Pr e ss .
R ig-Ve da S anhita .—S e e MiiLLER .
R o ckhill .—4LI F E O F TH E BUD D H A . S e e Tr ub n e r’s O r i e n ta l S e ri e s
, p . 6 .
Sa c r e d Books (Th e ) O F TH E E A ST. . Translate d b y va ri ou s O r i e n ta lS c ho lar s, and E di te d b y F . MaxMii lle r . A ll 8vo . c lo th . 1 8 79—1 888 .
Vo l . I . Th e Upan ishads . Translated b y F. Max Mu lle r . Pa r t I . Th e Khando gya—Up an ishad ; th e Talavaké ra-Upan ishad ; th e A i ta r e ya -A ranyaka ; th eKau sh i taki -Brfihm ana—Upanishad and th e Vagasansyi
-S am hi ta-Up an i shad.
1 03 . 6d.
46 L ingu ist ic Pu b li c a tions of Tr iibner 3, 00.
Vo l . II . Th e S a c r ed Laws O f th e A ryas, as taugh t in th e Sch o o ls of Apas tamb a ,Gau tam a , Vii si sh th a , a nd
.
Baudhdyana . Trans la t e d b y Ge o rg Bii h le r . Pa rtN
I .
A pastam b a and Gau tam a . 103 . 6d.
Vo l . III . Th e S a c r e d Bo ok s O f Ch ina . The Texts o f Co nfuc ian ism .
i
'Trainslate dl
1
3
gJam e s Le gge . Pa r t I . Th e S h ir K ing . Th e R e ligio us Po rti on s o f th e S hihing . Th e E s iz
’
i o Kin g . 1 28 . 6d.
Vol . IV. Th e Ze nd-A ve sta . . Part I . Th e Ve ndidad. Translate d b y Jame sD arm e ste te r . 103 . 6d.
Vo l . V . Pahl avi Te xts . Pa r t I . Th e Bundah is , Bahm an Y e s t,and Shayast-laS hfiyast . II anslated b y E .W . We st . 1 28 . 6d.
Vo l . VI . Th e Qur ’an . Pa r t I . Translated b y E . H . Palm e r . 6d.
Vo l . VI I . Th e Insti tute s o f Vishnu . Trans la te d b y Juli us Jo lly. 1 03
Vol . VIII . The Bh agavadgi tfi. wi th o th e r e xtrac ts from th e
Tr ansla te d b y Kash inath Trun b ak Te lang . 108 . 6d.
Vo l . IX. Th e . Qur ’an . Part I I . Trans lated b y E . H . Palm e r . 103 . 6d.
Vo l . X . Th e S u ttanip itta , e tc . Tr ans lated b y V. Fau s ll . 1 03 . 6d.
VO l . XI . Th e Mahap ar in ib b fin a S u tta ; th e Te vi gga S utta ; the Mah'
éisuda ssfi
d‘
na
S ut ta ; th e D hamm a-Kakkappavattana- S utta . Tran s lated by T. W. R hys
D a vids . 103 . 602.
Vo l . XI I . Th e S atap ath a-Brahm ana . Translated by Prof. E gge ling. VOLI .
1 28 . 6d.
Vo l . XII I . Th e Pr'
i tim okkh a . Tr anslated b y T. W. R hys D avids. Th e Mahavagga . Part I . Tr ans la ted b y D r . H . O ldenb e rg. 108 . 6d.
Vol . XIV. Th e S ac re d Laws O f th e A ryas , as taugh t in th e S c hoo ls O f Vas ish thaand Baudh éiyana . Trans la ted b y Pro f. Ge org Bii h le r . 103 . 6d.
Vol . XV . Th e Up anish ads . Part I I . Tran s la ted by F .MaxMiil le r . 103 . 6d.
Vo l . XVI . Th e Y i King . Trans la te d b y Jam e s Legg e . 103 . 6 d.
Vo l . XVI I . Th e Mah fivagga . Par t I I . Transla ted . b y'
T. W. R hys D avi ds, andD r . H . O lde nb e rg . 108 . 6d.
Vol . XVI II . Th e D fidi
s tfin- i D ini k andMainyO-i Kh ard. Pah lavi Te xts . Part
II . Translate d b y E . W . We st . 1 23 . 6d.
Vol . XIX. The F O -sh O -h ing-tsan -k ing . Translated b y S amu e l Be al . 103 . 6d.
Vo l . XX . Th e Y ayu-Purana . Trans late d by Prof. Bhandarkar , O f E lp hinston e
Co l l ege , Bom b ay. 1 03 . 6d.
Vol . XXI. Th e S addh arm a-pundar ika . Tr anslated b y Prof. Ke rn . 123 . 6d.
Vol . XXII . Th e A ké‘
rranga-S fi tra . Tr ansla te d b y Prof. Jac ob i . 103 . 6d.
Vol . XXI II . Th e Ze nd-A ve sta . Pa r t . I I . Th e S i r Oz ahs, Y asts , and Nyayis .
Tr ans latedb y J . D a rm e s te te r . 103 . 6d.
Vo l . XXIV. Pah la vi Te xts. Par t I I I . D i na- i Mai ndg-i Kh irad, S ikaudgfrm fin
’
i k, and Sad D ar . Trans la te d b y E . W. We st . 103. 6d.
S e cond S er ie s.
Vo l . XXV . Mann . Translate d b y G . Bu h l e r . 21 8 .
Vol . XXVI .
‘
The‘
S atap atha -Brahm an a . Pa rt II . Translate d b y J . E gge ling .
1 28 . 6d.
Vo ls. XXVII . and XXVIII . Th e S ac r ed Bo oks o f Ch ina . Th e Te xts o f Confuc ian ism . Transla te d b y J . L e gge . Pa r ts I I I . and IV. Th e Li ki , o r Co ll e c tion of Tre a tise s o n th e R u l e of Pr o p r i e ty, o r Ce r em onial Usage s . 128 . 6d. e ac h .
Vols . XXIX . and XXX .
i
Th e Gr i hya-sr
‘
r tr as . R ul e s of Vedi c D om e stic Ce r e
m oni e s . Translated b y H e rm ann O lde nb e rg. Part I . (Vol .XX IX . ) 1 23 . 6d.
Par t I I . (Vo l . XXX . ) [I n th e P r e ss .] . r
48 Lingu istic P u b li c a tions of Tr iibne r Q’ Ca.
COMPA RA TIVE PH ILO LO GY .
PO LY GLO TS .
'
Be am e s. -O UTLINE S O F IND I AN PH ILO LO GY. Wi th a Map , showing th eD istrib ii tion of th e Indi an Language s . ByJ O H N BE AME S . S e c o nd en la rged andr e vised edi tion . Cr own 8 vo . c lo th , pp . m m . and 96 . 1 8 6 8 . 5 s .
Be am e s.—A COMPA R ATrvE GR AMMA R O F TH E MO D E RNA R YAN LANGUA GE S
O F IND I A (to wi t ) , H indi , Pa njab i , S indh i , Guja r a t i , Mara th i , Ur i ya , andBe nga l i . By J O H N BE AME S , Be nga l C. S . , M. R NA S . , &c . 8vo . c lo th . Vo l .
I . O n S o unds . p p . xv i . and 3 60. 1 872. 1 6 3 . Vo l . I I . Th e No u n a nd th e
Prono un . p p . xi i . a nd 348 . 1 8 75 . 1 6 8 . Vo l III . Th e Ve r b . p p . xi i . and
3 1 6 . 1 8 79 . 1 6 8 .
Be llows .—E NGLI SH O UTLINE V O CABULAR Y, fo r th e u se o f S tude n ts o f th e
Chi n e se , Jap an e se , and o the r Langu age s . A r r ange d b y J O H NBE LL O WS . Wi thNo t e s o n t h e w ri t ing o f Chine se w i t h R o m an Le t t e r s , b y Pr o fe sso r S UMME R S ,K ing
’s Co l l e ge , Lo ndo n . Cr o wn 8 vo . p p . 6 an d 3 6 8 , c lo th . 1 86 7 . 6 3 .
Be llows .—O UTLINE D I CTI ONA R Y ,F O R TH E US E O FMI S SI ONA R IE S
,E xp l o r e r s ,
and S tude n t s o f Language . ByF .MA x O xfo rd. Wi th In t r o duct io n o n th e p ro p e r u s e o f th e E ng l ish A lp hab e t in tran sc r ib ing Fo r e ign
L angu age s . V o c ab u la ry c o m p i l e d b y J . BE LLO W S . Cr own 8 vo . p p . 400,l im p m o r o c co . 1 8 6 7 .
Caldwe ll .—A ComPA R ATIv E GR AMMA R O F TH E D R A VID IAN,O F. S OUTH
IND IA N FAMILY O F LA NGUA G E S . By th e R e v . R . CA LDWE LL , LL.D .
S e c o nd, e n la rge d, E di t io n . D em y 8vo . p p . 806 , c lo th . 1 8 75 . 288 .
Call igar i s.—LE CoMFA GNoN D E TO US , O U D I CTI ONNA I RE PO LYGLO TTE .
Par le Co lon e l LO UI S CA LL IG A R I S ,G r and O fli c i e r , e tc . ( Fr e n c h—La tin—Ital ianS p an i sh—Po r tugu e se—Ge rm a n—E ng l ish—Mode rn Gr e e k—A rab i c—Tu rkish .
2 vo ls . p p . 1 1 5 7 a nd 7 46 . Tur in . £ 4 48 .
Cflfl lp lL—S PE CIME NS O F TH E LANGUA GE S O F IND IA , in c luding Tr ibe sO f Be ngal , th e Ce n tr a l Pr o v in c e s , a nd th e E a ste rn Fr on ti e r . By S i r G .
CA MPBE LL, M.F I Fo l i o , p a p e r , p p . 308 . 1 8 74 . £ 1 1 1 8 . 6d.
Cl arke .—R E SE AR CH E S IN FE E -H I STO R I C AND PR O TO -H I STO R I O COMPA R A
TIVE PH ILO LO GY, MY TH O L O GY, AND A R CH E O LO GY. S e e p age 5 6 .
Cast .—LANGUA GE s O F TH E E A ST IND IE S . S e e p age 3 .
Ca st .—LANGUA GE S O F A FR I CA . S e e p age 6 .
Edkins .—CH INA ’
s PLA CE IN PH ILO LO GY. A n A ttem p t to show that th eLanguage s o f E urop e a nd A si a have a Com m on O rigi n . By th e R e v. JO S E PHE D KINS . Crown 8 vo . c lo t h , pp . xxi i i . and 403 . 108 . 6d.
E11i s.—E TR USCANNUME R A LS . By R . E LLI S
,B.D . 8vo . pp . 5 2. 2s . 6d.
E1118 .—TH E A SIA TIC A FFINITI E S O F TH E O LD ITA LIANS . By R O BE R T
E LL I S , B.D . , F e l low O f S t . Jo hn ’
s Co l l e ge , Cam b r idge , and a u th o r o f “A n c ie n t
R ou t e s b e twe e n I ta ly a nd Ga u l .” Cr o wn 8 vo . pp . i v . 1 5 6, c lo th . 1 8 70. 5 8 .
E11i s .—O N NUME R A L S , a s S ign s O f Pr im e val Un i ty am o ng Mank
i
nd.
By R O BE R T E LLI S , B. D . , La t e F e l low o f S t . Jo hn ’
s Co l le ge , Cam b ridge .
D e m y 8vo . c lo th , p p . v i i i . a nd 94. 38 . 6d.
E lli s .—S O UR CE S O F TH E E TR Usc AN AND BA SQUE LANGUA GE S . By R O BE R T
E LLIS , B.D late Fe l lo w o f S t . John ’s Co l l ege , Cam b ridge . D emy 8vo . pp .
v i i i i . - 1 6 6 . 1 88 6 . 7 8 . 6 d.
.5 7 a nd 5 9, Ludga te H e l l m a n,E .C. 49
E llis .-PE R UV I A SCY TH I CA .
‘ Th e Q ui chu a Langu age O f Pe ru : i tsde r i va ti o n from Ce n t ra l A s ia wi th th e A m e r ic an la n gu age s in g e n e r a l , and w i thth e Tu r a n i an a nd Ib e r ia n language s o f th e O ldWo r ld, in c luding th e Basqu e ,th e Lyc ian , and th e Pr e
-A ryan lan gu age o f E t r u r i a . By R O BE R T E LL IS , B.D .
8 vo . c lo t h , p p '
. xii : a nd 219. 1 8 7 5 . 6 3 .
A . E
O F TH E D E VEL O PMENT O F TH E
By LA Z A R US GE IGE R . Trans late dD A S H E R
,Ph .D . Po st 8 vo . c lo th ,
pp.x. and 1 5 6 . 1 880. 6 8 .
qre y. -H AND BO O K O F A FR ICAN, A USTR ALI AN,A ND PO LYNE S IAN PH I
LO LO G Y , a s r e p r e se n te d In th e Lib r a ry O f H is E xc e l le nc y S i r Ge o rge G r e y ,
K .C.B. , H e r Maj e s ty ’
8 H igh Co m m i ss io ne r o f th e Ca p e Co lo ny. Cla s s e d,A n no ta te d, and E di te d b y S ir G E O R GE G R E Y and D r . H . I . E LBE R
Vo l . I . Par t l .—So i1 th A frio a . 8v o . p p . 1 8 6 . 208 .
Vo l . I . Pa r t 2.—A fri c a (No r th o f th e Tr o p i c o f Cap r i c orn ) . 8vo . p p . 70. 4s .
3 .—Madagasc ar . 8vo . pp p. 24 . 23 .
Vo l . I I . Part l .—A us tr a lia . 8vo . p p . Iv . and 44 . 3s .
‘
Vo l . I I . Par t 2.—Pa p uan Langu age s o f th e Lo ya lty I s lands andNe w H e b ride s , c omp r i s
in g those o f t h e Is lands o f Ne n gone , Lifu , A n e i tum , Tan a , ando th e r s . 8v o .
‘
p . 12. Is .
Vo l . I I . Par t 3.—Fi j i Is lands and R o tum a (wi th Sup p le m e n t to Part II . , Papgu ag e s , and Pa r t I A ustr a li a ) . 8vo . D D . 34. 28 .
Vo l . I I . Par t 4.-New Z e a land, th e Cha tha m Is lan ds , and A u c klan d Is lands . 8vo . p p .
7 6 . 7s .
Vo l . I I . Par t 4 ( c on t inu a t ion ) . q Po l yn e s i a and Bo rn e o . 8v o . p p . 7 7-1 54. 78 .
Vo l . I II . Par t 1 .—Manu s c r ip ts and In c un a b le s . 8v o . p p . vi i i . and 24.
Vo l. IV . Par t l .—E ar ly Pr in t e d Bo o ks . E ngl
find.
'
.8v o p p . v i . and 266. 12s .
Gub ernati s.—ZO O LO GICAL MYTH O LO GY ; o r , th e Le ge nds O f A n im a ls .
By ANGE LO D E GUBE RNA TIS , Pr o fe ss o r o f.
S a nsk ri t and Co m pa rati ve Li te ra tur ei n th e Ins ti tu te di S tudii S up e rio r i e di Pe rfe z io n am e n to a t
'
Fl o r e n c e , e tc . I n
2 vo ls;8 vo . p p. xxxv i . and 432, v i i . and 442.
H oe rnl e .
o—A COMPA R A TIVE GR AMMA R O F TH E GAUD I AN LANGUA GE , wi th
Ape c ial R e fe r e nc e to th e E ast e rn H indi . Wi th Language Map and Tab l e o f
ph a b e ts. By A. F . R . H O E R NLE . D emy 8y o . pp . 474 . 1 8 80. 1 8 3 .
Kilgour .—TH E H EBR EW O R IBE RI AN R A CE , in c ludi ng th e Pe l asgi an s,
th e Phe n ic ians , the Je ws, th e Bri ti sh , and o th e rs . By H ENR Y K ILGO UR . 8vo .
sewed, p p . 1 872. 23 . 6d.
Mar ch—A COMPA R ATIV E GR AMMA R O F TH E A NGLO - S AXON LANGUA GEi n whic h i ts fo rm s a r e i l lu str a te d b y tho se o f th e Sansk r it
,- G r e e k , La t in ,
Go th ic , O ld S axon , O ld Fr i e s i c , O ld No r se , and O ld H igh-Ge rm an . ByFR ANCI S A . MA R CH , LL.D . D e m y 8 vo . c lo th, pp . xi . and 25 3 . 1 87 7 . . 108 .
Notl ey .—A COMPAR A TI VE GR AMMAR O F TH E FR ENCH ,
ITA LI AN,S PANI SH ,
AND PO R TUGUE S E LA NGUA GE S . By E DWIN A . NO TLE Y. g r own ob long 8vo .
c lo th , pp . xv . and 396 . 73 . 6d.
O pp e rt .- O n th e Cla ssific ati on O f Langu age s . A Contr ibu ti on to Com
p arative Ph il o logy. By D r . G . O PP E R T. 8vo . p ap e r , pp . vi . and l 46 . 1 8 79. 7 8 . 6d.
O r i e ntal Congr e ss.—R e po r t of th e Pr o c e e din gs of th e S e c ond In te rna
tional Congr e ss of O r i e nta lis ts h e ld in London , 1 8 74. R oy. 8vo . p ap e r , pp . 76 . 5 3 .
O r i e ntal Congr e ss—TR ANSA CTI ONS O F TH E S E COND S E S SI ON O F TH E
INTE R NA TIO NA L CO NGR E S S O F O R IENTA L ISTS , h e ld in London in S ep tem b e r ,1 874. E dite d b R O BE R T K . D O UGLA S , H onorary S e c r e tary. D em y 8vo .
c l o th, pp . vii i . an 45 6 . 21 8 .
50 Linguis tic Pu b lic a tions of fi ttbne r Ca ,
Pe zzi .- A R YAN PH I LO LO GY, a c c ording to th e m o st r e c e n t R e se ar che s
Glo t to lO gia A r ia R e c e n t is sim a ) , R e m a rk s H isto ri c a l and Cri t ic a l . ByO MENI CO PE ZZI , Me m b r o de lla Fac o lta de F ilo sofi a e l e t te r e de lla R .
Un iv e rs it . di To rino . Tr an s la te d b y E . S . R O BE R TS , M.A . , Fe l low and Tu to ro f Gonvi l l e and Ca iu s Co l le ge . Cr o wn 8vo . c lo th
, p p . xv i. and 1 99.
Sayc e—A n A ssyr ian Gr am m ar fo r Com p ar at ive Pur p o se s . By A . H .
S AYCE ,M.A . 1 2m o . c lo th , p p . xv i . an d 1 8 8 . 1 8 72. 7 8 . 6d.
sayc e .—TH E PR INCIPLE S O F COMPA R A TIVE PH ILO LO GY . By A . H .
S AYCE , F e ll ow and Tu tor O f Que e n ’
s Co l lege , O xfo rd. S e cond E di tio n . Cr .
8 vo . c l . , pp . xxxi i . and 41 6 . 1 03 . 6d.
S chl e i c he r .—COMPEND IUM O F TH E COMPA R ATI VE GR AMMA R O F TH E IND O
E UR O P E A N, S ANS K R IT, G R E E K , A ND LA TIN LANGUA G E S . By A UGUST
SCH LE ICII E R . Tr an s la te d fr om th e G e rm a n b y H . BEND A LL , B.A . , Ch r .Co l l . Cam b . 8vo . c lo th , Pa r t 1 . Gram m a r . pp . 1 84. 1 874. 73 . 6d.
Part II . Morp ho logy. pp . vii i . and 1 04. 1 8 77 .
Tru b n e r ’s Coll e c ti on of S im pli fie dGr amm a r s of th e p rin c ip al A SIATIC
AND E UR O PE AN LANGUA GE S . E dite d b y R E INH O L-D R O ST, LL.D Ph .D .
Crown 8vo . c lo th , uniform ly b ound.
I.—H industani , Pe r sian, and A rab ic . By th e late E . H . Palm e r,M.A .
Pp . 1 1 2. 5 8 .
1 1 .—H ungar ian. By I . S inger , ofBuda -Pe st h . Pp . Vi . and 8 8 . 4s . 6d.
I l I .—Basqu e . ByW . Van E ys . Pp . xii . and 52. 3s. 6d.
,IV - Malagasy. By G . W. Par ke r . Pp . 6 6 . 5 s .
V .—Mode rn Gr e e k . By E . M. Ge ldar t , M.A . Pp . 68 . 2s . 6d.
VI .-R oum an i an . ByM. Tor c e anu . Pp . v ii i . and 72. 5 s .
VI I .-Tib e tan . By H . A .Jaschke . Pp . vii i . and 104. 53 .
VIII .- D ani sh . By E . C. O tt e . Pp . vi ii . and 6 6 . 2s . 6d.
IX.—Tur ki sh . By J . W . R edhous e . Pp . xi i . and 204. 10s. 6d.
‘X.—Swe di sh . By E . C. O tte . Pp . xi i . and 70. 2s . 6d.
XL—Po l ish . ByW . R . Morfil l, M.A . Pp . Vi i i . and 6 4. 3s . 6d.
XI I .—Pa l i. By E . Mi i ll e r , Ph .D . Pp . xvi . and 1 44. 7 3 . 6d.
XML—S anskr i t. By H . E dgr e n . Pp. xli .-1 78 . 6d.
XIV.—Gramm air e A lb anaise . Par P . W. Pp . x . and 1 70. 7s . 6d.
XV.—Japane se . By B. H . Cham b e r la in . Pp . vi i i . a nd 108 . 5 3 .
XVI .—S e rb ian . ByW. R . Mo rfi ll , M.A . Pp . v ii i . and 72. 4s . 6d.
XVII .-Cun e iform . By G . Be rtin . Pp . vi ii -1 1 8 . 5 3 .
(O the r s i n Pr ep a r a ti on . )
Tr iibne rls Ca tal ogu e of D i c ti on ar i e s and Gr amm ar s of th e Pr in c ipal
Langu age s and D ial e c ts o f th e Wo r ld. Conside r ab ly e n larged and r e vised withan A lp hab e ti c a l Inde x. A Guide for S tude nts andBo o kse l l e rs . S e c ond E di tion ,8vo . p p . vin . and 1 70, c lo th . 1 882. 5 8 .
Th e fir st e di tion , c on si s t ing o f 64 p p . , c on taine d ti t l e s ; th e ne w e di tion c ons ists o f
1 70p p . and c on ta in s 8 ,000 t i t le s .
Trumpp .—GR AMMA R O F TH E PA STO , o r Langu age of th e A fgh an s , Com
p ar e d wi th th e Ir a n i an a nd No r th- Indian Idiom s . By D r . E RNE ST TR UMPP .
8 vo . s e we d, pp . xvi . and 412. 21 8 .
We b e r .—IND IANLITE R A TUR E . S e e Tr ub n e r
’
s O r i e nta l S e ri e s,
”
p. 3 .
We dgwood.
—O NTH E O RI GIN O F LANGUA GE . By H ENSLE IGH WE D GWO O D,la te F e l low o f Chr ist ’ 8 Co l l e ge , Cam b r idge . Fc ap . 8vo . p p . 1 72, c lo th . 3s . 6d.
52 L inguisti c P ub lications Of Tr iibu e r Co .
Chr ista ll e r .—A D ICTI ONA R Y, E NGLI SH , TS H I , (A SANTE ) , A R E A ; Tshi
(Chwe e ), c om p r ising a s dia l e c ts A kan (A sa n té , A k em , A kuap em , e tc .) and
Edn té ; A k ra (A c c r a ) , c onne c t e d wi th A dangm e ; Go ld Co a st ,We st A fr i c a.
E nyir esi , Twi n e‘ Nkran
.
E nl isi , O tsu i ke G a
nsem asekye r e I'
Ih om a . Wi e m O i aSis i tsom Q wo lo .
By th e R e v . J . G . CH R I S TA I L E R ,R e v . C. W. LO CH E R , R e v . J . Z IMME RMANN.
1 6m o .
Chr i sta ll e r .—A GR AMMA R O F TH E
‘
A SANTE AND FANTE LANGUA GE , c all edQ
t'
Tshi (Chwe e , '
Twi ) : b a se d o n th e A kuap e m D i a le c t . ’
wi th r e fe r e n c e to th e
o the r (A kan and Fan t e ) D ia le c ts: By R e vu J . G . CH R ISTA LLE R . 8vo . pp .xxi v . a nd 203 . 1 87 5 . 1 08 . 6d.
Chr i stal l e r .—D ICTI ONAR Y O F TH E A SANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE , c all e d
Tsh i (Chwe e , Twi ) . Wi th a Gr amm at ic al Intr oduc tion and A pp e ndi c e s on th e
Ge ogr ap hy o f th e Go ld Co ast, and o th e r S ub j e c ts . By R e v . J . G. CH R ISTALLE R .
D e m y 8vo . pp . xxvi i i . and 6 72, c lo th . 1 88 2. £ 1 5 3 .
Cast .—S KE TCH O F TH E MO D E RN LANGUA GE S O F A FR ICA . S e e Tr ii b n e r
’s
O ri e nta l seri e s ,” p age 6 .
D ohn e .—TH E F O UR GO SPE LS IN ZULU .
'
By th e R e v . J . L . D O H NE,
Missionary t o th e A m e r ic an Be ard C.F.M. 8 vo . p p . 208 , c lo t h . 1 86 6 . 5 s .
D o lm e .—A ZULU KA FIR D I CTI O NAR Y, e tym o l ogi c all y e xplain e d, w i th
c op io u s l llustra t io n s and e xam p l e s , p r e c e de d b y a n i n trodu c t i on o n th e Zu luKafi r Language . By th e R e v . J . L . D O H NE . R oya l 8 vo . p p . xl i i . and 4 1 8 ,sewe d. Cap e Town , 1 8 5 7 . 21 8 .
Gr ey .—H AND BO O K O F A FRI CAN, A USTR ALIAN, AND PO LYNE SIAN . PH I
‘
L O LO GY . S e e p age 49 .
Grout . - TH E ISIZULU: a Gr am m a r o f th e Zulu Language ; a c c om p an i e dwi th an H isto r ic a l I n trodu c t ion , a lso with a n A p p e ndix . By R e v . LE WIS GR O UT.
8 vo . pp . l i i . an d 432, c lo t h . 21 3 .
H ahn .-TSUNI IGO AM. S e e Tr ub n e r
’s O r i e n tal S e ri e s
, p age 5 .
Kolb e .—A LANGUA GE STUD Y BA S E D ON BANTU ; o r , A n In qui ry in to
th e Laws O f R o o t-Form ation , th e O r igina l P lura l , th e S e xua l D ual, and th e
Pri nc i p le s of Word-Compar ison ; wi th Tab l e s I l lustra ting th e Primi ti ve Pron om in a l Syste m r e stor e d In th e A fri c an Bantu Fam i ly o f S p e e c h . By th e R e v .
F . W. KO LBE , of th e London Missi onary S o c i e t fo rm e r ly O f th e
H e r e ro Mission , A uthor o f A n E nglis h H e r e ro Dic tionary.
”Post 8vo . pp .vi ii : and 97 , wi th Four Tab l e s, c loth .
°
1 888 .
Kr apf.—D ICTI ONA R Y O F TH E S UA H ILI LANGUA GE . Com p i l ed b y th e
R e v. D r . L . KR APF , Mission ary C.M. S . in E as t A fr i c a . W i th an O utline o f
Suah i li Gr amm arsR oya l 8vo . pp . xl .-434, c lo th . 1 88 2. 308 .
S te e r e .—SHO R T SPE CIMENS O F TH E V O CA BULA R I E S O F TH R E E UN.
PUBLI S H E D A fri ca n Langu age s (G indo , Za ram o , and A ngaz idja ) . Co l le c te db y E DWA R D STE E R E , LL .D . l 2m o . pp . 20. 6d.
St e e r e .—CO LLE CTI ONS FO R A H AND BO O K O F TH E NYAMWEZI LANGUA GE ,
as sp oke n a t Unyanye m b e . By E . STE E R E , LL .D . F c ap . pp . 100, c lot h . l s . 6d.
Tinda ll .—A GR AMMA R AND V O CA BULA R Y O F TH E NAMAQUA -H OTTENTO TLA NGUA GE . By H ENR YTIND A LL,We s le yanMissionary . 8 vo . p p . 1 24, se we d
Zul u Iz aga ; That i s, Pr ove rbs, or O u t- O i t h e Way S ayings of th eZu lus . Co l l e c te d, Trans la ted, and inte rpr e ted b y a Zu lu Missi onary. Crown
8 vo . pp . i v. and 32, sewed. 2s . 6d.
5 7 a nd 5 9,L udga te H i ll, London , E C. 5 3
A LBANIAN.
Gr am inai r e A lbana i se .—Par P . W. Cr own 8 vo . pp . vii i . 1 70
, cloth .
1 88 7 . 7 3 . 6d.
AME R ICAN LANGUA GE S .
A bori ginal Am e r i c an Li te r atur e , Li br ary of. E di te d b y D . G.
BR INTON, M.D . 8vo . c lo th . 1 . Th e Chr oni c le s o f th e May as . p .p 280.
£ 1 1 3 . (O r i f with S e t, 2. Th e I r oquo is Bo o k o f R i tes . E di ted b yH . H A LE . pp . 222. 1 2s . . Tb e Com edy Ba l le t o f Gu egue n c e . pp. 1 46 108 .
4 . A Migr a tion Le ge nd O f th e Cr e e k Indians . By A . S . GA TSCH E T. p p . 25 2.
1 2s . 5 . Th e Le nap e and th e i r Le e nds . By D . G . BR INTO N MUD 8 vo . pp .
262. 1 2s . 6 . Th e A n nals o f th e akc h i que ls . The Te xt , WIth a Transla tion ,No te s and Int roduc ti on , D . .G . BR INTO N, M.D . pp . 240. 1 2s . 7 . A nc ie nt
Nahua tl Po e try. Te xt andyTrans lation b y D . G . BR INTON,M.D . 1 2s .
Byington .—GR AMMA R O F TH E CH O CTAW LANGUA GE . By th e R e v . CYRUS
BYINGTO N. E dit e d from th e O r igina l MS S . in Lib rary o f th e A m e ri c an
Phi lo so p hi c a l S o c i e ty , b y D . G . BR INTO N, M.D . Cr . 8 vo . se we d, p p . 5 6 . 7 s . 6d.
E ll i s.—PE R UVIA SCY THICA . S e e p age 49 .
H owse .—A GRAMMA R O F TH E CR E E LANGUA GE . Wi th
'
wh i c h is c omb in e d a n a na lys is o f th e Chip p e way D ia le c t . By J O S E P H H O WS E , E sq . ,
8 vo . pp . xx . and 324, c lo th . 7 s . 6d .
arkh am—O LLANTA : A D R AMA IN TH E QUICHUA LANGUA GE . Te xt,
Tr ans la tio n , and Int rodu c tio n , By CLEMENTS R . MA R KH AM, F'
.R .G . S . Cr owri8 vo . p p . 128 , c lo th . 1 8 7 1 . 6d.
Markham .—A MEMO IR O F TH E LA D Y ANA D E O som o , C oun te ss O f
Ch inc hon , and Vi c e -Que e n o f Pe ru,A .D . 1 629-39. Wi th a Pl e a fo r th e c o rr e c t
spe l l ing of th e Ch inc h o na Ge nus . By C. R . MA R E H AM, C.B.
,Mem b e r o f th eIm pe r i a l A c ade my Na tur aa Cur i oso rum , w i th th e Cogn om e n o f Ch inc hon .
S m a l l 4to . pp . xi i . and 100. Wi th two Co lour ed P la te s, Map and I llus tra tions .
H andsom e ly b ound. 1 8 74 .
Ma tthews .—E TH NO LO GY AND PH ILO LO GY O F TH E H ID ATS A IND IANS .
By WA S H INGTO N MA TTH EWS , A ssistan t S urge on ,“
U. S . c lo th .
£ 1 6 61.
CO NTE NTS —E thnogr ap hy , Ph i lo logy , Gramm ar , D i c tio nary , and E n g li sh-H ida tsa Vo c ab u lary.
Noda1 .—LO S VINCULO S D E O LLANTA Y CUS I—KCUY LLO R . D RAMA EN
Q UICH UA . O b r a Com p i lada y E spurgada c o n la Ve r s io n Ca st e l la na a l Fr e n te
de su Te s to p o r c l D r . J O S E FE RNA ND E Z NO D A L , A b O gado de lo s Tr ib unale sde J ustICIa de la R e pfib li c a de l Pe rCI . Baj o lo s A u spi c io s de la R e de n to raS o c iedad de F i lan t ro p o s p a r a Me jo r o r la S u e r te de lo s A b o r ij e n e s Pe ruan o s .
R oy. 8 vo . b ds . p p . 70. 1 8 74. 73 . 6d.
.
‘
Noda l .—E LEME NTO S D E GR AMATICA QUICH UA 6 ID I OMA '
D E , LO S Y NCA S .
Bajo lo s A usp ic io s de la R e de nto ra , S o c i e dad de Fi lan tr o p o s par a m e jo ra r lasu e r te de l o s A b o r ij e n e s Pe ruano s . P o r c l D r . J O S E FE RNA ND E Z NO D A L,A bo gado de lo s Tr i b un a le s de J ust ic ia de la R e pI’Ib l ic a de l Pe r fi . R oya l 8 vo .
c lo th , p p . xv i . and 44 1 . A p pe ndix, pp . 9 . £ 1
:O ll anta : A D R AMA IN TH E QUI CH UA LANGUA GE . S e e unde r MA R KH AM. a nd unde r NO D A L . .
n
54 Lingu istic Pu b lic a tions of Tr ii bucr 8; 0a ,
Pim ente l .—CUA D R O D E SCR IPTIVO Y COMPA R ATIV O D E LA S LENGUA SIND IGENA S D E MExICO , o Tr atado de Fi lo logi a Mexi c ans . Pa r FR ANCISCOPIMENTE L . 2 E d
i
c ion u ni c a c omp le te . 3 Vo lum e s 8vo . Mm '
oc,1 875 .
£2 28 .
Thom as .—TH E TH E O R Y AND PR A CTICE O F CR E O LE GR AMMA R . By J. J
TH O MA S . Po r t o f Spa in (Tr in idad) , 1 8 69. 1 vo l . 8vo . b ds . pp . v i i i . and 1 3 5 . 12s .
ANGLO -SA XON.
'
Harr ison and Ba ske rvi ll .—'
A H AND Y D ICTI ONA R Y O F ANGLO -S AxONPO E TR Y. Based on Gro sch opp
’
s Gr e in . E di te d, R e vi sed, and Co rr e c te d, wi thGramm a ti c al A pp e ndix, List o f Irr egular Ve rb s , and Bri e f E tym o logi c a lF e ature s. By J . A . H A R R I S O N, Pr o f. o f E n l ish and Mode rn Lan e s in
Washington and Le e Univ e r si t Virgin ia ; an W . BA SR E R V ILL , Ph . . Lips . ,
Prof. of E ngl ish Language s a
ndLite ra tur e in Vande rb i l t Unive rsi ty,Nashvi l le ,
Te n. S quar e 8vo . pp . 3 1 8 , c lo th . 1 886 . 1 23 .
Mar ch—A COMPA R ATIVE GR AMMA R O F TH E A NGLO -S AXONLANGUA GE ;in wh i c h i ts form s a r e i l lustra ted b y those of th e S anskr i t
, Gr e e k. Latin , Go thi c ,O ld S axon , O ld F ri e si c , O ld No rse , and O ld H igh -Ge rm an . By F R ANCIS A .
MA R CH , LL.D . D em y 8vo . c lo th , pp . xi . and
Mar c h .- INTR O D UCTI ON TO A NGLO SAXON. A n A ngl o S axon R e ade r .
Wi th Ph i lo logic a l No te s , a Bri e f Gramm ar , and a Vo c ab u lary. By F . A .
MA R CH , LL. .D 8vo . pp . vi ii . and 1 6 6,c loth . 1 870. 7c . 6d.
R ask .—A GR AMMA R O F TH E A NGLO SA o TONGUE . Fr om th e D ani sh
o f E ra sm u s R ask , Pr o fe sso r o f Li te rary H i sto ry in , and Lib r a r ian to , th e
Un iv e r sity o f Cop e n hage n , e t c . By B. TH O R P E . Th ird e di t io n , c o r r e c t e d
and im p r o ve d, wi th P lat e . Po st 8vo . pp . Vi . and 1 92, c lo th . 1 879. 5 3 . 6d.
Wri ght .—ANGLO -SA XON AND O LD -ENGLI SH V O CABULAR IE S . S e e p age 79.
A R ABIC.
A hlwardt .—TH E D IVANS O F TH E S Ix A NCI ENTA R A BIC PO E TS , E nnab iga ,
’A n ta r a , Ta rafa , Zu ha i r , ’A lgam a , a nd Im r uo lga i s c hi e fly a c c ording to th e
MS S . o f Pa r is , Go tha , and Le yde n , and th e c o l le c t i on o f th e i r Fragm e n ts : wi th.
a c om p le te l ist o f th e var io us r e a dings o f th e Te xt . E di te d b y W. A H LW A R D T,
8 vo . pp . xxx . 340, se we d. 1 870. 1 28 .
A li f La i la t wa La i la t .—TH E A R A BIAN NIGHTS . 4 vo l s . 4to . p p . 495 ,
493 , 442, 434. Ca i r O , A .H . 1279 £ 3 3 3 .
Th i s c e l e b r a te d E di t ion of th e A r ab ian Night s i s n ow, for th e first tim e , o ffe r e d at a p r i c eWhi c h m ake s i t a c c e ssi b le to S c ho lar s o f lim i te d m e ans .
A thar -ul -A dhar—TR A CE S O F CENTUR IE S or ,Ge ogr aphi c al andH isto ri c alA rab ic D i c t i on ary , b y S E LIM K H UR I and S E L IM S R - H A D E . Ge o gr ap hi c alPar ts I . to V H i st o r i c a l Pa r ts I .
. and 1 1 . MO . p p . 980 and 3 8 4 . P r ic e
78 . 6d. e a c h p ar t . [In cour se of p ub l i c a t ion .
Badge r .—AN E NGLISH -AR ABIC LE XICON
,in whi c h th e e qu ival e n ts for
E ngl ish wo rds and Idiom a tic S e nte n c e s ar e r e nde r ed in to l ite rary and c o ll oquialA r ab i c . By G . P . BA D GE R , D .C.L. 4to . c lo th , pp . xi i. and 1 248 . 1 880. £4.
56 L inguisti c Publica tions of Tr ilbner £5”
Newm an .—A D ICTI ONA R Y I O F MO D E RN A R ABIC—1 . A nglo A r abi c
D ic t ion ary . 2. A nglo A rab ic V o c a b u lary . 3 . A rab o-E ngl ish D ic tiona ry . ByF. W . NEWMAN, E m e r i tus Pro fe sso r o f Un i ve rs i ty Co l le ge , Londo n . . In 2
o vo ls . c rown 8vo . pp . xv i . and 376 46 4, c lo th . £ 1 l s.
Palm e r .
—TH E S ONG O F TH E R E E D ; and o the r Pi e c e s . By E . H .
PA LME R , M.A . , Cam b ri dge . Cr own 8vo . c lo th , pp 208 . 1 8 76 . 5 8 .
Am ong th e Co n te n ts wi l l b e f oun d t r an s la t i o n s fr om H a fiz, fr om O m e r e l Kh e i y tim , and
fr om o t he r Pe r s i an as we ll a s A r ab i c p o e ts .
Fab ie n—H INDUSTANI,PE R S IAN
, AND A R ABIC GR AMMA R S IMPLIFI ED .
"
By E . H . PA LME R . M. .A , Cam b ridge . S e c ond E diti o n . Crown 8vo . pp .
vm ,.-104 c lo th . 1 88 5 . 5 s .
R oge r s.-NO TICE ON THE D INA R S O F TH E A BBA SSID E D YNA STY . By
E D WA R D TH O MA S R O GE RS ,late H .M. Consu l , Cai ro .
“
8vo . pp . 44,wi th a
Map and four A u to typ e P late s . 5 8 .
S ch em e i l .—E L MUBTA KE R ; o r
,F i r st Born . (In A r abi c , printed at
,Be yr o u t) . Co n ta in ing Five . Com e die s , c a l led Co m edi e s o f F i c t io n , o n H o p e s
and Judgm e n t s , i n Twe n ty-sixPo e m s o f 1092Ve r se s , show ing th e S e ve n S tage s
o f Life , fr om m an’
s c o n c e p t io n un to h is de a th and b u ri a l . By EMIN IBBA H mS CH E ME IL. In o n e vo lum e , 4to . pp . 1 6 6 , se we d. 1 8 70. 5 3 .
Sy e d A hm ad.—LIFE O F MO H AMME D . S e e Muham m ed.
Wh e rr y .—Com m e n ta ry o n th e Quran . S e e page 5 .
A SS AME SE .
Br onson .—A D ICTI ONA R Y IN A S SAME SE AND E NGLI SH . Com p il ed b y
MB R O NS ON, A m e ri c an Bapt ist Missi on ary. 8 vo . c a lf, pp . vi ii . and 609. £ 22s.
Ca ta logue of A ssam es e Books to be h ad of Me ssr s . Tr ilbner Co . ,Pos t f r ee f or
on e p e nny s tamp .
A SS Y R IAN (CUNE IF O RM,A CCA D ,
BA BY LO NIAN) .
Be rtin .—A BR I D GE D GR AMMA R S O R TH E LANGUA GE S O F TH E CUNEIE O RM
INSCR IPTI O NS . By G . BE R TIN, l . A S um e r o -A kkadian Gram m ar .
I I . A n A sse-Bab ylon ian Gr amm ar . II I . A Vann i c Gramm ar . IV . A Medic
Gramm a r . V . A n O ld Pe rsian Gr amm ar . Crown 8vo . pp . vi ii . - 1 1 8 , c loth .
1 888 .
—A S SYR IAN TE s, S e l e c t e d and A rr ange d, w i th Phil ologi c al
No te s: By E . A . BUD GE , B.A . , A ssyri an E xh ib itione r , Christ’s Co ll ege ,Cam b ridge . Crown 4to . c lo th , pp . v ii i . and 44. 1 880. 7 8 . 6d.
Budg e—TH E H I STO R Y O F E SA R H AD D ON. S e e Tr ub n e r
’s O ri e ntal
S e ri e s, p . 4 .
Ca ta l ogue (A ) of l e ading Bo oks on E gyp t and E gyp tol ogy , arid on
A ssyr ia and A ssyr i o logy, to b e h ad a t th e affixed p ri c e s, o f Tr‘
ub ne r and Co .
pp . 40. 1 880. Is . 1
Clarke .—R E SE A R CH E S IN PR E H I STO R IC AND PR O TO H I STO R IC COMPAR A
TIVE PH ILO LO GY, MYTH O LO GY, AND A R CH E O LO GY, in c onn e xi on wi th th eO r igin o f Cu l tur e in A m e r ic a and th e A c c ad o r Sum e r ian F am il ie s . By H YD ECLA R K E , D emy 8vo . sewed
, pp . xi . and 74. 1 8 75 . 28 . 6d.
5 7 a nd 59, London E .C.
‘5 7
Coop e r .—A n A r cha i c D i c tionary , Bi ographi c al , H i sto r i c al andMyth ologi ca l ; from th e E gyp tian and E trusc an Monum e nts, and Papyr i . ByW . R .
.CO O P
'
E R . London , 1 87 6 . 8vo . c lo th z 1 5 s .
o
'
q
H in cks .—SPE CIMEN CH APTE R S O F AN A S SYR I AN GR AMMAR .
-By, th elate R e v .
‘
E . H I c s , D .D . , H on . 8vo ., sewed, l s?
Le norm an t (F . )—\
CH ALD E AN MA GIC ; i t s O r igin and D ev e l opm e n t .Tr ans la te d from th e Fre nc h . Wi th c ons ide rab le A ddi ti ons b y th e A uth or.London , 1 8 7 7 . 8vo . pp . 440. 1 2s.
Luzz attO .—GR AMMA R O F TH E BIBLI CAL
'
CH ALD A IC LANGUA GE AND TH E
TA LMUD BA R Y L O NICA L ID IO MS . By S . D . LUz z ATTO . Trans lated from th eI ta l ian b y J . S . GO LD AMME R . Cr . 8vo . c l . , pp . 1 22. 7 8 . 6d.
R awl in son .—NO TE S ON TH E E A RLY H I STO R Y O E BABYLONIA .
’
-ByCo lone l R AWLINS O N, C.B. 8vo . sd. , pp . 48 . 1 3 .
R awlin son .—A COMME NTA R Y ON TH E CUNE I FO RM INSCR I PTI ONS O P
BA BYLO NIA AND A S SYR IA , i n c luding R e adings o f th e Ins c r ip ti o n on th e Nim rudO b e l isk, a nd Br i e f No t i c e o f th e A n c ie n t Kings o f Nin e ve h and Ba b ylon,b y Majo r H . C. R A WL INS O N. 8 vo . p p . 8 4, s e w e d. Lo ndo n , 1 8 50. 2s . 6d.
R awlinson .—INSCRI PTI ON O F TI GLATH PILE SE R I . , KING O F A SSY R IA
,
B.C. 1 1 50. as tr anslate db S i r H . R AW LINS O N; F ox TA LBO T, E s q ., D r . E m ma.
and D r . O PP E R T. Pub lis ed b y th e R oya l A sia ti c S o c i e ty. 8vo . sd., pp . 74. 2s .
R awl inson:—O UTLINE S O F A S SYR I AN H I STO R Y, from th e Insc ri p ti on s o fNine ve h . By Li e u t . Co l . R AW LINS O N, C.B. , fo ll owed b y som e R e m a rks b yA . H . LAYA R D , E sq ., D .C.L. 8 vo . , p p . x l iv. , se we d. Lo ndon , 1 8 5 2. Is .
R e c ords of th e Pa st :b e ing E ng l i sh Tra n slat i on s of th e A ssyr i an andth e E gypti an Monum e n ts . Pub li sh ed unde r th e san c tion o f th e S o c i e ty ofBib li c a l A r c hmology. E di ted b y S . BIR CH . Vo ls . 1 to 1 2. 1 8 74 to 1 879.
£ 1 1 1 a . 6d. o r 3 3 . 6d. e ac h vo l .R e nan .
—AN E S SA Y O N TH E A GE AND A NTIQUITY O F TH E BO O K O E
NA BA TH E AN A G R ICULTUR E . To whic h i s adde d a n Inaugu ra l Le c ture o n’
. th ePo s it io n O f th e S he m i ti c Na ti o n s in th e H is to ry o f Civ i liz a t io n . ByM. E R NE S T
R ENA N,Me m b re de 1’
Ins t i tu t . Crown 8 vo ., p p . xv i . a nd 1 48 , c lo th . ‘
3 s . 6d.
Sayc e —A N A SSYR IAN GR AMMA R E O R COMPA R A TIVE PURPO SE S . ByA . H . S A YCE , M.A
,l 2m o . c lo th , p p . xvi . a nd 1 88 . 1 8 72. 7s . 6d.
S ayc e ;—A N E LEME NTA R Y GR AMMA R an d R e ading Bo ok
Langu age , in th e Cun e i fo rm Ch ar a c te r : c o n ta in in th e m o st c om p
ye t e xtan t, and wh i ch wi l l se rv e a lso as a Vo c a u lary o f bo thA ssyri an . London , 1 8 75 . 4to . c lo th . 9s .
Sayoe .—LE CTUR E S u p on th e A ssyr i an Language and Syllabary .
London , 1 87 7 . La rge 8vo . 9s . 6d.
‘
S ayc e .-BABYLONIAN LITE RA TUR E . Le c tur e s . London
,1 8 7 7
.
8vo . 4s .
Sm i th—TH E A S SYR IAN E PONYMCANON ; c o nta in ing Tr an slati on s of th eD o cum e n ts O f th e Com p ara ti ve Chrono logy o f th e A
'
Ssyri an and Jewi sh Ki ngdom s
,fr om th e D e a th o f S o lom on t o Ne b uc hadne z zar . By E . SMITH . London,
1 8 76 . 8 y o . 93 .
A USTR ALIAN LANGUA GE S .
Gr ey .—H _AND BO O K O F A FR ICAN
,A USTR ALIAN
,AND PO LYNE S IAN PH D
LO LO GY . S e e page 49.
5 8 Lengulstlc P ubli c a tions of Tr ilbnér Ca ,
BA SQ UE :
E 1118 .—S OUR CE S O F TH E BA SQUE AND E TR USCAN LANGUAGE S . S e e p . 48 .
vam-Ey sI—O UTLINE S OE BA SQUE GR AMMA R . By W. J.
'
VANr
E Y S .
Cr own 8vo . pp . xi i . and 52, c lo th . 1 883 . 3s . 6d.
Ca tal ogue of Benga l i Books, sold by’Messr s . Tr ii bne r Q p os t fre e for p enny s tamp .
Br owne —A BANGALI PR IME R , in R om an Char a c te r . ByJ . F .BR OWNE '
,
B.C. S . Cr own 8vo . pp . 32, c lo th . 1 8 8 1,
Char i tab ali (Th e ) ; O R,INSTR UCTIVE BI O GR A PHY
VI D Y XS A GA R A . Wi th a Vo c ab u lary O f a ll th e Words o c curri ng in th e Te xt, b y
” J . F . BLUMH A R D T, Be ngali Le c tur e r Unive rsity Co ll ege , London ; and Te ach e ro f Benga li Camb ridge Uni ve r si ty. 12m o . pp . 120—iv.
—48 , c lo th . 1 884. 5 8 .
Mi tte n—BENGA LI AND ENGLI SH D I CTI ONA R Y fo r th e Use O f S c hools.
R evise d and im p ro ved. 8vo . c lo th . Cal cu tta , 1 8 60. 73 . 6d.
Syke s—E NGLI SH AND BENGA LI D ICTI ONA R Y fo r th e Use of Scho ol s.
R e vised b y GO P E E KIS S E NMITTE R . 8vo . c lo th . Ca lcutta, 1 8 74. 78 . 6d.
GR AMMA R . By th e lat e R e v . W. Y A TE S , D .D .
R epr inted, with im provem e n ts , fr om h is Introduc ti on t o th e Be ngal i Language .
E di ted b y I . WENGE R . F c ap . 8vo . bds , pp . iv. and 1 50. Ca lc utta , 1 8 64. 4a.
BIH A R I .
Ca talogue of Biham'
Books , sold by Me ssr s . Tr llbn e r p ost f r e e f or p enny stamp .
Gri e r son .—S E VEN GR AMMAR S O F TH E D IA LE CTS AND S UB-D IA LE CTS O F
'
th e Bihar i Language S pok e n in th e Pro vinc e o f Bihar , in th e E a s te r n Po r tion
of th e N. W. Provi nc e s, and in th e No r th e rn Po r tion of th e Ce n tr a l Pro vi nc e s .Comp i l ed unde r o rde rs of th e Gov e rnm e n t o f Be nga l . By GE O R GE E . GR IE R S ON
,Joi nt Mag istra te o f Pa tna . Pa r t 1 . Int rodu c to ry ; 2. Bho'
pur i ;3 . M adhi ; 4 . Mai t-b i l-Bhoj ur i ; 5 . S outh Ma i thi li ; 6 . S o uth a ith i l‘
Magad i ; 7 . No t ye t Pub l ish ed)
. F c ap . 4to . c lo th . Pr ic e 28 . 6d. e ac h .
H oe rnl e and Gr l e I‘S O D .
—COM'
PA R ATIVE D ICTI ONA R Y O F TH E BIH A R ILANGUA GE . Com pi ledby A . F . R . H O E R NLE , o f th e Be nga l E duc ationa l S e rvi c eand G . A . GR I E R S O N, o f H e r Maj e sty’
s Be nga l Ci vi l S e rvi c e . (Pub lish edunde r th e Patro nage o f th e Gove rnm e n t o f Be nga l . ) Par t I . From
,A to
A g’m ani . 4to . pp . 1 06 , wrapp e r . 1 8 85 . 5 a.
BR A H O E (BR A H UI) .BeueW.
—FR OMTH E IND US TO TH E TIGR I S . A Narr ative toge the r w i thSynop ti c a l Gram m a r andVo c abu la ry of th e Brah o e language . S e e p . 1 9.
D aka r—AN E S SA Y ON .
TH E BR AH UI GR AMMA R . By D r . T. D UKA‘
.
D emy 8vo . pp . 78 , p ape r . 1 8 87 . 33 . 6d.
6 0 L inguistic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbne r C'o .
Be aL—TH E D H AMMAP AD A . S e e Tr ii b n e r ’s O r ie ntal S e ri e s, page 3 .
D e al—Buddh i st Li te ra ture . S e e p age s 6 , 41 and 42.
Br e tschn eide r .—S e e page 27 .
Cha lm e r s—TH E O R IGIN O F TH E CH INE SE ; an A tte'
mp t'
toc onn e c tion of th e Ch in e se wi th We ste rn Nations, in th e ir R e ligioA r ts , Language , and Tradi ti ons. By J O H N CH ALME R S , A .M.
c l o th, pp . 7 8 . 5 s .
"Chalm e r s .—A CONCI SE KH ANG-H SI
'
CIH NE SE D ICTI ONAR Y . By th e R SV .
J . CH A LME R s , Can to n . Thr e e Vo ls . R oya l 8vo . b ound i n Ch in e ses tyl e , pp . 1000. £ 1 l O s .
Chalm e r s —TH E STR UCTUR E O F CH INE SE . CH AR A CTE R S , UND E R 300
Prim ary Forms ; a ft e r th e ShWO h -wan , 100A .D . , and th e Phone ti c Shwoh -wan
1 83 3 . By J O H N CH A LME R S ,M. A . , LL.D . 8vo . pp . x-1 99, wi th a pla te , c loth .
1 882. 1 28 . 6d.
China R e vi ew ; O R,NO TE S A ND QUE R IE S ON TH E FAR E A ST. Pub
li sh e d b i -m o n th ly. E dited b y E . J . E ITE L .~ S ub sc rip ti on , f l
'
108 .
pe r vo lum e .
D ennys.—A H ANDBO O K O F TH E CANTONVE RNA CULA R O E TH E CH INE SE
LA NGUA G E . Be ing a S e ri e s o f In tr odu c to ry Le sson s , fo r D om e s ti c'
and
Busine s s Pu rp o se s . By N. B. D ENNYS , M.R .A . S ., Ph .D . 8 vo . c lo th , pp . 4,1 95 . a nd 3 1 . £ 1 1 08 .
D e nny s.—TH E F O LK-LO R E O F CH INA , and its A fii n i ti e s With that ofth e A ryan a nd S e m i ti c R a c e s . By N. B. D ENNYS , Ph .D . ,
au tho r o f A H and
b o o k o f th e Can ton V e rn a c u lar ,” e tc . 8 vo . c lo th, pp . 1 6 8 . 6d.
D ougla s .—CHINE SE ENGLI SH D ICTI ONAR Y O F TH E VE RNA CULA R O R SPO KEN
LANGUA G E O E A MO Y, w i th th e p ri nc ipa l va r ia tion s o f th e Chang Ch ew and
Ch in Che w D ia l e c ts . By th e R e v . CA R STA IR S D O UGLA S , M.A .,LL.D ., .G lasg
H igh qu ar to , c lo th , do u b l e c o lum ns, p p . 1 8 7 3 . £3 3s .
D ouglas—CH INE SE LANGUA GE AND LITE RATUR E . N o Le c tur es del ive r e d a t th e R o ya l In s t itu t ion , b y R . K . D O UGLA S , o f th e Br i t ish Mus e um ,
and Pr o f. o f Ch in e se a t King's Co l le ge . Cr . 8 vo . pp . 1 1 8 , CI, 1 8 7 5 . 5 3 .
D ougl as—TH E LIFE O E JE NGH Iz KH AN. Tr an slate d fr om th e Chin e se ,
w i th an In tr odu c t ion , b y R . K . D O UG LA S , O f th e Bri t ish Mu se um . Crown 8vo .
p p . xxxvi .—106 , c lo th . 1 8 77 .
E dkins .—A GR AMMA R O F CO LLO QUI AL CH INE SE , a s e xhibi te d in th e
S hangha i D ia l e c t . By J . E D K INS , B A . S e c ond e di t ion , c Or re c te d” 8 c o .
ha lf-c a lf, p p . vi i i . and 225 . S hangha i , 1 86 8 . 21 3 .
E dkins—A V O CABULA R Y O F TH E S H ANGH A I D IALE CT. By J . E D KINS .
8 vo . ha lf- c a l f, pp . v i . and 1 5 1 . S hangha i , 1 869. 21 3 .
Edkins .—R E LIGI ON IN CH INA . A Bri e f A c c o unt o f th e Thr e e R e ligi ons
o f th e Chi ne se . By J O S E PH E D K INs, D . D . Po st 8vo . c lo th . 7 s . 6d.
Edkin s .- A GRAMMA R O F TH E CH INE SE CO LLO QUI A L LANGUA GE , c om
m o u ly c a l le d th e Manda r in D ia le c t . By JO S E P H E D K INS . S e c o nd e dition .
8vo . hal f- c a lf, pp . v i i i . and 279. S hanghai , 1 8 64. £ 1 108 .
E dkins—INTR O D UCTI ON To TH E STUD Y O E‘
TH E CH INE SE CH A R A CTE R S .
By J . E D KINS , D .D . , Pe k ing , Ch ina . R oy. 8vo . p p . 340, pa p e r b o ards . 1 8s .
. 5 7:and 59, Ludga te H ill, London , E C. 6 1
Edkin s .—CH INA ’
S PLA CE IN PH ILO LO GY.
'
A n attem p t to show tha t th eLa nguage s o f E u ro p e and A s ia ha ve a c o m m o n o rig in . By th e R e v . J O S E P HIE D KINS . Crown 8 vo , p p . xxi i i .—403 , c lo th . 103 . 6d.
Edkins .—CH INE SE BUD D H I SM. S e e Tr ii b n e r
’s O r i e ntal S e r ie s
, p . 4 .
Edh ns .—PR O GR E S SI VE LE SS ONS IN TH E CH INE SE S PO KE N LANGUA GE
,
‘7 wi th Lists o f Comm onWo rds andPhrase s, and an A ppe ndi x c on tain ing th e Lawsof Tone s In th e Pekin D ia lec t . F ourt h E di ti on , 8vo . S hanghai , 1 8 8 1 . 1 2s .
Edkin s .—TH E E VOLUTI ON O E TH E CH INE S E LANGUA GE , a s e xe m pl ifyi ng
th e o r igi n and growth o f H um an S p e e c h . By J O S E PH E D KINS , D .D . A u tho r'O f “ R e ligion In Ch ina ;
” “Chi n e se Buddhi sm ;”
e tc . R e pr inted from th eJour nal o f th e Peking O r i en tal S oc i e ty. 1 88 7 . 8vo . pp . xvi . —96 . 33 . 6d.
E i te l .—CH I:NE SE D I CTI ONAR Y IN TH E CANTONE SE D I ALE CT. By E RNE STJO H N E ITE L , Ph. D . Tub ing . I . to IV. 8vo . se we d, 1 23 6d. e a c h .
Eitel . —
_H AND BO O K F O R. TH E STUD ENT O F CH INE SE BUD D H ISM. By th e R e v .
E . J . E ITE L, o f th e Lo ndon Mission a ry S o c i e t y . Cr . 8wo . p p . v ii i . 224, Cl . 1 88 .
Eite l .—FE NG SHUI : o r
, Th e R udim e n ts o f Na tu r al S c i e n c e in Chin a .
By R e v . E . J . E ITE L , M Ph .D . D e m y 8 vo . se we d, pp . v i . and 84. 6 3 .
Fab e r .—A SYSTEMA TICA L DIGE ST O F TH E D O CTR INE S O F CONFUCIUS ,
a c c o rdi ng to th e A na l e c ts , Gr e at Le arning , and D o c tr in e o f th e Me an , wi th anIntrodu c t i on on th e A utho r i ti e s upo n Confuc ius and Confuc ianism . By E RNSTFA BE R , R he nish Miss ionary. Tra ns la te d from th e Ge rm an b y P . G . von
M'
O ll e ndorff 8vo . sewed, pp . viii . and 1 3 1 . 1 875 . 1 23 . 6d.
Fab e r .- INTR O D UCTI ONTO TH E S CIENCE O E CH INES E R ELIGI ON. A Cr iti qu e
o fMaxMul l e r and o th e r A uthor s . By E . FA BE R . 8vo . pap e r , pp . xi i . and 1 54.
H o ng Kong, 1 8 80. 73 . 6d.
Fab e r .-MIND O F MENCIUS . S e e “Tr ub n e r ’s O r i en tal S e r i e s
, p . 5 .
Fe rguson .—CH INE S E R E SE AR CH E S . Fir st Part :
'
Chine se Chro no logyand Cyc l e s . By T. FE R GUSO N. Cr . 8vo . pp . vii . and 274, sd. 6d.
Gi l e sJ—A D ICTI ONA R Y O F CO LLO QUI A L ID I OMS INTH E MAND A RIN D IALE CT.
By H E R BE R T A .-GILE S . 4to . p p . I6 5 . £ 1 8 3 .
Gi l e sG—TH E S AN TZU CH ING ; o r,Thr e e Char ac te r Classi c - a nd th e
Ch’
J e n Tsu We n ; o r , Thou sa nd Cha ra c te r E ssay. Me tr i c a l ly Tr an s la te d b yH E R BE R T A . G IL E S ; l 2m o . p p . 28 . 2s . 6d.
Gil e s . SYNO PTICA L STUD IE S IN CH INE SE CH AR A CTE R . By H E R BE R T A .
G I LE S . 8vo . p p . 1 1 8 .
Gil e s .—CH INE SE S KE TCH E S. By H E R BE R T
‘
A . GILE S , ofChin a Co n su lar S e rv ic e . 8vo . c l . , p p . 204. 108 . 6d.
Gile s .—A GLo ssA R Y OF R E EE R ENCE ON SUBJE CTS CONNE CTE D WITH TH E
Far E ast . By H A . G ILE S,o f H .M. Chin‘
a Consu lar S e rv i c e . 8vo . se we d,
pp . V . .—1 83 7 s . 6d.
Gil e s .—CH INE SE WITH OUT A TE A CH E R . Being a Coll e c ti on of E a sy and
Use fu l S e nte nc e s In th e Mandar in D i a le c t . Wi th a Vo c ab u la ry . By H E R BE R T
. A . GILE S . 12m o . pp . 60. 68 .
H e rni sz .—A GUI D E TO CONVER SA TI ON IN
,TH E E NGLI SH AND CH INE S E
LANGUA G E S , fo r th e u se o f A m e ri c an s and Chin e s e i u _Ca li fo rn ia a nd e lse wh e r e .
By S TA NI S LA S H E R NI sz . S qu a r e 8 vo . p p . 274, s e we d. 1 03 . 6d .
Th e Chin e s e c ha r ac t e r s c o n tai n e d in thi s wo rk a r e fr om th e c o ll e c t i on s o f Chi ne se gr o u p se n gra ve d on st e e l , a nd c a s t in to m o ve ab le typ e s , ~ b y Mr . Mar c e lli n Le gr and, e ngr ave r o f th eIm p e r i a l Pr in ting O ffic e a t Par i s . Th ey ar e use d b y m ost o f th e m is si ons to China .
62 In'
nj uz’
s tic Pu b lic a tions of M bne r j‘ Co .,
Kidd—CA TA LO GUE O F TH E CH INE S E LIBR A R Y O F TH E R O YAL A SIATICS O CI E TY . By th e R ev. S . K I D D . 8vo . p p . 5 8 , sewe d. l s . 1
Kwong .-KWONG
’S
'
E D UCATI ONA L S E R IE S . By KWONG KI CHIU, lateMem b e r of th e Ch ine se E duc ati ona l Comm ission In th e Uni te d S ta te s , 8750. Ina lish and Ch in e se . A l l Po s t 8vo . c lo th . Fi rst R e ading Bo ok . Il lustrafie cf
w i t Cuts . pp . 1 62. 1 88 5 . 48 . Fi rs t Conve rsa tio n Bo ok . p p . xxxi i . and248 . 103 . S e c ond Conve r sa t ion Book . pp . xvi . and 406 . 1 23 . Manual o fCo rr e sp onde nc e and S o c i a l Usage s. pp . xxvi . and 276 . 1 2s .
Le gge .—TH E CH INE S E CLA S SI CS . With a Tr anslati on , Cr i ti c al and
E xe ge ti c a l No te s , Pr o l e gom e na , and Co p io u s Inde xe s . By JA ME S LE GG E .
D .D . , o f the Lon do n Mi ssio nar y S oci e ty . 7 vo ls . R oyal 8vc . c lo th .
VO L I. Co n fu c ian A na le c ts , th e G r e a t Le a rn ing , and th e D o c tr ine o f th eMe an .
p p . 5 26 . £2 23 . Vo l . 1 1 . Wo rks o f Me nc iu s . p . 6 34 . £2 28 . Vo l . I II.
Pa r t I . F ir s t Pa r t o f the S ho o -King, o r th e BO O o f Tang, th e Bo o k s o f
Y u , th e Bo o ks o f H e a , th e Bo o k s o f S hang, a nd t h e P ro l e go m e n a . p p . m i,a nd 280. £ 2 28 . Vo l . II I . Par t I I . Fi fth Pa rt o f th e S ho o-Kingm g , o r th e Bo o k so f Chow , and th e Inde xe s. , p p . 28 1—73 6 . 23 . Vo l . IV . Pa r t I .
o f th e Sh e -K ing , o r th e Le s so n s from th e S ta te s , a nd th e Pro l e gom e na . pp }
1 82 244. £2 Vo l . IV . Pa r t II . Th e 2n d, 3 rd and 4th Pa rt s o f th e S h e
King , o r th e Mino r O de s o f th e K ingdom ,the Gre a te r O de s o f th e s in
gs
?t he S ac r ifi c ial O de s and Pra is e S ongs , and the Inde xe s . pp . 5 40 f 2V o l . V . P a rt I . D uk e s Y in , H w a n , Chwang, Min , H e , Wan, S eue n , and
Ch‘ing ; and th e P r o le gom e na . p p . xi i ., 1 48 and 410. £2 28 . V o l . V. Pa rt
I I . D uk e s S ea ng, O h '
a on ,‘
Ting t a nd Ga l, wi th TS O S A p pe ndix, and th e
Inde xe s . pp . 526 . £2 28 .
Legge .—TH E . CH INE SE CLA S S ICS . Tr an slate d in to E ngli sh .
Pr e lim in a ry E ssays a nd E xp lan a to ry No te s . By JA ME S LE GGE , D .DCrown 8v o . c lo th . V o l . I . Th e Li fe a nd Te a c h ings o f Co n fuc iu s . p p . v i . and.
33 8 . 10s . 6d. Vo l . I I . Th e Li fe a nd Wo rks of Me n c iu s . pp .
Vo l . I II . Th e S h e King, o r Th e Bo o k of Po e try . pp . vi i i . an dLe gge .
—INAUGUR ALLE CTURE O N TH E CONSTITUTING O F A CH INE S E CH A I Ri n th e Un ive rsi ty o f O xfo rd, 1 87 6 , b y R e v . JA ME S LE GGE , M.A , LL.D .,
Pr o fe sso r o f Chin e s e a t O xfo rd 8 vo . p p . 28 , sewe d. 6d.
Le gge .- CONFUCIANI SM IN R E LATI ON To CH R I STIANITY. A Pap e r
R e ad b e fo re th e Mi ss io n a ry Co n fe r e n c e in S ha ngh a i , o n May 1 1 , 1 8 77 . I ByR e v . JA ME S LE G G E , D .D , LL. .D 8 vo . s e we d, p p 12. 1 8 7 7 . 1 3 . 6d.
Legge .- A LE TTE R To PR O FE S S O R MAx MULLER ,
c hi efly on th e Tr an spla tion into E nglish Of th e Ch in e se Te rm s Ti and S h ang T‘
a‘
. By J . LE G GE,
Professor o f Chine se , O xfo rd. Cr own 8vo . s ewe d, pp . 30.
Le land.—FUSANG ; o r
,th e D isc o v e ry o f A m e r i c a b y Chin e se Buddhi st
Pr ie sts in th e Fifth Ce n tu ry. By CHAR LE S G . LE LAND . Cr . 8vo . c lo th,p p . xix. and 212. 1 87 5 . 7 8 . 6d.
Le land.—PID GIN E NGLI SH S ING S ONG ; o r S ongs and S to r i e s in th e
China -E ngl ish D ia le c t . With a Vo c ab u lary. By Char le s G. Le la nd._Crown
8 vc . pp . v m. and 1 40, c lo th . 1 87 6 . 5 8 .
Lobsche id. E NGLI SH AND CH INE S E D ICTI ONA R Y, with th e Pun ti andManda rin Pr o nun c iation . By th e R e v . W. LO BS O H E ID , Kn ight o f Fr anc i iJo se p h , e tc . Fo lio , p p . vi i i . and 201 6 . In Fo u r Pa rt s . £ 8
Lob sc he i d.—CH INE SE AND E NGLI SH D ICTI ONARY, A rrange d a ce
th e R adic a ls . By th e'
R e v . W . LO BS CH E ID , Kn ight O f Fr an c
e tc . Im p . 8 vo . do ub le c o lum n s , p p . 600,b ound. £ 2 88 .
64 L inguistic P ub lic a tions of Tr ii bne r ( it 00.
Ste nt .—A'
CH INESE AND ENGLI SH,
VO CABULAR Y IN TH E PEKINESE"
u :D IA LE CT. By GS E . STENT. Se c ond E di ti on, 8vo . pp . xii .-720, h a lf b ound.. 4 1 8 77 .
Ste l itf—A CH INE SE AND E NGLI SH P O CKET DICTI ONAR Y. By G . E .
STENT." 1 6m O . pp . 250. 1 8 74. 1 5 8 .
Lin e r s and Cu st om s of th e Chin e se o f th e S tra itsD . VA UGH AN. R oya l 8vo . b oards . S ingap ore, 1 8 79.
”
7S. 6d.
ViSse ring l—f O N'
CHINESE CUR R ENCY . Co in andPape r Mo n e y . Wi tha Fa c sim i l e O f a Ban k No te . ByW. Visse r ing . R oyal 8 vo . c lo th, pp . xv
,and
21 9. Le ide n,1 87 7 . 1 8 8 .
Will i am sf—A SYLLA BIC,
D ICTI ONA R Y O F TH E CH INE S E LANGUA GE ,
a rr anged'
ac c ording to th e Wu -Fang Y u en Y in , Wi th th e p r onun c ia ti on o f th eChar ac t e r s
,as h e ard in Pe king, Can ton, A m oy, and S hangh ai . By S . WE LLS
WILLIAMS . 4to . c lo th , pp . lxxxiv . and 1 252. 1 8 74. £5 5 3 .
wyli e .—NO TE S ON CH INE S E LITE R A TUR E ; Wi th in t r odu c toryR e m a rks
o n th e Progre ssive A dvan c e m e n t o f th e A r t and a l i st o f trans la t ion s fr om th eChin e se ; in to ,
va r io u s E u r o p e an Langu age s . By A . WYLI E , A ge n t ,o f . th e
Br i t ish andF o r e ign Bi b le So c ie ty in Ch ina . 4to . p p . 296 , c l o th . Pri c e ;£ l .
COR E AN. .
RCSS u-H—A . CO RE AN PR IME R . Be ingLesson s i n Cor e an on a ll
'
O rdin arySub j e c ts . Tr ans l ite rate d o n th e p r inc ip le s o f th e Manda r in Pr im e r b y
- th e '
sam e au tho r . y th e R e v . JO H N R O S S Ne wc h ang .
,D e m y 8vo . sti t c t .
’
pp . 90.
l
1 08 .
A n a ) I o n s
D ANIS H .
Otte .—HOW To LE A RN D ANo -NO RWE GIAN. A Manual_
for S tude n ts o fD an o -Norwe gian , and e sp e c i a l ly fo r Tra ve l l e r s in S c andina via .
~ Based Up on‘
th e O ll e ndor ffian Syste m of te a c hing language s , and adap ted fo r S e lf-In str uc t ion .
B y E . C. O TTE . Se c o nd E diti on .
‘ Cr own 8vc . p p . xx .-338 , c lo th: .1 884.
78 . 6d. (Ke y to th e E xe r c ise s, pp . 84, c lo th , p r i c eO tté .
; S IMPLIE I E D GR AMMA R O R TH E D ANI S H3LANGUA GE . By E . C.
O TTE . Cr own 8vo . pp . vi i i . - 66 , c lo th . 1 884. 23 . 6d. I
‘
E GY PTIAN (CO PTIC,BITCh .
—EGYPTIAN TE XTS : If Te xt,Tr an sli te r ati on and Trans]
—1 1 . Te xt and Tr ans li te rat ion .—III . Te xt disse c ted fo r analysis—IV.
m ina tive s, sto .
J ‘
By S . Bir c h . London, 1 8 77 Large 8 vo . 1 2s .
Catal ogue (C) of l e ading Books on E gyp t and‘
E gypt o logy on
andA ssyri o logy. TO b e h ad at th e affi xed p r ic e s of Tr ii b ne r and Co . 8 vo ., pp .
40. 1 880. I s .
Chab a s .-LE S PA STE UR S EN E GYPTE .
—Mém o ir e Publi é par l ’A c adem i e. R oyal e
'
de s S c i e n c e s 5. A m ste rdam . By F . CH ABA S . 4to .,sewed, pp . 5 6 .
1 A m ste rdam ,1 86 8 . 63 .
5 7 and 5 9,Ludga te H i ll, L ondon, E .C’. 6 5
Clarke .-MEMO I R ON TH E COMPAR ATI VE GR AMMA R O F E GYPTIA N, CO PTIC,
A ND UD E . By H YD E CLA R K E , Co r . Me m b e r A m e r ic a n O r ie n ta l S o c ie ty Me m .
Ge rm an O r ie n ta l S o c ie ty, e tc . , e tc . D e m y 8 vo . sd. , pp . 32. 2s .
Egyp to logi c . (Fo rm s al so th e S e c ondVo lum e of th e Fir st Bul l e tin ofth e Congr es Pro v inc ia l de s O r i e nta l iste s Franca is .) 8 vo . sewed, pp . 604, wi th
E igh t P la te s . S a in t-E t ie n e , 1 880. . 88 . 6d .
Li e b l e in .—R E CH E R CH E S SUR LA CH R ONO LO GIE E GYPTI E NNE d’
ap r es l e slis te s Généa logiqu e s . By J . LIE R LE IN. R oy. 8vo . sewed, pp . 1 47 , wi th NineP la te s . Chr istian a , 1 8 73 . 73 . 6d.
Mar i e tt e -Be y—TH E MONUMENTS O F UPPE R E GYPT ; a t r ansla ti on o f
th e I ti né r a i r e de la H au te E gyp te o f A UGUSTE MA R IE TTE -BE Y . Tran s la tedby AL PH O NS E MA R IE TTE . Cr own 8 vo . pp . xvi . and262, c lo th . 1 8 7 7 . 7 8 . 6d.
R e cords of th e Pa st , BE ING ENGLI S H TR ANS LA TIO NS O F TH E A SSYR IANAND TH E E GYP TIANMO NUMENTS . Pub l i sh ed unde r the S a nc tion of the Soc i e ty ofBi b l i c a l A r c h e o logy . E D ITE D BY D R . S . BIR CH .
V O LS . I . To XII .
, 1 8 74—79. 33 . 6d. e a c h . (Vo ls . I . , I II . , V. , VII . , IX. ,
XL , c o n ta in
A ssyr ia n Te xts . )
R e nouf.—E LEMENTA R Y GR AMMA R o f th e A n c i e nt E gyp ti an Lan gu age ,in th e H i e r oglyp h i c Typ e . By LE PA GE R ENO UP . 4to .
, Cloth . 1 8 75 .
ENGLISH (E A R LY AND MO D E RN E NGL IS H A ND D IA LE CTS ) .
Ba l lad So c i e ty (Th e ) .—S ubs c r ip t ion—S ma l l p ap e r , on e gui n e a, a ndl arge p a p e r , thr e e gu in e a s, p e r ann um . Li st o f p ubli c at ion son ap p l i c at i o n .
Bam e S .—GLO S S A R Y O F TH E D O R SE T D I AL E CT, with a Gr am m ar o f i ts
Wo rd S h ap e n ing andWo rding. By W. Barne s , B.D . D e m y 8 vo . pp . v i ii .1 26
, se wed. 1 8 8 6 . 6 3 .
Boke of Nurtur e By JO H N R US S E LL, abou t 1 460—1 470 A nn oD o m in i . Th e Bo k e o f Ke ruynge . By WY NK Y N D E WO R D E , A nn o D om in i
1 5 1 3 . Th e Bo k e o f Nu r tur e . By H UG H R H O D E S , A nn o D o m in i 1 5 7 7 . E di te d
fr o m th e O r igin a ls in th e Br i t ish Mu s e um L ib ra ry, b y FR E D E R ICK J . FUR NIV A LL ,M.A . , Tr in i ty H a l l , Cam b ri dge , Me m b e r o f Co u n c i l o f th e Ph i lo lo gi c a land E a r ly E ngl i sh Te xt S o c ie t ie s . 4to . ha lf-m o r o c c o , gi lt t o p , p p . xix. a nd 146 ,28 , xxv i i i . a nd 5 6 . 1 86 7 . l l . 1 1 3 . 6d.
Burn e .—S H R O PSH I R E F O LK -LO R E ; A She af of Cl e an in gs . E di ted by
C. 8 . Burns from th e Co l le c ti ons o f G . F . Jac kson . D e my 8 r o . pp xvi—6 64,
c lo th . 1 8 86 . 25 8 .
Cham o ck .—VE R R A NOMINA LI A o rWords de ri ve d fr om Pr op e r Nam e s .
By R ICH A R D STE P H ENCH A R NO CK ,Ph .D r . , e tc . 8vo . p p . 3 26
,c lo th . 1 4a.
Ch aw oek .—LUD US PA TR ONY MI CUS ; o r
,th e E tym ol ogy of Cu r i o u s S ur
n am e s . By R ICH A R D STE P H EN CH A RNO CK , Ph .D . , Cr own
8 vo . , p p . 1 82, c lo th . 7 s . 6d.
Cham ock .-A GLO S SA R Y O F TH E E S SE X D IA LE CT. By R . S . CHARNO CK .
8 vo . c lo th , pp . x . and 6 4. 1 880.
Chau c e r Soc i e ty (Th e ) . S ubsc rip ti on , two gu in e as p e r annum .
L is t of Pub li c a t i on s on ap p li c a t i on .
6 6 L ingu istic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbn e r Ca ,
Ege r and Grim e ; a n E ar ly E ngli sh R om an c e . E dite d fr om BishopPe r c y
’
s Fo lio Man usc ri p t , ab o u t 1 6 5 0 A . D . By J . W . H A LE S , M.A . , a ndF . J . FUR NIVA LL , M.A . , o f Tr in i ty H a l l , Cam b ri dge . p p . 6 4 ( o n ly100c o p i e s p r in t e d) , b ound in th e R o xb u rgh e s tyle . 108 . 6 61.
Ea r ly English Text So ci e ty’
s Publ i c ati ons . S ubs c ri pti on , one gu in e ap e r annum . A ll de m y 8vo . in wrapp e rs .
1 . E A R LY E NGLI S H A LLITER ATIVE PO EMS . In th e We st-MidlandD ia le c t O f th e Fou r te e n th Ce n tu ry . E di t e d b y R . MO R R I S , E sq . , from an
un ique Co t to n ian MS . 1 68 .
2. A R TH UR (abou t 1 440 E di te d b y F . J . FURNI v'
ALL , E sq . ,
fr o m th e Ma r qu is o f Ba th ’
s un iqu e MS . 48 .
3 . A nn COMPEND I O US AND BE RUR TR A CTA TE . CONCE RNY NG Y E O FFI CEA ND D Ew '
r IE o r K Y NGI S , e tc . By WI LLIAM LA UD E R . ( 1 5 5 6 A .D . ) E di te d
b y F . H A LL, E sq ., D .C. L. 43 .
4 . S I R GAWA Y NE AND TH E GR E EN KNIGH T (abou t 1 320-30
E dit e d b y R . MO R R I S , E sq . , fr om a n un iqu e Co tto n ian MS . 103 .
5 . O R TH E O R TH O GR A PH I E AND CO NGR UITIE O F TH E BR I TAN TONGUE ;a t r e a te s , n o e sho r t e r than n e c e ssa r i e , fo r th e S c ho o le s , b e A LE XAND E R H UME .
E dite d fo r th e fi rs t t im e fr om th e u n iqu e MS . in th e Br it ish Mu se um (ab o u t1 6 1 7 b y H ENR Y B. WH E A TLE Y, E sq . 4s .
6 . LANCE LO T O R TH E LA IK . E di te d fr om th e u n iqu e MS . in th e Camb r idge Un ive r s ity Lib r a ry ( a b . b y th e R e v . WA LTE R W. S K E A T,
M.A . 8 8 .
7 . TH E STO R Y O F GENE SI S AND E X O D US , an E ar ly E ng1i sh S ong, O fab o u t 1 250 A . D . E di t e d fo r th e fi r st t im e fr om th e un iqu e MS . in th e Li b ra ryo f Co rpu s Ch r i s t i Co l le ge , Cam b r idge , b y R . MO R R IS , E sq . 83 .
8 MO R TE A R TH UR E ; th e A ll ite ra tive Ve r sion . E di te d from R O BE RTTH O R NTO N’
S u n iqu e MS . (a b o u t 1 440 A .D . ) a t Lin c o ln , b y th e R e v . G E O R GE
PE R R Y, M.A .
, Pr e b e nda ry o f L i n c o ln . 7 8 .
9 . A NIMA D V E R S I ONS UPPO N TH E A NNO TA CI ONS AND CO R R E CTI ONS O F
S O ME IMP E R E E CTI O NS O F IMP R E S SI O NE S O F CH A UCE R’S WO R K E S , r e p r in t e d
i n 1 5 98 ; b y FR A NCI S TH Y NNE . E di te d fr om th e u n i
qu e MS . in t h e
Br idge wa t e r Lib ra ry . By G . H .K ING S LE Y,E sq ,M.D . , and J . FURNIV A LL,
E sq .
,M.A . 108 .
10. ME R LIN, O R TH E E A R LY H I STO R Y O F KING A R TH UR . E di te d fo r th efi r st t im e fr om th e u n iqu e MS . i n th e Cam b r idg e Un ive r si ty Li b rary ( ab ou t1 450 b y H E NR Y B.WH E A TLE Y, E sq . Par t I . 28 . 6d.
1 1 . TH E MONA R CH E , an d o th e r Po e m s of S ir D avid Lynde say . E di te dfr o m th e fi r st e di t io n b y J O H NE S K O TT, in 1 5 5 2, b y FI Tz E D WA R D H A LL ,
Pa r t I . 33 .
12. TH E WRI GH T’
S CH A STE WI FE , a Me rry Tal e , b y A dam of Cob sam
(ab out 1462 fr o m th e u n iqu e Lam b e th MS . 306 . E di te d fo r th e fi rs tt im e b v F . J . FUR NIV A LL , E sq . ,M.A . 1 8 .
1 3 . S E INTE MAR H E R E TE , pE ME ID EN ANT MA R TYR . Thr e e Te xts o f ab .
1 200, 1 3 10, 1 330 A . D . Fir st e dite d in 1 862, b y th e R e v. O SWA LD CO CKA YNE ,
M.A . , and n ow t e - i ssu e d.
1 4. KYNG H O RN, w it h fragm e n ts of F lo r i z and Blaun c h e fiur , and th eA ssum pt i o n o f th e Ble sse d V irgin . E dit e d from th e MS S . in th e Lib r ar y o f
th e Un i ve rs i ty o f Cam b r idge and th e Br i t i sh Mu se um , b y th e R e v . J . R A WS O NLUMR Y .
68 L inguisti c P ub li c a tions of Tr ii bne r
30. PI E R S , TH E PLO UGH MAN’
s CR E D E (about E dite d fr om th eMS S . b y th e R e v . W. W. SK E A T
,M. .A 2s .
3 1 . INSTRUCTI ONS F O R PAR I SH PR I E STS . By JO H NMY R C. E di ted fr omCo tto n MS . Claudiu s A . b y E DWA R D PE A CO CK , E sq .
, e tc . , e tc . 4s.
32. E AR LY ENGLI SH ME A LS AND MANNE R S ; John R u sse ll’s Bok e of
Nu ture , Wynkyn de Wo rde’
s Bo k e o f Ke ruyn ge , Th e Bo k e o f Cu rta sye , R .
We ste’s Bo o k e o f D e m e ano r , S e age r
’8 S c h o o ls o f Ve r tu e , Th e Bab e e s
yBo ok,
A r isto t l e ’
s A BC,Urb an i ta tis, S ta ns Pue r adMe nsam Th e Lyt i l l e Ch i ldr e n e s
Lyt i l Bo k e , F o r to se r ve a Lo rd, O ld S ymon , Th e Bir c h ed S c h oo l-Boy, e tc .
With som e Fo r e wo rds o n E du c a t ion in E a r ly E ngland. E di te d b y F. J .FUR NIVA LL , M.A .
,Tr in . H a l l , Cam b r idge . 1 5 s .
3 3 . TH E BO O K O R TH E KNIGH T D E LA TO UR LAND R Y,1 3 72. A Fa the r ’s
Bo o k fo r h i s D aughte rs , E dit e d from th e H ar le ian MS . 1 7 64, b y TH OMA SW R IG H T E sq . , M. A . , a ndMr .WILLIAMR O S S ITE R . 8 3 .
34. O LD E NGLI SH H OMI LI E S AND H OMILETIC TR E A TI SE S . (S awl e s Warde,
andth e Wohunge of Ur e Lau e rd : Ur e isuns o f Ur e Loue rd and o f Ur e Le fdi',e tc . ) o f th e Twe lfth and Thir te e n th Ce n tur i e s . E dite d fr om MS S . in th e
Br i tishMu seum,Lam b e th
,and Bodle ian Lib r ari e s ; wi th Introduc tion ,Translation , andNo te s, b y R I CH A R D MO R R IS . F ir s t S e r ie s . Part 2. 8 8 .
35 . S IR D A VI D LY ND E SA Y’S WO R K S . PAR T 3 . Th e H i sto ri c of an e
Nob il and Wa ilz e and q ye r , WILLIAM ME LD R UM, um vhyl e Laird o f
Cl e isch e and ByD n is , c om lit b e S ir D A UID LY ND E S A Y o th e Mont a lias
Lyoun King of A rm e s. ith th e Te stam e n t O f th e said Wi ll i am s Me ldrum , S quye r , c om pyl it alswa b e S ir D au id Lynde say, e tc . E di ted b y F .
H A LL , D .C.L. 23 .
36 . ME R LIN,O R TH E E A R LY H I STO R Y O F KING A R TH UR . A Pr o se
R o m an c e (ab ou t 1 450—1 460 e di te d fr om'
th e un iqu e MS . in th e
Un ive rsi ty Lib r a ry , Cam b r idge , b y H ENR Y B. WH E ATLE Y. Wi th an E ssayo n A r thur ian Lo c a l i ti e s , b y J . S . STUA R T G LE NNI E , E sq . Pa r t II I. 1 8 69. 1 28 .
3 7 . S IR D A VI D LY ND E SA Y’S WO R K S . Part IV . A n e S a ty r e of th e
th ri e e sta i ts , in c om m e ndatio n o f ve r te w and v i tvp e ra t io n o f vyc e . Ma id
b e S i r D A V ID LIND E S A Y , o f th e Mo n t , a l ia s Lyo n K ing o f A rm e s . A t
E dinb v rgh . Pr in te d b e R o b e r t Cha r te r i s '
,1 6 02. Cvm p r iv il e gio r e gi s .
E dite d b y F. H A LL , E sq . , D .C.L . 4s .
3 8 . TH E VI SI ON O F WI LLIAM CONCE RNING PI E R S TH E PLOWMAN,
to ge th e r wi th V i ta de D owe l , Bo b e t , e t D o b e st , S e c undum Wi t e t R e so un ,b y WILL I AM L A NG L AND ( 1 37 7 A . Th e Cr ow le y” Te xt ; o r Te xt B.
E dite d fr om MS . Laud Misc . 5 8 1 , c o l la t e d wi th MS . R aw l . Po e t . 3 8 , MS .
B. 1 5 . 1 7 . i n th e Lib r a ry o f Tr in i ty Co l le ge , Cam b ridge , MS . D d. 1 . 1 7 . in
th e Cam b r idge Un ive rs i ty Li b r a ry , th e MS . in O r i e l Co l le ge , O xfo rd, MS .
Bodle y 8 14, e t c . By th e R e v . WA LTE R W. S K E A T, M.A .,la te Fe l low o f
Ch r ist ’s Co l le ge , Cam b r idge . 1 03 . 6d.
39. TH E “GE ST H Y STO R IA LE O F TH E D E STR UCTI ON O E TR O Y . A nA l l ite ra ti ve R o m an c e , t ran s la te d from Gu ido D e Co lo nu s ’
s“ H ysto r ia
Tr o ia na .
” Now fi r st e di te d from th e un ique Ms . in th e H un te r ian Mus e um ,
Un ive r sity o f G la sgow, b y th e R e v . G E O . A . PANTON an d D A VID D O NA LD S O N.
Part 1 . 10s . 6d.
40. E NGLI SH GI LD S . Th e O r igin al O rdinan c e s o f m o r e than O neH undr e d E a r ly E ngl ish Gi lds : Toge th e r wi th th e o lde usage s o f th e c i te o f
Wyn c h e str e ; Th e O rdin an c e s o f Wo r c e s te r ; Th e O ffi c e o f th e Mayo r o f
Br isto l , and th e Cu stom ar y O f th e Mano r o f Te tte nha l l-R e gis . F rom
5 7 a nd 5 9, Ludga te H i l l,'
London, E .0. 69
O r igin a l MS S . O f th e Fo ur te e n th a nd Fift e e n th Ce n tu r ie s . E di te d with
No te s b y th e la t e TO ULMIN SMITH , E sq ., F .R . S . o f No r th e rn A n t iquar ie s
(Co p e nhage n ) . W i th an In t r o duc t io n a nd G lo ssa ry, e t c . , b y h i s daughte r ,LUCY TO ULMIN SMITH . A nd a Pr e l im inary E ss ay, i n Fi ve Pa r ts , O N TH E
H I STO R Y A ND D E VE L O PMENT O F G ILD S , b y LUJO BR E NTA NO , D o c to r Jur isUtr iusqu e e t Ph i lo so p hise . 21 3 .
4 1 . TH E MINO R PO EMS O E WILLIAM LAUD E R,Playwr ight, Po e t, and
Min iste r o f th e Wo rd o f Go d (m a in ly o n th e S ta te o f S c o t land in and a b ou t
1 5 6 8 A .D . ,th a t y e a r o f F am in e a nd Plag u e ) . E di te d fr o m th e Un ique
O rig in a ls b e lo nging to S ..CH R IS TIE-BI ILLE R , E sq . , o f Br i twe l l
, b y F . J.FUR NIVA LL , M. A . , Tr in . H a l l , Cam b . 3s .
42.
'
BE RNAR D US D E CUR A R E I FAMULI A R I S,w i th som e E ar ly S c otc h
Pro p he c ie s , e t c . Fr om a MS . , KK 1 . 5 , in t h e Ca m b r idge Un ive rsi tyL i b r a ry . E dite d b y J . R A WS O N LUMBY, M.A . , la t e Fe l low o f Magda le nCo l le g e , Cam b r idge . 23 .
43 . R A TI S R AVING, and othe r Mo ra l and R e l igiou s Pi e c e s , in Pr o se andV e rs e . E di te d fr o m th e Cam b r idge Un ive rs i ty Lib ra ry MS . KK 1 . 5 , b y J.R AW S O N LUH EY, M.A . , la t e F e l low o fMagda l e n Co l le ge , Cam b ridge . 33 .
44. JO SE PH O F A R IMA TH IE : o the rw i se c a ll e d th e R om an c e O f .th eS e in t Gr a a l , o r H o ly G ra i l : a n a l l i te ra ti ve p o e m ,
wr i t t e n a b o u t A . O . 1 35 0,a nd n ow fi rs t p r in te d fr o m th e un iqu e c o p y in th e Ve r n o n MS . a t O xfo rd.
Wi th a n a p p e ndix , c o n ta in ing Th e Lyte O f Jo s e p h o f A rm a thy,”r e pr in t e d
fr o m th e b la c k- le tte r Co p y o f Wynkyn de Wo rde ; D e sa h e t o J o se p h abA r im a th i a
,fi rs t p r in te d b y Pyn so n , A .R . 1 5 1 6 and “Th e Lyte o f Jo se p h O f
A r im a th ia , fi rs t p r in te d b y Pyn so n , A .D . 1 5 20. E di t e d, w i th No te s and
G lo ssa r ial Indic e s , b y th e R e v . WA LTE R W. S K E A T, M.A . 5 s .
45 . KING A LFR E D’SWE ST- S AXONVE R S I O N O F GR E GO R Y’ S PA STO R A L CA R E .
W i t h an E ngl ish t r a n s la t io n , th e La t in Te xt , No t e s , a nd an I n t roduc t ion
E di t e d b y H E NR Y SW E ET, E sq ., o f Ba l l io l Co l le ge , O xfo rd. Pa r t I . 103 .
46 . LE GE ND S O R TH E H O LY R O O D ; SYMBO LS O F TH E PA S SI ON AND CR O S S
PO EMS . In O ld E nglish o f th e E le ve n th , Fo u r te e n th , and Fifte e n th Ce ntu r ie s . E di te d from MS S . in t h e Br i t i sh Mu s e um a nd Bo dle ian Lib r a r ie s
w i th In tro du c t ion , Tr an s lat ion s , a nd G lo ssa r ia l Inde x . By R ICH A R D
MO R R I S,LL D 1 0s .
47 . S IR D A VID LY ND E S A Y’S WO R K S . P A R T V . Th e Mino r P o em s o f
Lynde say. E di te d b y J . A . H . MUR R A Y, E sq . 3s .
48 . TH E TIME S’ WH I STLE o r , A Ne we D aun c e o f S e ve n S ati r e s
,and
o the r Po e m s Co m p i le d b y R . C. , G e n t . Now fir st E di te d fr om MS . Y . 8 . 3 .
in th e Li b r a ry o f Can te rb u ry Cat he dral ; wi t h In t r o duc tio n , No t e s , and
G lo ssary, b y J . M. CO WP E R . 6 8 .
4 9 . A N O LD E NGLI SH MI SCE LLANY , c on ta in ing a Be stia ry, K e n ti shS e rm on s , Pr o ve r b s O f A lfre d, R e ligio u s Po e m s o f th e 1 3 th c e n tur y. E dited
fro m th e MS S . b y th e R e v . R . MO R R IS,LL .D . 1 08 .
5 0. KING A LFR E D’SWE ST S A XONVE R SI ON O F GR E GO R Y’S PA STO R AL CA R E .
E di te d from 2MS S .,wi th an E ng l ish t ran s la t ion . By H E NR Y SWE E T, E sq .
,
Ba l li o l Co l l e ge , O xfo rd. Pa r t
5 1 . pa LI ELA D E O F ST. JULIANA fr om tw o O ld E n gl i sh Manu sc r i pts of1 230 A . D . Wi th re nde r ings in t o Mode rn E ng l ish , b y th e R e v . 0 . CO CKAYNEand E D MUND BR O CK . E di t e d b y th e R e v . 0 . CO CK A YNE , MA . Pr i c e 28 .
5 2. PA LLAD IUS O N H US R OND R I E , fr om th e u n ique MS,ab . 1 420 A .R . ,
e d. R e v. B. LO D GE . Pa r t I. 1 03 .
70 L ingu isti c P u b lic at ions of Tr ii bne r
O LD E NGLI SH H OMILIE S , S e r i e s II . , fr om th e . un iqu e 1 3 th - c e nturyMS . in Tr in i ty Co l l . Cam b r idge , w ith a pho to l i tho gra p h ; thr e e H ym n s to
th e V irgin and God, fro m a u n ique lBth - c e n tu ry MS . a t O xfo rd, a p ho tol i tho grap h o f th e m u s i c t o two o f th e m , and t r an s c r ip t io n s o f i t in m ode rn
n o ta t io n b y D r . R IMR AULT, and A . J . E LLIS , E sq .
,th e wh o le
e dite d b y th e R e v . R ICH A R D MO R R I S , LL.D . 8 3 .
TH E VI SI ON O F PIE R S PLOWMAN, Te xt 0 ( c om p l e t in g th e th r e ev e rs ions o f th is gr e a t po e m ) , wi th a n A u to typ e ; and two u n iqu e a l l i te ra t ivePo e m s : R i c ha rd th e R ede l e s (b y WILLIAM, th e au tho r o f th e Vision ) ; andTh e Cr owne d Ki ng ; e di t e d b y th e R e v . W . W . S K E A T, M.A . 1 8 8 .
GENE R Y D E S , a R om an c e,e di te d from th e un iqu e MS . ,
ab . 1 440A .D . ,
in Tr in . Co l l . Cam b r idge , b y W. A LD IS WR IGH T,E sq . , M.A .
, Tr in . Co l l .Cam b r . Par t I . 3 8 .
TH E GE ST H Y STO R I AL E O F TH E D E STRUCTI ON O F TR O Y, t ransla te dfr om Gu ido de Co lo n na , i n a l l ite r ati ve ve r se ; e di te d fro m t h e u n iqu e MS . inth e H un t e r ian Muse um , G la sgow , b y ,
D . D ONA LD S O N, E sq . ,a nd th e la te R e v .
G . A . Pan ton . Par t I I . 1 08 . 6d.
TH E E A RLY E NGLI S H VE R SI ON O F TH E CUR S O R MUND I , in four
Te xts , from MS . Co tto n , V e sp. A . ii i . i n th e Br i ti sh Mu se um ; Fa irfax MS .
1 4 . in th e Bod l e ian th e GO t t inge n MS . Th e o l . 1 07 ; MS . R . 3 , 8 , i n Tr in i tyCo l l e ge , Cam b r idge . E dite d b y th e R e v . R . Mo r r is , LL.D . Pa r t I . wi th
two p h o to - li thograph ic fa c s im i l e s b y Co o k e and Fo th e r ingh am . 103 . 6d.
TH E BLICKLING H OMI LIE S,e dit ed fr om th e Ma r qu i s o f Loth ian ’
s
A nglo -S axo n MS . o f 97 1 A . D . , b y th e R e v. R . MO R R I S , LL .D . (With aPho to l ithogr aph ) . Par t 1 . 8 8 .
TH E E A R LY E NGLI SH VE R S I ON O F TH E CUR S O R MUND I ; in fourTe xts , fr om MS . Co tton V e sp . A . i i i . in th e Br i t ish Mus e um ; Fa i rfax MS .
1 4 . in th e Bodle ian ; th e GO tt inge n MS . The o l . 107 ; MS . R . 3 , 8 , in Tr ini tyCo l le ge , Cam b r idge . E di te d b y th e R e v . R . MO R R IS , LL .D . Pa r t II .
60. ME D ITA CY UNS ON TH E S O PEB O F O UR LO R D E (p e rhap s b y R O BE R To r BRUNNE ) . E di ted from th e MS S . b y J . M. CO WPE R , E sq . 28 . 6d.
TH E R OMANCE AND PR O PH E CI E S O F TH OMA S o r E R CE LD O UNE , p rin te dfro m Five MS S . E di te d b y D r . JAME S A . H . MUR R AY. 1 08 . 6d.
TH E E AR LY ENGLI SH VE R S I ON O F TH E“CUR S O R MUND I , in Four
Texts . E dite d b y th e R e v . B. MO R R I S , M.A . , LL.D .
‘
Pa rt II I . 1 5 3 .
TH E BLI CHLING H OMILI E S . E di te d fr om th e Ma rqu i s o f Lo thian ’
s
A ng lo -S axon MS . o f 97 1 A . D ., b y th e R e v . R . MO R R IS , L L.D . Pa r t I I . 43 .
FR ANCI S TH YNNE ’
S EMBLEME S AND E PIGR AMS , A .D . 1 6 00, fr om theE arl of E l le sm e r e
’
s uniqu e MS . E dit ed b y F . J . FUR NIVA LL , M.A . 4s.
BE D OME S D E GE (Bede’s D e D ie Jndi ou ) and othe r sho r t A nglo
S axon Pi e c e s. E d. from th e uni queMS . b y th e R e v . J . R AWS O N LUMBY, R D . 23
TH E E A RLY E NGLI SH VE R S I ON O F TH E“CUR S O R MUND I , in Fou r
Te xts . E dite d b y Re v . R . MO R R I S , M.A .,LL.D . Pa r t IV . 1 03 .
NO TE S ON PI E R S PLOWMAN. By th e R e v . W. W. S KE A T, M.A .
Par t I . 21 8 .
Th e E arly E n gli sh Ve r sion of th e “CUR S O R MUND I , in FourTe xts . E di te d b y R e v . R . MO R RI S , M.A .
,LL .D . Par t V . 25 8 .
7 2 L ingu istic P ub lic a tions of Tr ii bne r
Lat in b y th e sam e au tho r , ab o u t A .D . 1 340; th e fo rm e r
“
r e -e dite d from th ee MS . in th e Lib rary o f K ing
’
s Co l le ge , Cam b r idge , th e lat te r n ow
fi r st e di te d from th e un ique MS . i n th e Bo dle ian Li b ra ry, O xfo rd. By th eR e v. WA LTE R W. S K E A T, M.A . 8 vo . se we d, p p . xl iv . and 328 . 1 3s .
2 O N E A R LY E NGLI SH PR ONUNCIA TI ON,w i th e sp e c i a l r e fe r e n c e to
S haksp e r e a nd Chau c e r ; c o n ta in ing an in ve stiga tion o f th e Co r re sp o nde n c e‘
O f_Wr i t ing .wi th S p e e c h in E ng land, fr om th e A ng lo -S axo n p e r iod to th e
p r e se n t day, p re c e de d b y a syst e m a t ic No ta t io n o f al l S p ok e n S o unds b ym e an s o f th e o rdin a ry Prin t ing Typ e s ; i nc luding a r e - a r r ang e m e n t o f Pro f.
F . J . Chi ld’
s Me m o ir s o n th e Langu age o f Chau c e r an d Gowe r,and r e p rin ts
o f th e r a r e Tr a c ts b y S a l e sb u ry o n E ngl i sh , 1 5 47 , a ndWe lsh , 1 5 6 7 , and b yBa r c l e y o n Fr e n c h , 1 5 21 By A LE X AND E R J . E LL I S , F.R .S . Pa rt I . O n
th e Pr o nun c ia t io n o f th e xrv th , XV I th , xv r i th , andxvn I th c e n turi e s . 8vo .
s ewe d, p p . vi ii . and 41 6 . 108 .
3 . O A KTON’S BO O K O F CUR TE S Y E
, p r in te d atWe stm inste r abou t 1 47 7—8 ,A . D ., and n ow r e p r in te d, wi th two MS . c o p i e s o f th e sam e t r e a t ise , from th e
O r ie l MS . 79 , and th e Ba l l io l MS . 3 5 4. E di te d b y F R E D E R ICK J . FURNIV A LL, M.A . 8 vo . se we d, p p . xi i . and 5 8 . 5 s .
4 .
‘ TH E LA Y O F H A VE LO K TH E D ANE ; c om p o se d in th e r e i gn‘
ofE dwa rd I.
,ab o u t A . O . 1 280. Fo rm e r ly e di te d b y S i r F. MA D D E N fo r th e
R o xb urghe Club , and n ow r e - e dite d from th e un iqu e MS . LaudMisc . 108, .i tith e Bo dle ian Lib ra ry , O xfo rd, b y th e R e v. WA LTE R W. S KE A T,M.A . 8vo .
s e we d, p p . IV . and 1 60. 108 .
5 . CH AUCE R’S TR ANSLA TI ON O F BO E TH IUs
’S
' “ D E CONS O LA TI ONEPH I LO S O P H I E .
” E di t e d fr om th e A ddi t io n a l MS . in th e Br i ti shMuse um . Co l la te d wi th th e Cam b ri dge Un i v . Lib r . MS . I i . 3 . 21 . By
'
R I CH A R D MO R R I S . 8 vo . 12s .
6 . TH E R OMANCE O F TH E CH E V E LE R E A S SIGNE . R e - e dite d fr om th eu n ique m anus c r ip t i n th e Br i tish Muse um ,
w i th a Pr e fa c e f No te s , and
G lo ssa r ia l Inde x , b y H ENR Y H . G IBBS , E sq . , M.A . 8vo . sewe d, p p .xv i i i . a nd 3 8 . 38 .
O N E A R LY E NGLI SH PR ONUNCIA TI ON, w i th e sp e c i al r e fe r e n c e to
S hakspe r e a nd Chau c e r . By A LE XAND E R J . E LL IS , e t c .
, e tc .
-Pa r t II. O n th e Pro nu n c ia t io n o f t h e Km th and p r e v io u s c e n tu r i e s,o f
A ngl o -S axo n , l c e landic , O ld No r s e and Go th i c , w i th Ch ro n o lo gi c a l Ta b le s o fth e V a lu e o f L e tte r s and E xp r e ss i o n o f S ounds in E ng l ish Wr it ing . 103 .
Q UE ENE E LIZABE TH E S A CH A D EMY , b y S ir H UMPH R E Y GILBE R T.
A Bo o k e o f Pr e c e de n c e , Th e O rde r ing o f a Fun e r a l ] , e t c . Va rying V e r s io ns
o f th e Go o d Wi fe,Th e Wi s e Man
, e t c . , Maxim s, Lydga t e’
s O rde r o f Fo o ls,A . Po e m o n H e ra ldry , O c c l e ve o n L o rds ’ Me n , e t c . , E di t e d b y F. J .FUR NIVA LL , M.A .
, Tr in . H a l l , Cam b . Wi th E ssays o n E a r ly Ita l ian and
G e rm an Bo o k s o f Co ur te sy, b y W. M. R O S S E TTI , E sq . , a nd E . O SW A LD
E sq . 8vo . 1 3s .
9. TH E FR ATE RNITY E O F VA CABOND E S , b y JO HN A WD E LE Y (l i c ense din 1 5 60- 1 , im pr in ted th e n , and in fro m th e e di t io n o f 1 5 7 5 in th e
Bo dle ia n Lib ra ry . A Cau e a t o r Wa r e n ing fo r Com m e n Cu r s e to r s vulgar e lyc a l le d Vagab o n e s , b yTH O MA S H A R MA N, E S Q U IE R E . Fr o m th e 3 rd e di ti on of
1 5 6 7 , b e lo ng in g to H e nry H u th , E sq . , c o l la t e d w i th th e 2nd e di t io n o f 1 5 6 7 ,i n th e Bodle ian Li b ra ry, O xfo rd, a nd wi th th e r e p r in t o f th e 4th e di tio n o f
1 5 7 3 . A S e rm o n i n Pra ise O f Th ie ve s a nd Thi e ve ry, b y PA R S O N H A BEN O R
H Y BE R D Y NE , from th e La n sdown e MS . 98 , and Co t to n Ve sp . A . 25 . Th o se
5 7 and 59, Ludga te H i ll, 3 7 3
par ts O f th e Grou ndwo rke o f Co nny- c a tch ing ( e d . tha t difi
‘
e r
v
fro in'
H a rm on’s (fauc e t . E di t e d b y E DW A R D V ILE S F . J . FUR NIVA LL.
‘ 8vo .
7 s . 6d .
TH E FYR ST BO KE O F TH E INTR O D UCTI ON O F KNOWLE D GE,m ade b y
A ndr ew Bo rde , O f Physyc ke D o c to r . A CO MP E ND Y O US R E GY MENT o r A
D Y E TA R Y O F H E E TH m ade in Mo un tpyll ie r , c om p i le d b y A ndr e we Bo o rde ,o f Physycke D o c to r . BA R NE S IN TH E D E FENCE O F TH E BE R D E a t r e a tyse
m ade,a n swe rynge th e t r e a tyse o f D o c to r Bo rde up o n Be rde s . E dite d, wi th
a l i fe O f A ndr e w Bo o rde , and la rge e xt rac ts fr om h is Br e uya ry, b y F . JFURNI VA LL ,M.A . , Tr in i ty H a l l , Cam b . 8vo . 1 83 .
TH E BRUCE o r,th e Bo ok o f th e m o st e xc e l le n t and n obl e Prin c e ,
R o b e r t de Bro ye s . King O f S c o ts : c o m p i l e d b y Mas te r Jo hn Ba rb o u r , A r c hde ac on O f A b e rde e n , A .D . 1 3 7 5 . E dite d from MS . G 23 in th e Li b r a ry o f S t .Jo hn ’
s Co l le ge , Cam b r idge , wr i t te n A . O . 148 7 c o l la te d w i th th e MS . in th e
A dvo c a te s ’ Li b r a ry a t E din b u rgh , w r i tt e n A . D . 1 489, and wi th H ar t’
s
E dit i o n , p rin te d A . D 1 6 1 6 ; wi th a Pr e fa c e , No te s , a nd G lo ssa r ia l Inde x , b yth e R e v . WA LTE R W . S K E A T, M.A . Pa r t I 8 vo .
ENGLAND IN TH E R E IGN O F KING H E NR Y TH E E IGH TH . AD ia logue b e twe e n Ca rdina l Po l e and Tho m as Lup se t , L e c tu r e r in R h e to r i ca t O xfo rd. By TH O MA S S TA R K E Y , Cha p la in to th e K ing . E di te d, w i th
Pr e fa c e , No te s , and Glo ssa ry , b y J .M. COWP E R . A nd w i th a n In troduc tion ,c o n ta in ing th e Li fe a nd Le t te rs o f Tho m a s S tarke y, b y th e R e v . J . S . BR EW E R ,
M.A . Par t 1 1 . 12s .
A SUPPLICA CY ON F O R TH E BE GGA R S . Wr i t te n abou t th e y e ar 1 5 29,b y S IMO N F IS H . Now r e - e dite d b y FR E D E R ICK J . FUR NIVA LL . Wi th a
S upp lyc a c io n t o o u r m o st e S o u e ra ign e Lo rde Kyuga H e n ry th e E yght( 1 5 44 A .D . A S u pp l i c a t io n o f th e Po o re Co m m o n s ( 1 5 46 A . D . Th e D e c aye
o f E nglan d b y th e gr e a t m u l ti tude o f S h e p e (1 5 50—3 A . E dite d b y J.ME A D O WS CO WPE R . 6 3 .
O N E A R LY E NGLI S H PR ONUNCIATI ON,wi th e sp e c i a l r e fe r e n c e to
S hak sp e r e and Cha u c e r . By A . J . ELLIS , E . S . A . Pa r t ; I II .
I l lust ra t io n s o f th e Pr o nun c ia t i o n o f th e K Iv th and XV l th Ce n tu ri e s . Chau c e r,
Gowe r , Wyc l i ffe . S e ns e r , S haksp e r e , S a le sb u ry, Ba r c le y, H ar t,Bulloka r ,
G i l l . Pr o n o un c ingVo c a b u la ry . 108 .
R O BE R T CR O WLE Y’ S TH I R TY- ONE E PIGR AMS , Voy c e o f th e La stTr um p e t,Way to We a l th , e t c ., 1 5 50
—1 A . O . E di te d b y J . M. Cow p E R , E sq .
1 2s .
A TR E ATI SE ON TH E A STR O LA BE ; addr e sse d to h i s so n Lowys, b yGe o ffr e y Chau c e r , A . D . 1 391 . E dite d from th e e ar li e s t MS S . b y th e R e v .
WA LTE R W . SKE A T, M.A .
,la te Fe ll ow o f Chr is t ’s Co l le ge , Cam b r idge . 103 .
TH E COMPLA Y NT O E ' S CO TLAND E,1 5 49
,A .D .,wi th an A pp
’
én'
dix of
fou r Co n t e m p o r ary E ngl ish Tr a c ts . E di te d b y J . A . H . MUR R A Y; E sq .
P a r t I . 108 .
TH E COMPLA Y NT O F S CO TLAND E,e t c . P ar t II . i
8 3 .
CUR E LA D Y E S MY R O UR E , A.D . 1 5 30,e dite d by the R e v . J . H .
BLUNT, M.A , wi th fo u r fu l l-p a g e p ho to l ithograp h i c fa c sim i le s b y Co o k e and1
Fo th e r ingh a H i. 24s .
LONE LICH’s H I STO R Y O F TH E H O LY GR AI L (ab . 1 45 0 A . D . tran slate d
from th e Fr e n c h Pr o se O f S IR E S R O E I E R S D E BO R R O N. l i e -e di te d fro n th e
Un iqu e MS . in Co r pu s Chr i st i Co l le ge , Cam b r idge , b y F. J . Furn i vall E sq .
M. A . Pa r t I . 8 8 .
74 L inguisti c P u b li ca tions of Tr ilbne r
.BA R R O UR’S BR UCE . E di te d fr om th e MS S . and th e e ar li e st
p ri n te d e di tion b y th e R e v. W. W. S K E A T, M.A . Part II.
22. H ENR Y BR INKLOW’
S COMPLA Y NT o r R O D E R Y CK MO R S,som tym e
a gray Fryr e , u n to th e Pa r l iam e n t H ows e o f I IIgla nd h is n a tu ra l] Co un try ,fo r th e R e dre s se o f c e r te n wi c k e d Lawe s, e u e l Cu sto m s , and c ru e l D e c r e ys(a b . and TH E LAME NTA CI ON o r A CH R IS TIAN A GA INST TH E CITIE
(
fi
r LO ND O N, m ade b y R o de r igo Mo r e,A .D . 1 5 45 . E di te d b y J .M. COWPE R ,
sq . 98 .
23 . O N E AR LY E NGLI SH PR ONUNCI ATI ON,wi th e sp e c i al r e fe r e n c e to
S haksp e r e a nd Chauc e r . By A . J . E LLI S , E sq . , F .R . S . Pa r t IV.
24. LONE LI CH’S H I STO R Y O F TH E H O LY GR A I L (ab . 1 450 t ran sl ate d
from th e Fr e n c h Pr os e o f S IR E S R O E IE R S D E BO R R O N. R e -edite d from th e
Un iqu e MS . in Co r pu s Chr ist i Co l le ge , Cam b r idge , b y F . J . FURNIVA LL ,E sq . , M.A Pa rt II . 1 03 .
25 . TH E R OMANCE o r GUY O F WA RWICK . E dite d fr om th e Cam bridgeUn ive r si ty MS . b y Pro f. J . ZUPITZA , Ph .D . Pa r t I . 208 .
26. TH E R OMANCE o r GUY O F WA R WICK . E dit ed from th e Cam br idgeUn iv e r s ityMS . b y Prof J . ZUP ITZA , Ph . D . (Th e 2nd o r 1 5 th c e n tu ry ve rsion ) .Pa r t 1 1. 1 4s .
27 . TH E E NGLI SH WO R K S O F JO HN FI SH E R,Bishop o f R o c he ste r (di ed
E di t e d b y Pr o fe sso r J . E . B. MAYO R ,M.A . Pa rt I . ,
th e Te xt.28 . LONE LICH
’S H I STO R Y O F TH E H O LY GR A IL . E di te d by F . J .
FURNIVA LL ,M.A . Pa r t I II . 108 .
29 . BAR BO UR’S BR UCE E dite d from th e MS S . and th e e arli e st Pr in ted
E dit io n , b y th e R ev . W .W . S K E A T, M.A . Pa r t III .
30J L ONE LICH’S H I STO R Y O F TH E H O LY GR A IL. E di te d b y F . J
FUR NIVA LL, E sq . , M.A . Pa r t IV. 1 5 8 .
3 1 . A LE XAND E R AND D IND IMUS . Tr an sla t e d from th e Lat in abou tA .D . 1 340—5 0. R e -edite d b y th e R e v . W. W . S K E A T, M.A . 6 3 .
32. STA R KE Y’S ENGLAND IN H ENR Y VI II .
’S TIME .
” Part I . S tarke y ’s
Life and Le tt e r s . E di te d b y S . J . H E R R TA GE , B.A . 8s .
33 . G E STA R OMANO R UM: th e E ar ly E ngl i sh Ve r si ons . E di te d fr omth e MS S . and Blac k- le tte r E di t ions , b y S . J . H E R R TA GE , B.A . 15 s .
34. CH A R LEMA GNE R OMANCE S : NO . I . S ir F e rum b r as . E dit e d fr omth e uniqu e A shm o le MS . b y S . J . H E R R TA GE , B.A . 1 5 s .
35 . CH A R LEMA GNE R OMANCE S : II . Th e S e ge O ff Mal ayn e , S ir O tue ll ,e tc . E di ted b y S . J . H E R R TA G E , B.A . 1 2s .
3 6 . CH A R LEMA GNE R OMANCE S : III . Lyf of Ch ar l e s th e Gr e te,Pt:1 .
E dite d b y S . J . H E R R TA GE , B.A . 1 63 .
3 7 . CH A R LEMA GNE R OMANCE S : IV . Lyf of Char l e s th e Cr e te , Pt . 2.
E di ted b y S . J . H E R R TA GE , B. A . 1 5 8 .
38 . CH A RLEMA GNE R OMANCE s : V . Th e S owdo n e of Bab ylon e . E di t e db y D r . H A USKNE CH T. 1 5 s .
39. CH AR LEMA GNE R OMANCE S : VI . Th e Ta i ll o f R auf Colye ar , R oland,O tu e l , e tc . E di te d
'
b y SYD NE Y J . H E R R TA GE , B.A . 1 5 s .
CH A R LEMA GNE R OMANCE S : VI I . H oun of Bu rde ux. By Lo rdBe rn e rs . E di ted b y S . L . LE E
,B.A . Pa rt I . 1 5 8 .
L ingu is ti c P u b lic a tions of Tr ilbne r
S e r i e s C. A Glo ssar y of the D ial e c t of Lan c a shi r e . ByJ . H .
NO D A L and G. MILNE R . Pa rt I . A—E . 3 s . 6d.
. O n th e S urvival of E a r ly E ngl i sh Words In ou r Pr e se nt D ial e cts .
By D r . R . MO R R I S . 6d.
S e ri e s C. O r igin al Gl o ssari e s . Pa r t III . Con ta ini ng’F iVe
O rigin al Pr ovinc ia l E nglish G lossari e s. 78 .
I
S e r i e s C. A Glo ssar y o f Wo rds u sed in th e Ne ighb ourh ood i ofWh i tb y. By F . K . R ob inson . Part II . P—Z . 6 s 6d.
A Glo ssary o f Mid-Y o rkshi r e Words, wi th a Gr am m ar . By C.
CLO UGH R O BINS ON. 9s .
A GLO S SAR Y O F WO R D S u se d. in th e Wap e ntake s of Manl ey andCo rr ingham , Lin c o ln sh i r e . By E D WA R D PE A CO CK , P.S .A . 98 . 6d.
A Glo ssar y of H olde rn e ss Wo rds . By F . R O S S , R . STE AD, andT. H O LD E R NE S S . Wi th a Map o f th e D is tri c t . 7 8 . 6d.
O n th e D ia le c ts of E l e ve n S ou the rn and S ou th-We ste rn Coun tl e s,wi th a. n ew Class ifi c at io n O f th e E ng lish D ial e c ts. By Pr inc e L O UIS LUCIENBO NA P A R TE . With Two Map s .
Bibl i ogr aphi c al ‘
Li st . Part III . '
c om pl e ting th e Wo rk,a'nd
c on ta in ing a. L i st o f Bo ok s o n S co ttish D ia le c ts , A nglo -Ir ish D ia l e c t, Can tand S lang , a nd A m e r i c a n ism s
,wi th addi t io n s to th e E ng lish Lis t a nd Inde x .
E dit e d b y J . H . NO D A L . 4s . 6d.
A n O u tl in e of th e Gram m a r of We st S om e r se t . By E . T.
E LW O R TH Y, E S Q . 5 3 .
A Glo ssa ry of Cum be r land Wo rds and Phr ase s . By WILLI AMD ICK INS ON, E .L .S . 6 3 .
Tu sse r’
s Five H undr ed Po in te s o f Go od H u sb andri e . E di te dw i th In trodu c tio n, No te s and G lo ssary, b y W. PA INE and S I DNE Y J .H E R R TA GE , B.A . 12s . Get.
A D i c t ion ary o f E ngl i sh Plant Nam e s . By JAME S BR ITTE N,and R O BE R T H O LLAND . Pa r t I . (A to F ) . 8 s . 6d.
F ive R e p ri nt e d Gl ossa r i e s, in c luding Wi ltshir e , E a st A ngl ian ,S uffo lk , and E as t Y o rksh i r e Wo rds , and Wo rds from Bisho p Ke nn e tt ’ s
Pa ro c h ia l A n tiqu i t i e s . E di t e d b y th e R e v. Pr o fe sso r S KE A T, M. A . 78 .
S upp le m e n t to th e Cum be r land Glossary (No . By W.
D I CK INS O N, E .L.S . l s .
S p e c im e n s o f E ngli sh D i al e c ts . Fir st Vo lum e . I . D e vonshir eE xm o o r S c o ldin and Cour tsh ip E dite d, wi th No te s and G lossar , b y F . TE LW O R TH Y. I . We stm o re larid: Wm . de Worfa t
’
s Bran ew Wark.
E dite d by R e v . Prof. S KE A T. 83 . 6d.
A D i c t ion ary of E n gl i sh Plan t Nam e s . By J . BR ITTEN and R .
H O LLAND . Par t I I . (G to O ) . 1 880. 8 8 . 6d.
Glo ssary of Words in u se in Co rnwal l ; I . .We st“
Cornwall ; BMissM. A . CO UR TNE Y. I I . E ast Cor nwa ll . By TH O MA S Q. CO UCH . Wi tMap . 6 3 .
Gl o ssary ofWo rds and Phr a s e s In u se In A n tr im and D own . ByWILLIAM H UGH PA TTE R S O N,M.R . I .A . 73 .
,5 7 and 5 9, Im dga te H i ll, London, E C 7 7
29 . A n E a r ly E n gl i sh H ym n to th e Virgin . By F . J. FURNI VALL,M.A .,
and A . J . E LLI S , F .R . S . 6d.
30. O ld'
Coun t ry and Farm in g Words . Gl e an ed fr om A gr i cul turalBooks . By JAME S BR ITTEN, F .L.S . 103 . 6d.
3 1 . Th e D ial e c t of Le i c e st e r shir e . By th e R e v . A . B. E VANS,D .D . ,
and S E BA STIAN E VANS , LL.D . 103 . 6d.
32. Fi v e O r igi nal Glo ssar i e s . Isle o f Wight ; O xfordshi r e , Cum be rland, Nort h Lin c olnshir e and R adnorshi r e . By var ious A uthors . 7 3 . 6d.
3 3 . Ge o rge E li ot’s Use of D ial e c t . By W. E . A . A XON. (Form ing
No . 4 of Misc e ll ani e s . 6d.
34 . Turn e r’s Nam e s o f H e rbe s
,A .D . 1 5 48 . E dite d (wi th Inde x and
Inde n ti fioa tion o fNam e s ) b y JAME S BR ITTEN, F .L.B. 6 3 . 6d.
35 ; Glo ssa ry of th e Lan c a shi r e D ial e c t .
“By J . H . NO D A L and GE O .
MILNE R . Par t I I . (F to Z) . 6 8 .
We st Wo r c e st e r Wo rds . By MR S . CH AMBE R LAIN. 4s . 6d.
3 7 . Fitzh e rbe rt ’s Bo ok of H usbandry , A .D . 1 5 34. E di te d w ith Intr oduc t ion , Note s , and Glo ssarial Inde x . By th e R E v . PR O FE S S O R S KE A T. 83 . 6d.
3 8 . D e von shi r e Plan t Nam e s . By th e R E v .
’
H I LD E R I c FR IE ND . 5 8 .
39. A Glo ssa ry o f th e D ial e c t of A l dm ondb ury and H udde r sfie ld. Byth e R e v . A . E A S H E R ,M.A . and th e R e v . TH o s . LE E S ,M.A . 83 . 64.
40. H AMPSH IR E WO R D S AND PH R A SE S . Com pil e d and E di ted b y th eR e v . S i r WILLIAM H . CO P E , Bart . 68 .
41 . NA TH ANIE L BA ILE Y’S E NGLI SH D IA LE CTWO R D S O F TH E 1 8TH CENTUR Y.E di ted byW . E . A . A XO N. 98 .
TH E TR E ATY SE O F F Y S SH INGE WITH AN A NGLE . By JULI ANA BA RNE S .
A n e ar li e r fo rm (c ir ca 1 450) edited wi th G lo ssary b y TH O MA S S A TCH E LL , andb y h im p r e se nte d to th e sub sc ri b e rs fo r 1 8 83 .
42. UPTON- ON- S E VE RN WO R D S AND PH R AS E S . By th e R e v . Can onLA W S O N. 2s . 6d.
43 .
‘ A NGLO -FR ENCH VOWE L S O UND S . A Word List Il lustr a ti ng the irCo r r e sp onde nc e Wi th Mode rn E ng lish . ByMiss B. M. S K E A T. 4s .
44: GLO S SA R Y or CH E SH IR E WO R D S . By R . H O LLAND . Pa rt I . (A—F . ) 7 s .
45 . E NGLI SH PLANTNAME S . Pa r t I II . c om pl e ting th e wo rk . 103 .
46 . GLO S SAR Y O F CH E SH I R E WO R D S . By R O BE R T H O LLAND . Par t 2.
(G—Z) , c om p le ting th e voc ab ulary. 93 .
47 BI R D NAME S . By th e B e v . CH A R LE S SWA INS ON. 12s .
~48 . F O UR D I A LE CT WO R D S—Cl e m ,
Lake , O ss, Ne sh . By TH OMA SH A LL AM. 43 .
49 . R E PO R T ON D IALE CTA L WO R K . Fr om Mayf8 5 to May
’8 6 . By
A . J . E LLI S , 2 (Misc e llani e s ,No .
GLO S SA R Y O F WEST S OME R SET WO R D S . By F . T. E LWO R TH Y. 203 .
5 1 . CH E S H I R E GLO S SA R Y . By . R . H O LLAND . Pa rt III . c om p l e tingth e wo rk .
52. S .W. LINCO LNSH IR E GLO S SA R Y (Wape n take of Graffo e ) . By th eR e v . B. E . CO LE . 7 s . 6d.
7 8 L ingu istic P ub li c a tions of Tr ii bne r
5 TH E F O LK SPE E CH O F S O UTH CH E S H I R E . ByTH OMA S D A R LIN'
GTON.1 5 s .
5 4 . A D ICTI ONA R Y O F TH E KENTI S H D IA LE CT. By th e R e v .
‘ W. D .
PA R IS H and th e R e v . W FR ANK S H AW . 108 .1
5 5 . S E COND R E PO R T ON D I A LE CTA L WO RK . From May’8 6 to May
’8 7
By A . J . E LLI S , F .R .S . (Mi sc e ll ani e s , No .
F r e em an—O N S PE E CH F O RMA TI ON A S'
TH E BA SI S TO R TRUE SPE LLING.
By H . FR E EMAN. Crown 8vo . p p . vii i . -8 8 , c lo th . 33 . 6d.
Furni vall .—E D UCA TI ON IN E A R LY E NGLAND . S om e Note s u se d a s
Fo r ewo rds to a Co l l e c t io n o f Tr e a t ise s O n “Mann e rs an d Me a l s in th e O lde nTim e ,
”fo r th e E a r ly E ngl i sh Te xt S o c i e tyx By F . J . FURNW A LL , M.A .
8 vo . s ewe d. p p . 74. 1 8 .
Gar landa .—TH E F O R TUNE S O F WO R D S . Le tte r s to a Lady . By
F E D E R ICO GA R LA ND A , Ph .D . Cr own 8vo . pp . vi .—226
, c loth . 1 88 8 . 5 3 . -n .
Gar l anda .—TH E PH ILO SOPH Y O F WO R D S . A Popul ar Introdu c tio n to
th e S c ie nc e of Language . By FE D E R ICO GA R LAND A , Ph .D . Crown 8 vo .O pp ,
vi . - 294, c lo th . 1 888 . 5 8 .
Goul d—GO O D E NGLI SH ; o r , Popu lar E r r or s in Language . By E .
’
S'
.
GO ULD . R e vised E di tion . Cr own 8vo . c lo th , pp . xu . and 21 4. 1 8 80.
o
H all .—O N E NGLI S H A D JECTIVE S IN -A BLE, wi th Sp e c i al R e fe r e n c e to
R E L IA BLE . By FITz E D W A R D H A LL , C.E M.A ., H o n . D .C.L. O xo n . Crown
8 vo . c lo t h , pp . vi ii . and 238 . 1 8 7 7 . 7s . 6d.
H al l .—MO D E RNE NGLI SH . By FITzE DWA R D H ALL
,M.A .
, H on .
O xdn . Cr . 8vo . c lo th , pp . xvi . and 394; 1 8 7 3. 108 . 6d.
J a ckson .—S H R O P SH IRE WO R D -BO O K ; A Glossary of A r cha i c and Prci
v in c ial Words, e tc . , u sed in th e County. By G E O R GINA F . JA CK S O N. 8vo . pp .xc vi . and 5 24. 1 8 8 1 . 3 1 8 . 6d.
Mani pulus Voc ab ul orum .—A R hym ing D i ct ionary of th e E ngli sh
Language . By .Pe te r Le vi ns ( 1 5 70) E di t e d, wit h an A lp hab e t i c a l In de x, b yH ENR Y B. WH E A TLEY. 8 vo . p p . xv i . an d 3 70, c lo th . 1 4s .
Manning—A N INQUI R Y INTO TH E CH A R A CTE R AND O R IGIN o r TH E
P O S S E S S IV E A UGMENT i n E ng l i s h and in Cogn a t e D i a le c t s . By th e la teJA ME S MANNING , Q A S R e c o rde r o f O xfo rd. a nd 90.
Pe r cy .—BI SH O P PE R CY’ S F O LI O MANUSCR IPTs—BA LLAD S AND R OMANCE S .
E di ted b y Jo hn W . H a l e s , M.A . , F e l low and lat e A s sistant Tu to r of Ch rist'sCo l le ge , Cam b ridge ; and F r e de r i ck J . Furn i va ll ,M.A . , o f Trini ty H al l , Camb r idge ; assisted b y Profe sso r Chi ld, o f H arva rd Uni ve rsity , Cam b r idge , U.S .AA ,
W . Chapp e l l , E sq ., e tc . In 3 vo lum e s . Vo l . I . , pp . 6 1 0; Vo l . 2, pp .
Vo l . 3 , pp . 640. D em y 8vo . hal f-b ound, £4 48 . E xtra dem y 8vo . ha lf-b ound,
on Wh atm an ’
s ri b b ed pap e r , £6 6 8 . E xtr a r oya l 8vo ., p ap e r c o ve rs, on Whatm an
’
s b e st ri b b ed p ap e r , £ 10 103 . Large 4to ., p ap e r c o ve r s, on Wh a tm azni s
b e st r i b b ed p ap e r , £ 1 2.
Phil ologi c a l Soc i e ty . Tr ansa c ti ons of th e , c onta in s se ve ral valuab lePap e r s on E ar ly E nglis h .
~ Fo r c on te n ts se e p age 21 .
Shake sp e ar e -Note s .—By F .
‘
A . LE O .
‘
D em y 8 vo . p p . vii i . and'
120'
,
c lo th . 1 88 5 . 63 .
S tr a tm ann .
—A D ICTI ONA R Y o r TH E O LD E NGLI SH LANGUA GE . Com p i l e dfrom th e wr itings o f th e xn r th , xrv th , and
i
xv th c e n tur i e s . By F R A NCISH ENR Y S TR A TMA NN. 3rd E di t io n . 4to . with S upp l em e nt . In wr appe r . £1 1 6 8 .
80 L ingu istic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbncr 8} Co.
Paspati .—ETUD E S SUR LE S TCH INGH IANES (GYPSIE S ) O U BO H EMIENS D E
L’EMP IR E O TTO MAN. Pa r A LE XA ND E R G. PA SPA TI , M.D . Large 8 vo . se we d,
p p . xi i . and 6 5 2. Con stan t iBO p le , 1 87 1 . 283 .1
GO TH IC.
Ske at .—A MO E so -GO TH IC GLO S SA R Y, w i th an In tr odu c tion
, an O u tlin eof Mo e so -Go th i c Gr am m ar , and a Li st of A nglo -S axon and Mode rn E ngl ishWords e tym o logi c a l ly c onne c te d wi th Mo e S O -Go th i c . By th e R e v. W. W.
SK E A T. Sm al l 4to . c lo th, pp . xxiv .and 342. 1 86 8 . 93 .
GR E EK (MO D E RN AND CLA SS IC) .
Bizy e nos .—AT6 IA E E A Y PAI Pom s . ByM. BIz Y ENo s . Wi th F ro nti s
i e c e E tch ed b y Pr o f. A . LE GR O S . R oya l 8vo . pp . vi ii . -3 12. Pr in ted on
hand-m ade p ap e r , and r i c h ly b ound. 1 8 84. £ 1 1 1 8 . 6d.
Ruttm ann .- A GR AMMA R O F TH E NEW TE STAMENT GR E E K .
’ By A .
BUTTMANN. A utho r i z e d t ran s l a ti on b y Pro f J . H . Th aye r , w ith n um e rou s
addi tio n s and c or r e c tion s b y th e au tho r . D e m y 8vo . c lo th , pp . xx . and 474.
1 8 7 1 4s.
Byrn e .—O R IGIN O F TH E GR E E K , LA TIN AND GO TH IC R O O TS . By JAME S
BYR NE , M.A . D em y 8 vo . pp . vi ii . and 360, c lo th . 1 887 . 1 8 3 .
Contopoulos .—A LE XI CON O E MO D E RN GR E E K -ENGLI SH AND ENGLI SH
MO D E RN G R E E K . By N. CO NTO P O UL O S . In 2 vo ls . 8 vo . c lo th . Par t I .
Mode rn Gr e e k -E ngl ish , p p . 460. Pa r t I I . E ng l i sh-Mode rn Gr e e k , pp . 5 82.
£ 1 7 8 .
Contop oulos .-H AND BO O K O F GR E E K AND E NGLI SH D IALO GUE S AND CO R
R E SP O ND ENCE . F c ap . 8vo . c lo th , pp . 238 . 1 8 79. 28 . 6d.
Edm onds .—GRE E K LA Y S L I D Y LLS , LE GEND S , e t c . A S e l e c tion fr om
R e c e n t and Con te m po r ary Po e ts .
-Trans late d b y E . M. E dm onds . Wi thIntrodu c tion and No te s . Crown 8 vo . pp . xiv . and 264, c lo th . 1 88 5 . 6 8 . 6d.
Ga ste r .—ILCH E STE R LE CTUR E S ON GR E E Ko -SLA V O NI C LITE R A TUR E , and
its R e la tion to th e F o lk - lo r e o f E ur op e du r ing th e Middl e A ge s . Wi th twoA pp e ndic e s and P late s . Bv M. GA STE R
, Ph .D . Cr own 8vo . pp . x . and 230,c lo th . 1 8 8 7 . 7s . 6d.
Ge ldart .—A GUI D E To MO D E RN GRE E K . By E . M. GE LD AR T. Po st
8vo . c lo th , p p . xii . and 274. 1 88 3 . 78 . 6d . K e y, c lo th , pp . 28 . 2s . 6d.
Ge ldart i—S IMPLIF I E D GR AMMA R O F MO D E RN GR E E K . By E . Mi
GE LD A R T,M.A . Crown 8vo . pp . 6 8, c lo th . 1 883 . 2s . 6d.
Lasc ar ide s .—A COMPR E H E NS I VE PH R A SE O LO GICAL E NGLI SH -A NCIENT AND
MO D E RN GR E E K LE XICO N. Founded up on a m anusc r ip t of G . P . LA SCAR ID E S ,E sq .
, and Com p i le d b yL . MY R IANTH E US , Ph . D . In 2 vols . foo lsc ap 8vo . pp .
xi i . and c loth . 1 882. £ 1 1 08 .
Murdoch—A NO TE ON IND o -E UR O PE AN PH ONO LO GY . Wi th E sp e c ialR e fe re nc e to th e True Pr onunc iat ion of A nc i e n t Gre e k . By D . B. MUR D O CH ,
e tc . D e my 8vo . pp . 40, wrapp e r , 1 88 7 . l s . 6d.
Newm an .- COMMENTS ON TH E TE XT O F E SCH Y LUS . By F .W.NEWMA -
ND emy 8vo . pp . xii . and 1 44
,c loth . 1 884. 5 a.
5 7 and'
5 9,Lu clga l e H i ll, London ,
EKG".
Sophoc l e s.—R OMA IC O R MO D E RN GR EE K GR AMMA R . By E . A . S O PH O CLE S .
8v o . p p . xxvi i i . an d 1 96 . 1 03 . 6d.
Sopho c l e s—GR E EK,LE XICON O F TH E R OMAN AND BYZANTINE PE RI OD S
(F r om B .C. 1 46 to A .D . By E . A . S O P H O CLE S . S upe r-r oyal 8vo . pp .
xvi .—1 1 88 , ha lf-b ound, c lo th side s . 5 2s . 6d.
GUJ A R A TI .Ca ta logue of Guj a r a ti Boolcs so ld by Me ssrs. fl 'ii bnc r and 00. p ostf r ee for p enny s tamp .
Mino ch eh e rj i .—PA H LA VI , GUJA R ATI AND E NGLI SH D ICTI ONAR Y . ByJ AMA SP J I D A S TU R MINO CH E H E R J I J AMA S P A S ANA . 8vo . Vol . I . , pp . c l xii .and 1 to 1 6 8 . Vo l . I I . , pp . xxxi i and p . 1 6 9 to 440; 1 87 7 and 1 8 79. Clo th .1 4s .
’
e a c h . (To b e c om p l e te d in 5 vo ls .)Sh épurj i E dalj i .—
'
A GR AMMA R O F TH E GUJ A R ATi LANGUA GE . ByS H APUR J f E D A LJ I. Clo th , p p . 1 27 . 1 03 . 6d.
Shapurj i Edalj i .—A D ICTI ONA R Y, GUJA R A TI AND E NGLIS H . By S H APUBJ IE D A L J I. S e c ond E di ti on . Cr own 8vo . c lo th
, pp . xxi v . and 8 74.
GURMUKH I (PUNJABI) .A di Granth (Th e ) ; O R , TH E H O LY SCR IPTUR E S O F TH E S IKH S , tr an sla te d from th e
.
o r igi na l Gurm uki , wi th In tr oduc to ry E ssa ys , b y D r . E RNE ST
TR UMPP , Mun i c h. R oy. 8vo . pp . 8 6 6, c lo th . £2 1 2s . 6d.
Singh.—S A KH E E BO O K ; o r
, Th e D e s c r ip t i on of Go o r o o Gobind S ingh’
s
R e l igio n and D o c tri n e s , t ran s la te d fro m G o o ro o Mukh i in tO H indi , a nd afte r
wards i n to E ngl ish . By S IR D A R A TTA R S ING H , Ch ie f o f Bh ado ur . Wi th th e .
au tho r ’s p h o to grap h . 8 vo . pp . xv i ii . and 205 . 1 5 s.
H AWA I IAN.
A ndr ews—A D ICTI ONARY O F TH E H AWA I IAN LANGUA GE , to whi c h i sa p pende d a ii E ng l ish -H awa i ian V o c ab u la ry , and a Ch ro n o l o gi c a l Ta b l e O f
'
R e m arkab le E ve n ts . By LO R R IN A ND R EWS . 8 vo . p p . 5 6 0,c lo th . £ 1 1 1 3 . 6 d .
H E BR EW .
Bi cke ll .—O UTLINE S o r H E BR EW GR AMMA R . By GUSTA VUS BICKE LL
,
D .D . R e vi sed b th e A utho r ; A nn o ta te d b y th e Tr ans la to r , S AMUE L IVE SCUR TI S S , j uni or , h .D . Wi th a Li thogr aph i c Tab l e o f S em i ti c Cha rac t e rs b yD r . J . E UTING . Cr . 8 vo . sd. , pp . xiv . and 1 8 7 7 . 38 . 6d.
Col lins—A GR AMMA R AND LE XI CON O E TH E H E BR E W LANGUA GE , e n ti tl e dS e fe r H assoh am . By R ABBI MO S E R BEN Y ITS H A K ,
o f E ngland. E di ted froma MS . in th e Bodl e i an Lib r ary o f O xfo rd, and c o l lat e d wi th a MS . in th e
Im p e r ia l Lib r a r o f S t . Pe t e r sb u rg , w i th A ddi tions and Co r r e c tion s. By G .
W . CO LLINS , h . A ., Co rpus Chr ist i Co l l ege , Cam b . , H on . H e b r ew Le c tur e r
,
Ke b l e Co l le ge , O xfo rd. Par t I . 4to . pp . 1 1 2, w rapp e r . 1 884. 7s . 6d.
Ge se n ius .—H E BR EW AND E NGLI SH LE XI CON O E TH E O LD TE STAMENT
,
in c ludin g th e Bib l ic a l Cha lde e , fr om th e La t in . By E D WA R D R O BINS ON.
Fi fth E di t ion . 8vo . c lo th , p p .
”
xi i . and 1 1 60. £ 1 1 6 8 .
82 L ingu istic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbne r Co .
Ge seni uS .—H EBR EW GR AMMAR . Tr an sla te d from th e S e ve nte e n th
E dition . By D r . T. J . CO NANT. Wi th Gram m a t ic al E xe r c ise s, and a
Ch r e s tom a thy b y th e Tran s la to r . 8 vo . c lo th , pp . xvi—3 64. £ 1 .
H e b r ew Li te ra tur e Soc i e ty (Publi c a tion s of th e ) .
F ir st S e r i e s.
Vo l . I . Misc e l lany o f H e b r e w Li te ra tur e . D e m y 8 vo . c lo th , p p . v ii i . and228 . 103 .
Vo l . II . Th e Com m e n tar y o f Ib n E z r a o n Isa i a h . E di te d from MS S .. a nd
Tr a ns la te d w i t h No t e s , In troduc ti o ns , and Inde xe s, b y M. F R IE D LaND E R ,Ph .D . Vo l . I . Tr ansla tio n o f th e Co m m e n ta ry. D e m y .8vo .
'
c lo th,pp . xxv i ii . and 332. 1 08 . 6d.
‘
VO l . I I I. Th e Co m m e n ta ry o f Ib n E z r a . Vo l . I I . Th e A n gl i c an Ve rsio n o f
th e Bo o k O f th e P r o ph e t Isa i a h am e nde d a c c o rding t o th e Com m e n ta ry O f
Ib n E z ra . D e m y 8 vo . c lo th , pp . 1 1 2. 43 . 6 d.
S e c ond S e r i e s .
Vo l .
.
I . Mi s c e l lany o f H e b re w L i t e r atu r e . Vo l . I I . E di te d b y th e R e v . A .
LOWY. .D e m y 8 vo . c lo th , p p . Vi . a nd 276 . 10s . 6d.
Vo l . II . Th e Co m m e n ta ry O f Ib n E z ra . Vo l . I II . D e m y 8vo . c lo th ,1 72. 7 3 .
Vol . III Ib n E z ra Li te r a ture . Vol . IV. E ssays on th e Wr i tings of A b rah amIb n E z ra . By M.
'
FR I E D LAND E R , Ph .D . D emy 8vo . c lo th , pp . x.- 252
and 78 . 1 2s . 6d.
Thi rd S e r i e s .
Vols . I .-III . Th e Gu ide of th e P
fipl exed ofMa im onide s. Translated fr om th e
o rigin a l te xt and ann o ta te d b y F r i edl'
ander , Ph .D . D emy 8 vo . pp . l xxx.
-370, and x.—226
,and xxvi i i .
- 328, c loth . £ 1 6d.
H e r sh on .-; TA LMUD IC MI SCE LLANY . S e e Tr ii b n e r ’s O r ie nta l S er i e s,
page 4 .
Jastr OW .—A D ICTI ONA R Y O E TH E TA R GUMIM
,TH E TA LMUD BABLI AND
Y e rush alm i , and th e Midrash i c Li te r a tu r e . Com i le d b y M. JA STR O W,Ph .D .
D em y 4 to . b o ards . Par t I . pp . 1 00. 5 3 . Par t I . pp . 96 . 5 s .
Land—TH E PRINCIPLE S O F H E BR EW GR AMMA R . By J . P. N. LAND,
Pr o fe ssor of Logic and Me taphysi c in th e Unive r si t O f Leyde n . Tr ans latedfr om th e D u tc h b y R E G INA LD LANE PO O LE , Ba l l io l ol l e ge , O xford. Par t I .
S ounds . Pa r t 1 1 . Wo rds . Crown 8vo . pp . xx . and 220, c lo th . 7 s . 6d.
mathews .
—A BR A H AM BE N E ZR A ’S UNE D ITE D COMMENTA R Y ON TH E CAN
TI CLE S,th e H e b r ew Te x t a fte r two MS . , w ith E ng lish Tr a n slation b y H . J .
:MA TH E WS , B.A . ,E xe t e r Co l le ge , O xfo rd. 8vo . c l . l im p , pp . x. , 34, 24. 2s . 6d , ,
Nutt .—Two TR E ATI SE S ON VE R BS CONTA INING FE E BLE AND D O UBLE
LE TTE R S b y R . Jehuda H ayug o f F e z,t rans la ted in to H e b r ew fr om th e o r igin al
A rab i c b y R . Mose s G ikat il i a , O f Co rdova ; wi th th e Tr e a tise on Pun c tu ation
b y th e sam e A utho r , tr a ns la te d b A b e n E z ra . E dited fr om Bodl e ian MS S .
with an E ng l ish Tr ans lati on b y J .TV. NUTT, M.A . D e my 8vo . sewed, pp . 3 12.
1 8 70. 7 3 . 6d.
S em i t i c (S ongs of th e ) . I n“
E ngl ish Ve rse . By G. E . W. Cr . 8 vo .
c loth , p p . 1 40. 5 s .
We b e r .—Syst e m de r a ltsynagogal e n Pa l a stin i sch e n The o logie . By
D r . F E R D . WE BE R . 8vo . se wed. Le ipz ig, 1 880. 7s.
84 L ingu isti c P ub lication s of Tr il bne r Co .
Fallon .—A NEW H INDUSTANI -E NGLISH D ICTI ONA R Y. With Ill ustra
t io ns fr om H industan i Li t e r a ture an d Fo lk-lo r e . By S . W. FA LLON, Ph .D .
H a ll e . R o y. 8 vo . c lo th , p p . xxv i i i . and 1 216 and x . Be na r e s , 1 8 79. £ 3 l O s .
Fallon .-ENGLI SH -H IND USTANI D ICTIONA R Y . Wi th Il lu stra ti on s fr om
E ngl ish Li te ra tu r e and Co l loqu ia l E ngl ish Trans la te d i n to H industan i . By S .
W . FA LL O N. R oy. 8vo . p p . iv .-6 74 , se we d. £ 1 103 .
Fal lon .-A H IND USTANI -E NGLI SH LAW AND COMME R CI AL D ICTI ONAR Y.
By S . W. FA LLO N. 8vo . c lo th , pp . i i . and 2840, Be nar e s , 1 879 . 1 23 . 6d.
Ikhwanu-s Safa ; o r , BR O TH E R S O E PUR ITY D e sc r i b i ng th e Con te nt io nb e twe e n Me n and Be a sts a s to th e S u p e r io r i ty o f th e H um an R a c e . Tr an s la te dfr om t h e H i ndustani b y P r o fe sso r J . D O WS O N,
S taff Co l lege , S andhur s t .Cr own 8vo . p p . v i i i . and 1 5 6 , c lo th . 7 s .
Khi r ad-Afr oz (Th e Illum in a to r O f th e ByMau l aviH afi z u
’d-di n . A n e w e di tio n o f th e H industani Te xt , c a r e fu l ly r e v ise d, w i th
No t e s, Cr i t i c a l and E xp lan a to ry. By E . B. E A STW ICK , M.P ., F.R . S . 8 vo .
c lo th , pp . xiv . and 321 . 1 83 .
Luta ifi H inde e (Th e ) ; o r , H IND O O STANE E JE ST-BO O K , c ontain ing a
Cho i c e Co l le c tio n o f H um o rou s S to r i e s in th e A r ab i c a nd R om a n Char ac te rs ;to whi c h i s adde d a H indo o s ta n e e P o e m b y ME E R MO O HUMMUD TUQ UE E .
2ud e di t io n , r e vise d b yW. C. S m yth . 8 vo . pp . xvi . a nd 1 60. 1 840. 108 . 6d.
r e duc e d t o 5 s .
Mathur ap r a sada Mi sr a .—A TR ILINGUA L D ICTI ONA R Y, be i ng a c om p r e
h e n siv e Le xic o n in E ngl ish , Urdu, and H indi . S e e unde r H indi , page 83 .
Palm e r .—H IND USTANI GR AMMA R . S e e p age 5 6 .
H UNGA R IAN.
S inge r .—S IMPLIBI E D GR AMMA R O E TH E H UNGAR I AN LANGUA GE . By
I . S INGE R , o f Buda-Pe sth . Crown 8vo . c lo th , pp . v i . and 8 8 . 1 8 84. 48 . 6d.
ICE LAND IC.
A nde r son .—NO R SE MYTH O LO GY
,o r th e R e l igi on of ou r Fo r e fathe r s .
Con tain ing al l th e Myth s o f th e E ddas c ar e fu l ! syste m a ti z e d and int e rpr e te d,wi th an Intr odu c tion , Vo c ab u l ary and Inde x . By R . B. A ND E R S O N
,Pr o f. o f
S c andinav ian Language s in th e Un i ve r si ty O f Wisc on sin . Cr own 8vo . c lo th .
Ch i c ago , 1 8 79. 1 23 . 6d.
A nde r son and Bjarn a son .—VIKING TA LE S O F TH E NO R TH . Th e S aga s
Of Thor ste in , Viking ’s S on , and Fri dthjof th e Bo ld. Tr a ns late d from th e
I c e l andi c b y R . B. A nde r son,M.A .
, and J . Bjar nason . A lso , Te gne r ’
s F r id
thjof’s S aga . Tr ans la te d in to E ng lish b y G . S te p h e ns . Cr own 8vo . c loth , pp .
xvi i i . and 370. Ch i c ago , 1 8 77 . 1 03 .
Cl e asby .—AN ICE LAND IC-ENGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y . Ba se d on th e MS .
Co l le c ti ons o f th e late R i c hard Cl e asb E n larged and c om p l e ted b G .
VIGEUS S O N. Wi th an Intr odu c tion , and i fe o f R i c hard Cl e asby, b y G . E BBE‘
4to . £3 7 8 .
Cl e a sb y .—A PPEND IX To AN I c E LAND I c -E NGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y . S e e
S ke at .
5 7 and 5 9, L udga te H i ll, Lo ndon , E .0. 8 5
Edda Saem undar H inn s Fr eda—Th e E dda of S a em und th e Le arn ed.
From th e O ldNo r s e o r Ic e landic . By BE NJ AMIN TH O R P E . Pa r t I I . w i th Inde xo f Pe r so n s an d Pla c e s . I2m o . p p . v i i i . a nd 1 72, c lo th . 1 8 6 6 . 4s .
Publ i c a ti ons of th e Ic e landi c Li t e rar y S o c i e ty of Cop e nhage n . Fo r
Num b e rs 1 to 5 4, se e “ R e c o rd,” No . 1 1 1 , p . 1 4.
5 5 . SKIRNE R TID IND I . H ins Isle n zka Bbkm e n ta félags, 1 8 7 8 . 8vo .
pp . 1 76 . Kaupm annah o fn, 1 878 . Pri c e 5 8 .
5 6 . UM S ID BOTINA A I SLAND I e pt i r p o rke l Bj a rn aso n , p r e st a Be yn iV
'
O llum . Utge fid af H inu Isl e nzka Bokm e ntafélagi . 8vo . p p . 1 77 . R oykj avi k, 1 878 . Pri c e 73 . 6d.
5 7 . BI SHUPA S OGUB, ge fnar {It a f H in u I sl e nzka Bbkm e n ta félagi .
A nna t Bindi I II . 1 8 78 . 8vo . pp . 509 to 804. Kaup m annah b fn . Pr i c e 108 .
.5 8 . SKI'
fR SLUR O G R E IKNiNGA R H i ns I sl e n zka Békm e n ta félags, 1 8 7 7 to1 8 78 . 8vo . pp . 28 . Kaupm ann ahofn, 1 8 78 . Pri c e 28 .
5 9 . FR J E TTI R FBA I S LAND I,1 8 7 7 , e p t i r V . Bri em . 8 vo . pp . 5 0.
R e ykj avi k, 1 8 78 . Pri c e 28 . 6d.
6 0. A LPINGI S STAD UR H INN F O RNI VID O xar a , m e d Uppdrattum e p ti rS igurdGudmundss on . 8 vo . pp . 6 6 , wi th Map . Kaupm annah
'
O fn , 1 8 78 . Pri ce
.Ske at .—A LI ST O F E NGLI SH WO R D S
,th e E tym ol ogy of wh ich i s i llus
t ra te d b y Co m p ar ison wi th Ic e landi c . Pr e pa r e d in th e fo rm o f a n A p p e ndix toCle asb y and Vigfusso n
’
s I c e landi c - E ngli sh D i c tio na ry. By th e R e v . WA LTE R
W. S K E A T , M.A . , E ng l ish Le c tu re r a nd la te Fe l low O f Ch r ist’ s Co l l e ge , Camb ridge ; a nd M.A . O f E xe te r Co l l e ge , O xfo rd ; o n e o f th e Vi c e -Pr e s ide n ts o f
th e Cam b r idge Ph i lo lo gic a l S o c ie ty a nd Me m b e r O f the Co un c i l o f th e Ph i lologic a l S o c ie ty O f Lo ndo n . 1 8 7 6 . D e m y 4to . se we d. 28 .
Te n e r .—FR I D TH J O E ’
S S A GA A NO R S E R OMANCE . B E SA I A S TE GNERg I Y I
Bishop o f Wexio. Trans la ted fr om th e Swe dish b y TH O MA S A . E . H O LCO MB
and MA R TH A A . LYO N H O LCO MB. Cr own 8vo . pp . v ii i . -214, c lo th . 1 8 83 .
6 8 . 6d.
Th orh e l son , Pa ll .—D I CTI ONNA I RE I sLAND AI s -FR ANCA I S .
‘
Vo l . I . Pa rtI . 8 vo . pp . 32. To b e c omp le ted in ab out 5 0 pa rts . Pri c e Is . e ac h .
J A PANE SE .
A ston—A GR AMMA R O F TH E JA PANE SE WR ITTEN LANGUA GE . ByW. G.
A STO N, M. A . , A ssis tan t J ap an e se S e c r e tary, Le ga t io n , Y e do , Ja p an .
S e c o nd e di t io n , E n la rge d and Im p ro v e d. R oya l 8 r o . p p . 306 .
A ston —A S H O R T GR AMMA R O F TH E JA PANE S E S P O K ENLANGUA GE . ByW. G . A STO N, M.A . , H . B. M.
’s Le ga tio n , Y e do , Jap an . Th ird e di tion .
l 2m o . c lo th , pp . 96 . 1 2s .
BlaOk .—Y O UNG JAPAN
, Y O KO H AMA AND Y E D O . A Nar r at iv e o f th eS e tt le m e n t and th e City, from th e S ign ing of th e Tr ea ti e s In 1 85 8 to th e c lo seo f th e Y e ar 1 8 79 . Wi th a G lanc e a t th e Pr og re ss o f Jap an dur ing a p e ri od ofTwe n ty-one Y e ar s . By J . R . BLA CK . Two Vo ls . ,
de my 8vo . pp . xviii . and 41 8 ;xiv . and 5 22, c lo th . 1 88 1 . £2 2s .
Cham be r la in . A R OMANI S E D JA PANE S E R E A D E R . Co n sisti ng o fJap ane se A ne cdo te s , Ma xim s , e tc . , i n E asy Wr i tt e n S tyle ; w i th E ngl ishTra ns la tion andNo te s . By B. H . CH AMBE R LA IN, Pro fe sso r O f Jap anese and
Ph i lo logy i n th e Im p e r ia l Un i ve r si ty o f '
I o kyo . 1 2m o . pp . xl i i .—346 , c lo th .
1 886 . 6 8 .
8 6 In'
ngu isti c P ub lic a t ions of Trubne r Co .
Chamb e r lain—SIMPLIFIE D JA PANE SE GR AMMA R . S e e p age 50.
Ch am b e r lai n .—~ CLA S S ICAL PO ETR Y O F TH E JA PANE SE . S e e p age 4.
D i ckin s .—TH E O LD BAMBO O -H EWE R
’
S STO R Y (Take tor i n o O kinano Mon ogatar i ) . Th e E ar l ie st o f th e Japan e se R om an c e s , .wri tte n in th e
Te nth Ce ntur y . Tr ans l at ed, with O b se rva tions and No tes, b y F . VICTO R
D I CKINS . Wi th Thr e e Ch r om o -Li th ogr aph i c I l lustra ti o ns take n fromJap an e s e Mak im ono s , to wh ic h i s added th e O r igina l Te xt in R o m an, wi th
Gramm ar , A na lyti c a l No te s andVo c ab u lary. 8vo . c l . , pp . 1 1 8 . 1 8 88 . 73 . 6d.
H e pb urn—A JA PANE SE AND E NGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y . With an E ngl i sh
and Jap an e s e Inde x . By J . C. H E PBUR N,M.D LL.D . S e c ond e diti on .
Im p e ri a l 8vo . c lo th , pp . xxxi i . , 6 32 a nd 201 . 1 8 3 .
H e pbur n—A JA PANE S E -E NGLI SH AND E NGLI SH -JA PANE SE D ICTI ONA R Y.By J . C. H E PBURN,
M.D . , LL.D . Th ird Edi ti on , dem y 8 vo . pp . xxxiv.—964,h a lf-m oro c c o . 1 8 87 . £ 1 1 03 .
H e pb urn—A JA PANE SE -E NGLI SH AND ENGLI SH -JA PANE SE D ICTI ONA R Y.
By J . C. H E PBURN,M.D .
, LL.D . A b ridged by th e A u thor . Se c ond Edi ti on ,R e vised and E nl arged. 1 6m o . c loth , pp . v iii . and 1 033 . 1 887 .
J
H offm an ,J . J —A JA PANE S E GR AMMA R . S e c ond E di ti on . Large
8vo . c lo th , pp . vi ii . and 36 8 , wi th two p la te s . £ 1 l s .
H ofi'
m ann .—S H O PPING D I A LO GUE S
,in Jap ane se , D ut ch , and E ngli sh .
By P ro fe ssor J . H O F FMA NN. O b lo ng 8vo . p p . xi i i . and 44 , se we d.
H ofl'
m ann (Pr of. D r . J . J —J A PANE SE -ENGLI S H D ICTI ONAR Y.—Pub
lish ed b y o rde r o f th e D utc h Go ve rnm e nt . E lab or ate d and Edi ted by D r . L.
S E R R UR IE R . Vo ls . 1 and 2. R oyal 8vo . Br il l , 1 88 1 . 1 28 . 6d.
Im br i e . H AND BO O K O F ENGLI SH -JA PANE SE E TYMO LO GY. By W.
IMBR IE . 8vo . pp . xxi v . and 208, c lo th . Tokiyo, 1 880. £ 1 l s .
Me tc hnikofl'
.—L’
E m p ir e Ja p o n a is , t e xt e e t de ssin s, p ar L .
.
ME TCHNIR O E E . 4to . p . vii i . and 6 94 . I llustr ate d with m aps, c o lour ed p la te s and
wo odc uts . c lo t 1 88 1 . £ 1 1 08 .
Pfounde s .
—FU S O MIMI BUKUR O . S e e p age 3 7 .
S atow.—A N E NGLI SH JAPANE SE D ICTI ONAR Y O F TH E SP O KENLANGUA GE .
By E RNE ST MA S O N S A Tow , Japan e se S e c r e tary to H .M. Le gati on a t Y edo , and
I S H IBA SH I MA S A R A TA , o f th e Imp e r ial Jap ane se Fo r e ign O ffic e . S e c ond
e di t ion . Im p . 32m o . , pp . xvi . and 4 1 6 , c lo th . l 2a. 6d.
Snyem atz .—GENI I MONO GATA R I . Th e m o st c e l e br a te d o f th e Classi c al
Ja pan e se R om an c e s . . Tr ans late d b y K . SUY EMA Tz . Crown 8 r o . pp . xvi . and;
254, c lo th . 1 882. 7s . 6d.
KABA IL.
’
Newm an .—KA R A IL VO CABULA R Y. S upp l em ented b y A id O f a New
S ourc e . By F . . W. NEWMAN, E m e r i tus Pr o fe sso r of Un ive rsi ty Col lege , ,
London . Crown 8vo .
, pp . 124, c lo th . 1 888 . 5 8 .
KANA R E SE .
1
Gar r e tt—A MANUA L E NGLI SH AND KANA R E SE D ICTI ONAR Y, c on tai n i ng;ab out Twe nty-thr e e Thousand Words . By J . GA R R E TT. 8vo . pp . 908 , c lo th .
Banga lo r e , 1 8 72.
88 L ingu istic P ub lica tions of Tr ilbne r Co . ,
.KONKANI .
Mad'
e i .—A KONKANI GR AMMA R . By A NGE LUS F . X. MA E EE I . 8vc ,
p p . xiv . and 438 , c lo th . Manga lo re , 1 8 82. 1 8 3 .
Mafl'
e i .- A N ENGLIS H -KONKANI AND KONKANI -ENGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y.
8vo . pp . xi i . and 5 46 ; xi i . and 1 5 8. Two p ar ts in one . H a lf b ound. £ 1 10s .
LIBY AN.
Newm an—LIBYANVO CABULA R Y . A n E ssay towardsR e p r odu c in g th eA nc i e n t Num idian Langu age , ou t o f Fo ur Mode r n Language s . By F . W.
Newm an , E m e r itus Pr o fe ssor of Uni ve rsi ty Co l l ege , Lo ndon . Crown 8 r o . pp .
vi . and 204. c lo th . 1 882. 1 08 . 6d.
.MA H R ATTA (MA R A TH I ) .Ca ta logue of Mur a tli i Books so ld byMe ssr s . Tr iibn er ér 00. p ost f r ee f or p enny s tamp .
JE sop’
s Fabl e s—O ri gi na lly Tr ansl ate d i nt o Ma ra thi b y S ada shi vaKash in ath Chh a tr e . R e v ised from th e l e t e d. 8vo . c loth . Bom b ay, 5s . 6d.
Ball antyn e .—A GR AMMA R o r TH E MA H R ATTA LANGUA GE . For th e
u se o f th e E a st India Co l l e g e a t H a i le yb u ry. By J AME S R . BA LLANTYNE , o fth e S c o ttish Nava l a nd Mi li ta ry A c ade m y . 4to . c lo th , p p . 5 6 . 5 s .
Be ll a ir s.—A GR AMMA R O F TH E MA R ATH I LANGUA GE . By H . S . K.
BE LLA IR S ,M.A ., a nd LA XMA N Y . A S H K E D KA R , B.A . 1 2m o . c lo th , p p . 90. 5 s.
Mol e sworth .—A D ICTI O NA R Y, MAR ATH I and E NGLI S H . Com p il ed b yJ. T. MO LE SW O R TH , a S S is te d b y G E O R GE a ndTH O MA S CANDY . S e c o nd E di ti on ,
r e vise d a nd e n la rge d. By J . T. MO LE SWO R TH . R oya l 4to . p p . xxx and 922,b o a rds . Bo m b ay , 1 8 5 7 . £ 2 28 .
Mol e swor th .—A COMPEND IUM O F MO LE SWO R TH ’
S MA R A TH I AND ENGLI SHD ICTIO NA R Y. By BA BA PA DMANJ I . S e c ond E di ti on . R e vised and E n larged.
D em y 8vo . pp . xx . and 6 24, c lo th . 1 5 s .
Nava lkar .—TH E STUD ENT’
S MA R ATH I GRA MMA R . By G . R . NA VALKAR .
‘New E diti on . 8vo . c loth ; pp . xvi . and 342. Bomb ay, 1 879. 1 8s .
Tuka r am a .—A . COMPLETE CO LLE CTI ON o f th e Po e m s O f Tukaram a
(th e Po e t of th e Maharash tra) . In Marath i . E di ted b y VIS H NU PA R A S'
H U
R AM S H A STR I PAND IT, unde r th e sup e rvisi on o f S anka r Pandurang Pandi t,M.A .
Wi th a c om p l e te Inde x to th e Po em s and a Glo ssary O f diffic u lt Wo rds . TOwh i c h i s p r e fixed a Life O f th e Po e t in E ngl ish , b Janardan S akharam Gadgi l .2 vo ls . in large 8vo . c lo th , pp . xxx ii . and 742, an pp . 728, 1 8 and 72. Bom b ay1 8 73 . £ 1 l s . e a ch vo l .
MA LA GA S Y .
Ca ta logue of Ma laga sy Books so ld byMe ss r s . Tr il bne r Q 00. p ost fr ee f or p enny stamp .
Parke r .—A CONCI SE GR AMMA R O F TH E MA LA GA SY LANGUA GE . By G.
W. PA R K E R . Crown 8vo . p p . 6 6 ,‘
wi th an A pp e ndix, c lo th . 1 8 83 . 5 8 .
Van de r Tuuk .—O UTLINE S O F A GR AMMA R O F TH E MA LA GA SY LANGUA GE
By H . N. V A N D E R TUUR . 8 vo . , p p .
’
28 , s e we d. l s .
5 7 and 5 9, Ludga te H i ll, London , E C. 89
MA LA Y .
C a ta logue of Ma lay Books so ld by Mrssr s . Tr ii bn e r (3 00. p ost f r e e for p enny Stamp .
D e nnys .—A H AND BO O K O F MALA Y CO LLO QUI A L , a s sp oke n in S in gap o r e ,
Be ing a S e r i e s o f Int rodu c to ry Le sso ns fo r D om e sti c and Bus in e ss Purpo se s .
By N. B. D E NNYS , Ph .D . , e tc . , A u tho r o f “ Th eF o lk lo re o f Ch in a ,” e t c . 8 vo . pp . 204, c lo th. 1 8 78 . £ 1 1 s .
Maxwe ll .—A MANUAL O F TH E MALA Y LANGUA GE . Wi th an Intro
duc to ry Ske tc h O f th e S anskri t E lem e nt in Ma lay. By W. . E . MA XWE LL,A ss ista nt R e side nt, Pe r ak , Ma lay Pe ninsul a. Crown 8vo . c lo th, pp . v iii .1 84. 1 882. 7 s . 6d.
Mi sc e llan e ous Pap e r s r e lating to Indo -Ch i na and th e IndianA rc h ip e lago . S e e page 7 .
Swe tte nh am .—VO CA BULA R Y O F TH E E NGLI SH AND MALA Y LANGUA GE S .
With No te s . By F . A . SWE TTENH AM. 2 Vo ls . Vo l . I . ish -Ma lay Voc ab ula ry and D i a logue s . Vo l . I I . Ma lay-E ngl ish Vo c Sm a l l 8vo .
b oards . S ingapo re , 1 88 1 . £ 1 .
Th e Tr ave l l e r’s Ma lay Pr onoun c ing H andb ook , fo r th e Use o f
Tr ave l le rs andNew-c om e r s to S ingapo r e . 32m o. p p . 25 1 , b o ards . S ingapo r e ,1 88 6 . 5 3 .
Van de r Tunk .—SHO R TA CCOUNT O F TH E MALA YMANUSCR I PTS BE LONGING
TO TH E R O YA L A S IA TIC S O CI ETY . By H .N. VA N D E R TUUK. 8 vo . p p . 5 2. 2s . 6d.
MA LA Y A LIM.
Gunde r t .—A MA LAYA LAM AND E NGLI SH D ICTI ONAR Y . By R e v . H .
G UND E R T, D . Ph . R o ya l 8 vo . p p . v i i i . a nd 1 1 1 6 . £32 103 .
MA O R I .Gr ey .
—MA O R I MEMENTo s : be ing a S e r i e s of A ddr e sse s p r e se n te d b yth e Na t ive Pe o p le to H is E xc e l le n c y S ir G e o rge G re y, K .C.B F .R .S . Wi thIn trodu c to ry R e m a rk s and E xp lana to ryNo t e s to wh i c h i s adde d a sm a l l Co ll e ct io n o f Lam e n ts , e tc . By CH . O L IVE R B. D A vxs . 8 y o . p p . i v . a nd 228 , c lo th . 1 2s .
Wi l l i am s—F I R ST LE S S ONS IN TH E MA O RI LANGUA GE . With a S hortVo c ab u la ry. ByW . L . WILLIA MS , B.A . F c ap . 8vo . pp . 98 , c loth . 5 s?
PA LI .D ’A lWi s.
-A.
D E S CR IPTI VE CA TA LO GUE O f S anskr i t , Pa l i , and S inha le seLi t e r a ryWo rks O f Ce yloil . By JAME S D ’
A LWI S , e tc . , Vol . I . (all
pub li shed) , pp . xxxii . and 244. 1 8 70. 8 3 . 6d.
Be a l .—D H AMMAPA D A . S e e Tr ii b n e r
’s O ri e ntal S e r i e s, p age 3 .
Bigande t .—GAUD AMA . S e e Tr ii b ne r
’
s O r i e n tal S e ri e s,
”p age 4 .
Buddhi st Bir th S tor i e s . S e e Tr ii b n e r ’s O r i e n tal S e ri e s, p age 4 .
Biihl e r .—'
1‘
R E E E NEW E D ICTS O F A S'
O KA . By G. BuH LE R . l 6m o .
se we d, wi th Two Fa c s im i le s . 2s . 6d.
Ch i lde r s .—A BA LI -E NGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y, w i th S an skri t E qu ival e nts,
a nd num e r o u s Q u o ta t ion s , E xtr a c ts , and R e fe r e n c e s . Co m p i l e d b y th e late Pr o f.R . C. CH ILD E R S , l a t e o f th e Ce y lo n C. S . Im p e r ia l 8v o . , do ub l e c o lum n s
hpg.xxi i . and 622
, c lo th . 1 8 75 . £3 38 . Th e fir st Pa li D ic tionary e ve r pub lis
90 .L inguisti c P ub l ica tions of Tr iibne r' Co .,
Ch ime r a—TH E MA H APA R INIBBANA SUTTA O F TH E SUTTA -PITAKA . Th ePa l i Te xt . E dite d b y th e la t e P ro fe ss o r R . C. CH ILD E R S . 8vo . c lo th, p p .
72. 5 s .
Chi lde r s .—O N S AND H I IN PALI . By th e late Pr ofl
'
R . C. CH ILD E R S .~ 8V0. sewe d, p p . 22. 1 s .
Coom ar a Swam y .—SUTTA NIPATA ; o r , th e D ialogu e s and D i sc ou r se s .
O f Go tam a Buddha . Transla t ed fr om th e Pa l i , wi th Introduc tion and No te s.By S i r M. CO OMA R A SWAMY. Cr . 8vo . c lo th , pp . xxxvi . and 1 60. 1 874. 6 8 .
Cooni ara Swam y .—TH E D ATH AVANSA ; o r , th e H isto ry O f th e To o th
R e l i c o f Gotam a Buddha . Th e Pa l i Te xt and i t s Tr ans l ation into E ngl ish ,wi th No t e s . By S ir M. CO OMA R A SWAMY, Mude l i ar . D e my 8vo . c lot h , pp .
1 74. 1 8 74. 1 03 . 6d. E ngl ish Tr ans la tion on ly, wi th No te s . Pp . 100, c lo th . 6 3 .
D avida—S e e BUD D H I ST BI RTH STO R IE S , Tr ub n e r’s O r i e n tal S e ri e s,
Page 4 .
D avids.—S iGI R I
,TH E LI ON R O CK ,
NE A R PULA STIPUR A , AND TH E 3 9TH
CH A PTE R O F TH E MA H AV AMS A . By T. W. R H YS D A VI D S . 8 vo . pp . 30. i s. 6d.
D i CkSO lL—TH E PATIMO KKH A,be ing th e Buddh i st O ffic e O f th e Con
fe ssion O f Pr i e sts . Th e Pa l i Te xt , wi th a Tr ans la ti on , and No te s, b y J . F.
D ICK S O N. 8vo . sd. , pp . 69. 23 .
Faus ll . —.IATAKA . S e e unde r JATAKA .
Fau sb b'
ll .—TH E D A S AR A TH A -JATAKA,be ing th e Buddhi st S tory O f K ing
R Rm a . Th e o r igin a l Pal i Te xt , with a Tr an sla tio n a ndNo t e s b y V . FA US R O LL .
8 vo . se we d, p p . i v . and 48 . 2s . 6d.
Fausb o l l .—FI VE JATA KA S,c on ta in ing a Fai ry Tal e , a Com i c al S tory ,
and Thr e e Fa b le s . In th e o r igin a l Pal i Te xt , a c c om pan i e d wi th 8. Tr an s lat ionand No te s . By V . FA US R O
’
LL . 8 vo . se we d, pp . vi i i . a nd 72. 6 8 .
Faus lI.—TEN JATA KA S . Th e O r igi na l Pali Te xt , w ith a Tr anslationa ndNo te s . By V . FA U S BO LL . 8 vo . s ewe d, p p . xi i i . and 1 28 . 7 8 . 6d.
Frye r .; VUTTO D A Y A . (E xp o siti on O f Me tr e . ) By S ANGH A R A KKH ITA
TH E R A . A Pa li Te xt, E di te d, wi th Tr ans la t ion and No te s, b y Majo r G . E .
FRYE R . 8 vo . p p . 44. 23 . 6 d.
H a a S .—CA TALO GUE O E S ANSKR IT AND PA LI BO O K S IN TH E LIBR A R Y O F "
TH E BR ITIS H MUS E UM. By D r . E RNST H A A S . Pr int ed by Pe rm ission of th e
Truste e s o f th e Br it ish Muse um . 4t o . c lo th , pp . 200. £ 1 l s .
Jataka (Th e ) ; t oge the r wi th i ts Com m e n tary . Be ing Tal e s O f th eA n te r i o r Bi r th o f Go tam a Buddha . Fo r th e fi rs t t im e E dit e d in th e o r igina lPa l i b y V. FA US R O LL . D e m y 8 vo . c l o th . Vo l . I . p p . 5 12.
Vo l . IL , pp .,
45 2. 1 8 79. Vol . 1 1 1 . pp . v i ii -544. 1 8 8 3 . Vo l .
IV . pp . x.-450. 1 88 7 . 288 . For Trans lati o n se e unde r “Buddhi s t Bir th
S tor i e s , p age 4 .
Th e “ Ja taka ” i s a c o ll e c t i on o f le ge nds in Pa l i , r e la ting th e h is t o ry o f Buddha ’s tr an s
m igr a t ion b e fo r e h e wa s b o rn a s Go tam a . Th e gr e a t a n t iqu i ty o f thi s wo rk i s au then tic a t e db y i ts form ing p ar t o f th e sacr e d c an on o f th e S o u the rn Buddh is ts , whi c h w a s fin a lly se t t le d a t
th e la s t Coun c i l in 246 B.C . Th e c o l le c t ion h as long b e e n known a s a s to r e ho u se o f a n c i e n t
fa b le s , an d a s th e m o s t o r i g in a l a t t a ina b le sou r c e t o wh i c h'
a lm o st t h e w h o le O f this kind o fli te r atur e , fr om th e Pan c ha tan tr a and Pi lp ay ’s fa b le s do wn t o th e n u rs e ry s to r i e s O f t h e p r e s e n t
day , is t r a c e ab le ; and i t h as b e e n c on s ide r e d de s ir ab le , in th e in te r e s t o f Buddhi s t i c s tudi e s as
we ll as fo r m o r e g e n e ra l l i t e r ary p u rp o s e s , tha t an e di t io n and t r an s l a t io n o f th e c om p le teMa rk S hou ld b e p re p a r e d . Th e p r e se n t p u b li c a t ion i s in t e nde d to sup p ly this wan t—A th e n ia n .
92 L ingu istic Pu b lic a tions of Tr iibn c r
H ang—A N O LD ZAND -PA H LA VI GLO S SA R Y . E dite d in th e O r igin al
-Cha r a c te r s , wi th a Tr an s l i te r a t i o n i n R o m an Le t te r s , a n E ng l ish Tra ns la t ion ,
a nd an A lp hab e t i c a l Inde x . By D E STUR H O S H ENGJ I JAMA SP J I , H igh-p r ie st o fth e Pa r si s in Ma lwa , India . R e v . with No t e s a nd In t r o . b y MA R TIN H A UG,
Ph .D . Pub l . b y o rde r O f Go v . O f Bo m b ay. 8vo . s e we d, p p . lvi . and 1 32. 1 5 8 .
H aug .—TH E BO O K O F A R D A VIRA E . Th e Pahlavi t e xt p r e p a re d b y
D e s tu r H o sh angj i Jam aspj i A sa . R e v ise d and c o l la t e d w i th fur the r MS S . , wi th
an E ng lish t ran s la tio n and In t rodu c tio n , and an A p p e ndix c on ta in ing th e Te xtsa nd Tran s la tio ns o f th e G o sh t - i F ryan o and H adokh t Nask . By MA R TINH A UG
, Ph .D .,Pr o fe sso r O f S an sk r it and Com p ar a ti ve Phi lo lo gy a t th e Un i
v e r si ty O f Mun i c h . A ssi ste d b y E . W. WE ST, Ph . D . ,Pu b l ish e d b y o rde r o f
th e Bom b ay Go ve rnm e n t . 8vo . se we d, pp . lxxx., V . , and 3 1 6 . £ 1 5 3 .
Min o c h e h e rj i .—PA H LA VI , GUJA RATI AND ENGLISH D I CTI ONA R Y. ByJ AMA SP J I D A STUR MINO CH E R J I , J AMA S P A SANA . 8vo . Vo l . I . pp . c l xi i.and 1 to 1 6 8
, and Vo l . I I. pp . xxxi i . and pp . 1 69 to 440. 1 877 and 1 879.
Clo th .
“ 1 4s . e ac h . (To b e c om p l e t ed in 5 vo ls . )Sunj ana .
—A GR AMMAR O E TH E PA H LVI LANGUA GE , Wi th Quo ta tionsand E xam p l e s fr om O rig in a l Wo rk s and a G lo ssa ry o f Wo rds b e a r ing affi ni tywi th th e S e m i t ic La ngu age s . By PE S H O TUN D USTO O R BE H R AMJ E E SUNJ ANA ,Pr in c ip a l O f S ir J am se tj e e J e j e e b oy Zur th o si Madr e ssa . 8vo . c l . , pp . 1 8—45 7 .
25 8 .
Thom a s .—E A R LY SA S SANIAN INSCR IPTI ONS
,S E A LS AND CO INS
,i llustr ating
th e E ar ly H isto ry of th e S as san i an D ynasty, c onta ining P r o c lam a tion s O f A rdesh ir Bab e k , S ap or I .
, and h i s S uc c e ssor s. Wi th a Cr it i c a l E xam inati on andE xp lan ation o f th e Ce l e b rate d Insc r ip ti on in th e H aj iab ad Cav e , dem onstr atingt ha t S ap or , th e Conqu e ro r O f Va le r ian , was a Profe ssing Chr i stian . By E DWA R DTH OMA S
,F .R . S . I l lus trate d. 8vo . c lo th , pp . 1 48 . 7 8 . 6d .
Thom as—COMMENTS ON R E CENT PE H LVI‘
D E CIPH E RME NTS . With an
In c ide nt a l S k e tc h of th e D e r ivati on of A ryan A lphab e ts, and Con trib u ti ons toth e E ar ly H istory and Ge ogr aphy O f Tab ar istan . I llustra ted b y Co ins . ByE D WA R D TH O MA S
,F .R . S . 8vo . pp . 5 6
,and 2 p late s , c lo th , sewe d. 3s . 6d.
'
We st .—GLO S SA R Y AND IND E x O F TH E PA H LA vr TE s CE TH E BO O K O F
A rda Vir af, Th e Ta le O f Go sht-I Fryan o , Th e H adokh t Nask , and to som e
e xtr ac ts fr om th e D in -Kard and Nir angistan p r e p ar ed from D e stur H oshan '
i
A sa’
s G lo ssary to th e A rda Viraf Nam ak , and from th e . O r igina l Te xts , Wi tNo te s on Pa h lavi Gramm ar . By E . W . WE ST, Ph.D . R e vi sed byMA R TINH A UG , Ph .D . Pub lish ed b y o rde r O f th e Go ve rnm e nt O f Bom b ay. 8vo . sewed,
pp . vi i i . and 352. 25 s .
PENNS Y LVANIA D UTCH .
H a ldem an . PENNSYLVANI A D UTCH : a D ial e c t o f S ou th Ge rm anyw ith an In fu si on O f E ngli sh . By S . S . H A LD EMAN
,A .M. , Pr o fe sso r o f Com
p a r a t ive Ph i lo logy in '
t h e Un ive rs i ty O fP e nn sy l va n i a , Phi lade lp h i a . 8 vo . pp .
v i i i . and 70, c lo th . 1 8 72. 3 3 . 6d.
PE R S IAN.
Ball antyn e .—PRINCI PLE S O F PE R S I AN CA L rGR A PH Y ,
i l lu stra ted.
b yLi thograp h i c P l ate s O f th e TA
”LIK c ha ra c te r s, th e o n e u sua l ly e m p loye d in
wr iting th e P e r sian and th e H indfi st fmi . S e c o nd e di tio n . Pr e p a r e d fo r th e
u s e O f th e S c o t t ish Nava l and Mi l ita ry A c ade m y, b y JAME S R . BA LLANTYNE .
4to . c lo th , p p . 1 4,6 p la te s . 28 . 6d. I .
-5 7 a nd 5 9,Lualga te H i ll, London,E .C’. 93‘
Bl o chm ann .—TH E PR O S O D Y O F TH E PE R SIANS
,a c c o rding to S a ifi , Jam i , .
and o th e r Wr i te rs . By H . BLO CH MA NN, M.A ., A ss istan t Pr o fe sso r , Ca lc ut taMadrasah . 8vo . s ewe d, p p . 1 6 6 . 108 . 6d.
Bloc hm ann .—A TR E ATI SE ON TH E R UBA
’I e n ti tl e d R i sal ah i Tar an ah .
By A G H A A H MA D’A LI . Wi th a n In t rodu c t io n a nd E xp lan a to ry No te s , b y H .
BLO CH MA NN, M.A . 8vo . sew e d, pp . 1 1 and 1 7 . 2s . 6d.
Blochm ann .—TH E PE R SI ANME TR E S BY S A I R I
,and a Tr e ati se on Pe rs ian
R hym e b y J am i . E di te d in Pe rsian , b y H . BLO CH MA NN, M.A . 8vo . sc ar c e , .
p p . 62. 3 8 . 6d .
E astwi ck .—TH E GULI STAN. S e e Tr ub n e r
’
s O ri e n ta l S e r i e s, p age 4 .
a .—PE R S IAN F O R TR A VE LLE R S . By A . F INN
, H .B.M. Con sul atR E SH T. Part I . R udim e n ts O f Gramm ar . Par t II . E nglish -Pe r sian Vo c ab u lary .
O b lo ng 32m o , p p . xxii .—232, c lo th . 1 884. 5 8 .
Grifi th .—Y USUE AND ZULA IKH A . S e e Tr ub n e r
’s O r i e n tal S e r i e s
, p .
Gulshan -i -R az .—TH E D I A LO GUE O F TH E GULSH AN-I -R Az ; o r
, Mysti c alGarde n O f R ose s O f Mahm oud Sh ab is ta ri . Wi th S e l e c tions from th e
R ub iaya t Om ar Kh ayam . Crown 8vo . pp . v i . - 6 4, c lo th. 1 8 8 8 . 38 .
H afiz of Sh ir éZ.—S E LE CTI ONS FR OM H IS PO EMS . Tr an sl at e d fr om th e
Pe rs ian b y H E RMA NBICKNE LL . Wi th Pr e fa c e b y A . S . BICKNE LL . D e m y .
4to . , p p . xx . a nd 384, p r in t e d o n fi n e s to u t p la te - p ap e r , w i th a pp ro p ri a te
O r ie n ta l Bo rde r ing i n go ld an d c o lo u r , and I l lust ra t io n s b y J . R . H E R BE R T,
R .A . £ 2 23 .
H aggard and Le S tr ange—TH E VA ZIR O F LANKUR AN. A Pe rs i an
P l ay. A Te xt-Bo ok O f Mode rn Co l loquia l Pe rsian , for th e use O f E ur op e an
Tr ave l l e rs , R e side nts in Pe rs ia , and S tude n ts in Indi a . E dite d, wi th a Gram !m e ti c a l In tr oduc tion , a Translat ion , CO io ns No te s , and a Vo c ab u la ry ‘ving th ePr onunc ia tion of all th e wo rds . By H . H A GGA R D and GUY LE TR ANGE .
Crown 8v o . pp . xl . - 1 76 and 5 6 (Pe rsian Te xt) , c loth . 1 8 82. 103 . 6d.
Mirkh énd.—TH E H I STO R Y O F TH E A TABE KS O F SYR IA AND PE R SIA .
By MU H AMME D BEN KH AW E ND SH AH BEN MA HMUD, c om m o n ly c a l le d
lMi R KH OND . Now fi rst E di te d from th e Co l la t i on o f S ixt e e n MS S . , b yW. H . MO R LE Y, Bar r iste r -a t- law , To wh i c h i s adde d a S e r ie s
O f Fa c sim i le s o f th e Co ins s t ruc k b y th e A tab e k s, ar r a nge d and de s c r ib e d
b y W . S . W. Vaux , M.A R o y. 8 vo . c lo th , 7 P la t e s, p p . 1 1 8 .
1 8 48 . 7 8 . 6d.
Mor l e y—A D e sc r ip t iv e Ca tal ogue o f th e H istor i c al Manus c r ip ts i nth e A r ab i c a nd Pe r si an Langue e s p r es e rved in th e Lib rary O f th e R oyal A s i at i cS o c i e ty o f Gr e a t Bri ta in and r e land. ByWI LLIAM H . MO R LEY
,
8vo . pp . vi i i . and 1 60, se wed. London,1 8 5 4. 2s . 6d.
Palm e r .—TH E S ONG O F TH E R E E D . S e e p age 5 6 .
Palm e r . A CO NCI S E PE R S I AN-E NGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y By E . H .
PA LME R ,M.A .
, Pro fe ssor O f A r ab ic i n th e Uni ve rsi ty O f Cam b r idge . S e c ond
E di ti o n . R oya l 1 6m0. pp . vii i . and 364, c lo th . 1 8 8 3 . 1 08 . 6d.
Pa lm e r .-A CONCI SE E NGLI SH -PE R S I AN D ICTI ONA R Y . Toge the r w ith
a S im p li fied Gramm ar O f th e Pe rsian Language . By th e late E . H .
PA LME R , M.A .,Lo rd A lm o n e r
'
s R e ade r and Profe ssor O f A r ab i c , Cam b r idge .
Com p l e t ed and E dited fr om th e MS . le ft im e rfe c t a t h is de a th . By G . LE
S TR ANGE . R oya l 1 6m o . pp . xi i . and 5 46 , c lo t 1 8 83 . 103 . 6 d.
Palm e r .- S IMPLIF I E D PE R S IAN GR AMMA R . S e e p age 5 6 .
R edh ouse .—TH E ME SNE VI . S e e Tr iib n e r
’s O r i e n tal S e r i e s
, p age 4 .
94 L inguistic P ub lica tions of Tr ilbne r Ca ,
R i e l —CATA LO GUE O F TH E PE R S I AN MANUSCRI PTS IN TH E BR ITIS HMUS EUM. By CH A R LE S R IE U, Ph .D . , Ke ep e r O f th e ,
O ri e nta l MS S . 4to . c lo th .
Vo l . I . pp . 432. 1 8 79. 25 3 . Vo l . 1 1 . 1 8 8 1 . 25 3 . Vo l . II I . 1 88 3. 25s .
Whinfi e ld.—GULSH AN-I -R A Z Th e Myst i c R o se Ga rde n of S a
’d ud
'
din Mahm ud S hab is tan i . Th e Pe r sian Te xt , wi th an E ngl ish Trans la tion andNo te s, c h i efly from th e Comm e nta ry O f Muhamm ed Bin Y ahya Lahi j i . ByE . H . WH INP IE LD , M.A ., la te of 4to . pp . xvi . , 94, 60, c lo th. .
1 8 80. . 103 . 6d
Whi l lfiCld.-Q UATR A INS O F O MA R KH A YYAM. S e e p age 5 .
P ID GIN-ENGLISH .
Le land.—PID GIN-E NGLI SH S ING-S ONG ; o r S ongs and S tor i e s in th e
Ch ina-E ng lis h D i a le c t . Wi th a Vo c ab ul ary. By CH AR LE S G . LE LAND . Fc ap .
8vo . pp . vi i i . and 1 40. 1 8 76 . 5 s .
PO LISH .
Bar an owski . ANGLO -PO LI S H LE xICON. By J. J. BA R ANO vvs ,
fo rm e r] Unde r -S e c re ta ry to th e Bank o f Poland, inWarsaw. F cap . 8vo . pp .
v i i i . an 492, c lo th . 1 8 83 . 1 28 .
Bar anowski .—S LOWN1 K PO LSKO -A NGI E LSKI . (Pol ish-E n gli sh Le xi con . )By J . J . BA R ANO WS K I. F c ap . 8vo . pp . iv .
-402, c lo th . 1 884. 123 .
Morfi l l .—A S IMPLIFI E D GR AMMA R O F TH E PO LI SH LANGUA GE . By
W. R . MO BFILL ,M.A . Cr own 8vo . pp . vii i .—64 , c lo th . 1 884. 3s . 6d.
PR A KR IT.
Cowe l l .—A S H O R T INTR O D UCTI ON TO TH E O R D INAR Y PR A KR IT O F TH E
S ANSK R IT D R AMA S . Wi th a Li s t O f Com m o n I r r e gu la r Prak r i t Wo rds . ByP ro f. E . B. CO WE LL . Cr . 8 vo . l im p c lo t h , p p . 40. 1 8 75 . 3s . 6d.
Cowe ll .—PR A KR ITA -PR A KA SA ; o r
,Th e Prakri t Gr am m a r O f Va r aruc h i ,
wi th th e Comm e ntary (Mano r am
?O f Bh am ah a ; th e first c om p l e t e E dition O f th e
O ri ginal Te xt, with vari ous R e a ings fr om a c o l lati on of S ixMS S . in th e‘
Bod
l e ian Lib rary, e tc . , wi th No t e s, E ng lish Tr ans la tion , and Inde x O f Pr akr itWo rds ,a n E asy In tr odu c ti on to Prakr i t Gram m ar . By E . B. CO WE LL , Professor O f
S anskr i t a t Cam b ridge . New.E di tion
,w i th New Pr e fac e , e tc . S e c ond Issue .
8 vo . c lo th , pp . xxxi . and 204. 1 8 6 8 . 14s.
PUKSH TO (PA KK H TO , PA S H TO ) .Be ll ew.
—A GR AMMA R O F TH E PUKKH TO O R PUK SH TO LANGUA GE,on a
Ne w and Im p ro ve d Sys te m . Com b in ingBre v ity w i th Ut i l i ty, and I l lus tr a te d b yE xe r c ise s and D ial o gue s . By H . W . BE LLE W , A ssistan t S urge on , Be ngal A rm y .
S up e r-r o ya l 8vo . , p p . xi i . and 1 5 6 . c lo t h . 21 8 .
Be ll ew .—A D ICTI ONA R Y O F TH E PUKKH TO
,on PUKSH TO LANGUA GE , on a
New and Im p rove d Syste m . Wi th a r e ve rse d Pa r t , o r E ng l ish and Pukkh to ,By H . W . BE LLEW, A ss i s tan t S urg e o n , Be nga l A rm y . S up e r - ro ya l 8y o .
pp . xi i . and 35 6 , c lo th . 428 .
96 L ingu istic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbne r Co .
SAMO AN.
Pratt—A GR AMMA R AND D ICTI ONA R Y o f th e S am oan Language . ByR e v .
-GE O R O E PR A TT , Fo r ty Y e a r s a Mis s io nary o f th e Lo ndo n Mi ss ion a ryS o c i e ty in S am o a . S e c o nd E dit io n . E di t e d b y R e v . S . J .Wh i tm e e ,Crown 8vo . c lo th , pp . v i i i . a nd 380. 1 8 78 . 1 83 .
SANSKR IT.
A i tar e ya Br ahm anam of th e R ig Ve da . 2 vols . S e e u nde r H AUG .
D’
A lWi s. -A D E SCR IPTIVE CA TA LO GUE O F S ANSKR IT, PA LI , AND S INH A LE S ELITE R A R Y WO R KS O F CE YLO N. By JAME S D ’
A Lwrs , A dvo c a te o fth e Su pr e m e Co urt , &c .
, &c . In Thr e e Vo lum e s . Vo l . l . , pp . xxxi i . a nd244,sewe d. 1 8 70. 8 8 . 6d.
A past am b iya D harm a Sa tr am .—A PH O RI SMS O P TH E S A CR E D LAws O F
TH E H IND US , b y A P A STAMBA . E di te d, wi th a Tr an s la t io n and No t e s , b y G .
Bii h l e r . By o rde r O f th e Go v e rnm e n t O f Bom b ay . 2 p a r ts . 8 vo . c lo th ,1 86 8 - 7 1 . £ 1 48 . 6d.
A rnold—TH E S ONG CE LE STI A L ; or , Bh agavad-Gi te. from th e Mahab hara ta ) . Be ing a D isc o urs e b e twe e n A rjun a , Pr inc e O f In and th e S up rem e
Be ing unde r th e fo rm o f Kr ishna . Trans la ted from th e S anskr it Te xt b y S i r E .
A R NO LD , M.A . , e tc . S e c ond e di tion . Crown 8 vo . pp . 1 92, c lo th .
1 88 5 . 5 a.
A rnold—TH E S E CR E T O P D E ATH : be i ng a Ve r sion , in a Pop ul a r and "
Nove l Fo rm , o f th e Ka th a Up anishad, from th e S ansk r i t, with som e Co l l e c ted .
Po em s . By S i r E . A r no ld, M.A ., Th i rd E di tion . Cr own 8 vo . pp .
430, c loth . 1 88 5 . 76 . 6d.
A rn O l d.—LIGH T O F A S IA . S e e p age 4 1 .
A rnold—IND IAN PO ETR Y. S e e Tr ub n e r ’s O r i e n tal S e ri e s, p age 4.
A m old.—TH E ILIA D AND O D YS S E Y O F IND I A . By S ir E DWIN A RNO LD ,
M. A e tc . Fc ap . 8vo . sd., pp . 24. l a .
A p te .—TH E STUD ENT
’S GUI D E TO S ANSKR IT COMPOSITI ON. Be ing a
Tr e a ti se on S ans kr it Syn tax for th e use o f S c hoo l and Co l l eges . 8 vo . b oards ;Poona , 1 88 1 . 6 3 .
A ph .—TH E STUD ENT’
S E NGLI SH - S ANSKR IT D ICTI ONAR Y . R oy . 8 vo . pp .
xi i . and 5 26 , c lo th . Po ona , 1 88 4.
A th arva Ve da Prat i cékhya .- S e e u nde r WH ITNE Y .
A u c tor e s Sansc r iti . Vo l . I . Th e J a im in iya-Nyaya -Mala-Vi star a .
E dite d fo r th e S a nsk r it Te xt S o c ie ty u nde r th e su p e r v is i o n o f TH E O D O R
GO LD STii CKE R . Pa r ts I . t o V II . , p p . 5 82, la rge 4to . s ewe d. 103 . e a c h p a r t .Com p l e te in o n e v o l . , c lo th , £ 3 1 3 8 . 6d. Vo l . I I. Th e Ins ti tu te s o f Gau tam a .
E di te d w ith an Inde x o f Wo rds, b y A . F . STENZLE R , Ph .D Pr o fe sso r O f
O ri e n ta l Language s in th e Un ive rs i ty O f Br e s lau . 8 vo . c loth , p p . i v . 7 8 .
1 876 . 43 . 6d. Vo l . I I I . V a i tan a S fitra . Th e R i tua l O f th e A th arva V e da .
E di te d wi th Cr iti c a l No t e s an d Indi c e s , b y D R . R ICH A R D GA R BP . 8 v o .
'
se we d, p p . 1 1 9. 1 87 8 . 5 3 . Vo ls . IV. and V . Va rdh am an a’s G ana r a tnam a
h odadh i , wi th th e A u tho r ’
s Co m m e nta ry. E di te d, with Cr iti c a l No te s a nd
Indi c e s , b y J . E GGL ING , Ph . D . 8vo . wr ap p e r . Par t I ., pp . xi i . and 240. 1 8 79.
6 8 . Pa r t I I ., p p . 240. 1 8 8 1 . 6 8 .
5 7 and 59, Ludga te H i ll, London, E .C. 97
A ve ry .—CONTRI R UTIONS TO TH E H I STO R Y O E VE R R -INE LE CTI ONINS ANSKRIT.
By J . A VE RY. 8 vo . p ap e r , pp . 106 . 48 .
Bal l an tyn e .—S ANR H Y A A PH O R I SMS O F KA PI LA . S e e p age 6 .
Bal lan tyne .—FI R ST LE S S ONS IN S ANSKR IT GR AMMAR ; toge the r Wi th an
In t ro duc t io n to th e H i tO p adésa. Four th e di t i o n . By J AME S R . BA LLA NTYNE ,LL. D . , Li b r a ri an O f th e India O ffi c e . 8 vo . p p . v i ii . and 1 10, c lo th . 1 88 4. 3 3 . 6d.
Benfey .—A PR ACTICA L GR AMMA R O F TH E S ANSKR I T LANGUA GE , fo r th e
us e o f E a r ly S tude n ts . By TH E O DO R BE NF E Y , Pro fe ss o r o f S an sk r i t in th e
Un ive rs i ty O f Go t t inge n . S e c o nd, r e vis e d and e n large d, e di ti on . R oyal 8vo .
p p . vi i i . and 296 , c lo th . 1 08 . 6d .
Be nfey .—VE D ICA UND VE RWAND TE S . By TH E O D . BENFE Y . Cr own 8vo .
ap e r , pp . 1 7 8 . S trassb u rg, 1 8 77 . 78 . 6d.
Ben e y .—VE D ICA UND LINGUI STICA .
—By TH . BENPE Y . Cr own 8 y o .
p . 254. 103 . Gd.
Bi b lgoth e c a Indi c a .—A Co lle c t ion o f O r i e n tal Wo rks p ubl i she d b y
th e A sia t ic S o c i e ty o f Be nga l . O ld S e r i e s . Fasc . 1 t o 235 . New S e ri e s .
Fasc . 1 to 408 . (S pe c i a l Li st o f Conte nts to b e h ad o n app li c ati on . ) E ac h
Fasc . in 8vo . ,2s . in 4to . ,
4s .
Bibl iothe c a Sanskr i ta .—S e e TRURNE R .
Bom bay Sanskr i t S e r i e s . E dit e d u nde r th e sup e r in te nde n c e o f G .
Bii H LE R,Ph . D . , Pr o fe ssor o f O ri e n ta l Language s, E lph inston e Co l l ege , a nd
F
éelgss
in om , Ph . D S up e r in te nde n t o f S a nskri t S tudi e s, D e c c an Co l le ge .
1
1 . PANCH ATANTR A Iv . AND v . E di te d, with Note s , b y G. BuH LE R ,
Ph . D . Pp . 8 4, 1 6 . 33 .
2. NAGO J IBH A I'
I‘
A’S PA R IBH ASH END Us
’
E xH A R A . E dite d and e xp la in e db y F. K I E LH O R N
, Ph . D . Pa r t I . , th e S an skri t Te xt an d Var io u s R e adings.
p p . 1 1 6 . 43 .
3 . PANCH ATANTR A I I . AND I I I . E dite d, w i thNote s, b y G . Bu H LE R ,Ph . D .
Pp . 8 6 , 1 4, 2. 38 .
PANCH ATANTR A I . E di te d, w i th No te s, b y F . KIE LH O RN, Ph .D .
Pp . 1 1 4, 5 3 . 33 . 6d.
5 . KALID ASA’
S R A GH UVAMS A . Wi th th e Com m e n tar y o f Mal linath a .
E dite d, w i th No te s , b y S H A NK A R P . PANp l r ,M. A . Pa rt I . Can to s I .—V I. 4s .
6 . KALID ASA ’S MALAVI KAGNIMITRA . E di te d
, wi th No te s, b y S H ANKA RP . PAND IT, M.A . 4s . 6d.
7 . NAGO J IR H ATTA’
S PA R I R H ASH END USE KH A R A E di te d and e xp la in e db y F . K IE LH O R N
’
, Ph .D . Pa r t I I . Tra n s la t io n a nd No te s . (Pa r ib hash ii s ,i .—xxxvi i .) p p . 1 84. 48 .
8 . KALID AS A ’S R A GH UVAMSA . With th e Comm e ntary of Mall inath a .
idi te d, w ith No te s , b y S H A NKA R P. PANp IT, M.A . Pa r t II . Can to s VI I .
I l I . 4s.
9 . NAGO J i R H ATr A ’
S PA R I R H AS H END USE KH A R A . E dit e d and e xpl a in e dpxy
F
). KIE LH O RN. Pa r t II Tr an s la t io n and No t e s . (Pa r i b h ashas xxxv i i i.
ix. 4s .
10. D AND IN’S D A S A R UMAR A CH A R ITA . E di te dwi th c ri ti c al and e xp lan a
to ry No te s b y G . Buh le r . Par t I . 33 .
1 1 . BH A R TR I H A R I ’S NITI S ATA II A AND VA IR A GY A SATAR A , w i th E xtr a c t sfrom Two S an skr it Com m e n ta r i e s . . E dite d, wi th No te s , -b y KABINA TII T.
TE LA NG . 48 . 6d.
12. NA GO J I E H A TTA ’S PA RI BH ASH ENDUS E R H A R A . E dit e d and e xpla in e d
b y F. K IE LH O RN. Par t II . Trans la t io n and No te s . (Par ib hashas 1xx.c xxii . ) 4s .
98 L inguisti c P ub li c a tions of Tr ii bne r Ca ,
1 3 . KA LID A SA’S R A GH UVAMSA , w ith th e Com m e ntary of Ma ll inatha .
E dit e d, wi th No te s , b y S E ANKA R P. PA ND IT. Pa r t I II . Can to s XIV.
XIX. 4s .
1 4. VIKR AMANKA D E VA CH A R ITA . E di ted,wi th an Intr oduc ti on , b y G.
Bii H LE R . 3s .
1 5 . BH A VABHUTI ’S MALATi -MAD H AVA . With th e Com m e nta ry o fJ agaddh a r a , e di te d b y R A MR R I S HNA G O P A L BH AND A R K AB. 1 43 .
1 6 . TH E VI H R AMO R vA S i Y AM. A D r am a in F i v e A c ts . By KALI D AS A .
E dit ed with E ngl is h No te s b y S hankar P. Pandi t , M.A . pp . xi i . and 129
(S anskr i t Te xt ) and 1 48 (No te s) . 1 8 79 .
1 7 . H EMACH D R A ’S D E SINAMALA
, wi th a Gl o ssary by D r . PI SCH ELand D r . Bii I-I LE R . Part I . 1 03 .
1 8—22 a nd 26 . PA TANJ A LI’S VY A H AR ANAMA H AR H ASH Y A . By D r .
KIE LH O R N. Pa r t I—IV. Vo l . I . I I . Pa r t 1 1 . E a c h p a rt 5 8 .
23 . TH E VAS ISH TH A D H A RMA S A STR AM. A phor i sm s on th e S ac r ed Lawo f th e A ryas , as ta ugh t in S c ho o l o fVasish th a . E di te d b y R e v . A . A . FUH R E R .
8 vo . sewed. 1 8 83 . 23 . 6d.
24. KA D AMBA RI . E dite d b y PE TE R PETE R S ON. 8 vo . se wed. 1 8 8 3 . 1 5 3 .
25 . KIR TIKA UMUD I . S RI S OME SVA R A D E VA , and e di te d b y A R A JI VI SH NUKA TH A VA TI . 8vo . se
‘
we d. 1 883 . 33 . 6d.
27 . MUD R A R A KSH A S A . By VI SA K H A D A TTA . With th e Com m e n t ary o fD hundh i raj . E dited wi th c r i tic a l and e xp lanatory n o te s b y K . T. Te lang . 8 vo .
se wed. 1 884.
28,29
, and 30. PA TANJ A LI’S V Y A KA R ANAMA H ABH AS H Y A . By D r .
K I E LH O RN. Vo l I II ., Par ts I .
, I I . , and I II . E a c h Pa r t 5 8 .
3 1 . VA LLA R H A D E VA’S S UBH ASH ITAVA LI . E di te d b y D r . P . PE TE R S ON
and PA ND IT D UR GA R PR A S A D . 12s . 6d.
32. LAUGAKS H I BH A S KA R’
S S A R KA -KA UMUD I . E di te d b y Pr o f. M.
‘N.
D VIVE D I .
3 3 . H ITO PA D E SA BY NA R A YANA . E di te d by Pr o f. P. Pe te r son . 43 . 6d.
Bor ooah .—A COMPANI ON To TH E S ANSKR IT-R E A D ING UND E R GR A D UA TE S
O f th e Ca lc u t ta Un ive r s i ty , b e ing a fe w n o te s o n th e S a nsk ri t Te xts se le c te dfo r e xam i na t io n , a nd th e ir Com m e n ta r ie s . By A NUND O R A M BO R O O A H . 8 vo .
pp . 6 4. 3 s . 6d.
Bor ooah .
- A PR ACTICA L E NGLI S H -S ANSKR IT D I CTI ONA R Y . By A NUN
D O R A M BO R O O A H , B. A ., O f th e Middle Te m p le , Bar ri s t e r -a t-Law.
Vo l . I . A to Fa l se n e ss . p p . xx .—5 80—10. Vo l . I I . F a ls ufic a tion to O yste r , pp .
5 8 1 to 1 060. Wi th a S upp l e m e n ta ry Tr e a tise on H igh e r S an skr i t Gramm a r o r
G e nde r and S yntax, wi th c opio us i l lu str a ti ons fr om standard S an skri t A uth o r sandR e fe r e n c e s to La t in andGre e k Gr am m a rs
, pp . v i . and 296 . 1 8 79. Vo l . III .
£ 1 l l s . 6d. e a c h .
B0r00ah .
—BH AVA BH UTI A ND H I S PLACE IN S ANSKR IT LITE R ATUR E . ByA NUND O R AM BO R O O A H . 8 vo . s e we d, pp . 70. 5 s .
Brhat-Sanh i ta'
(Th e ) . —S e e unde r Ke rn .
Bf OWIl .—S ANSKRIT PR O S O D Y AND NUME R ICA L SYMBO LS E XPLAINE D . By
CH A R LE S PH ILIP BR O WN, A u tho r of th e Te lugu D i c tio nary, Gram m ar , e tc . ,PrO
fe sso r O f Te lugu in th e Un ive rs i ty o f Londo n . D emy 8 vo . pp . 64,c lo th . 3s . 6d.
Pum sll .—R IKTANTR A VY A H A R ANA . A Prat icakhya o f th e S am ave da .
E di ted, wi th a n Intr oduc ti on , Tr ansla ti on O f th e S utr as , and Inde xe s, b yA . C. BURNE LL, Ph .D . Vol . I . Post 8 vo . b oards, pp . l vii i . and 84. 103 . 6d.
100 L inguistic P ubl ic a tions of Tr ilbnc r
Cowe ll and E gge ling.—CA TA LO GUE O F BUD D H I ST S ANSKR ITMANUSCR IPTS
in th e Po sse s si on O f th e R o yal A s ia tic S o c ie ty ( H odgso n Co l le c tio n ) . By Profe s so r s E . B. CO W E LL a nd J . E GG E LING . 8 vo . sd. , pp . 5 6 . 2s . 6d.
Cowe l l .—S AR VA D A R SANA S AMGR A H A . S e e page 5 .
D a Cunha.—TH E
.
S A H Y A D R I KH AND A O F TH E S KAND A PUR ANA ; a
Mytho lo gi c a l , H i sto r i c a l andC e O gra ph i c a l A c c o un t o f We ste r n India . Fi r s t
e dit ion o f th e S an sk ri t Te xt , w ith va r i o us r e adings . By J . G E R S O N D A CUNH A ,
and L .M. E ng .
,E dinb e tc . 8vo . b ds . p p . 5 80. £ 1 1 8 .
D aVi e S .—H IND U PH IL O S O PH Y . S e e p age 4 .
D avi e s—BH A GA VA D GITA . S e e Tr ii b n e r’s O r i e n tal S e ri e s, p age 5 .
Butt —KINGS O F KASH MIR A : b e ing a Tr an sl ation of th e S an skr i taWo rkR a
gatar anggin i O f Kahlaua Pandita . By J . CH . D UTT. 12m o . pape r , pp . v . 302,
an xxi ii . 4s .
E dgr e n .—A COMPEND I O US S ANSKR IT GR AMMA R . Wi th a br i e f Ske t c h
o f S c e n ic Prakr i t. By H . BE GR E N, Ph .D .,Pro fe ssor o f S anskr i t in th e
Un ive rsi ty O f Ne b raska , U. S . A . Cr own 8 vo . pp . xii . - 1 78 , c lo th . 1 88 5 . 108 . 6d.
Gautam a .—TH E INSTITUTE S O F GAUTAMA . S e c A uc tor e s S ansc r i ti .
Goldstficke r .—A D ICTI ONA R Y, S ANS KR IT AND E NGLI SH , e x te nde d and
im p r o v e dfr om th e S e c o nd E di t io n o f th e D ic t io na ry o f Pro fe sso r H . H .WI LS O N,w i th h is san c t ion a nd c o n c u r r e n c e . Toge th e r w i th a S u pp l e m e n t, G r am m at i c a l
A p p e ndic e s , a nd an Inde x , s e rving a s a S an skri t- E ng lish Vo c ab u la ry . ByTH E O D O R G O L D STu c R . Pa r ts I . t o VI . 4to . p p . 400. 1 85 6 - 1 8 6 3 . e ac h
Goldstii cke r .—PANINI : H i s Pla c e in S an skr i t Li te r a tur e . A n Iuvss
t iga tio n O f s om e L i t e ra ry an d Chron o lo gi c a l Q u e stion s wh i c h m ay b e se tt l e d b ya s tudy o f h i s Wo r k . A s e p a r a t e im p r e ss io n O f th e Pr e fa c e to th e Fa c s im i le O f
MS . NO . 1 7 i n th e Li b r a ry O f H e r Maj e sty’s H om e G o ve rnm e n t fo r Indi a ,
wh ic h c o n ta in s a p o r t io n O f th e MA NA VA -KA LPA -S UTR A , w i th th e Co m m e n taryo f KUMA R IL A -SW AMIN. By TH E O D O R G O L D STii CK E R . Im p e r ia l 8 vo . p p .
26 8 , c lo th . £ 2 23 .
G011gh .—PH TLO S O PH Y O F TH E UPANI SH A D S . S e e p age 6 .
Gr iffith—SCENE S FR OM TH E R AMA YANA, ME GH A D UTA , E TC. Tr an sl ate d
b y R A LPH T. H . GR IFF ITH ,M.A . , Pr in c ip a l o f th e Be n ar e s Co l l e ge . S e c ond
E dit ion . Cr own 8vo . pp . xvi i i . , 244 , c lo th . 6 8 .
CoNTENTs .—Pr e fa c e—A yodhya—R avan D o om e d—Th e Bi r th o f R am a—Th e H e i r app ar e n tMan th ar a ’
s Gu i le—D asar a th a ’s O a th—Th e S t e p
-m o the r - Mo th e r and S on—Th e Tr i um p h o f
Lo ve—Fa r ew e l l ‘
f—Th e H e rm i t ’s S on—Th e Tr i a l o f Tr u th—Th e Fo r e s t—Th e R ap e O f S i t eR am a
’s D e sp a i r—Th e Me ss e ng e r Cloud—Kh um b akarn a—Th e S up p l ian t D ove—Tru e G lo ry
F e e d th e Po o r—Th e Wi s e S c ho lar .
Gr iffith .—TH E R AMA Y AN O F VALMI
'
R I . Tran slat e d in to E ngl i sh ve r se .
By R A LP H T. H . G R IFFITH , M. A . , P r in c ip a l o f th e Be na r e s Co l le ge . 5 vo ls .
D e my 8vo . c l o th . Vo l . I . , p p . xxx i i . 440. 1 870. O u t o f p r int . pp .
504. O ut of p r int . I II . , pp . v . and 8 7 1 . 1 8 7 2. IV. , pp . vii i . and 432.
1 8 73 . V. , p p . 3 6 8 . 1 8 7 5 . Com p l e t e S e ts £7 78 .
Gr iffith—KALID A SA ’S BI R TH O F TH E .WA R GO D . S e e p age 3 .
H aa s—Catal ogu e o f S an skr i t and Pa l i Books in th e Libr a ry of th eBr itish Museum . By D r . E RNST H A A s . 4to . pp . 200, c lo th . 1 8 76 . £ 1
H ang—TH E A ITA R E Y A BR A H MANAM O F TH E R IG VE D A c on taining th e
E ar li e st Sp e c u lations o f th e Brahm ans on th e m e aning o f th e S a c r ific ial Praye rs ,and on th e O r igin , Pe r fo rm an c e , and S e nse of t he R i te s o f th e Vedic R e ligi on .
E di ted, Trans la ted, and E xp la ined b yMA R TIN H A UO , Ph .D 2 vo ls . Cr . 8vo .
Map of th e S a c r ific ial Com p ound at th e S om a S a c r ifi c e , pp . 3 1 2 and 5 44. £2 28 .
5 7 and 59, Ludga te H ill, London, E . O ’. 101
H un te r .-CATA LO GUE O F S ANSKR IT MANUSCR IPTS (Buddhi st ) Co ll e c te d
in Nepal b y B. H . H O D GS O N, lat e R e si de n t a t th e Cour t of Ne pal . Com p i l ed
from iste in Ca l c u tta , F ranc e , and E ngland. By S i r W. W H UNTE R ,
LL .D .
,&c . 8vc . pp . 28 , wr app e r . 1 880. 23 .
Ja c ob .—H IND U PANTH E I SM. S e e Tr iib n e r
’s O r i e n tal S e ri e s
, p age 4 .
Ja im in iya -Nyaya -Mala-Vi star a .—S e e unde r A UCTO R E S S ANSCR I TI .
Kas’
ika.—A COMMENTA R Y O N PANINI ’S GR AMMA TICAL A PH O R I SMS . By
PAND IT J A Y AD ITY A . E dit e d b y PA ND IT BALA S ASTR I, Pr o f. S ansk . CO IL ,
Be na r e s. Fi rst p ar t , 8vo . p p . 490. Pa r t II . pp . 474. I6 8 . e a c h p ar t .Ke rn —TH E A R Y A R H A TI Y A , w i th th e Com m e n tary Bh a tadip ika O f
Pa ram adic vara , e dite d b y D r . H . KE R N. 4to . p p . xi i . an d 107 . 98 .
Ke rn . TH E BE H AT- S ANH ITA o r,Com pl e te S ystem of Na tur al
A stro lo gy O f Va rab a-Mih i ra . Tr an s la t e d from S an sk ri t into E ng li sh b y D r . H .
KE RN, Pro fe sso r o f S an sk r i t a t th e Un iv e rs ity O f Le yde n . Par t I . 8 7 0. p p . 50,s t i t c h e d. Pa r ts 2 a nd 3 p p . 5 1—1 5 4. Pa r t 4 p p . 1 5 5—210. Par t 5 p p . 21 1 - 26 6 .
Pa r t 6 pp . 26 7 - 330. Pr ic e 28 . e a c h p a r t . [Wi l l b e comp le ted in Nin e Pa r ts .Ki e lhorn .
—A GR AMMAR O F TH E S ANSKR IT LANGUA GE . By F . KI E LH O RN,
Ph .D .,S up e rin te nde n t o f S a n sk r i t S tudi e s i n D e c c an Co l l e ge . R e giste r e d
unde r A c t xxv . O f 1 8 6 7 . D e m y 8vo . p p . xvi . 260. c lo th . 1 8 70. 103 . 6d.
KICIh O I'n .—KATY AY ANA AND PA TANJ A LI . The ir R e l at ion to e a c h o the r
a nd to Pan in i . By F. KIE LH O RN, Ph . D Pro f. o f O r ie n t . Lang . Po ona. 8vo .
p p . 6 4. 1 87 6 . 33 . 6d.
Laghu Kaum udi . A S an skr i t Gr am m ar . ByVar adar aJa . Wi th an E ngl i shVe rs io n , Com m e n ta ry, and R e fe r e n c e s . By JAMES R . BA LLANTYNE , LL .D .
Thi rd E dition . 8 vo . p p . xxxi v . a nd 424 , c lo th . 1 88 1 . £ 1 5 8 .
Lanm an .—O n Nou n -Infle c t i on in th e V e da . By R . LANMAN, A sso
c iate Prof. o f S anskri t in Johns H opk ins Unive rsi ty. 8vo . pp . 276 , wr app e r .1 880. 1 03 .
Lanm an .—A S ANSKR IT R E A D E R , w i th Vo c abu l ary and Note s . By C.
R . LANMAN, Pr of. o f S ansk ri t in H ar va rd Co l l ege . Par t I . and 1 1 .—Te xt and
Vo c abu lary. Imp . 8vo . pp . xx .—294, c lo th . 1 8 84. 108 . 6d.
Mahabhara ta .—TR ANSLATE D INTO H IND I fo r Madan Mohun Bhatt, b y
KR I S H NA CH AND R A D H A R MA D H IR A R IN, o f Be nar e s . Con ta in ing all b ut th eH ari vans a . 3 vo ls . 8vo . c lo th . pp . 5 74, 8 1 0, and 1 106 . £3 38 .
Mahabhara ta ( in S an skr it ) , w i th th e Com m e n tary o fNi lakan th a . I nE ighte e n Bo oks :Bo ok I . A di Par van , fo l . 248 . II . S ab hado . fol . 82. II I . Vanado . fo l . 3 1 2. IV . Virata do . fo l . 62. V . Udyoga do . fo l . 1 80. VI . Bhfshm a do .
fo l . 1 89. VII . D r on a do . fo l . 21 5 . VI II . Karna do fo l . 1 1 5 . IX. Sa lya do .
fo l . 42. X . S aup t ika do . fo l . 1 9 . XI . S tr i do . fo l . 1 9 . KM. San ti doa . R ajadh arm a , fo l . 1 28 ; b . A p adharm a
, fo l . 41 ; c . Moksh adh arm a, fo l . 290.XIII . A nusasana Par
‘van , fol . 207 . XIV. A swam edh ika do . fo l . 78 . XV. A'
sra
m avasika do . fol . 26 . XVI . Mansa la do . fo l . 7 . XVII . Mahaprasthan ika do .
fo l . 3 . XVIII . Swargar okana do . fo l . 8 . Pr int ed wi th m ovab le typ e s. O b longfo li o . Bom b ay, 1 8 6 3 . £ 12 1 28 .
MaharVir af Ch ar i ta ; o r , th e A dve ntu r e s of th e Gr e at H e r o R am a .
A n Indian D r am a in S e ve n A c ts . Tran s la te d in to E ng l ish Pro se fr om th e
S an sk r i t o f Bh avab h ij t i . By J . PICK F O R D , M.A . Crown 8vo . pp 1 92, c lo th .1 87 1 . 5 3 .
Ma ino-i -Khard (Th e Book of th e ) . —Th e Pa z and and S an skr i t Te xts(in R om an c harac t e rs ) as ar r anged b y Ne r iose ngh D h aval , in th e fifte e nthc e n tur y . Wi th an E ngl ish tr ans lat ion , 3. G lo ssary of th e Pa zand t e xts
, c o n
ta ining th e S anskr i t, R o si an , and Pah la vi e qu iva l e n ts, a ske tc h of Paz e nd Gramm ar
,and an Intr oduc ti on . By E . W. WE ST. 8vo . sewed
, pp . 484. 1 87 1 . 1 6 3 ,
102 L inguistic P u b l i c a tions of Tr ii bne r £9
Manava-Ka lp a-Sutr a ; be ing a p o r tion o f thi s an c i e nt Wo rk on Va idikR i te s , toge th e r wi th th e Com m e n ta ry o f K UMA R I L A - SW A MIN. A Fa c s im i le o fth e MS . NO . 1 7 , in t h e Li b r a ry o f H e r Maj e s ty
’
s H o m e Go ve rnm e n t fo r India .
Wi th a Pr e fa c e b y TH E O D O R G O LD S Tii CK E R . O b lo ng fo l io , p p . 26 8 o f l e t t e rp r e ss and 121 l e a ve s o f fa c si m i le s . Clo th . £4 43 .
Mandl ik .—TH E Y AJNA VA LKYA SMR ITI , Com p l e t e in O r igin a l , w ith an
E ngli sh Tr ans la t ion and No te s . Wi th an I ntr odu c tion on th e S onr c e s o f, and
A pp e ndic e s c on ta ining No te s on vari o us Top i c s o f H indu Law. By V . N.
MAND L IH . 2 vo ls . in one . R oy. 8vo . pp . Te xt 1 7 7 , andTr ans l . pp . l xxxvi i . and5 32. Bom b ay, 1 8 80. £3 .
Megha -D uta. (Th e ) . (Cl oud—Me sse nge r . )'
By Kal idasa .
°
Tr an sl a te dfrom th e S an sk r i t i n to E ngl is h ve r se , w i th No t e s and I l lu s t ra t io n s . By th ela t e H . H . WI LS O N
,M. A . , F . R . V o c a b u la ry b y F. J O H NS O N, som e
t im e Pr o fe sso r o f O r i e n ta l Langu age s a t th e Co l l e ge o f th e H o n . th e E a st India
Com p any , H a i le yb u ry. Ne w E di t io n . 4 to . c lo th , p p . xi . a nd 1 80. 1 08 . 6d.
Ma in—TR ANSLATI ONS fr om S an skr i tWr it e r s . S e e p age 3 .
Mu i r .—O R IGINAL S ANSKR IT TE XTS
,o n th e H i sto ry o f th e Pe opl e of
India , th e i r R e l igio n a nd In st i tu t io n s . Co l le c te d, Tra ns la t e d, a n d I l lu st rat e db y JO H NMUIR , LL .D . D em y 8vo . c lo th .
’
Vo l . I . Myth i c a l A c c o un tsO f th e O r igin o f Ca st e . S e c o nd E di t i o n , p p . xx . 5 32. 1 86 8 . 213 . I I. Tran s ,
H im a layan O r ig in O f th e H indus , a nd th e i r A ffi n i ty w i th th e We st e r n Br an c h e sO f th e A ryan R a c e . S e c ond E di t io n , p p . xxx i i . a nd 5 12. 1 8 7 1 . 2l s . I II .
Th e Ve da s : O p in io n s O f t he ir A u tho r s , a nd o f la t e r Indian Wr it e rs , o n the i rO ri gin , In sp i ra t io n ,
and A u tho r i ty. S e c ond E diti o n , p p . xxx i i . 3 l 2. 1 8 6 8 .
1 6 3 . IV. , Co m p a r i so n o f th e Ve dic w i th th e la t e r r e p r e s e n ta t io ns o f th e
p r inc ipa l Indian D e it ie s . S e c o nd E dit io n . p p . xv i . and 5 24. 1 8 7 3 . 21 3 .
V . Th e Co smo go n y, Mytho logy , R e l ig iou s Ide as , Li fe and Manne r s O f th e
Indian s in th e V e dic A g e . Thi rd E diti on . p p . xv i . 492. 1 8 8 4. 21 3 .
Nagananda ; O R TH E J O Y O F TH E SNA K E -WO R LD . A Buddh ist D r am a
in Fi ve A c ts . Tran s la te d i n to E ng l ish Pro se , w i th E xp la n a to ry No t e s , fro m th e
S a nsk r i t o f S r i-H a rsha -D e va . By PA LME R BO YD , B.A . , S a n sk r i t S c ho la r o f
Tr in i ty Co l lege , Cam b r idge . Wi th an In t rodu c t io n b y Pr o fe sso r CO W E LL .
Crown 8 vo ., p p . xv i . and 100, Cl o th . 43 . 6 d.
NaIO pakhyanam .—STO R Y O F NA LA an E p i sode o f th e Maha-Bhar a ta .
Th e S an skr i t Te xt, with Vo c ab u lary, A na lysis, and In trodu c tion . By S irM. MO NIE R -WILLIAMS , M.A . Th e Me tri c a l Tr ans lation b y th e Ve ryR e v. H . H . MILMAN
, D .D . 8vo . c lo th . 1 5 s .
Nar adiya D harm a Sa str am ; O R , TH E INSTITUTE S O F NA R A D A . Tr an slat e d for the F i rst Tim e from th e unpub l ish ed S an skr it o r igina l . ByD r . JULIUSJ O LLY, Uni v e r si ty, Wur z b urg. Wi th a Pr e fac e , No t e s c h i e fly c r i tic a l , an Inde xo f Quo tat ions from Nar ada in th e p r in c i pa l Indian D ige sts , and a ge ne r a l Inde x.Crown 8 vo .
, pp . xxxv . 1 44, c lo th . 1 03 . 6d.
0pp e rt .—Li st of S an skr it Manu sc r i pt s in Pr i vate Libr a r i e s of
S ou th e rn India . Com p i l ed, A r r anged, and Inde xed, b y GUSTA V O PP E R T,Ph .D . Vo l . I . R oya l 8 vo . c l o th , pp . 620. 1 8 80.
O pp e rt .—O NTH E WE A PONS
,A RMY O R GANIZA TI ON, AND PO LITICA LMAXIMS
o f th e A nc i e n t H indus . Wi th S p e c ia l R e fe r e n c e to Gunp owde r and F ir e A rm s .
By G . O PF E R T. 8 vo . sewed, pp . vi . and 1 62. Madr as
,1 8 80. 78 . 6d.
Patanj a li .—TH E V Y AKAR ANA -MA H AR H AS H Y A O F PA TANJ A LI . E di te d
b y F. KIE LH O R N, Ph .D ., Pro fe sso r o f O r i e n ta l La nguage s , D e c c an Co l l e ge .
Vo l . I . , Pa r t I . p p . 200. 8 8 . 6d.
104 L inguistic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbne r Ca ,
Vardham ana .—S e e A u c t or e s S an sc r i t i
, p age 96 .
(Th e ) ; o r , an A tte m p t to In te rp r e t th e Ve das. AMarath i and E ng li sh Trans lation o f th e R ig Ve da , wi th th e O r iginal S amh i taand Pada Te xts in S anskri t . Par ts I . to XXVIII . 8vo . pp . 1—896 . Pri c e
33 . 6d. e ac h .
Vishnu-Par ana (Th e ) . —S e e p age 45 , and al so Wi l son , p age 1 05 .
We be r .—O N TH E R AMAYANA . By D r . A LBR E CH T WE BE R
,Be r lin .
Tr an s la t e d from th e G e rm an b y th e R e v . D . C. Bo yd, M.A . R e pr in te d fromTh e Indian A n t iqu a ry.
” Fc ap . 8 vo . se we d, p p . 1 30. 5 8 .
We b e r .—IND IAN LITE R A TUR E . S ee p age 3 .
Whi tne y .—A TH A R VA VE D A PR ATICAXH Y A ; o r , Cann akiya Catu radhya
y ika (Th e ) . Te xt , Tra ns la t io n , and No te s . By WILL IA M WH ITNE Y, Profe sso r o f S an skr it i n Y a l e Co l le ge . 8vo . pp . 28 6 , b o ards . £ 1 l l s . 6d.
Whi tne y .—SUR YA -S I D D H ANTA (Tr an sl ati on O f th e ) : A Te xt-book of
H indu A st ro no m y , w i th No t e s and an A p p e ndix , c on ta in ing addit io na l No te sa nd Tab le s , Ca l c u la t ion s o f E c li se s , a S t e l la r Map , and Inde xe s . By th e
R e v . E . BUR GE S S . E dite d byTV. D . WH ITNEY. 8 vo . p p . iv . and 354,b o a rds . £ 1 l l s . 6d.
Whi tn ey .—TAITTIBIY A -PBATICAR H Y A , w ith i ts Com m e n tary , th e
Tr i b h ashya ra tna : Te x t , Tran s la t ion,and No te s . By W. D . WH ITNE Y, Pr o f.
O f S ansk r i t in Y a le Co l le ge , Ne w H a ve n . 8vo . p p . 469. 1 87 1 . £ 1 5 8 .
Wh itn ey—Inde x Ve rb orum t o th e Publ i she d Te xt of th e A th arva
Veda . ByWi l l iam D wightWh i tn ey,Pr ofe ssor in Y a le Co l l e ge . (Vo l . XII . of
th e A m e r ic an O r i enta l S o c i e ty) . Imp . 8vo . pp . 384, wide m argin , wrapp e r .
1 8 8 1 . £ 1 5 8 .
Whi tn ey—A S ANSKR IT GRAMMA R , in c luding both th e Cla ssi c al Language , and th e O lde r Langu ag e , and th e O lde r D ia le c t s , o f Ve da and Br a hm ana .
8 y o . c lo th , p p . [New E di t i on , in th e P r e ss .
Whi tney . TH E R O O TS,VE R B-F O RMS
,AND PR IMA R Y D E R IVATIVE S O F TH E
S ANSK R IT LANGUA GE . A S upp l e m e n t to h is S anskr i t Gramm ar . ByWILLIAM
D WIGH T WH ITNE Y. D e m y 8 vo . pp . xi v.—250, c lo th . 1 88 5 . 73 . 6d.
Willi am s—A '
D ICTI ONA R Y,E NGLI SH AND S A NSCR IT. By S I R
MO NIE R MO NI E R -WILL IA MS , M.A . Pub l ish e d u nde r th e Pa t ron ageO f th e H on E ast India Co m p any. 4to . p p . XI I . 8 62
,c lo th . 1 8 5 1 . £3 33 .
Wi ll i am s—A S ANSKR IT-E NGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y,E tym o l ogi c al ly and
Ph i lo logic a l ly a rr ange d, with sp e c ia l r e fe r e n c e to Gr e e k , La tin , Ge rm an , A ngloS axon , E ngl ish , and o th e r c ogna te Indo -E urop e an Language s . By S ir MO NI E R
MO NIE R -WILLIAMS , M.A . , Bode n Pro fe sso r o f S anskr i t . 4to . c lo th ,pp . xx v . and 1 1 8 6 . £4 1 4s . 6d.
Will iam s—A PR A CTICA L GR AMMAR O F TH E S ANSKR IT LANGUA GE , ar
r ann wi th r e fe r e n c e to th e Cla ss i c a l Langu age s o f E u rop e , fo r th e use o f
E ng l ish S tude n t s , b y S ir MO NIE R MO NIE R -WILLI AMS , M.A . 1 8 7 7 .
Fo ur th E di t io n,R e vise d . 8 vo . c lo th . 1 5 3 .
Wi l son .—Wo rks o f th e l a te H O R A CE H A YMAN WIL S ON, M.A f,
e tc . , and Bode n Pr o f. o f S an skr i t in th e Un ive r s ity o f O xfo rd. 1 2 vo ls. D emyVo ls . I . and I I . E S S AYS AND LE CTUR E S
,c h ie fly on th e R e l igio n o f th e
H indus . Co l le c te d and E di te d by D r . R . R O ST. 2 vo ls . p p . xi i i . a nd 399,vi . and 41 6 . 21 s . Vo ls . I II, IV. and V. E S S A YS A NA LYTICA L , CR ITICA L,
5 7 and 5 9, Ludga te H i ll, London , E . C. 1 05
AND PH ILO LO G ICA L , O N S UBJE CTS CO NNE CTE D W ITH S ANSKR IT LITE R ATUR E .
Co l le c te d a nd E di t e d b y D r . R . R O S T. 3 vo ls . p p . 408 , 406 , an d 390. 3 6 s .
Vo l s . VI . , VII . , VIII , IX. a n d X. , Pa r t I . VIS H NU PUR ANA, A SYSTEM O F
H IND UMYTH O L O GY A ND TR A D ITI O N. Vo l s . I . to V . Tr an s la t e d fr om th e
o r igin a l S an sk r i t , and I l lu st ra t e d b yNo t e s de r iv e d c h i e fly from o th e r Pu ranas .
E di te d b y F . H A L L , M.A O xo n . p p ; c xl . an d 200 ; 3 44 ; 344 ;3 46 . 21. 12s . 6d. Vo l . X.
,Par t 2, c on ta ini ng th e Inde x to , and c om p le ti ng
t h e Vishnu Purana, c om p i l e d b y F . H a l l . p p . 26 8 . 12s . Vo ls . XI . and X1 1 .
S E LE CT S P E CIME NS O F TH E TH E A TR E O F TH E H IND US . Tr a ns la te d fr o m th e
O r igi na l S a n sk r it . 3 rd c o r r e c te d E d. 2 vo ls . pp . lxi . and 384 ; a nd iv . and
41 8
WusO Il .—S E LE CT S PE CIMENS O F TH E TH E A TR E O F TH E H IND US . Tr an sl a t e d fro m th e O r igina l S an sk ri t . By th e la t e H . H . WI LS O N, M.A . , F .R .S .
Thi rd c o r r e c te d e di t io n . 2 vo ls . 8vo . , p p . l xx i . and 384 ; i v . and 41 8, c lo th . 21 3 .
CoNTENTs .—Vo l . I .
—Pr e fa c e—Tr e a t is e o n th e D r am a t i c Sys te m O f th e H indu s—D r am a s tran sla t e d fr om th e O r igina l S an skri t—Th e Mr i c h c h ak a ti , o r t h e Toy Cart—Vikr am a and
Ur va s i , o r th e H e r o a nd th e Nym p h—Ut ta r a R am a Ch a r i tr a , o r c on t in u a ti on o ft h e H is to r y o f R am a . Vo l . 1 1 .
—D r am a s t r an sla t e d from th e O r igi nal S an skri tMa lat i a ndMadh ava , o r th e S to le n Ma r r i ag e—Mudra R akshas a , o r th e S ign e t o ft h e Mini s te r—R a tnava l i , o r th e Ne c kla c e—A p p e ndix , c o n ta in in g sho r t ac c o un ts o fdi ffe r e n t D r am a s .
Wil son—A D ICTI O NA R Y IN S ANS KR IT AND E NGLI SH . Tr an sl a te d,
am ende d, and e n la rge d fr om an o r igin a l c om p i lati on p r e ar ed b y l e arn edNa tive sfo r th e Co l le ge o f Fo rt Wi l l iam b y H . H . WILS O N. h e Th ird E di tion edi ted
b y J agunm o hana Tarkalaukar a and Kh e tt ram oh ana Mo oke rj e e . Pub l ish ed b yGyane ndrac h audr a R aya ch oudh ur i and Br o th e rs . 4to . pp . 1008 . Ca lc utta ,1 8 74 . £3 38 .
Wil son (H . H ) .—S e e al so Me gha D u ta,R ig-V e da , and Vi shnu
Pa rana.
Y ajurv e da .—TH E WH ITE Y A JUR VE D A IN TH E MA D H Y AND INA R ECEN
S IO N. Wi th th e Com m e n ta ry o f Mah idha ra . Com p le t e in 3 6 p ar ts . La rge
squa r e 8vo . pp . £4 108 .
S ER BIAN.
Morfil l .—S IMPLIFIE D S E RBIAN GR AMMA R . By W. R . MO R FILE
,M.A .
,
Crown 8vo . pp . v i ii . and 72, c lo th . 1 8 8 7 . 48 . 6d .
S H AN.
Cushing .—GR AMMA R O F TH E S H AN LANGUA GE . By th e R e v . J. N.
CUS H ING . Large 8 vo . pp . xi i . and 60, b o ards . R ango on , 1 8 7 1 . 98 .
Cushing .—E l e m e n tary H andbo ok of th e Shan Langu age . By th e
R e v. J . N. CUS H ING ,MA . S m a l l 4to . b oards , pp . x . and 1 22. 1 880. 1 23 . 6d.
Ca shing —A Shan and E n gli sh D i c t i on ary . By J. N. CUSH ING, M.A .
D e m y 8 yo . c lo th , pp . xvi . and 600. 1 8 8 1 . £ 1 l s . 6d.
S IND H I .
Trumpp .—GR AMMAR O F TH E S IND H I LANGUAGE . Com p ar e d wi th th e
S an skri t, Pr ak r i t , and th e Co gn a te Indian V e rn ac u la rs . By D r . E RNE ST
TR UMPP . Pr in te d b y o rde r o f H e r Maj e sty’
s Go ve rnm e n t fo r India . D e m y8vo . se we d, pp . xvi , a nd 5 90. 1 5 s .
1 06 L inguisti c P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbnc r
S INH A LE SE .
A ratchy .—A TH ETH A WA KY A D E E PANY A
, o r a Coll e c tion o f S inh al e seProve rb s, Maxim s, Fab l e s, e tc . Trans lated into E ngl ish . By A . M. S .
A R A TCH Y . 8vo . pp . i v . and 84, sewed. Co lom b o , 1 8 8 1 . 28 . 6d.
D’A lwi s.
—A D E SCR IPTIVE CA TAL O GUE of S an skri t,Pa li
,and S inhale se
L i t e r ary Wo rk s o f Ce y lo n . By JAME S D ’A LWI S , V o l . I . ( a ll pub
l ish e d) p p . xxxi i . and 244, se we d. 1 8 7 7 . 8 3 . 6d.
Chi lde r s .-NO TE S ON TH E S INH A LE SE LANGUA GE . . No . 1 . O n th e
Fo rm a t ion o f th e Plu ra l o fNe ut e r Nouns . By th e la te Pro f. R . C. CH ILD E R S .
D e m y 8vo . sd. , p p. 1 6 . 1 8 7 3 . Is .
Mah awansa (Th e )—TH E MA H AWANSA . Fr om th e Th ir ty-S e ve n th
Ch ap te r .
‘
R e v i se d and e di te d, u nde r o rde r s o f the Ce yl on G ov e rnm e n t , b yH . S um angal a , an d D o n A ndr is de S i l va Ba tuwan tudawa . Vo l . I . Pal i Te xti n S inha l e se Cha ra c t e r , p p . xxxi i . and 43 6 .
—Vo l . l I . S inha le se Tr an s la ti o n ,p p . 11 1 . and 378 , ha lf-b o und. Co lom b o , 1 8 77 . £2 28 .
S t e e l e —A N E A STE RN LO VE -STO R Y. Kusa J atakaya , a Buddh i st icLe ge nd. R e nde r e d, fo r th e fi r st t im e , in to E ngl ish Ve r se (wi th n o te s) from th e
S in h a l e se Po e m o f A lagiyavann a Moh o tta la , b y TH O MA S STE ELE , Ce ylonCiv i l S e r vi c e . Crown 8vo . c lo th , pp . xi i . and 260. Lo ndo n , 1 8 7 1 . 6 a .
SUA H ILI .
Kr ap f.—D ICTI ONAR Y O F TH E SUA H ILI LANGUA GE . By th e R e v . D r . L .
KR A PF . Wi th In tr odu c ti on , c ontaining an out li n e o f a Suah i l i Gr am m ar .
Th e Pr e fa c e c ontains a m o st inte r e sting ac c ount of D r . Kr apf’s p h il o logi c a l
r e se ar c h e s r e sp e c ting th e large fam i ly of A fr ic an Langu age s e xte nding from th e
E quator to th e Cap e of Go od H op e , from th e ye ar 1 843, up to th e p r e se nt tim e .
R oya l 8vo . pp . X1. -434, c lo th . 1 882. 308 .
SWE D ISH .
O tt e .—S IMPLIFIE D GR AMMA R O F TH E SWE D I SH LANGUA GE . By E . C.
O TTE . Crown 8vo . pp . xii .—70, c lo th .
'
1 884. 23 . 6d.
SY R IA C.
Gotth e i l .—A TR E ATI SE ONSYR IA CGR AMMA R . ByMAR ( I ) E LI A O F S OB
H A .
E dited and Trans l at ed fr om th e Manusc r ip ts in th e Be rl in R oyal Lib rary b yR . J . H . Go tth e i l. R oya l 8 vo . pp . 1 74, c lo th . 1 8 8 7 . 1 28 . 6d.
Kal i lah and D imnah (Th e Book of) . Tr an sla te d fr om'
A rabi c int oS
yri a c . E di ted b yW. WR IGH T, LL.D .
,Profe ssor of A rab i c in th e Un ive r si ty
0 Cam b r idge . 8vo . pp . lxxxi i . -408 , c lo th . 1 884. 21 3 .
PhIIIIp S .—TH E D O CTR INE ‘
O F A D D AI TH E A PO STLE . Now fir st E di te din a Com p l e te Fo rm in th e O r igin a l Syr iac , wi th an E ngl ish Translation and
No te s . By GE O R GE PH ILLIPS , D .D . , Pr e sident of Qu e e n ’
s Co l l ege , Cam b r idge .
8vo . pp . 122, c lo th . 7s . 6d.
Stoddard—GR AMMA R O F TH E MO D E RN SYR IAC LANGUA GE , a s sp oke n inO roOm i ah , Pe r sia , and in Koo rdistan . By R e v . D . T. STO D D A R D , Missionary o f
th e A m e r ic an Board in Pe r sia . D emy 8vo i b ds ., pp . 1 90. 103 . 6d.
108 Lingu istic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbne r <9 00.
TUR KISH .
A rnold—A S IMPLE TR ANSLITE BAL GR AMMAR O F TH E TUR KI SH LANGUA GE .
Com p i l e d from va rio us so u r c e s . Wi th D ia logu e s and Vo c ab u lary . By S irE D WIN A R NO LD , M.A ., e tc .
’
Po t t 8 vo . c lo th , pp . 80. 1 8 7 7 . 24. 6d.
Gibb .—O TTOMAN PO EMS . Tran slat ed i nto E ngl ish Ve rse in the i r
O rigina l Form s , wi th Introduc tion , Biogr ap h i c a lNo ti c e s, andNo te s .
‘
F c ap . 4to .
pp . lvi . and 272. Wi th a p late and 4 p or traits . Clo th . By E . J . W. GIBB.
1 8 82. £ 1 1 8 .
GIb b .—TH E STO R Y O F J EWRD, a R om an c e , b y A l i A z i z E fe ndi
, th eCr e tan . Trans lated from th e Tur ki sh , by E . J . W. GIBB. 8 vo . pp . xi i . and
238 , c lo th . 1 884. 7 3 .
H Ok n S .
—E LEMENTA R Y GR AMMA R O F TH E TUR KISH LANGUA GE . Wi tha fe w E a sy E xe r c i se s . By F. L . H O PK INS , M.A .
,F e l low and Tuto r O fTr in i ty
H a l l , Cam b r idge . Cr . 8 vo . c lo th , pp . 48 . 1 8 7 7 . 3 8 . 6d .
R e dhouse .
—O n th e H i story , S yste m ,and Var i e t ie s of Tu rki sh Po e try ,
I l lus trated b y S e l e c t ions in th e O rigina l , and in E ng l ish Pa r ap hr ase . Wi th ano ti c e of th e Is lam i c D o c tr in e o f th e Imm or ta lity of Wom an
’
s S ou l . By J . W.
R E D H O US E . D em y 8vo . pp . 64, sewed. 1 8 79. Is . 6d. ; c lo th , 2s . 6d.
R e dhou se .—TH E TURK I S H
,CAMPA I GNE R
’S VAD E -ME CUM O F O TTOMAN
CO LLO Q UIA L LANGUA GE ; c on ta in ing a c on c i se O ttom an Gram m a r ; a c ar e fu l lys e l e c t e dVo c ab u la ry , a lphab e t ic a l ly a r r ange d, in two p ar ts, E ng lish and Tu rk ish ,and Turk i sh an d E n gl i sh ; a lso a few Fa m i l ia r D ia lo gu e s ; th e wh o le in E ng l ishc ha r a c t e rs . By J .’ W . R E D H O US E
,F.B.A . S . Thi rd E di tio n . O b long 32m o .
pp . Vi i i .-372,l im p c lo th . 1 882. 6 8 .
R edhouse .—O TTOMAN-TUR KISH GR AMMA R . S e e p age 5 0.
R edhouse .- TUR KI SH AND ENGLI S H LE XI CON,
show ing i n E ngl ish th eS ignific a tio ns o f th e Tur kish Te rm s . By J . W. R E D H O U S E , e tc .
Par ts I . to I II . Im p e rial 8vo . p p . 960, p ap e r c o ve rs . 1 885 . 27 8 .
UMBR IAN.
Newm an—TH E TE XT O F TH E IGUVINE INSCRI PTI ONS , w i th in te rl in e arLa t in Tr an s la t io n and No te s . By FR ANCIS W . NEWMAN, la te Pro fe sso r o f
La t in a t Un ive rsity Co l l e ge , Lo ndon . 8 vo . p p . xvi . and 5 4, s ewe d. 1 86 8 . 23 .
UR IY A .
’
Br owne —A NUR IYA PR IME R INR OMANCH A R ACTE R . By J . F . BR OWNE,
B.C.S . Crown 8vo . pp . 32, c lo th . 1 882. 23 . 6d.
Malt by .—A PR A CTICA L H AND BO O K O F TH E UR IYA O B O D I Y A LANGUA GE .
By TH O MA S J . MA LTBY,Madras O .S . 8 yo . pp . xi i i . and 201 . 1 874. 103 . 6d.
STE PH EN A USTIN A ND S O NS , PR INTE R S , H E BTFO BD .